e20vf
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
     
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 1-14642
ING GROEP N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
ING Groep N.V.
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one Ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share and
   
  Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares*
  New York Stock Exchange
  7.05% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
  7.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
  6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.125% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
5.775% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York stock Exchange
 
*   Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
     
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share
   2,205,092,650
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares
   2,204,400,319
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act
Yes þ       o No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Yes o       þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ      o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ      Accelerated filer o      Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
o Item 17       Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o       þ No
 
 

 


Table of Contents

This page has been intentionally left blank

1


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Item   PAGE  
 
       
       
    5  
    5  
    5  
    14  
    33  
    77  
    97  
    100  
    102  
    103  
    110  
    110  
 
       
       
    111  
    111  
    111  
    112  
    112  
    112  
    114  
 
       
       
    115  
    137  
    138  
 Exhibit 1.2
 Exhibit 7
 Exhibit 8
 Exhibit 10.1
 Exhibit 10.2
 Exhibit 10.3
 Exhibit 12.1
 Exhibit 12.2
 Exhibit 13.1
 Exhibit 13.2

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION
In this Annual Report, references to “ING Groep N.V.”, “we” and “us” refer to the ING holding company, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, and references to “ING”, “ING Group”, the “Company” and the “Group”, refer to ING Groep N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s primary insurance and banking subsidiaries are ING Verzekeringen N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Insurance”) and ING Bank N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Bank”), respectively.
ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “US$” and “Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references to “EUR” are to euros.
Solely for the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the translated amounts actually represent such dollar or euro amounts, as the case may be, or could be converted into U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, at the rates indicated or at any other rate. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of euro 1.00 = $ 1.3108, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on March 6, 2007.
Except as otherwise noted, financial statement amounts set forth in this Annual Report are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). In this document the term “IFRS-EU” is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU. Refer to Note 2.1 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the basis of presentation. IFRS-EU differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 2.4 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP.
Unless otherwise indicated, gross premiums, gross premiums written and gross written premiums as referred to in this Annual Report include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, without deduction for premiums ceded, and net premiums, net premiums written and net written premiums include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, after deduction for premiums ceded. Certain amounts set forth herein may not sum due to rounding.
As part of its continuous review activities on filings of companies listed in the US, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has reviewed ING Group’s 2005 Form 20-F, which includes ING Group’s 2005 Annual Accounts. ING is fully cooperating with this review. As of the date of this Annual Report, the review is not yet finalized.

3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain of the statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections hereof entitled “Information on the Company,” “Dividends,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to, without limitation,
  changes in general economic conditions, including in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets,
 
  changes in performance of financial markets, including emerging markets,
 
  the frequency and severity of insured loss events,
 
  changes affecting mortality and morbidity levels and trends,
 
  changes affecting persistency levels,
 
  changes affecting interest rate levels,
 
  changes affecting currency exchange rates, including the euro/U.S. dollar exchange rate,
 
  increasing levels of competition in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe (Europe and Russia, excluding the Netherlands and Belgium), the United States and other markets in which we do business, including emerging markets,
 
  changes in laws and regulations,
 
  regulatory changes relating to the banking or insurance industries,
 
  changes in the policies of central banks and/or foreign governments,
 
  general competitive factors, in each case on a global, regional and/or national basis.
ING is under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. See “Item 3. Key Information-Risk factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Factors affecting results of operations.”

4


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management And Advisors
Not Applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable
Not Applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
The selected consolidated financial information data set forth below is derived from the consolidated financial statements of ING Group. ING Group adopted IFRS as adopted by the EU as of 2005. The 2004 figures have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted under IFRS 1, First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS 1”), the 2004 comparatives exclude the impact of IAS 32, Financial Instruments; Disclosure and Presentation (“IAS 32”), IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (“IAS 39”) and IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 4”), which were implemented starting from January 1, 2005.
IFRS-EU differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Refer to Note 2.4.to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP.
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

5


Table of Contents

                                 
    Year ended December 31,
    2006   2006(3   2005(3   2004(3
    USD(2   EUR   EUR   EUR
    (in millions, except amounts
    per share and ratios)
IFRS-EU Consolidated Income Statement Data(1
                               
Income from insurance operations:
                               
Gross premiums written:
                               
Life
    53,089       40,501       39,144       36,975  
Non-life
    8,301       6,333       6,614       6,642  
 
                               
Total
    61,390       46,834       45,758       43,617  
Commission income
    2,144       1,636       1,346       1,198  
Investment and & Other income
    14,645       11,172       10,299       10,787  
 
                               
Total income from insurance operations
    78,179       59,642       57,403       55,602  
Income from banking operations:
                               
Interest income
    77,681       59,262       48,342       25,471  
Interest expense
    65,444       49,927       39,180       16,772  
 
                               
Net interest result
    12,237       9,335       9,162       8,699  
Investment income
    633       483       937       363  
Commission
    3,514       2,681       2,401       2,581  
Other income
    2,223       1,696       1,348       1,035  
 
                               
Total income from banking operations
    18,607       14,195       13,848       12,678  
Total income(4
    96,502       73,621       71,120       68,159  
 
                               
 
                               
Expenditure from insurance operations:
                               
Life
    63,873       48,728       47,156       44,988  
Non-life
    7,837       5,979       6,269       6,292  
 
                               
Total expenditure from insurance operations
    71,710       54,707       53,425       51,280  
Total expenditure from banking operations
    12,046       9,190       8,932       9,260  
 
                               
Total expenditure(4,5
    83,473       63,681       62,226       60,419  
 
                               
 
                               
Profit before tax from insurance operations:
                               
Life
    4,504       3,436       2,666       2,647  
Non-life
    1,965       1,499       1,312       1,675  
 
                               
Total
    6,469       4,935       3,978       4,322  
Profit before tax from banking operations
    6,561       5,005       4,916       3,418  
 
                               
Profit before tax
    13,030       9,940       8,894       7,440  
Taxation
    2,500       1,907       1,379       1,709  
Third-party interests
    447       341       305       276  
 
                               
Net profit
    10,083       7,692       7,210       5,755  
 
                               
Dividend on Ordinary shares
    3,755       2,865       2,588       2,359  
Addition to shareholders’ equity
    6,327       4,827       4,622       3,396  
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
    10,083       7,692       7,210       5,755  
Ordinary share attributable to equity holders of the Company(6
    4.68       3.57       3.32       2.71  
Distributable net profit per Ordinary share(6
    4.68       3.57       3.32       2.71  
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent (fully diluted)(6
    4.64       3.54       3.32       2.71  
Dividend per Ordinary share(6
    1.73       1.32       1.18       1.07  
Interim Dividend
    0.77       0.59       0.54       0.49  
Final Dividend
    0.96       0.73       0.64       0.58  
Number of Ordinary shares outstanding (in millions)
    2,205.1       2,205.1       2,204.9       2,204.7  
Dividend pay-out ratio(7
    37.0 %     37.0 %     35.5 %     39.5 %

6


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    USD     (EUR millions)  
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data                                                
Total income
    62,378       47,588       47,960       49,733       48,025       49,316  
 
                                               
Net profit U.S. GAAP, excluding cumulative effects
    8,949       6,827       6,976       6,688       4,512       3,476  
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
                            (91 )             (13,103 )
 
                                           
Net profit U.S. GAAP, including cumulative effects(8,9
    8,949       6,827       6,976       6,597       4,512       (9,627 )
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(5
    4.16       3.17       3.21       3.10       2.23       (5.00 )
                                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2006     2006(3     2005(3     2004(3  
    USD(2     EUR     EUR     EUR  
    (in billions, except amounts  
    per share and ratios)  
IFRS-EU Consolidated Balance Sheet Data1)
                               
Total assets
    1,607.4       1,226.3       1,158.6       876.4  
Investments:
                               
Insurance
    184.2       140.5       144.5       112.1  
Banking
    224.3       171.1       180.1       164.2  
 
                       
Total
    408.5       311.6       324.6       276.3  
Loans and advances to customers
    621.8       474.4       439.2       330.5  
Insurance and investment contracts:
                               
Life
    311.8       237.9       232.1       205.5  
Non-life
    13.2       10.1       12.8       11.4  
Investment contracts
    27.1       20.7       18.6          
 
                       
Total
    352.1       268.7       263.5       216.9  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit:
                               
Savings accounts of the banking operations
    371.1       283.1       269.4       219.4  
Other deposits and bank funds
    280.0       213.6       196.3       129.8  
 
                       
Total
    651.1       496.7       465.7       349.2  
Amounts due to banks
    158.3       120.8       122.2       95.9  
Share capital (in millions)
    2,292.1       2,292.1       2,292.0       2,291.8  
Shareholders’ equity
    50.2       38.3       36.7       24.1  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share(6
    23.31       17.78       16.96       12.95  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(6
    23.31       17.78       16.96       12.95  
                                                 
    2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    USD     (EUR millions)  
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Total assets
    1,610.2       1,228.4       1,159.3       920.4       818.8       762.5  
Shareholders’ equity
    53.2       40.6       41.6       35.1       28.0       25.1  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent(5
    24.75       18.88       19.21       16.00       13.27       12.61  
 
(1   Selected historical financial data is based on financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU and accordingly is shown for the three years subsequent to the date of transition to IFRS
 
(2   Euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $ 1.3108 to EUR 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City on March 6, 2007 for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
(3   For the impact of divestments in 2006, 2005 and 2004 refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” .
 
(4   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the insurance operations and the banking operations. See Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.

7


Table of Contents

(5   Includes all non-interest expenses, including additions to the provision for loan losses. See “Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and capital resources”.
 
(6   Net profit per share amounts have been calculated based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding and equity per share amounts have been calculated based on the number of Ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the respective periods. For purposes of this calculation ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group companies are deducted from the total number of Ordinary shares in issue. The computation is based on daily averages, and in case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.
 
(7   The dividend pay-out ratio is based on net profit attributed to equity holders of the Company.
 
(8   As of January 2002, SFAS 142 under U.S. GAAP requires that goodwill is tested for impairment annually. This change resulted in a non-cash transitional impairment loss in 2002, related to the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2001 of EUR 13,103 million, which was required to be recognized under U.S. GAAP net profit in 2002 as the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
 
(9   Upon adoption of SOP 03-1, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for certain Nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate Accounts”, and the related Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”) effective January 1, 2004, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of EUR 91 million. See note 2.4.8(g) of the consolidated financial statements for further information on this change.
EXCHANGE RATES
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of shares or ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in euros on the shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for U.S. dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate.
                                 
            U.S. dollars per euro        
            Average              
Calendar Period   Period End(1     Rate(2     High     Low  
2002
    1.0485       0.9495       1.0485       0.8594  
2003
    1.2597       1.2074       1.2597       1.0361  
2004
    1.3538       1.2478       1.3625       1.1801  
2005
    1.1842       1.2397       1.3476       1.1670  
2006
    1.3197       1.2661       1.3327       1.1860  
2007 (through March 6, 2007)(2
    1.3108       1.3112       1.3286       1.2904  
 
(1   The Noon Buying Rate at such dates differ from the rates used in the preparation of ING’s consolidated financial statements as of such date. See Note 2.1 Foreign currency translation to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2   The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during the period.
The table below shows the high and low exchange rate of U.S. dollars per euro for the last six months
                 
      High       Low  
September 2006
    1.2833       1.2648  
October 2006
    1.2773       1.2502  
November 2006
    1.3261       1.2705  
December 2006
    1.3327       1.3073  
January 2007
    1.3286       1.2904  
February 2007
    1.3164       1.2933  
March 2007 (through March 6, 2007)
    1.3182       1.3094  
The Noon Buying Rate for euros on December 31, 2006 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.3197 and the Noon Buying Rate for euros on March 6, 2007 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.3108.

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry
Because we are an integrated financial services company conducting business on a global basis, our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility and strength of the economic, business and capital markets environments specific to the geographic regions in which we conduct business and changes in such factors may adversely affect the profitability of our insurance, banking and asset management business.
Factors such as interest rates, exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, real estate market, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and terrorism all impact the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct in a specific geographic region. For example, in an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, higher corporate and private debt defaults, lower business investment and consumer spending, the demand for banking and insurance products would be adversely affected and our reserves and provisions would likely increase, resulting in lower earnings. Similarly, a downturn in the equity markets could cause a reduction in commission income we earn from managing portfolios for third parties, as well as income generated and capital base from our own proprietary portfolios, each of which is generally tied to the performance and value of such portfolios. We also offer a number of insurance and financial products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, securities prices, corporate and private default rates, the value of real estate assets, exchange rates and credit spreads. In addition, a mismatch of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in any given period may, in the event of changes in interest rates, have a material effect on the financial condition or result from operations of our banking and insurance businesses.
Because our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses are subject to losses from unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events, which are inherently unpredictable, our actual claims amount may exceed our established reserves or we may experience an abrupt interruption of activities, each of which could result in lower net profits and have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
In our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses, we are subject to losses from natural and man-made catastrophic events. Such events include, without limitation, weather and other natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods and earthquakes, epidemics, as well as terrorist attacks. The frequency and severity of such events, and the losses associated with them, are inherently unpredictable and can not always be adequately reserved. In accordance with industry practices, modeling of natural catastrophes are performed and risk mitigation measures are made. In case claims occur, reserves are established based on estimates using actuarial projection techniques. The process of estimating is based on information available at the time the reserves are originally established and includes updates when more information becomes available. Although we continually review the adequacy of the established claim reserves, and based on current information, we believe our claim reserves are sufficient in total, there can be no assurances that our actual claims experience will not exceed our estimated claim reserves. If actual claim amounts exceed the estimated claim reserves, our earnings may be reduced and our net profits may be adversely affected. In addition, because unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events can lead to abrupt interruption of activities, our banking and insurance operations may be subject to losses resulting from such disruptions. Losses can relate to property, financial assets, trading positions, insurance and pension benefits to employees and also to key personnel. If our business continuity plans are not able to be put into action or do not take such events into account, losses may further increase.
Because we operate in highly regulated industries, laws, regulations and regulatory policies or the enforcement thereof that govern activities in our various business lines could have an effect on our reputation, operations and net profits.
We are subject to detailed banking, insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Regulatory agencies have broad administrative power over many aspects of the financial services business, which may include liquidity, capital adequacy and permitted investments, ethical issues, money laundering, privacy, record keeping, and marketing and selling practices. Banking, insurance and other financial services laws, regulations and policies currently governing us and our subsidiaries may also change at any time in ways which have an adverse effect

9


Table of Contents

on our business, and it is difficult to predict the timing or form of any future regulatory or enforcement initiatives in respect thereof. Also, bank regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinize payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures. Regulation is becoming increasingly more extensive and complex and regulators are focusing increased scrutiny on the industries in which we operate, often requiring additional Company resources. These regulations can serve to limit our activities, including through our net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements, and restrictions on businesses in which we can operate or invest. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, appropriately any of these matters, our reputation could be harmed and we could be subject to additional legal risk, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties. Despite our efforts to maintain effective compliance procedures and to comply with applicable laws and regulations, there are a number of risks in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear, subject to multiple interpretation or conflict with one another, where regulators revise their previous guidance or courts overturn previous rulings, or we fail to meet applicable standards. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result, amongst other things, in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY
Because we operate in highly competitive markets, including in our home market, we may not be able to further increase, or even maintain, our market share, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types of insurance, commercial banking, investment banking, asset management and other products and services we provide. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, and actions taken by competitors. If we are not able to match or compete with the products and services offered by our competitors, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain or further increase our market share, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Such competition is most pronounced in our more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia. In recent years, however, competition in emerging markets, such as Latin America, Asia and Central and Eastern Europe, has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants from more developed countries have sought to establish themselves in markets which are perceived to offer higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with our competitors. We derived approximately 34% of our profit before tax in 2006 from the Netherlands. Based on geographic division of our operating profit, the Netherlands is our largest market for both our banking and insurance operations. Our main competitors in the banking sector in the Netherlands are ABN Amro Bank and Rabobank. Our main competitors in the insurance sector in the Netherlands are Achmea, Fortis and Aegon. We derived approximately 19% of our profit before tax in 2006 from the United States. Our main competitors in the United States are insurance companies such as Lincoln National, Hartford, Aegon Americas, Met Life, Prudential, Nationwide and Principal Financial. Increasing competition in these or any of our other markets may significantly impact our results if we are unable to match the products and services offered by our competitors.
Because we have many counterparties that we do business with, the inability of these counterparties to meet their financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
General
Third-parties that owe us money, securities or other assets may not pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers whose securities we hold, borrowers under loans originated, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps, credit default and other derivative contracts, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing house and other financial intermediaries. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure or other reasons.

10


Table of Contents

Reinsurers
Our insurance operations have bought protection for risks that exceed certain risk tolerance levels set for both our life and non-life business. This protection is bought through reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce possible losses. Because in most cases we must pay the policyholders first, and then collect from the reinsurer, we are subject to credit risk with respect to each reinsurer for all such amounts. As a percentage of our (potential) reinsurance receivables as of December 31, 2006, the greatest exposure after collateral to an individual reinsurer was approximately 33%, approximately 18% related to four other reinsurers and the remainder of the reinsurance receivables balance related to various other reinsurers. The inability of any one of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our net profits and our financial results.
Because we use assumptions about factors to determine the insurance provisions, deferred acquisition costs (DAC) and value of business added (VOBA), the use of different assumptions about these factors may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The establishment of insurance provisions, including the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products, the adequacy test performed on the provisions for life policies and the establishment of DAC and VOBA are inherently uncertain processes involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour (e.g. lapses, persistency, etc.) and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
For example, in Taiwan, the adequacy of provisions for life policies are highly sensitive to interest rates and other assumptions and can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which may vary significantly from period to period. If the interest rates as at December 31, 2006 had been 1% lower, these Taiwan provisions would have been inadequate at the 50% confidence interval and, consequently, an amount of approximately EUR 1.5 billion (after tax) would have been included as a charge in the profit and loss account, reflecting the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate level.
Because we use assumptions to model client behaviour for the purpose of our market risk calculations, the difference between the realization and the assumptions may have an adverse impact on the risk figures.
We use assumptions in order to model client behaviour for the risk calculations in our banking and insurance books. Assumptions are used to determine insurance liabilities, the price sensitivity of savings and current accounts and to estimate the embedded optionality risk in the mortgage and investment portfolios. The realization or use of different assumptions to determine the client behaviour could have material adverse effect on the calculated risk figures and ultimately future results.
Because we also operate in markets with less developed judiciary and dispute resolution systems, in the event of disputes in these markets, the quality and the effectiveness of such systems could have an adverse effect on our operations and net results.
In the less developed markets in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems may be less developed. As a result in case of a breach of contract we may have difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual counterparties and, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties in mounting a defense against such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market with an insufficiently developed judiciary system, it could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Because we are a financial services company and we are continually developing new financial products, we might be faced with claims that could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result if clients’ expectations are not met.
When new financial products are brought to the market, communication and marketing aims to present a balance view of the product (however there is a focus on potential advantages for the customers). Whilst we engage in a due diligence process when we develop products, if the products do not generate the expected profit, or result in a loss, or otherwise do not meet expectations, customers may file claims against us. Such claims could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.

11


Table of Contents

Our business may be negatively affected by adverse publicity, regulatory actions or litigation with respect to the Company, other well-known companies and the financial services industry generally.
Adverse publicity and damage to ING’s reputation arising from its failure or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, financial reporting irregularities involving other large and well known companies, increasing regulatory and law enforcement scrutiny of “know your customer” anti-money laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures and anti-terrorist-financing procedures and their effectiveness, regulatory investigations of the mutual fund, banking and insurance industries, and litigation that arises from the failure or perceived failure by ING to comply with legal, regulatory and compliance requirements, could result in adverse publicity and reputational harm, lead to increased regulatory supervision, affect our ability to attract and retain customers, maintain access to the capital markets, result in cease and desist orders, suits, enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal penalties, other disciplinary action or have other material adverse effects on us in ways that are not predictable.
Because we are a Dutch company and because the Stichting ING Aandelen holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights of shareholders in other jurisdictions, which could affect your rights as a shareholder.
While holders of our bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at the General Meetings of Shareholders, voting rights are not attached to the bearer depositary receipts. Stichting ING Aandelen (“the Trust”) holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, and exercises the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares (for which bearer receipts have been issued). Holders of bearer receipts who attend – in person or by proxy – the General Meeting of Shareholders must obtain voting rights by proxy from the Trust. Holders of bearer receipts and holders of the ADSs (American Depositary Shares) representing the bearer receipts, who do not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders, may give binding voting instructions to the Trust. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Voting of the Ordinary shares underlying bearer receipts by the Trust”. The Trust is entitled to vote any Ordinary shares underlying the bearer depositary receipts for which the Trust has not granted voting proxies, or voting instructions have not been given to the Trust. In exercising its voting discretion, the Trust is required to make use of the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares in the interest of the holders of bearer receipts, while taking into account
  our interests;
 
  the interests of our affiliates; and
 
  the interests of our other stakeholders.
in such a way that all interests are balanced and safeguarded as effectively as possible. The Trust may, but has no obligation to, consult with the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs in exercising its voting rights in respect of any Ordinary shares for which it is entitled to vote. These arrangements differ from practices in other jurisdictions, and accordingly may affect the rights of the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs and their power to effect the Company’s business and operations.
The share price of our bearer receipts and ADSs has been, and may continue to be, volatile which may impact the value of our bearer receipts or ADSs you hold.
The share price of our bearer receipts and our ADSs has been volatile in the past due, in part, to the high volatility in the securities markets generally and more particular in shares of financial institutions. Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact our share price include, but are not limited to:
  market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
 
  investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
 
  a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
 
  potential litigation or regulatory action involving ING Group or sectors we have exposure to through our insurance and banking activities;
 
  announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and general market circumstances.

12


Table of Contents

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and most of the members of our Supervisory and Executive Board and many of our officers reside outside of the United States, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or the members of our Supervisory and Executive Boards or our officers.
Most of our Supervisory and Executive Board members, and some of the experts named in this Annual Report, as well as many of our officers are persons who are not residents of the United States, and most of our and their assets, are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to serve process on those persons within the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. You also may not be able to enforce judgments of U.S. courts under the U.S. federal securities laws in courts outside the United States, including the Netherlands. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, you will not be able to enforce in the Netherlands a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, even if the judgment is not based only on the U.S. federal securities laws, unless a competent court in the Netherlands gives binding effect to the judgment.

13


Table of Contents

Item 4. Information on the Company
GENERAL
ING was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) on March 4, 1991 through the merger of Nationale-Nederlanden, which was the largest insurer in the Netherlands, and NMB Postbank Group, which was one of the largest banks in the Netherlands. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.
     
The official address of ING Group is:
  Our principal U.S. office is:
 
   
ING Groep N.V.
  ING Financial Holdings Corporation
Amstelveenseweg 500
  1325 Avenue of the Americas
1081 KL Amsterdam
  New York, NY 10019
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
  United States of America
The Netherlands
  Telephone +1 646 424 6000
Telephone +31 20 541 5411
   
Mission
We want to deliver our financial products and services in the way our customers want them delivered: with exemplary service, maximum convenience and at competitive prices. This is reflected in our mission statement: to set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future.
Profile
ING provides a broad range of insurance, banking and asset management services and is a top-15 global financial institution (based on market capitalisation). We serve more than 60 million customers in Europe, the United States, Canada, Latin America, Asia and Australia. We draw on our experience and expertise, our commitment to excellent service, and our global scale to meet the needs of a broad customer base, comprising individuals, small businesses, large corporations, institutions and governments.
Strategy
ING’s overall ambition is to create value for its shareholders: to give them a higher total return than the average of that of our peers over the longer term. To achieve that, we steer our business towards value creation through growth and return and aim to keep improving the execution of our business fundamentals. We want to excel at what we do and focus on delivering outstanding service to our costumers and on firmly managing costs, risks and reputation. We invest in growth, and to this end ensure we are in businesses and markets with good long-term growth potential. Retirement services, ING Direct, and our life insurance activities in developing markets are all good examples of this. In many cases we are also able to outgrow the competition in mature markets by focusing on selective product and client segments.
Stakeholders
ING conducts business on the basis of clearly defined business principles. In all our activities, we carefully weigh the interests of our various stakeholders: customers, shareholders, employees, business partners and society at large. ING strives to be a good corporate citizen.
Corporate responsibility
ING wants to pursue profit on the basis of sound business ethics and respect for its stakeholders. Corporate responsibility is therefore a fundamental part of ING’s strategy: ethical, social and environmental factors play an integral role in our business decisions.
CHANGES IN PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS
Reference is made to Note 2.1. Changes in accounting principles.
CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP
In June 2006, ING sold its U.K. brokerage unit Williams de Broë Plc for EUR 22 million. The sale is part of ING Group’s strategy to focus on core businesses. The result on the sale is subject to closing adjustments. The net loss recognised in 2006 was EUR 9 million.

14


Table of Contents

In September 2006, ING sold its 87.5% stake in Deutsche Hypothekenbank AG, a publicly listed mortgage bank in Germany, as part of ING’s strategy to focus on its core business. The sale resulted in a net loss of EUR 83 million.
In October 2006, ING acquired 100% of ABN AMRO Asset Management (Taiwan) Ltd, a registered Securities Investment Trust Enterprise, for EUR 65 million. The purchase will strengthen ING’s existing position in asset management activities in Taiwan.
In October 2006, ING acquired 58% of Summit Real Estate Investment Trust (Summit REIT) for an amount of EUR 2,132 million. Summit REIT owns a portfolio of high-quality light industrial properties in major markets across Canada.
In December 2006, ING sold its stake in Degussa Bank, a unit of ING-DiBa specializing in worksite banking for private customers. The sale results in a net loss of approximately EUR 23 million.
For the year 2005 reference is made to Note 2.1, note 28, Principal Subsidiaries and Companies acquired/ disposed of notes to the consolidated financial statements.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
For recent changes in the Executive Board and Supervisory Board we refer to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
GROUP STRATEGY
Consistent implementation of strategy is paying off
-   Solid increase in Total Shareholder Return
 
-   Diversification enables active capital allocation across businesses to generate high growth and return
 
-   Profitable growth across businesses
 
-   Improving execution of business fundamentals
In 2006, ING created value by focusing on profitable growth and excellence in execution, which are the cornerstones of our strategy. The consistent implementation of our strategy has led to good financial results and a substantially higher total shareholder return than the average of that of our peers over the past three years.
To create shareholder value, ING focuses on increasing economic profit and we aim to manage our business in such a way that we generate returns higher than the cost of capital. To achieve this, we implemented a “Managing for Value” framework company-wide. This means that we keep investing in the skills of our managers at all levels in the company to identify and improve those drivers that have the biggest impact on value creation. We believe our financial position – thanks to focused portfolio management over the past three years – enables us to allocate our capital across businesses and client segments in such a way that it optimizes the highest growth and return.
We believe that our strong and diversified earnings capacity and returns at satisfying level in all business lines show that the consistent implementation of our strategy is paying off. ING continues to offer a solid increase in Total Shareholder Return (TSR). Amongst the peer group of 20 global financial organisations, ING ranks second with a TSR of 109% over a three-year period since 2004. This exceeds our financial objective to offer our shareholders a higher total return than the average of that of our peers over the longer term.
Benefits of a balanced business portfolio
We believe that ING is well-positioned in the financial sector with banking, insurance and asset management activities. All these activities are strong and successful in their own right. In addition, we leverage value from the combination of these activities in two ways. First, there is an increasing convergence between the banking, insurance and asset management industries in terms of saving and pension products. ING aims to capitalise on this convergence through product development and diverse sales expertise, thereby focusing on customer needs and offering them the products they need to manage their financial futures.

15


Table of Contents

Second, the Group offers risk diversification as we manage risk at the global level across banking and insurance. Increased risk diversification brings capital benefits because a lower requirement for risk-based solvency capital translates into a higher return on equity. On top of that ING centralised its capital management in 2006 in order to better balance the requirements of shareholders, rating agencies and regulators. We believe centralised risk management and centralised capital management is essential for allocating capital across the Group on the basis of economic profit criteria. This allows for greater strategic flexibility and provides the freedom to invest capital in places where it generates the highest return.
Profitable growth across businesses
We believe ING’s financial results demonstrate that our underlying performance in all business lines remains strong. We were able to build on the momentum of profitable growth in 2006, both in mature and in developing markets. Examples of good performance in mature markets are our retail banking businesses in the Netherlands, with healthy growth in savings and mortgages. Also the Wholesale Banking businesses performed well in areas such as Structured Finance and lease, and ING Real Estate experienced another year of strong growth, both in profits and assets under management.
We believe that ING is well-positioned to capitalise on three fundamental trends that are globally reshaping financial services and the competition to be leaders in our industry, namely ageing, technological development and a shift of economic power from West to East. We are using these trends to drive our three growth engines: retirement services, ING Direct, and our life insurance operations in developing markets.
The 2006 results show that our growth engines continued to be on solid footing. Our retirement services business in the US had a good year which is also reflected in our market rankings. US Retirement Services maintained its number one position in the K-12 market as measured by sales and participants. It also maintained its number two position in the small corporate market.
ING Direct was able to increase profits in a very challenging interest rate environment. Our residential mortgage portfolio reached EUR 69 billion, and in terms of profit, mortgage business achieved break-even in 2006. Although there is increased competition in some markets, ING Direct continues to attract many new customers. ING Direct now accounts for 7% of ING’s total underlying profit, compared with 3% in 2003. Our life insurance business in Asia/Pacific posted a 13.2% rise in the value of new business. For some years now, this business line contributes around 50% of the Group’s total value of new business a clear reflection of how economic growth is shifting from West to East. In Central Europe, VNB was up 13.8%.
For long-term growth, we do not only expand existing businesses, we also invest in future organic growth opportunities, such as retail banking and insurance operations in India and Romania in 2005 and life insurance activities in Bulgaria and Russia in 2006.
On top of the above, increased returns and profitable growth are also very much related to the proper execution of business fundamentals. This means we continue to focus on offering exemplary customer service, as well as focusing on managing costs, risks and reputation, and on instilling a performance culture within ING.
Offering exemplary customer service
Growth can be achieved in any market as long as we put our customers first, know exactly what their preferences are and how we can best serve them. What differentiates companies is their ability to do their basic business with excellence. Satisfied customers provide a good platform to further expand product offerings and attract new customers. Over the past two years, ING has launched a number of initiatives, especially in its mature markets, to improve customer centricity. To check our progress, we continually monitor customer satisfaction. All ING businesses, for example, are required to measure customer satisfaction within their markets.
In 2006, increasing brand awareness was a key priority. After thorough research and based on a sound business case, ING signed a three-year sponsorship agreement with Renault Formula One. We have chosen Renault for its track record as a top, high-performing team. We believe that teaming up with them fosters our objectives of instilling a performance culture, encouraging teamwork and achieving permanent progress. This sponsorship and the first-ever global marketing campaign is expected to increase ING’s visibility and thus to raise our brand awareness.

16


Table of Contents

We want to position ourselves as a company that sets the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future. When customers consider doing business with ING, they should know exactly what they will get. They should know that ING is easy to deal with, that we treat our customers fairly, and that we deliver on our promises.
Managing costs
Cost control, particularly in mature markets, is an important means of maintaining a competitive position over the long run. In 2006, we improved the cost/income ratio of our banking operations and maintained the solid efficiency ratios of our life insurance business. Our efficiency programme in the Netherlands and Belgium is on track: three major agreements to outsource part of our Operations and IT organisation were finalised.
Managing risks
Important progress has been made in 2006 in improving risk modelling and measurement techniques. At Group level, we are developing risk metrics that capture bank and insurance risk into a single view. We significantly improved the quantification and our understanding of the credit risk in our banking book in line with Basel II, and on the insurance side, we have introduced a market consistent framework which enables more accurate pricing of complex products.
ING strengthened the risk management organisation and centralised the risk function by means of creating the position of (deputy) Chief Risk Officer (CRO) who is responsible for managing and controlling risk on a consolidated level. These improvements further enhance the full integration of risk management in our daily business activities and strategic planning (a number of other changes are explained in 2.2 Risk Management of notes to the consolidated financial statements).
Managing reputation
Reputation and integrity are two important assets for financial services providers. Over the past few years, the amount of regulation has increased and enforcement has become more vigorous. Regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinize payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result, amongst other things, in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition. More generally, the cost of being in the financial services industry continues to grow. At ING we have strengthened our compliance organisation accordingly. A Group-wide compliance policy has been adopted that allows us to approach compliance in a uniform and consistent way throughout the Group. Regulatory compliance is essential for ING, not just from a regulator’s point of view, but also because ING’s relationships with its clients depend on integrity and fairness. Compliance is more than just adhering to a set of rules. It also reflects the way we want to treat our clients and our shareholders – fairly and with excellent performance.
Embedding a performance culture
However great a strategy may be, it cannot be implemented without the right attitude and the right people at the company. At ING, investing in people to develop a high performance workforce with a common vision is very important. In 2006, we continued to put a lot of effort into embedding a performance culture at all business levels. We have rolled out a number of global projects to actively engage people to drive operational excellence from the top down as well as from the work floor up.
Conclusions and ambitions
ING is satisfied with the progress made with the strategic direction we embarked on in 2004. By keeping a constant and persistent course, we have created value for our shareholders. We have seen good steps forward on all fronts in 2006. We have been able to achieve further profitable growth in our existing businesses, to continue to invest in new growth opportunities and to further improve the execution of our business fundamentals. We believe one of ING’s distinguishing features is our ability to reallocate the capital

17


Table of Contents

\

that we generate in our mature businesses to the most value-adding areas within the company, including our growth engines.
We intend to continue with our strategic course in 2007. Our first priority is to build on the momentum of profitable growth. We expect to continue to analyse where we are creating value and where we need to deploy resources for improved growth and return. In those businesses where returns have stabilised at satisfying levels, we intend to put more emphasis on growing our activities. On top of that, we plan to continue to invest in promising new business opportunities, thus planting the seeds for future growth.
Growth can be achieved in any market as long as we succeed in further enhancing the execution of our business fundamentals. We want to do so by improving customer satisfaction, including tightening up compliance at all levels. We plan on keeping tight control over costs, and ensure risks are properly measured, managed and priced. Execution is an ongoing process. By improving every day, we want to drive our performance to the next level.
As such, ING keeps on focusing on creating value for its shareholders in order to be able to reward them with a better total return on investment than the average of that of our peers in the financial sector over the long term.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
New legislation
During 2006, ING worked on new provisions arising from legislative changes, which will give investors a greater opportunity to participate in shareholders’ meetings. Under the new legislation, it will now be possible to set the record date for shareholders’ meetings thirty days (rather than seven days as used to be the case) before the meeting. This enables companies to be better prepared for the meeting and clarifies for shareholders at an earlier date the number of shares they can vote. ING intends to apply the new ruling for the 2007 General Meeting of Shareholders.
In addition, new legislation will enable shareholders to participate in meetings via videoconferencing. Under the new legislation shareholders’ meetings will become more accessible, particularly for institutional investors abroad, who can access videoconferencing facilities. Companies will also be able to notify shareholders of meetings via their website or by e-mail instead of by newspaper advertisements. Both of these changes are subject to amendment of the articles of association. Such an amendment of the articles of association is being proposed to the 2007 General Meeting of Shareholders.
Dialogue with shareholders
And finally, ING Group will create the opportunity for investors to ask questions on matters on the agenda for the 2007 General Meeting of Shareholders. Shareholders and holders of depositary receipts can visit the website of ING Group (www.ing.com) to submit their questions as of March 20, 2007. Questions pertaining to the Shareholders’ meeting will be answered on that same website before the meeting or during the meeting itself.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODES
In compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code
In its corporate governance structure and its corporate governance practices, ING Group uses the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (Tabaksblat Code) as reference. The ING Group corporate governance structure described in the document, entitled ‘The Dutch Corporate Governance Code – ING’s implementation of the Tabaksblat Code for good corporate governance’ was approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 26, 2005. As a result, ING Group is considered to be in full compliance with the Tabaksblat Code, although it does not apply all best-practice provisions of the Code in full. The document is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com) and now includes an update of ING’s implementation of the Tabaksblat Code since 2005.
The following deviations from the Tabaksblat Code are to be reported for 2006:
–  not in the 2005 annual report, but for the first time in the 2006 annual report, ING will report in accordance with SOX 404 for the internal risk-management and control systems related to financial reporting; for other risks a description will be made of the risk management and control systems and any material shortcomings that were discovered, including the improvements made, or scheduled to be made (best-

18


Table of Contents

    practice provision II.1.4);
 
  the two Executive Board members appointed before January 1, 2004 remain appointed for an indefinite period of time and retain their agreed exit arrangements, which exceed one year’s salary (best-practice provisions II.1.1. and II.2.7), as existing contractual arrangements cannot be changed unilaterally;
 
  existing rights for severance payments with respect to Executive Board members who are already employed by ING prior to their appointment to the Executive Board, are taken into account. As a result thereof, their exit arrangement as Executive Board member may exceed the maximum of the Tabaksblat Code (best-practice provision II.2.7);
 
  Executive Board members may sell shares awarded to them without financial consideration within the five-years retention period in order to cover the wage tax which is to be withheld over the vested award (best-practice provision II.2.3), in order to avoid that the total wage tax to be withheld in the month of vesting exceeds the gross salary payment of that month;
 
  performance criteria for variable remuneration are being disclosed only to the extent this information is not stock-price sensitive or competition sensitive (best-practice provisions II.2.3, II.2.10 and II.2.11);
 
  Executive Board members may obtain banking and insurance services from ING Group subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business and on terms that apply to all employees. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts (best-practice provisions II.2.8, II.3.2. and II.3.3). These exceptions are based on a lack of materiality;
 
  if a Supervisory Board member would not meet the independence criteria of the Tabaksblat Code, the Supervisory Board can make a reasoned decision that such member is still considered to be independent in order to take into account specific circumstances, such as the differences in duration, intensity and geographical distance in family and employment relations (best- practice provision III.2.2), in order to allow for situations of non-independency that are not material;
 
  the legally required second candidate on a binding nomination for appointment to the Supervisory Board does not need to meet the independence criteria of the Tabaksblat Code nor the requirements of the Supervisory Board profile (best-practice provisions III.2.2. and II.3.1), in view of the contemplated abolition of this legal requirement;
 
  Jan Hommen, who was appointed in the 2005 General Meeting of Shareholders as a Supervisory Board member, has more than five positions as a supervisory board member with other Dutch-listed companies (best-practice provision III.3.4). He will meet the Tabaksblat requirement as of May 2007, when he will retire from the Supervisory Board of Ahold N.V.;
 
  under special circumstances the Supervisory Board may deviate from the general rule that a member of the Supervisory Board cannot be re-appointed for more than 2 subsequent 4-years terms (best-practice provision III.3.5);
 
  ING Group installed a combined Remuneration and Nomination Committee instead of a separate remuneration committee and a nomination committee (best-practice provision III.5.1);
 
  the Remuneration and Nomination Committee is being chaired by the Chairman of the Supervisory Board (best-practice provision III.5.11), so that he can be involved in this important subject directly and in an early stage;
 
  in case of a transaction with a family member that entails a conflict of interests according to the Tabaksblat Code, the Supervisory Board may decide that no conflict of interests exists, if the relationship is based on marriage, especially if that marriage ended in conflict (best-practice provision III.6.1), in order to allow for situations in which the family relationship is not material (anymore);
 
  transactions with Supervisory Board members or persons holding at least 10% of the shares of ING Group in which there are significant conflicting interests, will be published in the annual report, unless (i) this conflicts with the law, (ii) the confidential, stock-price sensitive or competition-sensitive character of the transaction prevents this and/or (iii) the information is so competition-sensitive that the publication could damage the competitive position of ING Group (best-practice provision III.6.3 and 6.4);
 
  Supervisory Board members may obtain banking and insurance services from ING Group subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts (best-practice provisions III.7.4) These exceptions are based on a lack of materiality;
 
  the voting rights of the Preference A shares are based on their nominal value (best-practice provision IV.1.2), as these voting rights cannot be changed unilaterally;
 
  if a notarial report is drawn up of the General Meeting of Shareholders, shareholders will not have the opportunity to react to the minutes of the meeting (best-practice provision IV.3.8), as this would be in conflict with the laws applicable to such notarial report.

19


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Differences
Under the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) listing standards, ING Group as a foreign private issuer must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate-governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies under the NYSE listing standards. An overview of what we believe to be the significant differences between our corporate-governance practices and NYSE corporate-governance rules applicable to US companies is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION
ING Group N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). For more information about the Supervisory and Executive Boards, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
Business Lines
Each business line formulates the strategic, commercial and financial policies in conformity with the group strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each business line is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget, which is then approved and monitored by the Executive Board. In addition, each business line approves the strategy, commercial policy and the annual budgets of the business units in its business line and monitors the realization of the policies and budgets of that business line and its business units.
The following chart shows the breakdown by business line of ING’s total income and total profit before tax for the year 2006. Please see “Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects”, Segment Reporting for the total income and profit before tax by business line for the years ended 2006, 2005 and 2004.
(PIE  CHART)

20


Table of Contents

INSURANCE EUROPE
ING Insurance Europe operates in The Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, Spain, Greece, Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria and Russia. The operating companies in these countries have tailored their insurance products, investment and asset management services and pension fund services for certain target markets and distribution channels. ING Insurance Europe has three key priorities. First, continued profitable growth and efficient allocation of capital across business units in the region. Second, to concentrate on wealth management and retirement services to meet the needs of the increased elderly population. Third, to continue improving efficiency and risk management.
In the Netherlands, ING offers basic retail insurance products via direct marketing (Postbank), while independent intermediaries (Nationale-Nederlanden), tied agents (RVS) and bank branches (ING Bank) are more suitable for selling complex products requiring more personal service and specialized advice. In the countries in Central Europe, tied agents are the main distribution channel. In this region too, ING continues to strive towards a multi-distribution approach with banks, brokers and direct marketing as additional channels. ING considers the degree of personal service and specialized advice as an important factor in determining how to distribute its products and services within Europe.
ING Investment Management Europe (“ING IM Europe”) is the principal asset manager for ING Insurance Europe. ING IM Europe also manages equity, fixed income and structured investments for institutional investors and the private label investment funds sold by various ING companies, including ING Bank, ING Belgium, Postbank, Nationale-Nederlanden and third party distributors. In addition, ING IM Europe is responsible for managing the treasury activities of ING Insurance.
ING’s life insurance products in Europe consist of a broad range of participating (with profit) and non-participating (without profit) policies written for both individual and group customers. Individual life products include a variety of endowment, term, whole life and unit linked insurance policies. In some countries, Group policies are designed to fund private pension benefits offered by a wide range of businesses and institutions as a supplement to government provided benefits. ING is also a prominent provider of mandatory and voluntary pension funds in several countries in Central Europe.
ING’s non-life products include coverage for both individual and commercial/group clients for fire, automobile, disability, health-care, transport and aviation insurance, third party liability insurance and indirect premiums (incoming reinsurance premiums). In the Netherlands, the government is decreasing its role in the field of disability insurance and sick pay, possibly creating new opportunities for insurance companies to provide private-sector coverage for benefits previously provided by the Dutch government. ING offers a broad range of disability insurance products and complementary services for employers and individual professionals (such as dentists and lawyers).
INSURANCE AMERICAS
ING Insurance Americas (“ING Americas”) operates in four main geographic areas: Canada, the United States, Mexico, and Latin America. ING Americas offers various types of insurance, retirement services, (largely defined contribution plans) annuities, mutual funds, broker-dealer services and institutional products, including group reinsurance and principal protection products, as well as retail and institutional asset management.
In 2006, ING Americas operated in the United States through three business segments: Worksite and Institutional Businesses (which included retirement services), the Retail Businesses (which included Life and Annuities), and Asset Management. The US life market remains segmented and subject to intense competition as the overall market is growing at mid to high single digit rates. In 2007, to continue our maximization of the growth opportunities in the market and to aggressively manage the differing risks in each product line, we intend to reorganize the US businesses in the following three divisions: Wealth Management, Asset Management, and the Insurance businesses. Through these three divisions, we intend to continue to provide a wide variety of financial products and services to individuals both on a retail basis and through employers and directly to institutional customers. Distribution channels include independent producers, broker dealers and financial institutions as well as consultants, affiliate distribution channels and financial intermediaries. Career agents, ING Direct and an institutional sales force for asset management products.

21


Table of Contents

The US Wealth Management business includes Retirement Services (which includes Defined Contribution Pensions and Rollover/Payout business) and Annuities, which between them provide the substantial majority of earnings and value creation for the US, and the ING Advisors Network, a distribution channel of wholly owned broker-dealers with independent contractor registered representatives. In the institutional market, Retirement Services sells 401(k), 403(b) and 457 defined contribution plans and targets the higher growth segments of small (under 500 employees) corporate 401(k) and teachers and staff (kindergarten through 12th grade, the “K-12” segment). The primary retail customer target market for Annuities is the mass affluent segment. Besides providing access to financial services products, ING Advisors Network offers such services as financial planning, investment advisory services, pension plan administrative services and trust services through its approximately 8,700 affiliated and licensed financial professionals.
The Asset Management organization includes ING Investment Management Americas (“ING IM Americas”), Mutual Funds and Institutional Markets. ING IM manages proprietary and third party assets in the US, Canada and Latin America. ING IM Americas manages proprietary assets for ING Americas’ insurance entities, investing in a diverse mix of public fixed income, private placements, commercial mortgages and alternative assets. Third party business units (mainly in the US) include mutual fund sub-advisory, institutional assets, alternative assets and managed accounts and its products are distributed through proprietary, affiliated and outside distribution channels. Assets are managed in a wide range of investment styles and portfolios including: domestic and international equity funds of various value, blend and growth styles and of small, mid- and large capitalization, domestic fixed income portfolios across the major bond market sectors, balanced portfolios, hedge funds and private equity. Principal protections products are provided through Institutional Markets.
The Insurance Businesses focuses on both individual and institutional clients and provide a wide range of insurance and investment products, including variable universal life, universal life, and term insurance. Individual retail markets include both the mass affluent and the middle market. Institutional customers are served by both the Employee Benefits unit, which provides both group and voluntary insurance products, and through ING Re, which provides group reinsurance.
ING Canada focuses on risk management expertise delivered through strong manufacturing and distribution capabilities. ING Canada’s principal insurance products are automobile and property and liability insurance, which are marketed to individuals and businesses. ING Canada offers commercial specialty lines products. In addition to insurance operations, ING Canada also has a registered mutual fund dealer, ING Wealth Management, which focuses on delivering financial solutions to ING clients through a number of distribution partners. Following an initial public offering in 2004, ING Group’s ownership share in ING Canada was reduced to 70%. ING Canada uses independent brokers as its primary distribution channel, accounting for approximately 90% of direct premiums written. ING Canada also sells products directly to customers through the internet and by telephone through call centers in Quebec and Ontario.
ING Americas sells life insurance, health insurance, auto, property and casualty insurance, and pension and financial services products through subsidiaries and joint venture affiliates in selected Latin American markets. Activities are concentrated on the Mexican and Chilean markets and ING Americas also has a joint venture presence in Peru and Brazil. Distribution channels in Mexico and Latin America include brokers and tied agents.
INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
Insurance Asia/Pacific (“IAP”) is a line of business comprising ING Group’s Asian, Australian and New Zealand insurance and asset management operations. In total, IAP has 24 wholly-owned or joint-venture businesses operating across 13 countries, including Australia, China, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Macau, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. The principal business unit operations are located in Australia, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan. In 2005 and 2006, these principal business unit operations represented 94% and 93% of IAP’s total premium income, respectively.
An IAP regional office in Hong Kong leads, controls and supports all IAP business units in the region, ensures implementation of strategy and standards, encourages synergy both regionally and globally, and produces regional management reports to headquarters in Amsterdam.
IAP’s business units offer various types of life insurance, wealth management, retail and institutional asset management products (including annuity, endowment, disability/ morbidity insurance, unit linked/ universal life, whole life, participating life, group life, accident and health, term life and employee benefits) and services.

22


Table of Contents

In Hong Kong and Malaysia, non-life insurance products (including employees’ compensation, medical, motor, fire, marine, personal accident and general liability) are also offered. Each business unit is subject to regulation by its respective insurance or investment regulatory commission, which generally requires a separate operating license and product approvals. IAP’s distribution channels include tied or career agents, independent agents, financial planners, bancassurance, telemarketing and e-business channels.
Based on an analysis of public disclosures by regulators and competitors and data provided by independent publications, IAP estimates that its combined insurance operations rank second among regional foreign life insurers by annualized premium equivalent (annualized premium equivalent represents the aggregate of new regular premium sales and 10 percent of new single premium sales of life insurance products) and its combined investment management operations in Asia, excluding Australia and Japan, rank second in terms of total assets under management (AUM) and rank first in terms of retail AUM.
WHOLESALE BANKING
ING Wholesale Banking offers a full range of products to corporates and institutions in the Benelux countries. Elsewhere we operate a more selective and focused client and product approach with a strong presence in over 40 countries worldwide. To continue to improve our market position, Wholesale Banking has three key priorities: client-focus, cross-selling and cost control. Through delivering a truly relationship-driven business model we have clearly defined and targeted our core market and product strengths in an increasingly competitive market. These foundations underpin the implementation of a single global brand for Wholesale Banking.
We believe that ING Wholesale Banking did well in 2006 despite a challenging business climate by focusing on clients’ interests, capitalising on cross-selling opportunities and managing for greater value. While working to bring down overall costs, the organisation continued to invest selectively to ensure future growth through expansion of its existing capabilities in higher value-added products in key areas such as Financial Markets, Payments and Cash Management and Leasing and Structured Finance. Wholesale Banking was able to focus on its core businesses by optimising the allocation of capital and through the sale of Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank.
In 2006 there were further developments in the relationship-driven business model, launched over two years ago. Client coverage was further improved and simplified after a number of top corporate clients were identified as priority clients and then allocated additional resources. A global event finance team comprised of highly experienced bankers was also established to advise clients and coordinate transformational transactions. Mid-sized companies remain very important and strong relationships are being maintained with the networks built up across the Netherlands and Belgium, as well as in Romania and Poland.
Our client portfolio was evaluated to ensure a stronger focus on core clients to whom we can sell more high-margin and value-creating products in accordance with our strategic alignment program called the Target Operating Model. The model focuses on cost control as well as growth, capital optimisation and improved operational efficiency. In 2005 these operations were completed in Asia, the Americas, and the UK. The implementation phase of the program was completed in the Benelux over 2006 and will be fully executed in 2007.
A number of new initiatives were introduced in 2006 to better position our most value-creating businesses. This included grouping all of our activities in documentary payments, credit, collections and trade facilities under one global organisation, Trade Financial Services. A secondary loan trading activity was also launched focusing on trading and making markets in transactions ING helped bring to the market, either through the syndications market or via another senior capacity. Lease and Commercial Finance activities were launched in several central and eastern European countries while two Lease acquisitions – Appleyard (UK) and Autoplan (France) — were made to boost our European presence and attain a top five ranking in the manufacturer-independent vehicle leasing companies. Investments in Payments and Cash Management have also continued ahead of the January 1, 2008 launch of the Single Euro Payments Area in order to remain a major player in the European funds market. Furthermore, ING was once again voted Best Cash Management Bank in Eastern Europe by Treasury Management International in 2006.

23


Table of Contents

To help build and sustain its business, ING Wholesale Banking continued to make strides towards looking and acting as a single brand differentiated by its core brand attributes of leading with knowledge, acting as a trusted advisor and flawless execution. The roll-out of a single ING brand globally is another important means by which to build and maintain strong client relationships.
Looking ahead, in 2007 we plan to further refine our client coverage model with a continued emphasis on our cross-sell strategy. The approach to mid corporate clients will also be further aligned at a global level. We plan to remain vigilant in keeping costs under control, which will be strongly assisted by the full implementation of the Managing for Value initiative across the Benelux, while striving to find new ways to maximise value creation.
ING Real Estate
ING Real Estate is a global and diversified real estate company active in real estate investment management, development and finance. With in-house local research and global coverage thanks to its teams in Europe, America, Asia and Australia, ING Real Estate provides its clients with innovative and tailor-made real estate based solutions. ING Real Estate is a research-driven and performance-led investment manager offering over 60 funds, both listed and unlisted to institutional and private investors. The Finance division provides flexible, tailored solutions on the back of broad real estate expertise and cutting edge financial know-how to private and institutional investors, developers and specific other client groups. The Development division has a strong track record stretching back more than 40 years in applying research-based expertise to develop residential, retail, office and mixed-use projects across Europe.
ING Real Estate saw another year of strong growth, driven mainly by the unremitting appetite for property funds among investors. The successful takeover of Summit Real Estate Investment Trust, Canada’s largest listed owner of industrial assets, added EUR 2.3 billion to assets under management. Several new funds for the institutional market were launched in Europe as well as the ING Real Estate China Opportunity Fund. ING Real Estate Investment Management and ING Wholesale Banking have also formed a joint venture called ING Real Estate Capital Advisors to capitalize on the growing demand for specialized real estate investment banking services.
The Finance Division made substantial progress in its international diversification strategy, while maintaining market leadership in its home market of the Netherlands. The division made a strong debut in the securitisation market and increased its activity in the syndication market, in association with ING Wholesale Banking. The Finance Division also closed its first lending transactions in Asia.
The Development Division returned to profit on the back of a string of project sales. Several shopping centres in Spain, Germany and the UK were completed. The division received several prestigious industry awards, including ‘European Retail Developer of the Year’.
RETAIL BANKING
The retail banking business focuses on retail banking services to individuals, and to small- and medium-sized businesses and on private banking. These businesses are supported by a multi-product, multi-channel distribution approach. We serve two types of retail markets, each reflecting our different market positions and therefore each requiring a slightly different approach with regard to the retail strategy. In the mature markets of the Netherlands and Belgium, our strategy is to assist our clients in areas such as wealth accumulation, savings and mortgages. We seek to distribute these different products through an efficient mix of channels appropriate to the client segments and products. In a number of selected developing markets (India, Poland, Romania) with the right demographics, economic growth potential and stable institutional environment, our strategy is to become a prominent player in the local retail banking markets, providing our clients with simple but quality products. In the mature markets, achieving operational excellence and cost leadership, combined with the right level of customer satisfaction, will be important for continuing profit growth. ING considers developing economies as opportunities for structural growth due to their strong demographics, rapid income growth, emerging middle classes and relatively low penetration of the financial services sector.
The Netherlands
Postbank is ING’s direct bank in the Netherlands. Postbank reaches its individual customers through home banking, telephone, call centers, internet banking, mailings and post offices. Using direct marketing methods, Postbank leverages its position as a leading provider of current account services and payments systems to provide other financial services such as savings accounts, mortgage loans, consumer loans,

24


Table of Contents

credit card services, investment and insurance products. Mortgages are offered through a tied agents sale force and direct and intermediary channels.
ING Bank Netherlands operates through a branch network of 250 branches. It offers a full range of commercial banking activities and life and non-life insurance products. It also sells mortgages through the intermediary channel.
Belgium
Besides insurance (life, non-life, employee benefits) and asset management, ING Belgium provides banking products and services to meet the needs of individuals, families, companies and institutions through a network of local head offices, 820 traditional branches and direct banking channels (fully automated branches, home banking services and call centers). ING Belgium also operates a second network, Record Bank, which provides a full range of banking products through independent banking agents and credit products through a multitude of channels (agents, brokers, vendors).
Central Europe
In Poland, ING Bank Slaski provides a full range of banking services to business and individual customers through a network of 330 branches, supported by ATMs and telephone, internet and electronic banking. Since 2004 we have opened 110 fully automated outlets in Romania that provide selected banking products to individual clients.
Asia
In India, ING Vysya Bank has a network of 370 branches supported by a sales force of tied agents, who provide a full range of banking services to business and individual clients. In China, ING acquired a 19.9% participation in Bank of Beijing in 2005.
Private Banking
Private Banking provides wealth management services to high net worth individuals throughout the world. We have continued to raise the visibility of the Private Banking activities in the Benelux to penetrate ING’s existing client base in these markets. In new international markets (Asia, Central Europe, Latin America), we continue to seek to attract new assets to the group, serving them in part out of our branch in Switzerland.
ING DIRECT
ING Direct consists of a direct banking business and a stand-alone credit card operation (ING Card). The direct bank is an important part of ING Group’s international retail strategy. The strategy of ING Direct is to be a low-cost provider of financial services in large, mature markets by offering clients good value for money and excellent service via call-centers, direct mail and the internet. The main products offered by ING Direct are saving accounts and mortgages. ING Direct also sells a focused range of financial products such as mutual funds, e-brokerage, pensions and life insurance.
ING Direct’s direct banking business is active in nine countries, including Canada, Spain, Australia, France, the United States, Italy, Germany, Austria and United Kingdom and as of the end of 2006, provides services to 17.5 million customers. Each country forms a separate business unit, with the exception of Austria which is managed by the German business unit.
ING Direct’s overall growth in funds entrusted was driven mainly by the business units in Germany, the United States, France, Australia and Italy reflecting the continued momentum of the ING Direct brand. At year-end 2006 total funds entrusted to ING Direct worldwide amounted to EUR 196 billon and total own originated mortgages were EUR 58 billion. Growth in mortgages was primarily attributable to Germany, Australia, Canada and the United States. The percentage of mortgage versus savings funds continues to increase. The locked in margins of the mortgages continues to contribute stability to the overall business.
ING Card aims at leveraging the extensive retail customer databases within ING Group. ING Card manages the credit card portfolios in the Netherlands and in Belgium. At year-end the portfolio size amounted to 1.7 million cards. Crucial to its strategy is to focus on marketing, business intelligence and credit risk management. Other ING business units will be supported with this knowledge and expertise.

25


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES
Reference is made to Exhibit 8 “List of subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.”
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
The insurance, banking, asset management and broker dealer business of ING are subject to detailed comprehensive supervision in all the jurisdictions in which ING conducts business. This supervision is based in a large part on European Union (“EU”) directives, discussed more fully below.
The Dutch regulatory system for financial supervision consists of prudential supervision – monitoring the soundness of financial institutions and the financial sector, and conduct-of-business supervision – regulating institutions’ conduct in the markets. Prudential supervision is exercised by De Nederlandsche Bank (“DNB”), while conduct-of-business supervision is performed by the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, Autoriteit Financiële Markten (“AFM”). On January 1, 2007, the new Dutch Financial Supervision Act has come into force. This law replaces the numerous existing laws and regulations in the area of supervision, and represents a significant adjustment in the legislation in the Netherlands to reflect market conditions.
  In 2006, the EU directive on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate, adopted in 2002, was implemented in the new Dutch Financial Supervision Act; it has also come into force on January 1 2007. For ING, this Directive is not expected to have a material impact on its business, on its capital requirements nor on its solvency position, as ING already complies with comparable national legislation for financial conglomerates.
 
  In October 2006, the Dutch Act on the disclosure of Major Holdings and Capital Interests in Securities-Issuing Institutions came into force in the Netherlands, amending the Disclosure of Major Holdings Act and implementing parts of the EU Transparency Directive. The Act aims to increase the transparency of interests held in companies admitted to trading on a regulated market and to simplify the procedure for notifying such interests. It is incorporated in the new Dutch Financial Supervision Act.
The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) aims to establish a comprehensive regulatory regime for the organised execution of investor transactions by stock markets, other trading systems and investment firms. In so doing, it will create a “ single passport “ for investment firms which will enable them to do business anywhere in the EU on the basis of home-country authorisation. The Directive also enables investment firms to process client orders outside regulated markets. The Directive will have to be transposed into national law by April 2007. Investment firms will be required to comply with it as of November 2007.
DNB and other of our supervisory authorities have in recent periods increased their scrutiny of such matters as payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures.
Like many other large international financial institutions, we engage and in the past have engaged in a limited amount of business with counterparties, including government or government-related counterparties, in countries such as Cuba, Iran and Syria, countries which have been identified as state sponsors of terrorism by the US State Department and subject to sanctions by various government agencies. We do not believe that our revenues in such countries are or have been material to our overall business. In light of increased scrutiny of transactions involving such countries on the part of US and non-US regulatory authorities, investors and the media, as well as initiatives on the part of various institutions to adopt or enforce laws or regulations prohibiting transactions with or requiring divestment from entities doing business with such countries, however, we are continuing to significantly strengthen our compliance function generally, as we have done in 2006. ING Bank N.V. has been in discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the United States and other authorities. These discussions prompted ING Bank N.V. to engage in a review regarding transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with this review, which is ongoing, ING Bank N.V. has been reporting to DNB and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof. On July 28, 2006, The Office of Foreign Asset Controls (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury added the Netherlands Caribbean Bank (“NCB”), a bank chartered in the Netherlands Antilles that is jointly owned by ING and by two entities that are Cuban nationals, to its list of Specially Designated Nationals as a Cuban national. Such

26


Table of Contents

designation prohibits U.S. persons and non-U.S. subsidiaries of U.S. companies from dealing with NCB. As discussed under “Item 3—Risk Factors” and Note 2.2 Risk Management of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, as a large multinational financial institution we are subject to reputational and other risks in connection with regulatory and compliance matters involving such countries, and we have incurred significant costs in connection with the strengthening of our compliance-related functions.
INSURANCE
Europe
Insurance companies in the EU are subject to supervision by insurance supervisory authorities in their home country. This principle of “home country control” was established in a series of directives adopted by the EU, which we refer to as the “1992 Insurance Directives”. In The Netherlands, DNB monitors compliance with applicable regulations, the capital base of the insurer and its actuarial reserves, as well as the assets of the insurer, which support such reserves. Pursuant to the 1992 EU Directives, ING may also conduct business directly, or through foreign branches, in all the other jurisdictions of the EU, without being subject to licensing requirements under the laws of the other EU member-states.
In Belgium, ING’s insurance operations are supervised by the Banking, Finance and Insurance Commission (CBFA), created as a result of the integration of the Insurance Supervisory Authority (ISA) and the Banking and Finance Commission. Since January 1, 2004, it is the single supervisory authority for the Belgian financial sector. In other European Union countries ING’s insurance operations are subject to supervision by similar supervisory authorities.
ING Insurance’s life and non-life subsidiaries in the EU are required to file detailed audited annual reports with their home country insurance supervisory authority. These reports are audited by ING Insurance’s independent auditors and include balance sheets, profit and loss statements, actuarial statements and other financial information. The authorizations granted by the insurance supervisory authorities stipulate the classes of business that an insurer may write an insurance for, and is required for every proposed new class of business. In addition, the home country insurance supervisory authority may require an insurer to submit any other information it requests and may conduct an audit at any time.
On the basis of the EU directives, European life insurance companies are required to maintain at least a shareholders’ equity level of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate account reserves), plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required shareholders’ equity level for Dutch non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations: one based on premiums and the other on claims. The former is based on 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims.
The European Commission, jointly with Member States, is carrying out a fundamental review of the regulatory capital regime of the insurance industry (the Solvency 2 project). Its objective is to establish a solvency system that is better matched to the true risks of insurers enabling supervisors to protect policyholders’ interests as effectively as possible and in accordance with common principles across the EU. The Commission has produced a ‘Framework for Consultation’ setting out the policy principles and guidelines that will act as a framework for the development of the Solvency 2 regime. Work on the Solvency 2 Framework Directive is still in progress, and adoption is expected not before 2008.
Americas
United States
ING Group’s United States insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive and detailed regulation of their activities under U.S. state and federal laws. Supervisory agencies in various states have broad powers to grant or revoke licenses to conduct business, regulate trade practices, license agents, approve policy forms and certain premium rates, set standards of capital base and reserve requirements, determine the form and content of required financial reports, examine insurance companies and prescribe the type and amount of investments permitted. Insurance companies are subject to a mandatory annual audit of their statutory basis financial statements by an independent certified public accountant, and in addition are subject to an insurance department examination approximately every three to five years.
ING Insurance’s U.S. operations are subject to the Risk Based Capital (“RBC”) guidelines which provide a method to measure the adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) that insurance companies should maintain for supervisory purposes, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s investments and products. The RBC guidelines are intended to be a supervisory tool only, and are not intended as a means to rank insurers generally. Each of the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations was above its target and statutory minimum RBC ratios, at year end 2006.

27


Table of Contents

Insurance holding company statutes and regulations of each insurer’s state of domicile require periodic disclosure concerning the ultimate controlling person (i.e., the corporation or individual that controls the domiciled insurer in each state). Such statutes also impose various limitations on investments in affiliates and may require prior approval of the payment of certain dividends by the registered insurer to ING or several of its affiliates. ING is subject, by virtue of its ownership of insurance companies, to certain of these statutes and regulations.
Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business, many federal laws affect the insurance business in a variety of ways, including the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act relating to the privacy of information used in consumer reports and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 relating to, among other things, the establishment of anti-money laundering programs. In addition, a number of the products issued by ING Insurance companies are regulated as securities under state and federal law.
Canada
Our insurance businesses in Canada are subject to the various provincial and territorial laws and regulations. Regulators ensure that insurance companies have adequate capital, regulate related party transactions, approve acquisitions and changes of control, verify the risk management programs of companies under their jurisdiction and enact rules to ensure sound market conduct and suitability and professionalism of management. Automobile insurance is highly regulated and insurers must file their rates and are subject to certain rate constraints in certain provinces. Certain provinces like Ontario and Quebec also provide for accountability on the part of the insurers for the acts of the distributors in certain circumstances.
Asia/Pacific
Japan
ING Group’s life insurance subsidiary in Japan is subject to the supervision of the Financial Services Agency (“FSA”), the chief regulator in Japan, the rules and regulations as stipulated by the Commercial Code, Insurance Business Law and ordinances of the Cabinet Office. The affairs handled by the FSA include, among others, planning and policymaking concerning financial systems and the inspection and supervision of private sector financial institutions including banks, securities companies, insurance companies and market participants including securities exchanges.
New products, revision of existing products etc. require approval by the FSA. The Cabinet Office ordinances stipulate the types and proportions of assets in which an insurance company can invest The Insurance Business Law further requires that an insurance company set aside a liability reserve to provide for the fulfillment of the level of expected mortality and other assumptions that are applied in calculating liability reserves for long-term contracts. In addition to the required audit by external auditors, insurance companies are required to appoint a corporate actuary and have such corporate actuary be involved in the method of calculating premiums and other actuarial, accounting and compliance matters.
South Korea
ING Group’s South Korean insurance subsidiaries are subject to supervision by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and its executive arm, the Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”). A second body, the Korean Insurance Development Institute (“KIDI”) advises the FSC, FSS and the Ministry of Finance and Economy on policies and systems related to life insurance and may calculate net insurance premium rates that insurance companies can apply and report such premium rates to the FSC. The KIDI must approve all new products and revisions of existing. In May 2003, the Insurance Business Act was revised to deregulate the insurance industry and to increase competition. In 2004, the FSS announced a plan to strengthen and change its supervisory policies based on the Risk Assessment and Application System (“RAAS”) from 2006 onwards.
Australia
The financial services activities of life insurance, investments, superannuation, general insurance and banking are currently governed by separate legislation under Australian law. The two main financial services regulators are the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (“APRA”) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”). APRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. APRA’s responsibilities include regulating capital and liquidity requirements and monitoring the management functions of product providers. APRA also requires superannuation trustees

28


Table of Contents

to be licensed under the Registrable Superannuation Entity Licensing regime. All relevant entities obtained their licenses in January 2006. ASIC is responsible for consumer protection and market integrity across the financial systems, including the areas of insurance, banking and superannuation. From March 2004 the Corporations Act 2001, required all relevant business entities to be licensed under the Australian Financial Services Licensing regime, administered by ASIC.
Taiwan
The Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) was established on July 1, 2004 and supervises insurance companies, banks and securities houses in Taiwan. On July 9, 2003, new solvency requirements were issued, stipulating that the paid-in capital held by Taiwanese life insurance companies must be at least 200% of their risk based capital (“RBC”). This applies to both local and foreign insurance companies in Taiwan; should the paid-in capital to risk capital ratio fall below 200%, the life insurance company is required to raise new funds to achieve the target. ING Group’s operations in Taiwan are regulated by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”). In accordance with the Directions Governing Review of life Insurance Products, dated December 29, 2004 of the FSC, all insurance products are filed, reviewed and approved in three ways by the Insurance Bureau of the FSC before they are marketed.
BANKING
Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct
Basel II Standards
In June 2004, the Basel Committee issued the “Revised Framework” (“Basel II”) to replace the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) with a new capital accord. The purpose of Basel II is to lay down capital requirements that are more risk-sensitive. There is greater emphasis on internal methods of risk measurement by banks. For example, the Accord further refines the system of risk weightings and permits capital requirements to be calculated based upon internal ratings or the ratings issued by recognized rating agencies. It also includes capital requirements for operational risk in addition to those laid down for credit risk and market risk.
The European Union has drawn up a directive, the Capital Requirement Directive (“CRD”), which applies to all European banks and investment firms. Through this European directive, Basel II has been incorporated into EU legislation. The CRD was approved by the European Parliament on September 28, 2005. The European Finance ministers adopted the Directive on October 11, 2005. As per the end of 2006, all EU Member States have incorporated or are in the process of incorporating the Directive into national law and regulations. In the Netherlands, the Directive has been incorporated into the Dutch Financial Supervision Act. Subject to approval of the Dutch Central Bank (DNB), ING will implement the most sophisticated approaches for solvency reporting under the Financial Supervision Act, the Advanced IRB Approach for credit risk and the Advanced Measurement Approach for operational risk, as per January 1, 2008. During 2007 ING Bank will still be subject to Basel I regulatory reporting, although with the implementation of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act per January 1, 2007 ING Bank will report securitization positions as per the standardized Basel II approach. During 2008 and 2009 a Basel I regulatory floor of 90% and 80%, respectively, will still apply.
European Union Standards as currently applied by ING Bank
The European Community has adopted capital adequacy supervision for credit institutions in all its member states based on the Basel guidelines. In 1989, the EC adopted the Council Directive of April 17, 1989 on the “own funds” of credit institutions (the “Own Funds Directive”), defining qualifying capital (“own funds”), and the Council Directive of December 18, 1989 on a capital base ratio for credit institutions (the “Capital base Ratio Directive”). These two directives (the “EC Directives”) set forth the required ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. The EC Directives required the EU member states to transform the provisions of the Capital base Ratio Directive and the provisions of the Own Funds Directive into national law which shall be directly binding on banks operating in the member states. The EC Directives permit EU member states, when transforming the EC Directives into national law, to establish more stringent requirements, but do not permit more lenient requirements.
The EC Directives are aimed at harmonizing banking regulations and supervision throughout the EU by laying down certain minimum standards in key areas, such as capital requirements, and requiring member states to give “mutual recognition” to each other’s standards of regulation. The concept of “mutual recognition” has also been extended to create the “passport” concept: the freedom to establish branches

29


Table of Contents

in, and to provide cross-border services into, other EU member states once a bank has been licensed in its “home” state. The Capital Adequacy Directive (“CAD”), was implemented in the Netherlands with effect from January 1, 1996.
The EC Directives require a bank to have a capital base ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance sheet items of at least 8%. At least one-half of the own funds in the numerator of the ratio must be “original own funds”, or “Tier 1” capital. The rest may be “additional own funds”, or “Tier 2” capital. As of January 1, 1997, Tier 1 capital consists solely of paid-up share capital plus Tier 1 capital instruments, share premium accounts and certain other reserves, less a deduction for goodwill. Tier 2 capital includes revaluation reserves, value adjustments of certain assets and certain categories of long-term subordinated debt and cumulative preferred shares. The aggregate of a bank’s Tier 2 capital may not exceed 50% of the bank’s Tier 1 capital.
ING Bank files consolidated quarterly and annual reports of its financial position and results with DNB in the Netherlands. ING Bank’s independent auditors audit these reports on an annual basis.
Our banking operations in Belgium are supervised by the CBFA Commission. Banking supervision in Germany is carried out by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Agency (BAFIN), working in co-operation with the German Central Bank (‘Deutsche Bundesbank’). Similar authorities supervise ING’s banking operations in other European Union countries, such as, the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom.
An EU member state credit institution is not permitted to start operations through a branch in another EU member state until it has received confirmation from its home country banking supervisory authority that the information required by the Second Directive on the Coordination of Legislation to the Taking Up and Pursuit of the Business of Credit Institutions (the “Second Banking Coordination EC Directive”) has been submitted to that supervisor and until, following this confirmation, a period of two months has elapsed or until, before the expiry of this period, it has received confirming information by that home country banking supervisory authority.
Americas
United States
ING Bank has a limited direct presence in the United States through the facility of the ING Bank Representative Office in New York. Although the office’s activities are strictly limited to essentially that of a marketing agent of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e., the office may not take deposits or execute any transactions), the office is subject to the jurisdiction of the State of New York Banking Department and the Federal Reserve.
A major part of our banking activities in the United States, ING Direct USA, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, a division of the United States Department of the Treasury and, to a lesser extent, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an independent agency of the Federal government that operates under the auspices of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a US federal law.
Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and countries subject to sanctions
A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as our bank, insurance, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds advised or sponsored by our subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies are imposing heightened standards, and law enforcement authorities have been taking a more active role. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.
Like many other large international financial institutions, we engage and in the past have engaged in a limited amount of business with counterparties, including government or government-related counterparties, in

30


Table of Contents

countries such as Cuba, Iran and Syria, countries which have been identified as state sponsors of terrorism by the US State Department and subject to sanctions by various government agencies. We do not believe that our revenues in such countries are or have been material to our overall business. In light of increased scrutiny of transactions involving such countries on the part of US and non-US regulatory authorities, investors and the media, as well as initiatives on the part of various institutions to adopt or enforce laws or regulations prohibiting transactions with or requiring divestment from entities doing business with such countries, we are continuing to significantly strengthen our compliance function generally, as we have done in 2006.
ING Bank N.V. has been in discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the United States and other authorities. These discussions prompted ING Bank N.V. to engage in a review regarding transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with this review, which is ongoing, ING Bank N.V. has been reporting to DNB and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof.
On July 28, 2006, The Office of Foreign Asset Controls (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury added the Netherlands Caribbean Bank (“NCB”), a bank chartered in the Netherlands Antilles that is jointly owned by ING and by two entities that are Cuban nationals, to its list of Specially Designated Nationals as a Cuban national. Such designation prohibits U.S. persons and non-U.S. subsidiaries of U.S. companies from dealing with NCB.
Canada
ING Bank of Canada (“ING BOC”) is a federally regulated financial institution that is subject to the supervision of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), which is the primary supervisor of federally chartered financial institutions (including banks and insurance companies) and federally administered pension plans.
ING BOC operates a wholly-owned mutual fund dealer subsidiary, ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited that is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited’s home province supervisor is the Ontario Securities Commission, which regulates the sale of mutual funds and equities in Ontario. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited is also a member of the Mutual Funds Dealer’s Association, a mandatory self-regulatory body, which governs and oversees the conduct of mutual fund dealers in Canada.
Asia/Pacific
Australia
The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. See also supervision insurance on page 27.
BROKER-DEALER AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
ING’s broker-dealer entities in the United States are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states in which they operate, and the self-regulatory organizations (e.g., the NASD and the NYSE) of which they individually are members. The primary governing statutes for such entities are the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and state statutes and regulations, as applicable. These and other laws, and the regulations promulgated there under, impose requirements (among others) regarding minimum net capital requirements, safeguarding of customer assets, protection and use of material, non-public (inside) information, record-keeping requirements, supervision of employee activities, credit to customers, suitability determinations in the context of recommending transactions to customers, clearance and settlement procedures and anti-money laundering standards and procedures. The rules of the self-regulatory organizations in some respects duplicate the above mentioned legal requirements, but also impose requirements specific to the marketplaces that these organizations oversee. For example, the NASD imposes requirements relating to activities by market-makers in the over-the-counter market in equity securities and the NYSE imposes requirements regarding transactions effected in its listed securities market.
Certain ING entities in the United States (including certain of its broker-dealers) also act in the capacity of a federally registered investment advisor (i.e. providing transactional advice to customers for a fee), and

31


Table of Contents

are governed in such activities by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Moreover, certain ING entities manage investment funds (such as mutual funds); the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, regulates the governance and activities of those funds. These laws impose record-keeping and disclosure requirements on ING in the context of such activities. Moreover, the laws impose restrictions on transactions or require disclosure of transactions involving advisory clients and the advisor or the advisors’ affiliates, as well as transactions between advisory clients. In addition, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, imposes certain obligations on investment advisors managing employee plan assets as defined in this act.
The failure of ING to comply with these various requirements could result in civil and criminal sanctions and administrative penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, or self-regulatory organizations on these entities of ING which have committed the violations. Moreover, employees who are found to have participated in the violations, and the managers of these employees, also may be subject to penalties by governmental and self-regulatory agencies.
COMPETITION
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and in the other countries in which ING undertakes business in insurance, retail and wholesale banking, and other products and services provided. Competition is more pronounced in the mature markets of the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia than in the developing markets. In recent years, however, competition in developing markets has increased as financial institutions from mature markets have sought to establish themselves in markets perceived to offer higher growth potential. ING and all its competitors have sought to form alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with local institutions, which have become more sophisticated and competitive.
Competition with respect to the products and services provided by the Group in both mature and developing markets is based on many factors, including brand recognition, scope of distribution systems, customer service, products offered, financial strength, price and, in the case of investment-linked insurance products and asset management services, investment performance. Management believes its major competitors are the larger Dutch, other European, United States and Japanese commercial banks, insurance companies, asset management and other financial-services companies.
RATINGS
ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“Standard & Poor’s”), a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “Aa3” (with stable outlook) by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) at December 2006, and “Aa2” as of March 2007.
ING Verzekeringen, N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s and “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s.
ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt held a “AA” (with a stable outlook) rating by Standard & Poor’s as of December 31, 2006. At the same date, Moody’s rated ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt at “Aa2” (with a stable outlook), and “Aa1” as of March 2007. Finally, ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt was rated “AA” by Fitch Ratings, Ltd. as of December 31, 2006.
ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s short-term senior debt is rated “A-1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-1(P-1) by Moody’s as of December 31, 2006
ING Bank N.V.’s short-term senior debt held a rating of “A-1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-1 (P-1) by Moody’s as of December 31, 2006.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
In the Netherlands, ING owns a significant part of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. Outside the Netherlands, ING predominantly leases all of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2006, ING had more than 1,500 branch, representative and similar offices worldwide of which approximately 500 offices, principally branch offices, were located in the Netherlands. In addition, ING has part of its investment portfolio invested in land and buildings. Management believes that ING’s facilities are adequate for its present needs in all material respects.

32


Table of Contents

Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects
The following review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 2.4 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to U.S. GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under IFRS-EU.
FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ING Group’s results of operations are affected by demographics (particularly with respect to life insurance) and by a variety of market conditions, including economic cycles, insurance industry cycles (particularly with respect to non-life insurance), banking industry cycles and fluctuations in stock markets, interest and foreign exchange rates.
General market conditions
Demographic studies suggest that over the next decade there will be growth in the number of individuals who enter the age group that management believes is most likely to purchase retirement-oriented life insurance products in ING’s principal life insurance markets in the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. In addition, in a number of its European markets, including the Netherlands, retirement, medical and other social benefits previously provided by the government have been, or in the coming years are expected to be, curtailed. Management believes this will increase opportunities for private sector providers of life insurance, health, pension and other social benefits-related insurance products. Management believes that ING Insurance’s distribution networks, the quality and diversity of its products and its investment management expertise in each of these markets, positions ING Insurance to benefit from these developments. In addition, the emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America, in which ING Insurance has insurance operations, generally have lower gross domestic products per capita and gross insurance premiums per capita than the countries in Western Europe and North America in which ING Insurance has insurance operations. Management believes that insurance operations in these emerging markets provide ING Insurance with the market presence which will allow it to take advantage of anticipated growth in these regions. In addition, conditions in the non-life insurance markets in which ING Insurance operates are cyclical, and characterized by periods of price competition, fluctuations in underwriting results, and the occurrence of unpredictable weather-related and other losses.
Fluctuations in equity markets
Our insurance and asset management operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. Our overall investment return and fee income from equity-linked products are influenced by equity markets. The fees we charge for managing portfolios are often based on performance and value of the portfolio. In addition, fluctuations in equity markets may affect sales of life and pension products, unit-linked products, including variable business and may increase the amount of withdrawals which will reduce related management fees. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. ING Bank maintains an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio. Accordingly market downturns are likely to lead to declines in securities trading and brokerage activities which we execute for customers and therefore to a decline in related commissions.
Fluctuations in interest rates
Our insurance operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates through impacts on sales and surrenders of life insurance and annuity products. Declining interest rates may increase sales, but may impact profitability as a result of a reduced spread between the guaranteed interest rates to policyholders and the investment returns on fixed interest investments. Declining interest rates may also affect the results of our reserve adequacy testing which may in turn result in reserve strengthening. Rising interest rates may increase the surrender of policies which may require liquidation of fixed interest investments at unfavorable market prices. This could result in realized investment losses. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Our management of interest rate sensitivity affects the results of our banking operations. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between changes in market interest rates and changes in net interest income. Both the composition of our banking assets and liabilities and the fact that interest rate changes may affect client behavior in a different way than assumed in our internal models

33


Table of Contents

result in a mismatch which causes the banking operations’ net interest income to be affected by changes in interest rates
Fluctuations in exchange rates
We publish our consolidated financial statements in euros. Because a substantial portion of our income and expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Japanese yen,the Korean won, the Pound sterling and the Polish zloty into euros will impact our reported results of operations and cash flows from year to year. Fluctuations in exchange rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments in our non-Euro reporting subsidiaries. The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated to some extent by the fact that income and related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally denominated in the same currencies. For the main foreign currencies, in which ING’s income and expenses are denominated namely the U.S.dollar, Pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed within a VaR limit.
The strengthening of most currencies against the euro during 2006 had a positive impact of EUR 20 million on net profit. In 2005 exchange rates positively influenced net profit by EUR 81 million. In 2004 exchange rates negatively influenced net profit by EUR 86 million, which was offset by a gain of EUR 188 million on ING’s US dollar hedge.
For the years 2006, 2005 and 2004, the year-end exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for balance sheet items not denominated in euros) and the average annual exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for income statement items and cash flows not denominated in euros) were as follows for the currencies specified below:
                         
    Average  
    2006     2005     2004  
U.S. dollar
    1.2568       1.2481       1.2472  
Australian dollar
    1.6639       1.6363       1.6912  
Canadian dollar
    1.4220       1.5104       1.6164  
Pound sterling
    0.6823       0.6849       0.6816  
Japanese yen
    146.1882       137.1460       133.9170  
South Korean won
    1,199.3280       1,276.3890       1,423.184  
Polish zloty
    3.8974       4.0288       4.5326  
                         
            Year-end        
    2006     2005     2004  
U.S. dollar
    1.3183       1.1822       1.3645  
Australian dollar
    1.6688       1.6130       1.7485  
Canadian dollar
    1.5281       1.3750       1.6427  
Pound sterling
    0.6715       0.6868       0.7053  
Japanese yen
    156.7861       138.9972       139.7674  
South Korean won
    1,225.9710       1,186.9300       1,412.4690  
Polish zloty
    3.8322       3.8612       4.0899  
Critical Accounting Policies
Reference is made to Note 2.1. Basis of presentation, of the consolidated financial statements.

34


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein. ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations, including Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct, using the financial performance measure of underlying profit before tax. Underlying profit before tax is defined as profit before tax and, excluding, as applicable for each respective segment, either all or some of the following items: profit from divested units, realized gains/losses on divestitures, certain restructuring charges and other non-operating income/(expense).
While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of underlying profit before tax enhances the understanding and comparability of its segment performance by highlighting profit before tax attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the segment businesses. For example, we believe that trends in the underlying profitability of our segments can be more clearly identified without the effects of the realized gains/losses on divestitures as the timing is largely subject to the Company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Underlying profit before tax is not a substitute for profit before tax as determined in accordance with IFRS-EU. ING Group’s definition of underlying profit before tax may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time. For further information on underlying profit before tax as well as the reconciliation of our segment underlying profit before tax to our profit before taxation see “Segment Reporting” and Note 2.1, note 50, to our consolidated financial statements.
The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its insurance and banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
                                                                 
    Insurance     Banking Eliminations     Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    46,834       45,758                                       46,834       45,758  
Interest result banking operations
                    9,335       9,162       143       95       9,192       9,067  
Commission income
    1,636       1,346       2,681       2,401                       4,317       3,747  
Investment and Other income
    11,172       10,299       2,179       2,285       73       36       13,278       12,548  
 
                                               
Total income
    59,642       57,403       14,195       13,848       216       131       73,621       71,120  
 
                                                               
Underwriting expenditure
    48,188       47,120                                       48,188       47,120  
Other interest expenses
    1,233       1,100                       216       131       1,017       969  
Operating expenses
    5,275       5,194       9,087       8,844                       14,362       14,038  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    11       11       103       88                       114       99  
 
                                               
Total expenditure
    54,707       53,425       9,190       8,932       216       131       63,681       62,226  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    4,935       3,978       5,005       4,916                       9,940       8,894  
Taxation
    702       455       1,205       924                       1,907       1,379  
 
                                                   
Profit before third-party interests
    4,233       3,523       3,800       3,992                       8,033       7,515  
Third-party interests
    281       255       60       50                       341       305  
 
                                                   
Net profit (attributable to shareholders)
    3,952       3,268       3,740       3,942                       7,692       7,210  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    4,935       3,978       5,005       4,916                       9,940       8,894  
Gains/losses on divestments1)
    (49 )     13       112       (379 )                     63       (366 )
Profit divested units
            (16 )     (45 )     17                       (45 )     1  
Special items
                                                               
 
                                                   
Underlying profit before tax
    4,886       3,975       5,072       4,554                       9,958       8,529  
 
                                                   

35


Table of Contents

 
1)   Divestments Insurance: unwinding Piraeus (EUR 34 million, 2006), sale of Australia non-life (EUR 15 million, 2006); sale of Freeler (EUR 10 million, 2005), gain from IPO Canada (EUR 19 million, 2005), sale of Life of Georgia (EUR (89) million, 2005), sale of ING Re (EUR 20 million, 2005), sale of Austbrokers (EUR 27 million, 2005). Divestments Banking :sale of Willams de Broë (EUR (9) million, 2006), sale of Deutsche Hypothekenbank (EUR (80) million, 2006), sale of Degussa Bank (EUR (23) million, 2006); sale of Baring Asset Management (EUR 240 million, 2005), sale of 12.8% ING Bank Slaski shares (EUR 92 million, 2005), restructuring of NMB-Heller (EUR 47 million, 2005).
The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its insurance and banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                                                                 
    Insurance     Banking     Eliminations     Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     20051)     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    45,758       43,617                                       45,758       43,617  
Interest result banking operations
                    9,162       8,699       95       (42 )     9,067       8,741  
Commission income
    1,346       1,198       2,401       2,581                       3,747       3,779  
Investment and Other income
    10,299       10,787       2,285       1,398       36       163       12,548       12,022  
 
                                               
Total income
    57,403       55,602       13,848       12,678       131       121       71,120       68,159  
 
                                                               
Underwriting expenditure
    47,120       45,384                                       47,120       45,384  
Other interest expenses
    1,100       1,140                       131       121       969       1,019  
Operating expenses
    5,194       4,746       8,844       8,795                       14,038       13,541  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    11       10       88       465                       99       475  
 
                                               
Total expenditure
    53,425       51,280       8,932       9,260       131       121       62,226       60,419  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    3,978       4,322       4,916       3,418                       8,894       7,740  
Taxation
    455       850       924       859                       1,379       1,709  
 
                                                   
Profit before third-party interests
    3,523       3,472       3,992       2,559                       7,515       6,031  
Third-party interests
    255       123       50       153                       305       276  
 
                                                   
Net profit (attributable to shareholders)
    3,268       3,349       3,942       2,406                       7,210       5,755  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    3,978       4,322       4,916       3,418                       8,894       7,740  
Gains/losses on divestments2)
    13       (221 )     (379 )     166                       (366 )     (55 )
Profit divested units
    (16 )     (151 )     17       (102 )                     1       (253 )
Special items
            (386 )             44                               (342 )
 
                                                   
Underlying profit before tax
    3,975       3,564       4,554       3,526                       8,529       7,090  
 
                                                   
 
1)   The application of IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 from 1 January 2005 had a positive impact on ING Group’s results in 2005. In total, IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 had a positive impact of approximately EUR 455 million on total profit before tax of ING Group, or EUR 392 million after tax. The impact on the insurance operations was approximately EUR 238 million before tax, mainly due to realised gains on the sale of bonds and the revaluation of embedded derivatives, which were offset by the absence of amortised income from gains on fixed interest securities, and negative valuation changes on fixed-income investment derivatives. The impact on the banking operations was approximately EUR 217 million before tax, mainly due to valuation adjustments on non-trading derivatives and prepayment penalties.
 
2)   Divestments Insurance: sale of Freeler (EUR 10 million, 2005), gain from IPO Canada (EUR 19 million, 2005 and EUR 249 million, 2004), sale of Life of Georgia (EUR (89) million, 2005 and EUR (28) million, 2004), sale of ING Re (EUR 20 million, 2005 and EUR (219) million, 2004), sale of Austbrokers (EUR 27 million, 2005) and sale of Australia non-life (EUR 219 million, 2004). Divestments Banking: sale of Baring Asset Management (EUR 240 million, 2005), sale of 12.8% in ING Bank Slaski shares (EUR 92 million, 2005), restructuring of NMB-Heller (EUR 47 million, 2005), sale of BHF-Bank (EUR (169) million, 2004), sale Asian cash equity business (EUR (84) million, 2004) and sale of CenE Bankiers (EUR 87 million, 2004).

36


Table of Contents

GROUP OVERVIEW
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Total profit before tax increased by EUR 1,046 million, or 11.8% from EUR 8,894 million in 2005 to EUR 9,940 million in 2006 and total underlying profit before tax increased by EUR 1,429 million or 16.8% from EUR 8,529 million in 2005 to EUR 9,958 million in 2006. The increase in profit before tax was driven by strong growth at ING Direct as well as good results from the insurance business lines due to strong equity markets which helped to drive growth in sales and assets at ING’s life insurance business, while the non-life business continued to benefit from favorable underwriting experience in most markets. The increase in total profit before tax is also impacted by divestments which resulted in a loss of EUR 18 million and a gain of EUR 365 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Net profit rose by EUR 482 million, or 6.7% from EUR 7,210 million in 2005 to EUR 7,692 million in 2006. This lower growth compared with the increase in profit before tax was due to a higher effective tax rate in 2006. The effective tax rate increased to 19.2% in 2006 from 15.5% in 2005 due to lower releases from tax provisions in 2006 compared to 2005.
Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company increased to EUR 3.57 in 2006 from EUR 3.32 in 2005.
Currency impact
Currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 20 million on net profit and EUR 48 million on profit before tax, mainly due to strengthening of the Canadian dollar, Polish zloty and South Korea won, which was partially offset by a weakening of the U.S. dollar. In 2005 currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 81 million on net profit and EUR 116 million on profit before tax.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital (see page 74), which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities and the cash flow hedge reserve and includes hybrid capital. On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group improved to 9.0% in 2006 compared with 9.4% in 2005 supported by growth in equity. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. increased to 274% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of December 2006, compared with 255% at the end of December 2005. The Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. stood at 7.63% at the end of 2006, up from 7.32% at the end of 2005, as growth in capital was partially offset by growth in risk-weighted assets. Total risk-weighted assets of the banking operations increased by EUR 18.2 billion, or 5.7%, to EUR 337.9 billion as of December 31, 2006 from EUR 319.7 billion as of December 31, 2005, driven by growth in Retail Banking and ING Direct.
Return on Shareholders’ equity
The net return on shareholders’ equity decreased to 23.5% in 2006 from 26.6% in 2005. The insurance operations reflected a 20.9% net return on equity in 2006, down from 21.1% in 2005. The banking operations reflected a decrease to 19.4% in 2006 from 24.2% in 2005 due to lower net profit and increased shareholders’ equity.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income increased 2.4%, or EUR 1,076 million from EUR 45,758 million in 2005 to EUR 46,834 million in 2006. Life premiums increased 2.1%, or EUR 844 million to EUR 40,501 million in 2006 from EUR 39,657 million in 2005, primarily due to growth in Central and Rest of Europe, the United States, South Korea and Australia, which was partially offset by a decline in premium income in the Netherlands, Belgium and Japan. Non-life premiums increased 3.8%, or EUR 232 million, from EUR 6,101 million in 2005 to EUR 6,333 million in 2006, due to growth in the portfolio in Canada which was partially offset by a decline of 2.1% in the Netherlands.
Investment and Other income increased 8.5%, or EUR 873 million to EUR 11,172 million in 2006 from EUR 10,299 million in 2005, reflecting higher dividend income, capital gains on equities, revaluation of real estate and private equity, higher fixed margins and favorable DAC unlocking offset by investment related losses resulting from the rising interest rate environment in the United States. Commission income increased

37


Table of Contents

21.5%, or EUR 290 million to EUR 1,636 million in 2006 from EUR 1,346 million in 2005, mainly driven by higher assets under management.
Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure increased by EUR 1,068 million, or 2.3% from EUR 47,120 million in 2005 to EUR 48,188 million in 2006. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations increased by EUR 1,027 million, or 2.4%, primarily due to an increase in profit sharing and rebates and an increase in technical provisions. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations increased by EUR 41 million, or 0.9%, resulting in an overall lower non-life claims ratio of 58.7% in 2006 compared with 62.7% in 2005, primarily attributable to the improvement in the claims ratios from Loss of Income/Accident.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations increased 1.6%, or EUR 81 million to EUR 5,275 million in 2006, from EUR 5,194 million in 2005, mainly due to a release of employee benefit provisions in the Netherlands in the fourth quarter of 2005 as well as expenses made in 2006 to support our growth in Central and Rest of Europe and Asia. The efficiency ratios for the life insurance operations improved mainly reflecting the growth of assets under management. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved to 0.75% in 2006 compared with 0.82% in 2005. Expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved to 13.26% in 2006 from 13.28% in 2005. The cost ratio for the non-life operations remained stable at 31.8% in 2006 compared to 31.9% in 2005.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax from insurance increased 24.1%, or EUR 957 million, to EUR 4,935 million in 2006 from EUR 3,978 million in 2005. This increase was impacted by divestments which resulted in a profit of EUR 49 million in 2006 and a loss of EUR 13 million in 2005. Divested units contributed EUR 16 million profit before tax in 2005 and did not contribute to profit before tax in 2006. Net profit from insurance increased by 20.9%, or EUR 684 million to EUR 3,952 million in 2006 from EUR 3,268 million in 2005 due to an increase in third-party interests to EUR 281 million in 2006 from EUR 255 million in 2005, and an increase of the effective tax rate from 11.4% in 2005 to 14.2% in 2006 due to lower releases from tax provisions.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from the insurance operations increased by 22.9%, or EUR 911 million to EUR 4,886 million in 2006 from EUR 3,975 million in 2005, mainly due to strong growth in retirement services and life insurance in developing markets, higher investment results and a favorable claims environment for the non-life business. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance increased 23.0%, or EUR 637 million from EUR 2,768 million in 2005 to EUR 3,405 million in 2006, driven by increased sales, growth in assets under management and investment gains. The non-life operations increased by 22.7%, or EUR 274 million from EUR 1,207 million in 2005 to EUR 1,481 million in 2006. Lower results in Canada, due to less favourable developments in prior-year reserves and lower investment-related gains, were offset by higher results in all regions benefiting from a favorable underwriting cycle.
Embedded value
The embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations increased 7.7%, or EUR 2,128 million to EUR 29,714 million in 2006 from EUR 27,586 million in 2005, before net dividends of EUR 1,995 million paid to the Group in 2006. The embedded value after net dividends amounted EUR 27,718 million. The figures are calculated in accordance with European Embedded Value principles issued by the CFO Forum, a group representing the chief financial officers of major European insurers. In addition to the value attributable to new business and the unwinding of the discount rate, significant contributions to the increase in embedded value came from favourable financial performance variances and the investment return on free surplus. These positive factors were partially offset by currency movements, changes in discount rates and economic assumptions, particularly in Taiwan, due to reduction of ultimate risk free rates from 5.75% to 3.93%. Value of New Business remained stable at EUR 807 million compared to EUR 805 million in 2005, but Asia/ Pacific, Central and Rest of Europe and US Wealth Management continue to show strong growth.
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking increased 2.5%, or EUR 347 million to EUR 14,195 million in 2006 from EUR 13,848 million in 2005, as a sharp decline in investment income, primarily attributable to gains/losses on divestments, was more than offset by increases in commission income, net trading income and interest income.

38


Table of Contents

The net interest result increased by EUR 173 million, or 1.9%, to EUR 9,335 million in 2006 from EUR 9,162 million in 2005, driven by higher interest results in Retail Banking and ING Direct, which were partially offset by lower interest results in Wholesale Banking. The total net interest margin in 2006 was 1.1%, a decrease from 1.2% in 2005, due to the flattening of yield curves, pressure on client margins and the ongoing growth of ING Direct with a lower interest margin.
Investment income decreased by EUR 454 million, or 48.5%, to EUR 483 million in 2006 from EUR 937 million in 2005. The decrease was primarily due to EUR 379 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2005 and a loss of EUR 112 million on divestments in 2006.
Commission income increased 11.7%, or EUR 280 million to EUR 2,681 million in 2006 from EUR 2,401 million in 2005. The increase in commission income was primarily due to the strong growth of management fees primarily at ING Real Estate and higher fees from securities business, brokerage & advisory and insurance banking. The increase in commission income from insurance is largely attributable to ING Belgium, primarily resulting from a changed sales agreement with Insurance Belgium.
Other income increased by EUR 348 million, or 25.8%, to EUR 1,696 million in 2006 from EUR 1,348 million in 2005. The increase is primarily due to a EUR 479 million increase in net trading income, partly offset by EUR 89 million lower valuation results from non-trading derivatives and a decrease of EUR 85 million of other revenue. The share of profit from associates increased by EUR 43 million from EUR 140 million in 2005 to EUR 183 million in 2006, mainly due to associates at ING Real Estate.
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased by EUR 243 million, or 2.7%, to EUR 9,087 million in 2006 from EUR 8,844 million in 2005. Excluding divestments, operating expenses increased by EUR 420 million or by 4.9%, from EUR 8,612 million in 2005 to EUR 9,032 million in 2006. The increase is in large part attributable to EUR 202 million higher expenses to support the growth of the ING Direct activities, EUR 27 million higher expenses at the fast growing ING Real Estate and EUR 164 million compliance-related costs in 2006. Releases from employee benefit provisions decreased by EUR 53 million from EUR 119 million in 2005 to EUR 66 million in 2006, while the reclassification of payment expenses from operating expenses to funds transfer commission lowered total operating expenses by EUR 74 million.
The addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2006 was EUR 103 million compared to EUR 88 million in 2005, an increase of 17.0% or EUR 15 million. The increase by EUR 50 million in Retail Banking, from EUR 90 million in 2005 to EUR 140 million in 2006, due to lower releases outside the Netherlands which was partly offset by a EUR 10 million increase in net release in Wholesale Banking and a EUR 25 million lower addition at ING Direct, from EUR 106 million in 2005 to EUR 81 million in 2006. As a percentage of average credit-risk weighted assets, the addition to the provision for loan losses in 2006 equaled 3 basis points, similar to 2005.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax increased 1.8%, or EUR 89 million to EUR 5,005 million in 2006 from EUR 4,916 million in 2005. Divestments had a negative impact on profit before tax in 2006, including EUR 112 million realized losses on divestments compared with gains of EUR 379 million in 2005. Divested units contributed EUR 45 million to profit before tax in 2006 compared to a loss of EUR 17 million in 2005. Net profit from banking declined 5.1%, or EUR 202 million from EUR 3,942 million in 2005 to EUR 3,740 million in 2006. This decrease is related to the effective tax rate for ING’s banking operations which increased from 18.8% (EUR 924 million) for 2005 to 24.1% (EUR 1,205 million) for 2006, mainly due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a release of EUR 35 million from the tax provisions in 2005, and the establishment of a EUR 148 million deferred tax asset related to net operating losses in the U.S. in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
ING’s banking businesses benefited from a strong increase in profit in 2006 driven by strong income growth in all three business lines and continued low additions to the provision for loan losses, offset by a 4.9% increase in expenses, including EUR 176 million in additional compliance-related costs. Underlying profit before tax rose 11.4%, or EUR 518 million to EUR 5,072 million in 2006 from EUR 4,554 million in 2005. Growth was driven by increased savings and strong demand for mortgages at both Retail Banking and ING Direct.

39


Table of Contents

GROUP OVERVIEW
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Total profit before tax increased EUR 1,154 million, or 14.9% from EUR 7,740 million in 2004 to EUR 8,894 million in 2005 and total underlying profit before tax increased EUR 1,439 million or 20.3% from EUR 7,090 million in 2004 to EUR 8,529 million in 2005. The increase in total profit before tax and total underlying profit before tax was driven by strong growth from Retail Banking and ING Direct as well as from Insurance Americas and Insurance Europe due to growth in retirement services and favorable results from non-life insurance. The increase in total profit before tax was also impacted by the decrease in special items, from EUR 342 million in 2004 to zero in 2005. Special items in 2004 included a gain of EUR 287 million related to the U.S. dollar hedge, a EUR 96 million gain on old reinsurance business and restructuring provisions of EUR 41 million at Wholesale Banking.
Net profit rose by EUR 1,455 million, or 25.3% from EUR 5,755 million in 2004 to EUR 7,210 million in 2005. This higher growth compared with the increase in profit before tax was due to a lower effective tax rate in 2005. The effective tax rate declined to 15.5% in 2005 from 22.1% in 2004 due to a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands in 2005, tax-exempt gains on divestments (such as Baring Asset Management, CenE Bankiers and the IPO of ING Canada), EUR 148 million from the creation of deferred tax assets, related to net operating losses from the banking operations, and net releases from tax provisions of EUR 435 million in 2005 compared with EUR 161 million in releases in 2004.
Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company increased to EUR 3.32 in 2005 from EUR 2.71 in 2004.
Currency impact
Currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 81 million on net profit and EUR 116 million on total profit before tax, mainly due to the strengthening of the Canadian and Australian dollars, Polish zloty and South Korea won.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital, which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealized gains on fixed-interest investments and includes hybrid capital. On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group improved to 9.4% in 2005 compared with 11.9% at January 1, 2005 supported by growth in equity. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. increased to 255% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of December 2005, compared with 204% at January 1, 2005. The Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. was 7.32% at the end of 2005, up from 6.92% on January 1, 2005, as growth in capital was partially offset by strong growth in risk-weighted assets. Total risk-weighted assets of the banking operations increased by EUR 45.6 billion, or 16.6%, to EUR 319.7 billion at December 31, 2005 from EUR 274.1 billion as of December 31, 2004, driven by growth in all three banking business lines.
Return on Shareholders’ equity
The net return on shareholders’ equity increased to 26.6% in 2005 from 25.4% in 2004. The insurance operations reflected a 21.1% net return on equity in 2005, down from 27.0% in 2004, due to an increase in shareholders’ equity in 2005. The banking operations reflected an increase to 24.2% in 2005 from 15.8% in 2004.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income increased 4.9%, or EUR 2,141 million from EUR 43,617 million in 2004 to EUR 45,758 million in 2005, mainly driven by a strong growth of life premiums which increased by 5.7%, or EUR 2,154 million to EUR 39,657 million in 2005 from EUR 37,503 million in 2004, primarily related to growth in South Korea and Japan. Premium growth was partially offset by divestments and the reclassification of some life products to investment contracts from the beginning of 2005 under IFRS 4, notably in Australia, the U.S. and Belgium, which had a total negative impact of EUR 2,053 million. Non-life premiums decreased slightly by 0.2%, or EUR 13 million, from EUR 6,114 million in 2004 to EUR 6,101 million in 2005, as lower premiums in the Netherlands and Mexico offset higher premiums in Canada following the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004.

40


Table of Contents

Investment income and Other income declined 4.5%, or EUR 488 million to EUR 10,299 million in 2005 from EUR 10,787 million in 2004, reflecting the impact of divestments in both periods and the gain on the U.S. dollar hedge in 2004, which offset higher profit from associates. Commission income increased 12.4%, or EUR 148 million to EUR 1,346 million in 2005 from EUR 1,198 million in 2004, mainly driven by a reclassification of products from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4 and by the impact of divestments
Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure increased by EUR 1,736 million, or 3.8% from EUR 45,384 million in 2004 to EUR 47,120 million in 2005. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations increased by EUR 1,880 million, or 4.7% , primarily attributable to an increase in profit sharing and rebates and an increase in technical provisions. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations decreased by EUR 144 million, or 2.8%, related to lower net premiums earned and partially offset by higher claims paid. These factors resulted in an overall lower non-life claims ratio of 62.7% in 2005 compared with 63.0% in 2004, primarily attributable to the improvement in the claims ratios from the Automobile and General Liability product lines.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations increased 9.4%, or EUR 448 million to EUR 5,194 million in 2005, from EUR 4,746 million in 2004, due to increased costs to support the ongoing growth of the business, particularly in Asia, as well as the impact (EUR 30 million) of a new collective labor agreement in the Netherlands, investments in IT infrastructure, and start-up costs for a new distribution channel in Canada. The efficiency ratios for the life insurance operations improved as both premium and asset growth outpaced the growth in expenses. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved to 0.82% in 2005 compared with 0.86% in 2004. Expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved to 13.28% in 2005 from 13.52% in 2004. The cost ratio for the non-life operations deteriorated slightly to 31.9% in 2005 from 30.6% in 2004, driven by higher costs related to the purchase of Allianz Canada in December 2004.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax from insurance declined 8.0%, or EUR 344 million, to EUR 3,978 million in 2005 from EUR 4,322 million in 2004. This decline was impacted by the divestments which resulted in a loss of EUR 13 million in 2005 and a gain of EUR 221 million in 2004. Divested units contributed EUR 16 million to profit before tax in 2005 and EUR 151 million in 2004. Results in 2004 also included a gain of EUR 290 million from the U.S. dollar hedge and a gain of EUR 96 million from old reinsurance activities as special items while no special items were recorded in 2005. Net profit from insurance decreased by 2.4%, or EUR 81 million to EUR 3,268 million in 2005 from EUR 3,349 million in 2004. This decrease is related to an increase in third-party interests in 2005 to EUR 255 million from EUR 123 million in 2004, partially offset by the decrease of the effective tax rate from 19.7% in 2004 to 11.4% in 2005 due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands and releases of tax provisions of EUR 435 million, primarily related to the conclusions of the tax administration on reviews of certain provisions in the Netherlands and the results of an IRS audit in the Americas.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from the insurance operations increased by 11.5%, or EUR 411 million to EUR 3,975 million in 2005 from EUR 3,564 million in 2004. ING’s insurance operations continued to benefit from strong growth in retirement services and life insurance in developing markets, higher investment results and a favorable claims environment for the non-life insurance businesses. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance increased 7.6%, or EUR 196 million from EUR 2,572 million in 2004 to EUR 2,768 million in 2005, driven by the U.S., Central Europe, South Korea and the Netherlands, supported by higher sales, growth in assets under management and investment gains. This growth was somewhat offset by the reserve strengthening in Taiwan, and lower capital gains on equities in 2005 compared to 2004, EUR 388 million and EUR 590 million, respectively. The non-life operations in the Netherlands, Belgium and Canada continued to benefit from a historically low claims ratio, which helped to drive underlying profit from non-life insurance up 21.7%, or EUR 215 million from EUR 992 million in 2004 to EUR 1,207 million in 2005.
Embedded value
The embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations increased 22.9%, or EUR 5,135 million to EUR 27,586 million in 2005 from EUR 22,451 million in 2004, including net dividends of EUR 474 million and EUR 1,049 million paid to the Group in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The figures are calculated in accordance with European Embedded Value principles issued by the CFO Forum, a group representing the chief financial

41


Table of Contents

officers of major European insurers. In addition to the value attributable to new business and the unwinding of the discount rate, significant contributions to the increase in embedded value came from favorable experience variances and currency movements, changes to discount rates, and the investment return on free surplus. These positive factors were partially offset by changes in economic assumptions, particularly in Asia/Pacific, due to revised new money assumptions in Taiwan. Continued focus on value creation led to a 27.4%, or EUR 173 million increase in the value of new business to EUR 805 million in 2005 from EUR 632 million in 2004, driven by improved pricing margins, higher sales, and a more profitable product mix in the U.S. and Asia/Pacific. Central Europe and Asia/Pacific both generated particularly strong growth in 2005, indicating the strong future earnings potential of the businesses in both regions.
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking increased 9.2%, or EUR 1,170 million to EUR 13,848 million in 2005 from EUR 12,678 million in 2004, mainly due to strong growth in savings and mortgage lending as well as increased investment income.
Total interest result increased 5.3%, or EUR 463 million to EUR 9,162 million in 2005 from EUR 8,699 million in 2004, driven by strong growth in savings and mortgage lending at Retail Banking and ING Direct, as well as increased prepayment penalties as customers refinanced their mortgages to take advantage of low interest rates. This increase was partially offset by lower interest results in Wholesale Banking due to margin pressure and a decline in volumes as the business focused on cross-selling fee products and limiting growth in risk-weighted assets. The implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 in 2005 had a negative impact of approximately EUR 70 million on the interest result in 2005.
Investment and Other income increased sharply to EUR 2,285 million in 2005 from EUR 1,398 million in 2004, primarily due to EUR 379 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2005 and a loss of EUR 166 million recognized from divestments in 2004, gains recognized on equity investments mainly in Belgium and the Americas in 2005, and EUR 60 million of realized gains recognized on the sale of bonds, which was partially offset by decreased income earned from investment properties, The increase was also due to a EUR 226 million positive valuation result on non-trading derivatives in 2005. The proportional (50%) consolidation of Postkantoren BV in the Netherlands starting in 2005, which had no impact on total profit, added EUR 168 million. The share of profit from associates increased by EUR 106 million from EUR 34 million in 2004 to EUR 140 million in 2005, mainly due to associates at ING Real Estate. The result of the trading portfolio decreased by EUR 205 million or 32.7% from EUR 626 million in 2004 to EUR 421 million in 2005, partly due to a reclassification of interest-related components from trading results to interest results.
Commission income declined 7.0%, or EUR 180 million to EUR 2,401 million in 2005 from EUR 2,581 million in 2004, primarily related to the impact of divestments, which was partially offset by higher management fees (mainly at ING Real Estate) and higher commission fees from the securities business, funds transfers and brokerage and advisory fees.
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased 0.6%, or EUR 49 million to EUR 8,844 million from EUR 8,795 million in 2004 due to increased labor costs and one-off expenses and divestments which largely offset the impact of consolidations (Postkantoren B.V. and Mercator Bank) in 2005. One-off expenses of EUR 255 million include EUR 47 million for restructuring the Operations and IT activities in the Benelux, EUR 27 million for accelerated software depreciation, EUR 78 million for impairments on development projects at ING Real Estate and EUR 103 million for reorganization and reallocation provisions, mainly related to Williams de Broë, recorded in Belgium. An additional EUR 168 million is related to the consolidation of 50% of Postkantoren BV in 2005. The remaining increase was driven by continued strong growth of ING Direct, the acquisition of Mercator Bank in Belgium, investments to expand the retail banking activities in Romania, Poland and India, as well as higher IT costs. Personnel expenses increased, particularly in the Netherlands as a result of the new collective labour agreement; however that was largely offset by a net release of EUR 119 million in provisions for employee benefits following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The total cost/income ratio of the banking operations improved to 63.9% in 2005 from 69.4% in 2004.
Addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2005 was EUR 88 million compared to EUR 465 million in 2004, a decrease of 81.1% or EUR 377 million. The additions to the provision for loan losses were

42


Table of Contents

exceptionally low due to an improvement in the credit portfolio, the release of loan loss provisions previously recorded, the absence of new large defaults and improvements in risk management. As a percentage of average credit-risk-weighted assets, the addition in 2005 equalled 3 basis points compared with 18 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax increased 43.8%, or EUR 1,498 million to EUR 4,916 million in 2005 from EUR 3,418 million in 2004. Divestments had a positive impact on profit before tax in 2005, including EUR 379 million in realized gains on divestments compared with a loss of EUR 166 million in 2004. Divested units contributed a loss of EUR 17 million to profit before tax in 2005 and a gain of EUR 102 million in 2004. Net profit from banking rose 63.8%, or EUR 1,536 million from EUR 2,406 million in 2004 to EUR 3,942 million in 2005. This increase was related to the change in the effective tax rate which declined to 18.8% in 2005 from 25.1% in 2004 due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands, non-taxable gains on equities mainly in Belgium, a release of EUR 35 million from the tax provisions, and a EUR 148 million deferred tax asset related to net operating losses in the U.S. in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
ING’s banking businesses had a strong increase in profit in 2005 driven by solid growth in income at ING Direct and Retail Banking and historically low additions to the provision for loan losses. Underlying profit before tax rose 29.2%, or EUR 1,028 million to EUR 4,554 million in 2005 from EUR 3,526 million in 2004. Growth was driven by increased savings and strong demand for mortgages at both Retail Banking and ING Direct. Profit was also supported by the sale of equity investments and a positive impact on balance from the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39. Underlying profit before tax in 2004 included special items related to a restructuring provision of EUR 41 million for the International Wholesale Banking network, compared to no special items reported in 2005.

43


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table sets forth ING Group’s consolidated assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR billions, except  
    amounts per share)  
Investments
    311.6       324.6       276.3  
Financial assets at fair value through the profit and loss account
    310.9       260.4       157.3  
Loans and advances to customers
    474.4       439.2       330.5  
Total assets
    1,226.3       1,158.6       876.4  
Insurance and investment contracts Life
                       
Life
    237.9       232.1       205.5  
Non-life
    10.1       12.8       11.4  
Investment contracts
    20.7       18.6          
 
                 
Total insurance and investment contracts
    268.7       263.5       216.9  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits1)
    496.7       465.7       349.2  
Debt securities in issue/other borrowed funds
    107.8       113.5       102.7  
Total liabilities (including third-party interests)
    1,188.0       1,121.9       852.3  
Shareholders’ equity
    38.3       36.7       24.1  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share (in EUR)
    17.78       16.96       12.95  
 
1)   Customer deposits and other funds on deposits consists of savings accounts, other deposits, bank funds and debt securities privately issued by the banking operations of ING.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Total assets increased by 5.8% in 2006 to EUR 1,226.3 billion, mainly due to increased fixed income investments, loans and advances to customers and customer deposits and other funds on deposits. Investments decreased by EUR 13.0 billion, or 4.0%, to EUR 311.6 billion in 2006 from EUR 324.6 billion in 2005, representing a decrease of EUR 4.0 billion in insurance investments and a decrease of EUR 9.0 billion in banking investments.
Loans and advances to customers increased by EUR 35.2 billion, or 8.0%, rising to EUR 474.4 billion at the end of December 2006 from EUR 439.2 billion at the end of December 2005. Loans and advances to customers of the insurance operations decreased EUR 0.9 billion. Loans and advances of the banking operations increased by EUR 34.7 billion. The Netherlands operations increased by EUR 18.4 billion and the international operations by EUR 16.3 billion, for EUR 16.4 billion negatively influenced by the sale of Deutsche Hypothekenbank. ING Direct contributed EUR 20.0 billion to the increase, of which EUR 16.4 billion was due to personal lending.
Shareholders’ equity increased by 4.2% or EUR 1,530 million to EUR 38,266 million at December 31, 2006 compared to EUR 36,736 million at December 31, 2005. Net profit from the year 2006 added EUR 7,692 million to equity and unrealized revaluation shares added EUR 1,726 million, partially offset by unrealized revaluations debt securities of EUR 2,901 billion, exchange rate differences of EUR 1,335 million and a cash dividend of EUR 2,681 million.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Total assets increased by 32.2% in 2005 to EUR 1,158.6 billion, mainly due to increased fixed income investments, loans and advances to customers and customer deposits and other funds on deposits. Investments increased by EUR 48.3 billion, or 17.5%, to EUR 324.6 billion in 2005 from EUR 276.3 billion in 2004, representing an increase of EUR 32.0 billion in insurance investments and an increase of EUR 15.9 billion in banking investments of which EUR 9.4 billion was attributable to ING Direct.

44


Table of Contents

Loans and advances to customers increased by EUR 108.7 billion, or 32.9%, rising to EUR 439.2 billion at the end of December 2005 from EUR 330.5 billion at the end of December 2004. Loans and advances to customers of the insurance operations rose EUR 2.2 billion. Loans and advances of the banking operations increased by EUR 104.4 billion, of which approximately EUR 40 billion was due to the effects of IAS 32 and IAS 39 in 2005. The increase was also impacted by the Netherlands operations (increase of EUR 25.7 billion) and the international operations (increase of EUR 37.6 billion). ING Direct contributed EUR 24.7 billion to the increase, of which EUR 21.0 billion was due to personal lending.
Shareholders’ equity increased by 52.6% or EUR 12,667 million to EUR 36,736 million at December 31, 2005 compared to EUR 24,069 million at December 31, 2004. Net profit from the year 2005 added EUR 7,210 million to equity, revaluations added EUR 1,626 million, exchange rate differences added EUR 2,067 million and adjustments related to the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and IFRS 4 added EUR 4,103 million, partially offset by EUR 657 million in realized capital gains that were released through the profit and loss account and the cash dividend of EUR 2,461 million.

45


Table of Contents

SEGMENT REPORTING
ING Group’s segments are based on the management structure of the Group, which is different from its legal structure. The following table sets forth the contribution of our six business lines to our underlying profit before tax for each of the years 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                                                                 
                    Insurance                                          
2006   Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING           Total  
(EUR millions)   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other(1     Group  
Total income
    16,170       29,779       13,378       5,818       6,002       2,373       101       73,621  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    13,808       27,787       12,742       3,337       4,070       1,679       258       63,681  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    2,362       1,992       636       2,481       1,932       694       (157 )     9,940  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (34 )             (15 )     89               23               63  
Profit/loss before tax from divested units
                            (45 )                             (45 )
 
                                                               
Special items
                                                               
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    2,328       1,992       621       2,525       1,932       717       (157 )     9,958  
 
                    Insurance                                          
2005   Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING         Total  
(EUR millions)   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other(1     Group  
Total income
    16,033       28,034       13,191       5,957       5,796       2,119       (10 )     71,120  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    14,002       26,093       12,713       3,358       3,919       1,502       639       62,226  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    2,031       1,941       478       2,599       1,877       617       (649 )     8,894  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (10 )     50       (27 )     (317 )     (62 )                     (366 )
Profit/loss before tax from divested units
            (12 )     (4 )     17                               1  
 
                                                               
Special items
                                                               
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    2,021       1,979       447       2,299       1,815       617       (649 )     8,529  
 
                    Insurance                                          
2004   Insurance     Insurance     Asia/     Wholesale     Retail     ING           Total  
(EUR millions)   Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other(1     Group  
Total income
    16,041       28,084       10,490       5,871       5,062       1,709       902       68,159  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    14,418       26,392       9,734       3,926       3,887       1,274       788       60,419  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    1,623       1,692       756       1,945       1,175       435       114       7,740  
Gains/losses on divestments
            (2 )     (219 )     166                               (55 )
Profit/loss before tax from divested units
            (89 )     (62 )     (95 )     (7 )                     (253 )
 
                                                               
Special items
    (11 )                     41                       (372 )     (342 )
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    1,612       1,601       475       2,057       1,168       435       (258 )     7,090  
 
1)   Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines and intercompany relations
Refer to Note 2.1, note 50, of the consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of our segment reporting.

46


Table of Contents

INSURANCE EUROPE
                         
    Insurance Europe  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    10,552       10,702       11,369  
Commission income
    348       303       299  
Investment and Other income
    5,270       5,028       4,373  
 
                 
Total income
    16,170       16,033       16,041  
 
Underwriting expenditure
    11,458       11,644       12,327  
Other interest expenses
    544       481       322  
Operating expenses
    1,805       1,869       1,768  
Other impairments
    1       7       1  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    13,808       14,001       14,418  
 
Profit before tax
    2,362       2,032       1,623  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (34 )     (10 )        
Special items
                    (11 )
 
                 
Underlying profit before tax
    2,328       2,022       1,612  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total premium income declined by 1.4%, or EUR 150 million to EUR 10,552 million in 2006 from EUR 10,702 million in 2005, through a decrease of 1.4% in Life premium and 1.6% in Non-life premium. Life premium declined especially in the Netherlands (increase of 4.1%) and Belgium (increase of 11.5%) and was partially offset by Central and Rest of Europe which showed an increase of 18.0%. Non-life premium income declined also in the Netherlands (decrease of 2.1%) but Belgium and Rest of Europe showed premium growth of 0.6% and 2.2% respectively.
Commission income increased by 14.9%, or EUR 45 million to EUR 348 million in 2006 from EUR 303 million in 2005, mainly due to increased assets under management in Central and Rest of Europe. Commission income in the Netherlands remained stable at EUR 113 million compared to EUR 105 million in 2005. Investment and Other income increased by 4.8%, or EUR 242 million from EUR 5,028 million in 2005 to EUR 5,270 million in 2006, supported by the life operations in the Netherlands, which increased by EUR 153 million, due to higher dividend income, increased capital gains on equities, revaluations of real estate and private equity and Belgium which increased by EUR 44 million as well as higher gains on divestments (Piraeus in 2006 against Freeler in 2005).
Expenses
Operating expenses declined by 3.4%, or EUR 64 million to EUR 1,805 million in 2006 from EUR 1,869 million in 2005 primarily due to a decrease of 6.7% or EUR 99 million in the Netherlands mainly due to a decrease in the work force resulting from reorganizations, especially at Nationale-Nederlanden and higher releases from employee benefit provisions. Operating expenses in Belgium increased by 4.2% or EUR 6 million (due to a release of a legal claim provision in 2005) and in Central and Rest of Europe by 11.4% or EUR 29 million due to growth of business and the developing of greenfields (business in new countries). Expenses as a percentage of assets under management improved from 0.93% to 0.76% and expenses as a percentage of life premiums improved from 23.38% to 22.50%.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax included a gain of EUR 34 million from the unwinding of Piraeus (Greece) in 2006, and a gain of EUR 10 million from the sale of the internet provider Freeler in 2005. Including those items, total profit before tax rose 16.2%, or EUR 330 million to EUR 2,362 million in 2006 from EUR 2,032 million in 2005.

47


Table of Contents

Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Europe rose by 15.1%, or EUR 306 million from EUR 2,022 million in 2005 to EUR 2,328 million in 2006, mainly driven by strong underwriting results at the non-life businesses in the Netherlands, which increased by 49.7% or EUR 184 million, primarily due to an increase in underwriting results for especially loss of income / accident and motor risks. In addition life insurance in the Netherlands increased by 11.2%, or EUR 137 million, due primarily to favorable investment results and lower expenses. Belgium however showed a decrease of EUR 44 million or 34.9% in underlying profit from life insurance mainly caused by a new commission agreement, which is expected to stimulate the sale of insurance policies, with ING Bank Belgium.
(PIE CHART)
 
1)   Belgium includes underlying profit before tax from Luxembourg.
 
2)   Central and Rest of Europe includes Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Greece and Russia.
 
3)   Underlying profit before tax by segment in 2006 was as follows: Netherlands: life EUR 1,357 million and non-life EUR 554 million, Belgium: life EUR 82 million and non-life EUR 55 million, Central Europe and Spain: life EUR 240 million and non-life EUR 40 million.
 
4)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2005 was as follows: Netherlands EUR 1,589 million (life EUR 1,220 million and non-life EUR 370 million), Belgium EUR 174 million (life EUR 126 million and non-life EUR 48 million), Central and Rest of Europe and Spain EUR 258 million (life EUR 217 million and non-life EUR 41 million).
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax increased by 20.2%, or EUR 321 million to EUR 1,911 million in 2006 from EUR 1,590 million in 2005 due to higher investment and other income and lower expenses. Underlying profit before tax from the life insurance businesses rose by 11.2%, or EUR 137 million from EUR 1,220 million in 2005 to EUR 1,357 million in 2006 driven by higher investment income largely due to higher dividends received, gains on equity, gains and revaluations on real estate investments and private equity, and were partly offset by lower reduction in Nationale-Nederlanden’s guaranteed separate account contracts (contracts with a guaranteed yield for the customer regardless of the realized yield on the investments). In addition expense and actuarial provision releases were higher in 2006. Life premium income declined by 4.1%, or EUR 221 million from EUR 5,451 million in 2005 to EUR 5,230 million in 2006, mainly due to fewer acquired group life contracts and lower addition (through premium income) to buffer regarding certain group life contracts (positive product experience).
Underlying profit before tax from the non-life insurance businesses increased by 49.7%, or EUR 184 million from EUR 370 million in 2005 to EUR 554 million in 2006, driven by better claims ratios following higher one-off claims provision releases on previous underwriting years. Non-life premiums declined by 2.1% to EUR 1,606 million, a decrease of EUR 35 million compared to EUR 1,641 million in 2005 which was attributable to all branches, but primarily to loss of income/accident insurance due to the new long-term disability act and fierce competition in short-term disability insurance.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax from insurance declined by 20.8%, or EUR 36 million from EUR 173 million in 2005 to EUR 137 million in 2006, mainly due to a decrease in results from life insurance of EUR 44 million, or 34.9% to EUR 82 million in 2006 from EUR 126 million, which was primarily due to the new commission agreement with ING Bank Belgium. Life premium income decreased by 11.5%, to EUR 1,442 million in 2006 from EUR 1,630 million in 2005, due to lower sales of single premium investments products through the bank channel. Underlying profit before tax from non-life insurance increased by 17.0%, or EUR 8 million to EUR 55 million in 2006 from EUR 47 million in 2005 due to improved claims ratio from 66.8% in 2005 to 65.0% in 2006. Non-life premium income increased by 0.6% to EUR 321 million in 2006 from EUR 319 million in 2005.

48


Table of Contents

Central and Rest of Europe
In Central and Rest of Europe, underlying profit increased by 8.5%, or EUR 22 million to EUR 280 million in 2006 from EUR 258 million in 2005, driven by a 7.5% or EUR 19 million increase in life results due to higher assets under management and increased sales in Greece, Poland and the Czech Republic, partly offset by start-up costs for greenfields in Russia and Bulgaria and expenses for a project to determine the required economic capital. Life premium income rose by 18.0%, or EUR 289 million from EUR 1,617 million in 2005 to EUR 1,906 million in 2006 within all countries, primarily in Spain and Hungary.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 830 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,362 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR (797) million in 2006 compared to EUR 686 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR 91 million in 2006 compared to EUR (112) million in 2005 related to differences in debt securities valuation; EUR 155 million in 2006 compared to EUR 73 million in 2005 related to differences in the deferred acquisition costs and provision for insurance liabilities and EUR (256) million in 2006 compared to EUR (290) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences in real estate and the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to a change in the scope of consolidation of property investment funds; EUR 0 million in 2006 compared to EUR 147 million in 2005 related to the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Income
Total premium income declined by 5.9%, or EUR 667 million to EUR 10,702 million in 2005 from EUR 11,369 million in 2004, due to the reclassification of some products from life insurance to investment contracts under IFRS 4, which had a negative impact of EUR 761 million, as well as a decline in non-life premiums in the Netherlands. Non-life premium income declined by 2.8%, or EUR 57 million to EUR 2,007 million from EUR 2,064 million in 2004, due to premium refunds resulting from the new long-term disability laws in the Netherlands which took effect in 2006.
Commission income increased by 1.3%, or EUR 4 million to EUR 303 million in 2005 from EUR 299 million in 2004 and Investment and Other income increased by 15.0%, or EUR 655 million from EUR 4,373 million in 2004 to EUR 5,028 million in 2005, supported by pre-payment penalty fees, capital gains on bonds and private equity investments.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose by 5.7%, or EUR 101 million to EUR 1,869 million in 2005 from EUR 1,768 million in 2004 primarily due to an increase of EUR 30 million related to the new collective labor agreement in the Netherlands, EUR 39 million in severance costs at Nationale-Nederlanden and EUR 23 million for streamlining the IT organization at NN and RVS, the Dutch tied agents company of ING. This increase was partially offset by a release of EUR 47 million from provisions for employee benefits following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. Operating expenses in Belgium and Central Europe declined as a result of cost containment programmes. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management improved from 1.06% to 0.93% and expenses as a percentage of life premiums deteriorated from 20.99% to 23.38%.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax included a gain of EUR 10 million from the sale of the internet provider Freeler in 2005, and a gain of EUR 11 million on old reinsurance business in 2004. Including those items, total profit before tax rose by 25.2%, or EUR 409 million to EUR 2,032 million in 2005 from EUR 1,623 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Europe rose by 25.4%, or EUR 410 million from EUR 1,612 million in 2004 to EUR 2,022 million in 2005, driven by life insurance in the Netherlands and Central Europe as well as strong underwriting results at the non-life businesses in the Netherlands and Belgium. Underlying profit from life insurance rose by 22.3%, or EUR 291 million to EUR 1,598 million in 2005 from EUR 1,307 million in 2004, led by a 48.3% increase in life results from Central Europe, primarily in Poland and Hungary, and a 20.0% increase in the life results in the Netherlands. Underlying profit from non-life insurance rose by

49


Table of Contents

39.0%, or EUR 119 million from EUR 305 million in 2004 to EUR 424 million in 2005, supported by strong underwriting results and releases of provisions caused by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in 2006.
(PIE  CHART)
1)   Belgium includes underlying profit before tax from Luxembourg.
 
2)   Central Europe includes Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Greece and Russia.
 
3)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 was as follows: Netherlands EUR 1,290 million (life EUR 1,017 million and non-life EUR 273 million), Belgium EUR 143 million (life EUR 122 million and non-life EUR 21 million), Central Europe and Spain EUR 179 million (life EUR 168 million and non-life EUR 11 million).
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax increased by 23.2%, or EUR 299 million to EUR 1,589 million in 2005 from EUR 1,290 million in 2004, as higher investment income more than offset growth in expenses related to the new collective labor agreement and actions to improve customer satisfaction and efficiency. Results included a EUR 151 million revaluation of non-trading derivatives, EUR 83 million higher results from real estate investment from EUR 419 million in 2004 to EUR 502 million in 2005 and EUR 94 million higher results from private equity from EUR 37 million in 2004 to EUR 131 million in 2005, as well as a EUR 98 million release of disability provisions triggered by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in 2006.
Underlying profit before tax from the life insurance businesses rose by 20.0%, or EUR 203 million from EUR 1,017 million in 2004 to EUR 1,220 million in 2005 driven by higher investment income and an improved morbidity result due to the release of disability provisions. Life premium income declined by 6.4%, or EUR 374 million from EUR 5,823 million in 2004 to EUR 5,449 million in 2005, mainly due to lower acquisition of group life contracts, the reclassification of insurance contracts to investment contracts under IFRS 4, and lower single-premium sales due to enhanced pricing discipline to improve profitability.
Underlying profit before tax from the non-life insurance businesses increased by 35.2%, or EUR 96 million from EUR 273 million in 2004 to EUR 369 million in 2005, driven by higher results from real estate and private equity investments as well as actuarial provision releases. Non-life premiums declined by 3.0% to EUR 1,642 million, a decrease of EUR 51 million compared to EUR 1,693 million in 2004 largely attributable to premium refunds in loss of income/accident insurance due to the new long-term disability act. This decrease was partially offset by higher fire insurance premiums following a premium rate adjustment.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax from insurance rose by 21.7%, or EUR 31 million from EUR 143 million in 2004 to EUR 174 million in 2005, mainly due to a sharp increase in results from non-life insurance, which rose by EUR 27 million, or 128.6% to EUR 48 million in 2005 from EUR 21 million, driven by favourable claims development, primarily in fire, health and loss of income/accident insurance, as well as decreased operating expenses. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance, including Luxembourg, increased by 3.3%, or EUR 4 million to EUR 126 million in 2005 from EUR 122 million in 2004, as a decline in operating expenses compensated for higher lapses and lower management/entrance fees. Excluding the reclassification of products from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4, which had a negative impact of EUR 761 million, life premium income increased by 20.4%, to EUR 1,630 million in 2005 from EUR in 1,354 million in 2004, due to strong sales of universal life products.

50


Table of Contents

Central and Rest of Europe
In Central and Rest of Europe, underlying profit increased by 44.1 %, or EUR 79 million to EUR 258 million in 2005 from EUR 179 million in 2004, driven by a 48.3% increase in life results in Central Europe to EUR 251 million. Poland, Hungary, Greece, Spain and Romania all showed strong growth in life and pensions, driven by higher premiums and lower operating expenses. Life premium income rose by 18.3%, or EUR 250 million from EUR 1,367 million in 2004 to EUR 1,617 million in 2005 driven by high sales of unit-linked products in Hungary and universal life products in Poland and Greece.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax was EUR 446 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,032 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 147 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR 686 million in 2005 compared to EUR 185 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (112) million in 2005 compared to EUR 17 million in 2004 related to differences in debt securities valuation; and EUR (290) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciliation item in 2005 due to a change in the scope of consolidation of property investment funds. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
INSURANCE AMERICAS
                         
    Insurance Americas  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    24,118       22,744       22,761  
Commission
    984       785       798  
Investment and Other income
    4,677       4,505       4,525  
 
                 
Total income
    29,779       28,034       28,084  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    24,981       23,597       24,058  
Other interest expenses
    316       98       118  
Operating expenses
    2,490       2,397       2,202  
Other impairments
            1       14  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    27,787       26,093       26,392  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    1,992       1,941       1,692  
Gains/losses on divestments
            50       (2 )
Profit before tax from divested units
            (12 )     (89 )
 
                 
Underlying profit before tax
    1,992       1,979       1,601  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Premium income rose by 6.0%, or EUR 1,374 million, from EUR 22,744 million in 2005 to EUR 24,118 million in 2006. Excluding currency effects premium income rose by 5.8%, due to an increase in Life premium of 6.9% primarily attributable to the US (increase of 6.5%) driven by fixed and variable annuities and retirement services; Latin America (increase of 17.7% following strong production in group life contracts in Mexico and Chile) and in Non-life premium of 2.3%, primarily attributable to Canada (increase of 2.2%) due to an increase in the number of insured risks and Latin America (increase of 2.5%) through higher motor and health sales in Mexico and higher health premium in Chile.
Commission income increased by 25.4%, or EUR 199 million to EUR 984 million in 2006 from EUR 785 million in 2005, primarily as a result of higher assets under management, which were due to sales, persistency and higher fund performance. Investment and Other income increased 3.8% or EUR 172 million from EUR 4,505 million in 2005 to EUR 4,677 million in 2006, mainly due to higher fixed margins and favorable DAC unlocking partly offset by investment related losses resulting from the rising interest rate environment and lower private equity gains.

51


Table of Contents

Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 3.9%, or EUR 93 million from EUR 2,397 million in 2005 to EUR 2,490 million in 2006, due to normal business growth and increased sales agents in the competitive pension market in Mexico. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 0.75% to 0.72%, while expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products deteriorated from 13.76% in 2005 to 14.33% in 2006.
Profit before tax
Divestments resulted in a loss of EUR 50 million in 2005 (mainly due to the disposal of Life of Georgia) and divested units generated a profit before tax of EUR 12 million in 2005. Including these items, total profit before tax increased 2.6%, or EUR 51 million from EUR 1,941 million in 2005 to EUR 1,992 million in 2006.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Americas increased by 0.7%, or EUR 13 million from EUR 1,979 million in 2005 to EUR 1,992 million in 2006. Underlying profit before tax in the U.S. grew by 5.0%, or EUR 57 million from EUR 1,147 million in 2005 to EUR 1,204 million in 2006, despite investment related losses resulting from the rising interest rate environment. The Canadian business had a 10.0%, or EUR 67 million decrease in underlying profit before tax from EUR 671 million in 2005 to EUR 604 million in 2006, due to less favorable developments in prior-year reserves and lower investment-related gains. In Latin America underlying profit before tax increased 14.3%, or EUR 23 million to EUR 184 million in 2006 from EUR 161 million in 2005, mainly due to life operations which rose 16.8% or EUR 17 million as higher results in Chile were partly offset by lower results in Mexico as the pension market continued to be highly challenged by competitive market conditions.
(PIE  CHART)
1)   Latin America includes Argentina, Chile and Peru.
 
2)   United States is only life insurance; Canada and Latin America are mainly non-life insurance.
United States
Premium income increased 5.8%, or EUR 1,043 million to EUR 19,130 million in 2006 from EUR 18,087 million in 2005 mainly due to higher fixed and variable annuity sales and higher sales in retirement services but was partially offset by lower premium income from individual life products. Operating expenses were almost flat as they increased only by 1.1 %, or EUR 16 million, despite the sales and the portfolio growth. Underlying profit before tax rose by 5.0%, or EUR 57 million from EUR 1,147 million in 2005 to EUR 1,204 million in 2006, despite investment-related losses. Excluding these losses, underlying profit before tax increased 12.6% to EUR 1,252 million due to higher fee income from growth in assets under management, higher interest margins and favourable equity-related deferred acquisition cost unlocking in 2006.
Canada
Premium income rose by 8.5%, or EUR 221 million, from EUR 2,585 million in 2005 to EUR 2,806 million in 2006, primarily attributable to currency impacts as well as to an increase in the number of insured. Operating expenses rose by 14.2% or EUR 68 million, mainly due to currency impact, expenses of brokerage acquired, higher pension costs, higher premium taxes and increased salary and benefits expenses. Underlying profit before tax decreased 10.0%, or EUR 67 million from EUR 671 million in 2005 to EUR 604 million in 2006; excluding currency impact the decrease is 15.5%, due to less favorable developments in prior-year reserves and lower investment-related gains. The claims ratio deteriorated to 59.2% in 2006 from 56.3% in 2005,

52


Table of Contents

but the expense ratio improved to 29.9% from 30.5%. The combined ratio deteriorated to 89.1 % in 2006 from 86.8% in 2005.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 34 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,992 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR (19) million in 2006 for the depreciation of goodwill related to management rights compared to EUR (326) million in 2005 for the write-off of goodwill related to Sul America, the reversal of goodwill on disposals and the depreciation of goodwill related to management rights; EUR (28) million in 2006 compared to EUR (17) million in 2005 related to differences in debt securities valuation; EUR (3) million in 2006 compared to EUR 203 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR 150 million in 2006 related to deferred acquisition costs and provision for life policy liabilities, compared to EUR (82) million in 2005; and, EUR (30) million in 2006 compared to EUR (89) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Income
Premium income was flat at EUR 22,744 million as higher non-life premiums were partially offset by lower life premiums. Non-life premium income rose by 6.2%, or EUR 235 million from EUR 3,804 million in 2004 to EUR 4,039 million in 2005, driven by a 16.8%, or EUR 372 million increase from EUR 2,213 million to EUR 2,585 million in 2005 in Canada, primarily due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004. That growth was partially offset by lower non-life premium income in Mexico related to the auto business and from the non-renewal of certain large property and casualty contracts as the company focuses on more profitable retail market segments. Life premium income declined by 1.3%, or EUR 252 million from EUR 18,957 million in 2004 to EUR 18,705 million in 2005, as a slight decline in individual life single premium and lower fixed annuity sales was partially compensated by higher sales in retirement services.
Commission income decreased by 1.6%, or EUR 13 million to EUR 785 million in 2005 from EUR 798 million in 2004 and Investment and Other income declined by 0.4%, or EUR 20 million from EUR 4,525 million in 2004 to EUR 4,505 million in 2005, as 2004 included the EUR 249 million gain on the ING Canada IPO as well as EUR 157 million in investment income from divested businesses. Excluding those items from 2004, Investment and Other income increased by 9.4% driven by higher yields, prepayment penalty income on fixed income investments, investment gains from sales of fixed income securities, and higher private equity gains.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased 8.9%, or EUR 195 million from EUR 2,202 million in 2004 to EUR 2,397 million in 2005, due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004 and expenses in the U.S. related to strategic initiatives and higher incentive-related benefit costs. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products were unchanged at 0.75%, while expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 13.99% in 2004 to 13.76% in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments resulted in a loss of EUR 50 million in 2005 (mainly due to the disposition of Life of Georgia) compared with a gain of EUR 2 million in 2004. Divested units generated a profit before tax of EUR 12 million in 2005, compared with EUR 89 million in 2004. Including these items, total profit before tax increased by 14.7%, or EUR 249 million from EUR 1,692 million in 2004 to EUR 1,941 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Americas increased by 23.6%, or EUR 378 million from EUR 1,601 million in 2004 to EUR 1,979 million in 2005. Profit growth was driven by a 27.4%, or EUR 247 million increase in the U.S. operations underlying profit before tax from EUR 902 million in 2004 to EUR 1,149 million in 2005, led by higher results from retirement services and annuities due to higher asset levels, improved investment performance and higher margins. The Canadian business had a 35.8%, or EUR 177 million increase in underlying profit before tax from EUR 494 million in 2004 to EUR 671 million in 2005, driven by continued strong underwriting results in the non-life business, increased investment income and the operations of Allianz Canada which was acquired in December 2004. Growth in the region was moderated by losses in Latin America, underlying profit before tax declined by 22.4%, or EUR 46 million to EUR 159 million in 2005 from EUR 205 million in 2004, including claims and expenses related to recent

53


Table of Contents

hurricanes in Mexico and the related costs to extend reinsurance coverage after the storms and reserve strengthening in the health business in Chile. Currency movements had a positive impact of EUR 46 million due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar, and the Mexican and Chilean pesos against the euro.
(PIE CHART)
1)   Latin America includes Argentina, Chile, Peru and Brazil through September 30, 2005.
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 was as follows: United Sates EUR 902 million, Canada EUR 494 million, Mexico EUR 122 million and Latin America EUR 83 million.
 
3)   United States is only life insurance; Canada and Latin America are mainly non-life insurance.
United States
Premium income declined by 1.2%, or EUR 221 million to EUR 18,087 million in 2005 from EUR 18,308 million in 2004 as lower individual life single premium and fixed annuity sales were largely offset by higher sales in retirement services. Operating expenses increased by 8.0%, or EUR 109 million, to EUR 1,468 million in 2005 from EUR 1,359 million in 2004, due to spending on strategic initiatives such as enhancements to web capabilities, costs related to implementing Sarbanes-Oxley, and higher incentive-related benefit costs and EUR 16 million of restructuring costs for the insurance and investment management businesses to enhance future profitability.
Canada
The strong underwriting results were driven by a historically low claims ratio coupled with an increase in volume from the Allianz Canada acquisition. The claims ratio improved slightly to 56.3% in 2005 from 56.6% in 2004. The cost ratio was higher in 2005 due to expenses related to the integration of the Allianz Canada business. The combined ratio deteriorated to 86.8% in 2005 from 85.1% in 2004. Premium income rose by 16.8%, or EUR 372 million to EUR 2,585 million in 2005 from EUR 2,213 million in 2004 primarily due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR (410) million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,941 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR (326) million in 2005 for the write-off of goodwill related to Sul America and the reversal of goodwill on disposals compared to EUR (147) million in 2004 for impairment of goodwill in Latin America and the reversal of goodwill on disposals; EUR (17) million in 2005 compared to EUR 111 million in 2004 related to differences in debt securities valuation; EUR 203 million in 2005 compared to EUR 176 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (82) million in 2005 for deferred acquisition costs and provision for life policy liabilities, compared to EUR 23 million in 2004; and, EUR (89) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciliation item in 2005 due to a changes in the property investment portfolio. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.

54


Table of Contents

INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
                         
    Insurance Asia/Pacific  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    12,136       12,286       9,469  
Commission
    298       254       107  
Investment and Other income
    944       651       914  
 
                 
Total income
    13,378       13,191       10,490  
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure
    11,745       11,838       9,003  
Other interest expenses
    22       8       8  
Operating expenses
    965       867       727  
Other impairments
    10               (4 )
 
                 
Total expenditure
    12,742       12,713       9,734  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    636       478       756  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (15 )     (27 )     (219 )
Profit before tax from divested units
            (4 )     (62 )
 
                 
Underlying profit before tax
    621       447       475  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Premium income decreased by 1.2%, or EUR 150 million to EUR 12,136 million in 2006 from EUR 12,286 million in 2005. Higher sales in South Korea, due to high persistency, in Taiwan, particularly due to higher unit-linked premiums and Australia, were more than offset by lower single-premium variable annuity (SPVA) sales in Japan following tougher competition and new product launches by key competitors. Double-digit growth rates in premium income were recorded in local currency terms in most of Asia/Pacific’s other markets.
Commission income increased by 17.3%, or EUR 44 million to EUR 298 million in 2006 from EUR 254 million in 2005, due to a joint venture in Australia driven by the increasing value of assets under management because of the strength of investment markets and improved net flows and retention, Japan through the sale of mutual funds and SPVA products and investment management fees of ING Funds.
Investment and Other income increased by 45.0% or EUR 293 million to EUR 944 million in 2006 from EUR 651 million in 2005, mainly due to Japan, especially from the SPVA business., Korea, supported by growth in assets under management and Taiwan where higher direct investment income on bonds was only partly offset by lower fair value changes in bonds.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 11.3%, or EUR 98 million to EUR 965 million in 2006 from EUR 867 million in 2005, reflecting the increase of business volumes and the focus in building organizational capabilities and investing in greenfield operations. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 0.94% in 2005 to 0.83% in 2006 and expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 8.33% in 2005 to 8.24% in 2006.
Profit before tax
A divestment gain of EUR 27 million from the IPO of 90% of the shares in Austbrokers Holdings in Australia impacted profit before tax in 2005. Following the sale of Australia’s non-life business in 2004, provisions were made for claims experience of several lines of business. As claims experience was favorable, the hold-back provision was released in 2006 resulting in a profit before tax of EUR 15 million. Including those gains and profit from the divested unit, profit before tax increased by 33.1 %, or EUR 158 million to EUR 636 million in 2006 from EUR 478 million in 2005.

55


Table of Contents

Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax increased by 38.9%, or EUR 174 million to EUR 621 million in 2006 from EUR 447 million in 2005, driven by a 44.5% increase in South Korea due primarily to strong sales, 110.8% increase in Japan due primarily to hedging gains and 105.0% increase in Rest of Asia driven by Malaysia and Hong Kong. Underlying profit before tax in Australia showed a decrease of 5.8% because of lower investment earnings and one-off software write-off in 2006 of EUR 7 million. As in 2005 Taiwan recorded zero profit in 2006 due to further measures taken to strengthen reserves in what continues to be a low interest rate environment.
(PIE  CHART)
1)   Rest of Asia includes China, India, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong and Malaysia.
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2005 is as follows: Australia and New Zealand EUR 169 million, South Korea EUR 181 million, Taiwan EUR 0 million, Japan EUR 74 million and rest of Asia EUR 23 million
 
3)   Asia/Pacific is mainly life insurance.
Australia and New Zealand
Underlying profit before tax decreased 5.8%, or EUR 10 million to EUR 161 million in 2006 from EUR 171 million in 2005. Life premium income rose by 27.1%, or EUR 49 million to EUR 230 million in 2006 from EUR 181 million in 2005, driven by the success of the ‘OneCare’ product launched in the fourth quarter of 2005. Operating expenses were 4.0% lower, but excluding currency impact only 1.8% lower as in 2005 a provision of EUR 7 million was booked regarding a doubtful debts.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying profit before tax rose by 44.5%, or EUR 81 million to EUR 263 million in 2006 from EUR 182 million 2005, driven by higher margins due to increased volume as well as strong sales. Premium income rose by 41.5%, or EUR 945 million to EUR 3,224 million in 2006 from EUR 2,279 million in 2005, driven by sales of variable and universal life products as well as continued high persistency on existing contracts. Operating expenses rose by 44.1%, or EUR 60 million, from EUR 136 million in 2005 to EUR 196 million in 2006 due to the support provided for the growing and future business.
Taiwan
As in 2005, ING recorded zero profit for Taiwan in 2006 due to further measures taken to strengthen reserves in what continues to be a low interest rate environment. A total charge of EUR 182 million was taken in 2006 to strengthen reserves, compared with EUR 220 million in 2005. For the reserve adequacy position we refer to page F-125 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Japan
In Japan, underlying profit before tax increased by 110.8%, or EUR 82 million to EUR 156 million in 2006 from EUR 74 million in 2005 largely due to hedging gains. Sales momentum slowed down after an exceptional 2005 year as domestic competition increased. Meanwhile assets under management continued strong growth with 36% in 2006. Growth in the corporate-owned life insurance (COLI) market slowed down. However sales were up in the more protection driven COLI products. Premium income declined by 22.1% due to lower sales of SPVA (Single Premium Variable Annuity). Operating expenses increased by 7.8%, mainly due to higher staff expenses and higher IT expenses.

56


Table of Contents

US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 166 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 636 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to the premium deficiency loss recognized in relation to the Taiwan reserves under US GAAP of EUR (315) million in 2006 compared to EUR (386) million in 2005, offset by the reversal of certain reserve strengthening in the business line under IFRS-EU of EUR 238 million in 2006 compared to EUR 179 million in 2005 which is not allowed under US GAAP; EUR (76) million in 2006 for differences in debt securities valuation compared to EUR (106) million in 2005. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Income
Premium income rose by 29.7%, or EUR 2,817 million to EUR 12,286 million in 2005 from EUR 9,469 million in 2004, led by a 32.6% increase in life premiums. The increase was driven by sharply higher sales of single-premium variable annuities in Japan, tied agency products in South Korea and short-term savings products in Taiwan. Strong premium growth rates were recorded in local currency terms in Japan (87.8%), South Korea (27.9%), Taiwan (11.3%), Malaysia (13.8%), India (141.8%), Thailand (42.6%), Hong Kong (10.8%) and China (27.2%). A reclassification of products in Australia from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4 reduced premium income by EUR 1,051 million in 2005. Excluding the IFRS 4 change, total life premiums increased by 49.7%. Non-life premium income fell by 82.7% from EUR 237 million in 2004 to EUR 41 million in 2005, reflecting the sale of the Australian non-life business in the second quarter of 2004.
Commission income increased by 137.4%, or EUR 147 million to EUR 254 million in 2005 from EUR 107 million in 2004 due to higher fee income on wealth management products in Australia as a result of growth in assets under management and the reclassification of most products in Australia from life insurance to investment products under IFRS-EU. Investment and Other income declined by 28.8% or EUR 263 million to EUR 651 million in 2005 from EUR 914 million in 2004. However, excluding the realised gains on divestments in both years, Investment and Other income declined by 10.2%, primarily related to losses on derivatives in Japan that are used to hedge minimum-benefit guarantees on single-premium variable annuities, as well as an unrealized loss on non-trading derivatives in South Korea. These losses were partially offset by growth of the investment portfolio in the region.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 19.3%, or EUR 140 million to EUR 867 million in 2005 from EUR 727 million in 2004, reflecting staff and salary increases to support the continuing growth of the businesses across the region, primarily in Japan and South Korea. Expenses in 2004 also benefited from the release of a EUR 30 million provision for a wage-tax assessment. Adjusted for the release of the wage-tax provision, expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 1.13% in 2004 to 0.94% in 2005 and expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 9.03% in 2004 to 8.33% in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments had a significant impact on Insurance Asia/Pacific’s total profit before tax. In 2004, ING realized a gain of EUR 219 million on the sale of its 50% stake in a non-life insurance joint venture in Australia. Results in 2005 included a gain of EUR 27 million from the IPO of 90% of the shares in Austbrokers Holdings as ING focuses on the funds management and life insurance businesses in Australia. Including those gains and profit from the divested units, total profit before tax from Insurance Asia/Pacific declined by 36.8%, or EUR 278 million to EUR 478 million in 2005 from EUR 756 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Asia/Pacific declined by 5.9%, or EUR 28 million to EUR 447 million in 2005 from EUR 475 million in 2004, primarily related to the reserve strengthening in Taiwan due to the continued low interest rate environment. Excluding Taiwan, underlying profit before tax in the rest of the region increased by 15.8%, or EUR 61 million to EUR 447 million in 2005 from EUR 386 million in 2004, driven by a 52.1% increase in the South Korea operations. Results in 2004 were favored by the release of a EUR 29 million reserve for capital-guaranteed products in Australia and a EUR 30 million release of reserves for a wage-tax assessment.

57


Table of Contents

(PIE CHART)
1)   Rest of Asia includes China, India, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong and Malaysia.
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 was as follows: Australia and New Zealand EUR 163 million, South Korea EUR 119 million, Taiwan EUR 89 million, Japan EUR 71 million and Rest of Asia EUR 33 million
 
3)   Asia/Pacific is mainly life insurance.
Australia and New Zealand
Total underlying profit before tax increased by 3.7%, or EUR 6 million to EUR 169 million in 2005 from EUR 163 million. Life premium income declined by 85.2%, or EUR 1,042 million, to EUR 181 million in 2005 from EUR 1,223 million in 2004, reflecting the reclassification of the majority of products from life insurance to investment products in 2005. Operating expenses were 9.6% higher, due to provisions to resolve unit-pricing issues following an enforceable undertaking agreed with ASIC, a local regulator.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying profit before tax rose by 52.1%, or EUR 62 million to EUR 181 million in 2005 from EUR 119 in 2004, driven by higher margins due to increased volume as well as strong sales. Premium income rose by 42.6%, or EUR 680 million to EUR 2,278 million in 2005 from EUR 1,598 million in 2004, driven by sales of variable and universal life products as well as continued high persistency on existing contracts. Premiums were boosted by the introduction of new products, expansion of the tied agency network and new bancassurance partnerships.
Taiwan
Underlying profit in Taiwan decreased by 100% from EUR 89 million in 2004 as a result of measures taken to strengthen reserves in 2005, due to a continued low interest rate environment and assumption changes in 2005. A total charge of EUR 220 million was recorded in 2005 to strengthen reserves, compared with EUR 100 million in 2004.
Japan
In Japan, underlying profit before tax increased by 4.2%, or EUR 3 million to EUR 74 million in 2005 from EUR 71 million in 2004. Profits from the single-premium variable annuity and mutual fund businesses increased due to strong growth in premiums resulting in higher fee income. Despite growth in new business and higher premiums, profits from the corporate-owned life insurance business decreased mainly due to lower investment yields from the continuing low interest rate environment and higher levels of early surrenders.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR (277) million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 478 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to the premium deficiency loss recognized in relation to the Taiwan reserves under US GAAP of EUR (386) million in 2005, offset by the reversal of certain reserve strengthening in the business line under IFRS-EU of EUR 179 million in 2005 compared to EUR 241 million in 2004 which is not allowed under US GAAP; and, EUR (106) million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation compared to EUR (23) million in 2004. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.

58


Table of Contents

WHOLESALE BANKING
                         
    Wholesale Banking  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest result
    2,742       2,928       3,272  
Commission and other income
    3,076       3,029       2,599  
 
                 
Total income
    5,818       5,957       5,871  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    3,455       3,466       3,734  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    (118 )     (108 )     192  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    3,337       3,358       3,926  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    2,481       2,599       1,945  
Gains/losses on divestments
    89       (317 )     166  
Profit before tax from divested units
    (45 )     17       (95 )
Special items
                    41  
 
                 
Underlying profit before tax
    2,525       2,299       2,057  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total income decreased by 2.3%, or EUR 139 million, to EUR 5,818 million in 2006 from EUR 5,957 million in 2005. The decrease was mainly attributable to EUR 89 million realized losses on divestments in 2006, Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank, compared with EUR 317 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2005, NMB Heller and Baring Asset Management. Excluding the impact of divestments income rose 7.4% or EUR 398 million. Interest income declined by 6.4%, or EUR 186 million, to EUR 2,742 million in 2006 from EUR 2,928 million in 2005, due to divestments and pressure on margins. Commissions and other income rose by 1.6%, or EUR 47 million, to EUR 3,076 million in 2006 from EUR 3,029 million in 2005. Excluding divestments the increase was 20.3% or EUR 524 million, of which ING Real Estate contributed EUR 325 million or 47.9%, driven by growth in the investment management activities following the strong demand for property funds among institutional investors and a sharp improvement in results from the development activities.
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased slightly by EUR 11 million, to EUR 3,455 million in 2006 from EUR 3,466 million in 2005. Excluding the impact of divestments, in 2006 of Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank, operating expenses rose by EUR 166 million or 5.1%, next to EUR 15 million lower releases from employee benefit provisions (EUR 21 million in 2006 compared with EUR 36 million in 2005) due to EUR 79 million in compliance-related costs and the growth of ING Real Estate. The cost/income ratio was almost flat 64.0% at the end of 2006 compared with 63.9% in 2005, excluding the impact of divestments, the cost/income ratio improved to 58.6% from 59.8% in 2005.
The addition to the provision for loan losses was a net release of EUR 118 million in 2006 compared with a net release of EUR 108 million in 2005, due to the continued benign credit environment and the limited inflow of large new problem loans. Belgium was the only region which recorded an addition to loan loss provisions in 2006 of EUR 16 million, which was more than offset by releases in other regions. The net release equalled 7 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2006, similar to 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments in 2006 (Williams de Broë and Deutsche Hypothekenbank) resulted in losses of EUR 89 million, while gains on divestments in 2005 contributed EUR 317 million to profit before tax due to the sale Baring Asset Management, as well as the gain on the NMB Heller transaction and Wholesale Banking’s part on the sale of ING Bank Slaski shares. Divested units contributed EUR 45 million to profit before tax in 2006, compared with a loss of EUR 17 million in 2005. Profit before tax decreased by 4.5%, or EUR 118 million, to EUR 2,481 million in 2006 from EUR 2,599 million in 2005.

59


Table of Contents

Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Wholesale Banking rose by 9.8%, or EUR 226 million, to EUR 2,525 million in 2006 from EUR 2,299 million in 2005, driven by higher profits from General Lending/Payments and Cash Management, Leasing and Factoring and at ING Real Estate. Structured Finance continued to perform strong. Underlying profit before tax from Financial Markets declined to EUR 509 million from a very strong EUR 665 million in 2005. Despite the decline in profit, Financial Markets remains one of the biggest generators of profit within the Wholesale Banking line of business.
(PIE CHART)
1)   Other, which reported a loss of 26 million in 2006 and a loss of EUR 53 million in 2005, is excluded from the above table
 
2)   Asset management primarily relates to ING Real Estate
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax declined by 3.8%, or EUR 30 million, to EUR 760 million in 2006 from EUR 790 million in 2005, as the decrease in income and higher operating expenses could not be offset by lower additions to the provision for loan losses. Total income decreased by 5.4%, or EUR 101 million, to EUR 1,775 million in 2006 from EUR 1,876 million in 2005 and operating expenses increased by 1.5%, or EUR 15 million, to EUR 1,049 million in 2006 from EUR 1,034 million in 2005, fully attributable to lower releases from employee benefit provisions. The addition to the provision for loan losses improved from a net addition of EUR 52 million in 2005 to a net release of EUR 34 million in 2006. The decline of underlying profit before tax was fully attributable to a lower profit in Financial Markets, only partly offset by higher profits in Structured Finance, Leasing and Factoring and General Lending / Payments and Cash Management.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax declined by 9.0%, or EUR 55 million, to EUR 553 million in 2006 from EUR 608 million in 2005, as higher income was more than offset by slightly increased operating expenses and higher additions to the provision for loan losses. Total income increased by 2.9%, or EUR 38 million, to EUR 1,330 million in 2006 from EUR 1,292 million in 2005, while operating expenses increased by 1.7%, or EUR 13 million, to EUR 761 million in 2006 from EUR 748 million in 2005. The addition to the loan loss provisions changed from a net release of EUR 64 million in 2005 to a net addition of EUR 16 million in 2006. The decline of underlying profit before tax was mainly attributable to lower profits in Structured Finance and General Lending / Payments and Cash Management, only partly offset by a higher profit in Financial Markets.
Rest of World
In the Rest of the World, underlying profit before tax slightly increased to EUR 607 million from EUR 605 million, as higher income was largely offset by increased operating expenses and slightly lower releases from the provision for loan losses. Total income rose by 2.8%, or EUR 40 million, to EUR 1,487 million in 2006 from EUR 1,447 million in 2005, while operating expenses increased by 3.4%, or EUR 34 million, to EUR 982 million in 2006 from EUR 948 million in 2005. The addition to the loan loss provisions showed a net release of EUR 102 million in 2006 compared to a net release of EUR 106 million in 2005. The slight increase of underlying profit before tax was the result of higher profits in General Lending / Payments and Cash Management, partly offset by a lower profit in Structured Finance.
ING Real Estate
Underlying profit before tax of ING Real Estate increased by 80.8%, or EUR 282 million to EUR 631 million

60


Table of Contents

in 2006 from EUR 349 million in 2005, due to a very strong rise in income. Total income rose by 40.2%, or EUR 317 million, to EUR 1,106 million in 2006 from EUR 789 million in 2005, while operating expenses increased by 6.0%, or EUR 27 million, to EUR 476 million from EUR 449 million in 2005. Underlying profit before tax of the development activities improved from a loss of EUR 124 million in 2005, primarily related to impairments on development projects in Poland and the Czech Republic of EUR 78 million, to a profit of EUR 112 million in 2006, supported by high results on the sale of finished projects. Underlying profit before tax of the investment management activities increased by 57.5%, or EUR 50 million, due to strong growth of assets under management following the strong demand for property funds and the purchase of portfolios in 2005, including the Gables Residential Trust in the U.S. and the Abbey National portfolio in the U.K.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 291 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,481 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR (125) million in 2006 compared to EUR (15) million in 2005 for differences in investment property valuation; EUR 11 million in 2006 compared to EUR (115) million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation; EUR (73) million in 2006 compared to EUR (3) million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (30) million in 2006 compared to EUR 57 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU fair value option; EUR (24) million in 2006 compared to EUR (6) million in 2005 for differences in expenses on employee benefits; and, EUR (30) million in 2006 compared to EUR (45) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Income
Total income increased by 1.5%, or EUR 86 million, to EUR 5,957 million in 2005 from EUR 5,871 million in 2004. The increase was driven by the International Wholesale Banking activities in the U.K., the Americas and Central and Eastern Europe, growth of the leasing business as well as the 16.2% increase in income from ING Real Estate, which offset the impact of divestments. Excluding divestments income rose by 4.8%. Interest income declined by 10.5%, or EUR 344 million, to EUR 2,928 million in 2005 from EUR 3,272 million in 2004. due to divestments and pressure on margins. Commissions and other income rose by 16.5%, or EUR 430 million, to EUR 3,029 million in 2005 from EUR 2,599 million in 2004, due to higher management fees at ING Real Estate and supported by gains on the sale of equity investments and fair value changes on non-trading derivatives.
Expenses
Operating expenses declined by 7.2%, or EUR 268 million, to EUR 3,466 million in 2005 from EUR 3,734 million in 2004, due entirely to the divestments of the Asian cash equities business, CenE Bankiers, portions of BHF-Bank, and Barings Asset Management. Operating expenses excluding divestments and special items increased by 12.1%, due in part to non-recurring items reported in 2005, such as EUR 103 million in provisions recorded in Belgium, EUR 12 million in restructuring costs for initiatives to improve efficiency in the IT organisation as announced in July and November of 2005 and EUR 78 million in impairment losses on development projects at ING Real Estate. Those items were partially offset by EUR 36 million in releases of provisions for employee benefits.
The addition to the provision for loan losses declined from EUR 192 million in 2004 to a net release of EUR 108 million in 2005, due to improvements in the credit environment and the limited inflow of large new problem loans. The Netherlands was the only region which recorded an addition to loan loss provisions in 2005 of EUR 52 million, which was offset by releases in other regions. The net release equalled a negative 7 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with an addition of 12 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax
Gains on divestments contributed EUR 317 million to profit before tax in 2005 (sale Baring Asset Management, as well as the gain on the NMB Heller transaction and wholesale banking’s part on the sale of ING Bank Slaski shares), while divestments in 2004 (sale Asian cash equities business, CenE Bankiers and parts of BHF-Bank) resulted in a loss of EUR 166 million. Divested units contributed EUR 6 million to profit before tax in 2005, compared with EUR 60 million in 2004. Results in 2004 also included a restructuring provision of EUR 41 million for the International Wholesale Banking network. Including those items, total profit before tax increased by 33.6%, or EUR 654 million, to EUR 2,599 million in 2005 from EUR 1,945 million in 2004.

61


Table of Contents

Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Wholesale Banking rose by 11.8%, or EUR 242 million, to EUR 2,299 million in 2005 from EUR 2,057 million in 2004, driven by higher income from Structured Finance, Leasing and ING Real Estate businesses, as well as a net release of loan loss provisions due to an improved credit environment and improved risk management.
(PIE CHART)
1)   Other, which reported a loss of 50 million in 2005 and a loss of EUR 47 million in 2004, is excluded from the above table
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 was as follows: The Netherlands EUR 826 million, Belgium EUR 665 million, Rest of the World EUR 313 million and Asset Management EUR 335 million.
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax declined by 4.4%, or EUR 36 million, to EUR 790 million in 2005 from EUR 826 million in 2004, as growth in income was more than offset by higher operating expenses. Total income rose by 3.7%, or EUR 67 million, to EUR 1,876 million in 2005 from EUR 1,809 million in 2004, driven primarily by Structured Finance and Leasing activities, and partially offset by decreased income from the Payments & Cash Management and General Lending businesses resulting from lower margins and decreased income from the Financial Markets business. Operating expenses increased by 11.8%, or EUR 109 million, to EUR 1,034 million in 2005 from EUR 925 million in 2004 due to increased expenses resulting from the collective labour agreement, the growth of the leasing business and higher IT expenses, including EUR 12 million of restructuring costs for initiatives to improve efficiency in the IT organisation as announced in 2005. The impact of the increased expenses was partly offset by the EUR 36 million release from employee benefits provisions following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The addition to the provision for loan losses declined to 10 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 from 12 basis points in 2004.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax declined by 14.4%, or EUR 57 million, to EUR 608 million in 2005 from EUR 665 million in 2004, due to lower results from the Financial Markets businesses, as well as increased operating expenses primarily related to provisions. Total income declined by 11.8%, or EUR 173 million, to EUR 1,292 million in 2005 from EUR 1,465 million in 2004 as decreased Financial Markets results more than offset increased income from Corporate Finance and Equity Markets and Structured Finance businesses in 2005 compared to 2004. Operating expenses increased by 5.3%, or EUR 42 million, to EUR 748 million in 2005 from EUR 790 million in 2004, due to EUR 103 million in provisions in 2005 mainly related to Williams de Broë. The addition to the loan loss provisions declined from 3 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2004 to negative 17 basis points in 2005, due to a net release of EUR 64 million.
Rest of World
In the Rest of the World, underlying profit before tax nearly doubled to EUR 605 million from EUR 313 million, driven by releases of debtor provisions as well as increased income following the successful implementation of a programme to improve profitability by focusing on key clients and products. Total income rose by 5.5%, or EUR 76 million, to EUR 1,447 million in 2005 from EUR 1,371 million in 2004, due to increased income from Structured Finance and Financial Markets businesses in the U.K., increased income from all product groups in the Americas, and increased income from Financial Markets businesses in Central and Eastern Europe. Operating expenses decreased slightly to EUR 948 million in 2005 compared to EUR 949 million in 2004. The addition to the loan loss provisions was a negative 24 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared to 23 basis points due to a release of EUR 106 million in 2005 and an addition of EUR 109 million in 2004.

62


Table of Contents

ING Real Estate
Total underlying profit before tax of the asset management activities, primarily related to ING Real Estate, was EUR 346 million in 2005, an increase of 3.3% or EUR 11 million compared to EUR 335 million in 2004. Underlying profit before tax of ING Real Estate decreased by 4.4%, or EUR 16 million to EUR 349 million in 2005 from EUR 365 million in 2004 primarily related to impairments on development projects in Poland and the Czech Republic of EUR 78 million, offset by higher profit from the real estate finance and investment management activities. The real estate financing activities benefited from growth in the lending portfolio and lower additions to the provision for loan losses in 2005 compared to 2004. Underlying profit before tax of the investment management activities increased due to strong growth of assets under management following the purchases of portfolios, including the Gables Residential Trust in the U.S. and the Abbey National portfolio in the U.K. and fair value property revaluations.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 8 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,599 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 190 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR (3) million in 2005 compared to EUR 206 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (115) million in 2005 compared to EUR (190) million in 2004 for differences in debt securities valuation; and, EUR (45) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to a change in the scope of consolidation of property investment funds. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
RETAIL BANKING
                         
    Retail Banking  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest result
    4,489       4,397       3,928  
Commission and other income
    1,513       1,399       1,134  
 
                 
Total income
    6,002       5,796       5,062  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    3,930       3,829       3,703  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    140       90       184  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    4,070       3,919       3,887  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    1,932       1,877       1,175  
Gains/losses on divestments
            (62 )        
Profit before tax from divested units
                    (7 )
 
                 
Underlying profit before tax
    1,932       1,815       1,168  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total income increased by 3.6%, or EUR 206 million, to EUR 6,002 million in 2006 from EUR 5,796 million in 2005, due to strong growth in almost all products, higher asset management fees and a capital gain on the sale of the stake in Banksys in Belgium. This was partially offset by the effect of the capital gain of EUR 62 million in 2005 on the sale of part of our stake in ING Bank Slaski, the impact of flattening yield curves, the continued low interest environment putting pressure on investment returns and a reclassification of payment expenses from operating expenses to funds transfer commission which had an effect of EUR 59 million.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 2.6%, or EUR 101 million, to EUR 3,930 million in 2006 from EUR 3,829 million in 2005, primarily due to EUR 85 million in compliance-related costs, EUR 38 million lower releases

63


Table of Contents

from employee benefit provisions and continued investments in Poland, India and Romania. The cost/income ratio improved to 65.5% in 2006 from 66.1 % in 2005.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by 55.6%, or EUR 50 million, to EUR 140 million in 2006 from EUR 90 million in 2005, mainly due to Belgium where in 2005 a net release of EUR 11 million was performed while, in 2006 an addition of EUR 15 million was made and Poland where in 2005 a net release of EUR 16 million was performed while in 2006 a net release of EUR 5 million was made. The addition equalled 15 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2006 compared with 11 basis points in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments in 2005 contributed EUR 62 million to profit before tax, representing Retail Banking’s portion of the gain on the sale of a 12.8% stake in ING Bank Slaski in Poland, reducing ING’s stake to 75%. Including that item total profit before tax rose by 2.9%, or EUR 55 million, to EUR 1,932 million in 2006 from EUR 1,877 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Retail Banking increased by 6.4%, or EUR 117 million to EUR 1,932 million in 2006 from EUR 1,815 million in 2005, despite EUR 85 million compliance-related costs in 2006 and EUR 38 million lower releases from employee benefit provisions, driven by strong growth in most products, though partly offset by the impact of flattening yield curves.
(PIE CHART)
1)   Mainly ING Vysya Bank, Private Banking rest of the world and the Kookmin Bank stake
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax rose by 1.7%, or EUR 23 million, to EUR 1,410 million in 2006 from EUR 1,387 million in 2005, as volume growth in almost all products was largely offset by the impact of a flattening of the yield curve and high compliance related costs in 2006. The residential mortgage portfolio in the Netherlands grew by 8.5% to EUR 99.3 billion. Operating expenses increased by 1.3% from EUR 2,360 million in 2005 to EUR 2,390 million in 2006, as EUR 85 million in compliance-related costs and the effect of EUR 38 million lower releases from employee benefit provisions were largely offset by lower pension costs and the reclassification of payment expenses to commission income. The addition to the loan loss provisions was 17 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2006 compared with 18 basis points in 2005.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax increased by 41.8%, or EUR 141 million, from EUR 337 million in 2005 to EUR 478 million in 2006, driven by 9.7% higher income and 2.6% lower operating expenses, partly offset by EUR 26 million higher additions to the provisions for loan losses due to lower releases. The increase in income was related to a EUR 44 million capital gain on Banksys, as well as driven by higher volumes and increased fees from securities brokerage, insurance brokerage and asset management, mitigated by the flattening of the yield curve and higher client rates on savings. Operating expenses declined by 2.6%, or EUR 29 million, to EUR 1,071 million in 2006 from EUR 1,100 million in 2005, due to the reclassification of payment expenses and some small divestments in 2005. The addition to the loan loss provisions increased from a net release of 8 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 to a net addition of 8 basis points in 2006.

64


Table of Contents

Poland
In Poland, underlying profit before tax from the retail banking activities of ING Bank Slaski increased by 19.5%, or EUR 8 million, to EUR 49 million in 2006 from EUR 41 million in 2005, despite substantial lower releases from debtor provisions. In 2006, ING Bank Slaski achieved, in local-currency, growth in mortgages, savings and current accounts. There was also growth in mutual funds sales. Total income rose by 20.4%, partly offset by 12.7% higher operating expenses, including investments in the branch network, and lower releases from the loan loss provisions.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 80 million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,932 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR 3 million in 2006 compared to EUR (76) million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation; EUR (28) million in 2006 compared to EUR 6 million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (21) million in 2006 compared to EUR (21) million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU fair value option; and, EUR (40) million in 2006 compared to EUR (25) million in 2005 for differences in expenses on employee benefits. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Income
Total income increased by 14.5%, or EUR 734 million, to EUR 5,796 million in 2005 from EUR 5,062 million in 2004, driven mainly by increased income from mortgages and savings in the Netherlands and growth from savings, current accounts and structured notes in Belgium. Income growth in 2005 compared to 2004 was also affected by the proportional (50%) consolidation of Postkantoren BV in the Netherlands from January 2005 (which had no impact on total profit) adding EUR 168 million to total income and the EUR 48 million loss recorded in the first quarter of 2004 on a unit-linked mortgage product in the Netherlands
Expenses
Operating expenses increased by 3.4%, or EUR 126 million, to EUR 3,829 million in 2005 from EUR 3,703 million in 2004, primarily related to the consolidation of Postkantoren BV, EUR 33 million in one-off costs related to the announced efficiency programme for the Operations and IT activities in the Benelux, EUR 27 million in accelerated software depreciation in the Netherlands and the impact of the new labour agreement in the Netherlands was partially offset by a release of EUR 83 million from provisions following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The cost/income ratio improved to
66.1% in 2005 from 73.2% in 2004.
The addition to the provision of loan losses declined by 51.1 %, or EUR 94 million, to EUR 90 million in 2005 from EUR 184 million in 2004, mainly due to releases in Belgium and Poland of EUR 27 million in 2005 compared with an addition of EUR 53 million in 2004. The addition equalled 11 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with 25 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax
Divestments in 2005 contributed EUR 62 million to profit before tax, representing Retail Banking’s portion of the gain on the sale of a 12.8% stake in ING Bank Slaski in Poland, taking ING’s stake to 75%. The divested retail banking activities of BHF-Bank contributed EUR 7 million to profit in 2004. Including those items total profit before tax rose by 59.7%, or EUR 702 million, to EUR 1,877 million in 2005 from EUR 1,175 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Retail Banking increased by 55.4%, or EUR 647 million to EUR 1,815 million in 2005 from EUR 1,168 million in 2004, driven by strong growth in savings and mortgages in the home markets of the Benelux and the impact of increased prepayment penalties on mortgages as clients refinanced to take advantage of low interest rates. The addition to the loan loss provisions declined as a result of the improved credit environment and releases in Belgium and Poland. Cost containment measures and strong income growth resulted in an improvement in the cost/income ratio in 2005 to 66.1% from 73.2% in 2004.

65


Table of Contents

(PIE CHART)
1)   Mainly ING Vysya Bank, Private Banking Rest of the World and the Kookmin Bank stake
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 was as follows: The Netherlands EUR 1,091 million, Belgium EUR 55 million, Poland EUR 19 million and Other Retail Banking EUR 3 million
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax rose by 27.1%, or EUR 296 million, to EUR 1,387 million in 2005 from EUR 1,091 million in 2004, driven by growth in mortgage lending and savings and increased income received from prepayment penalties on mortgages. The total interest margin stayed almost flat in 2005 compared to 2004 supported by the increased prepayment penalties and offset by decreased interest margins on savings and current accounts resulting from the low interest rate environment. Income increased by 15.9%, or EUR 531 million, to EUR 3,866 million in 2005 from EUR 3,335 million in 2004, primarily related to the consolidation of Postkantoren BV beginning in 2005 and the inclusion of the EUR 48 million loss on the unit-linked mortgage product at Postbank in the first quarter of 2004. Operating expenses increased by 11.2%, or EUR 237 million, to EUR 2,360 million in 2005 from EUR 2,123 million in 2004 due to the consolidation of Postkantoren BV, EUR 33 million in restructuring costs for the streamlining and outsourcing of ING’s Operations and IT activities as announced in July and November, EUR 27 million in accelerated software depreciation, the new collective labour agreement, and partially offset by the release of EUR 83 million from provisions for employee benefits following the healthcare and pension legislative changes. The addition to the loan loss provisions was 18 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with 21 basis points in 2004.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax increased by 512.7%, or EUR 282 million, from EUR 55 million in 2004 to EUR 337 million in 2005, driven by increased income due to strong growth of savings and current accounts and high sales of structured notes, as well as lower expenses and releases of loan loss provisions. Total income rose by 11.9%, or EUR 152 million, to EUR 1,426 million in 2005 from EUR 1,274 million in 2004. Operating expenses declined by 7.0%, or EUR 83 million, to EUR 1,100 million in 2005 from EUR 1,183 million in 2004, due to high non-recurring expenses in 2004, including provisions for litigation issues and impairments on real estate. The impact in 2005 of the acquisition of Mercator Bank in the fourth quarter of 2004 was largely offset by the sale of ING Securities Bank France and Banque Baring Brothers Suisse in 2005, which were reported under ING Belgium. The addition to the loan loss provisions was negative 8 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared to 34 basis points in 2004 due to a EUR 11 million net release of provisions in 2005.
Poland
In Poland, underlying profit before tax from the retail banking activities of ING Bank Slaski more than doubled from EUR 19 million in 2004 to EUR 41 million in 2005 due to releases from loan loss provisions following an improvement in the quality of the lending portfolio. Risk costs turned from EUR 17 million in 2004 to a net release of EUR 16 million in 2005. Adjusted for exchange rate changes, income rose by 2.0% as the growth in savings and deposits was largely offset by narrower margins and lower lending volumes. Operating expenses increased by 13.1% due to investments to upgrade the branch network and higher marketing costs.

66


Table of Contents

US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 78 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,877 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 191 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR (36) million in 2005 compared to EUR (8) million in 2004 for the reversal of goodwill on disposals; and, EUR (76) million in 2005 compared to EUR 216 million in 2004 for differences in debt securities valuation. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
ING DIRECT
                         
    ING Direct  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest result
    2,190       1,947       1,608  
Commission and other income
    183       172       101  
 
                 
Total income
    2,373       2,119       1,709  
 
                       
Operating expenses
    1,598       1,396       1,185  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    81       106       89  
 
                 
Total expenditure
    1,679       1,502       1,274  
 
                       
Profit before tax
    694       617       435  
Gains/losses on divestments
    23                  
 
                 
Underlying profit before tax
    717       617       435  
 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Income
Total income rose by 12.0%, or EUR 254 million, to EUR 2,373 million in 2006 from EUR 2,119 million in 2005, mainly driven by a 12.5% increase in the interest result due to the continued strong growth in funds entrusted and residential mortgages. The total interest margin in 2006 narrowed to 0.89% from 0.93% in 2005, mainly due to the flattening of the yield curves and the strategic decision to maintain competitive rates offered to clients across all markets.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose by 14.5%, or EUR 202 million, to EUR 1,598 million in 2006 from EUR 1,396 million in 2005, reflecting investments to support long-term value creation of the business. The cost/income ratio increased from 65.9% in 2005 to 67.3% in 2006, mainly as a result of a lower income margin and additional staff being hired to keep pace with commercial growth, particularly in mortgages. The operational cost base (excluding marketing expenses) in 2006 was 0.41 % of total assets compared with 0.40% in 2005, due to investments in mortgages. Marketing expenses increased 15.6% to support the strong growth in both savings and mortgages. The number of full-time employees at the end of the year 2006 rose to 7,638 from 6,964 at the end of the year 2005, to keep pace with strong commercial growth, especially in Italy, the U.S. and Spain.
The addition to the provision for loan losses decreased by 23.6%, or EUR 25 million, to EUR 81 million in 2006 from EUR 106 million in 2005. The addition equalled 10 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets, down from 17 basis points in 2005 due to an improvement in loss given defaults.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct rose by 12.5%, or EUR 77 million to EUR 694 million in 2006 from EUR 617 million in 2005, primarily driven by the continued strong growth in the euro zone ( Germany, France, Spain and Italy) and in the United Kingdom. This increase was partially offset by declines in the US and Canadian operations profit before tax mainly due to the flattening of the yield curves and the strategic decision to maintain competitive rates offered to clients.

67


Table of Contents

ING Card had a loss of EUR 6 million in 2006 compared to a loss of EUR 16 million in 2005, fully attributable to lower operating expenses, as income and addition to the provision for loan losses were at the same level as in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct in 2006 includes a net loss on the divestment of Degussa Bank. Excluding this net loss of EUR 23 million, ING Direct’s underlying profit before tax increased by 16.2%, or EUR 100 million, to EUR 717 million from EUR 617 million in 2005.
Country developments
ING Direct’s overall profit growth was driven mainly by the business-units in Germany, UK which posted profits for the first time in the first quarter of 2006, France, Italy and Spain. This reflects the impact of client rate adjustments in most of these countries and continued strong commercial growth. In the UK, ING Direct saw a slow down of growth in savings after its rates dropped below the official interest rate of the Bank of England. ING Direct’s German business-unit ING-DiBa sold Degussa Bank at the end of 2006, in line with its strategy to focus on its core direct banking activities. Excluding the net loss of EUR 23 million resulting from the divestment of Degussa Bank, ING DiBa’s underlying profit before tax increased to EUR 339 million from EUR 254 million in 2005. In the U.S., profit before tax declined to EUR 85 million from EUR 156 million in 2005, and in Canada profit before tax declined to EUR 62 million from EUR 73 million last year, in both cases due to an environment of higher interest rates for clients, inverse yield curve developments and increased competition.
(PIE CHART)
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 40 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 694 million in 2006. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2006 is primarily attributable to EUR 206 million in 2006 compared to EUR 20 million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation; and, EUR (181) million in 2006 compared to EUR (98) million in 2005 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Income
Total income rose by 24.0%, or EUR 410 million, to EUR 2,119 million in 2005 from EUR 1,709 million in 2004, mainly driven by a 21.1 % increase in the interest result due to the continued strong growth in funds entrusted. The total interest margin in 2005 narrowed to 0.86% from 0.98% in 2004, mainly caused by a flattening of the yield curve and the strategic decision to maintain competitive client rates in favour of stimulating business growth.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose by 17.8%, or EUR 211 million, to EUR 1,396 million in 2005 from EUR 1,185 million in 2004, reflecting investments to support the continued growth of the business, notably in mortgage

68


Table of Contents

distribution. The cost/income ratio improved to 65.9% in 2005 from 69.3% in 2004, and the operational cost base (excluding marketing expenses) improved to 0.40% of total assets compared with 0.44% in 2004. The average number of full-time employees in 2005 rose to 6,500 from 5,300 in 2004, mainly due to expansion in Germany, the U.S. and the U.K.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased by 19.1%, or EUR 17 million, to EUR 106 million in 2005 from EUR 89 million in 2004. The addition equalled 17 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets, down from 22 basis points in 2004 as the probability of default diminished.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct rose by 41.8%, or EUR 182 million to EUR 617 million in 2005 from EUR 435 million in 2004, primarily driven by the continued strong growth in the euro zone — Germany, France, Spain and Italy. This increase was partially offset by a slight decline in the US operations profit before tax in 2005 compared to 2004, due to increases of deposit rates related to increases in the Federal Reserve rate and an unfavourable yield curve development.
ING Card had a loss of EUR 16 million in 2005 compared to a loss of EUR 6 million in 2004, mainly due to increased additions to loan loss provisions and increased marketing and IT expenses.
(PIE CHART)
1)   Other includes: Spain, Italy, UK, France and ING Card.
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 was as follows: Canada EUR 66 million, Australia EUR 60 million, United States EUR 170 million, Germany EUR 151 million and Other EUR (12) million.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 10 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 617 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 95 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; and, EUR (98) million in 2005 compared to EUR (237) million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4. of the consolidated financial statements.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company whose principal assets are its investments in the capital stock of its primary insurance and banking subsidiaries. The liquidity and capital resource considerations for ING Groep N.V., ING Insurance and ING Bank vary in light of the business conducted by each, as well as the insurance and bank regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in the Netherlands and the other countries in which it does business. ING Groep N.V. has no employees and substantially all of ING Groep N.V.’s operating expenses are allocated to and paid by its operating companies.
As a holding company, ING Groep N.V.’s principal sources of funds are funds that may be raised from time to time from the issuance of debt or equity securities and bank or other borrowings, as well as cash dividends received from its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s total debt and capital securities outstanding to third parties at December 31, 2006 was EUR 12,376 million, December 31, 2005 EUR 11,095 million and at December

69


Table of Contents

31, 2004 EUR 10,570 million, respectively. The EUR 12,376 million of debt outstanding at December 31, 2006 consisted of EUR 1,132 million principal amount of 8.439% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2000, EUR 591 million principal amount of 7.05% perpetual debt securities issued in July 2002, EUR 811 million principal amount of 7.20% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2002, EUR 669 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in June 2003, EUR 368 million principal amount of 6.20% perpetual debt securities issued in October 2003, EUR 926 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in 2004, EUR 497 million principal amount of 4.176% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 515 million principal amount of 6.125% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 752 million principal amount of 5.775% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 885 million principal amount of 5.14% perpetual debt securities issued in 2006 and EUR 5,230 million debentures. The details with respect to the debentures is as follows:
                         
Interest rate (%)   Year of issue     Due date     Balance sheet value  
(EUR millions)  
variable
    2006     June 28, 2011     746  
variable
    2006     April 11, 2016     995  
4.125
    2006     April 11, 2016     746  
6.125
    2000     January 4, 2011     997  
6
    2000     August 1, 2007     750  
5.5
    1999     September 14, 2009     996  
 
                     
 
                    5,230  
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, ING Groep N.V. also owed EUR 35 million, EUR 991 million and EUR 606 million, respectively, to ING Group companies pursuant to intercompany lending arrangements. Of the EUR 35 million owed by ING Groep N.V. to ING Group companies at December 31, 2006, EUR 35 million was owed to ING Insurance companies, EUR 0 million was owed to ING Bank companies and EUR 0 million was owed to direct subsidiaries of ING Group companies, as a result of normal intercompany transactions.
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, ING Groep N.V. had EUR 103 million, EUR 5 million and EUR 460 million of cash, respectively. Dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 3,450 million, EUR 2,296 million and EUR 1,446 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, in each case representing dividends declared and paid with respect to the reporting calendar year and the prior calendar year. Of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 1,650 million, EUR 1,595 million and EUR 629 million were received from ING Insurance in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively; EUR 1,800 million, EUR 700 million and EUR 817 million were received from ING Bank in 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively, and for 2006 EUR 0 million was received from other ING Group companies. Repayments to ING by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 563 million, EUR 0 million and EUR 2,303 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 0 million and EUR 2,303 million were received from ING Bank in 2005 and 2004, respectively and EUR 563 million in 2006 from other ING Group companies. ING and its Dutch subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code provides that dividends can only be paid by Dutch companies up to an amount equal to the excess of a company’s shareholders’ equity over the sum of (1) paid-up capital and (2) shareholders’ reserves required by law. Further, certain of the Group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to ING Groep N.V.
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and capital base requirements that are imposed by insurance, banking and other regulators in the countries in which the Group’s subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. For example, the operations of the Group’s insurance company subsidiaries located in the United States are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to their parent company under applicable state insurance laws. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations generally require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.

70


Table of Contents

ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 9,750 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of 71.3% compared to EUR 33,996 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This decrease was mainly due to a lower cash flow from customer deposits and other funds on deposit as well as on balance from amounts due to/from banks not available on demand. The cash flow generated through the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 17,689 million and through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit of the banking operations of EUR 47,521 million was to a large extent used for the lending and investment portfolios. The cash flow employed in lending decreased from a cash flow of EUR 62,709 million in 2005 to a cash outflow of EUR 59,800 million in 2006, reflecting the growth of the mortgage portfolio and corporate lending both inside and outside the Netherlands, partly offset by a decline of loans to public authorities.
Net cash used in investment activities in 2006 was EUR 31,320 million, compared to EUR 50,305 million in 2005. The decrease was mainly caused by higher disposals and redemptions of available-for-sale investments.
Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 16,825 million in 2006, compared to EUR 7,064 million in 2005. The increase of EUR 9,761 million in net cash flow from financing activities is mainly due to a higher balance of proceeds from repayments of borrowed funds and debt securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2006 of EUR (1,795) million, compared to EUR 3,335 million at year-end 2005, a decrease of EUR 5,130 million from 2005 levels, mainly reflected in a decrease in amounts due from/to banks, as well as higher balances of borrowed funds and debt securities.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 33,996 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an decrease of 54.7% compared to EUR 75,102 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This decrease was mainly due to a reclassification of mortgage backed securities under IFRS-EU from investments to loans and advances to customers as well as a higher cash flow employed in trading assets/liabilities. The cash flow generated through the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 21,250 million and through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit of the banking operations of EUR 62,709 million was to a large extent used for the lending and investment portfolio. The higher increase in the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 21,250 million in 2005 compared with EUR 13,244 million in 2004 mainly reflects the growth of the life business. The cash flow employed in lending, including the reclassification of mortgage backed securities, increased from a cash flow of EUR 34,737 million in 2004 to a cash outflow of EUR 62,709 million in 2005, reflecting the growth of the mortgage portfolio and corporate lending both inside and outside the Netherlands.
Net cash used in investment activities in 2005 was EUR 50,305 million, compared to EUR 72,265 million in 2004. The decrease was mainly caused by the reclassification of mortgage backed securities from investments to loans and advances to customers, included in the cash flow from operating activities. Excluding this impact both available-for-sale investments and investments for the risk of policyholders increased, reflecting the growth of the life insurance operations.
Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 7,064 million in 2005, compared to EUR 1,079 million in 2004. The increase of EUR 5,985 million in net cash flow from financing activities mainly reflects an increase in the growth of borrowed funds and the insurance of debt securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2005 of EUR 3,335 million, compared to EUR 11,588 million at year-end 2004, an increase of EUR 8,253 million from 2004 levels, mainly reflected in a decrease in amounts due from/to banks.

71


Table of Contents

ING Insurance Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Insurance are premiums, net investment income and proceeds from sales or maturity of investments, while the major uses of these funds are to provide life policy benefits, pay surrenders and profit sharing for life policyholders, pay non-life claims and related claims expenses, and pay other operating costs. ING Insurance generates a substantial cash flow from operations as a result of most premiums being received in advance of the time when claim payments or policy benefits are required. These positive operating cash flows, along with that portion of the investment portfolio that is held in cash and highly liquid securities, have historically met the liquidity requirements of ING Insurance’s operations, as evidenced by the growth in investments. Reference is made to Note 2.2 Risk Management of Notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
Premium income and Investment and Other income totaled EUR 46,834 million and EUR 11,172 million in 2006, EUR 45,758 million and EUR 10,299 million in 2005. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 48,188 million, EUR 5,275 million and EUR 1,233 million in 2006 and EUR 47,120 million, EUR 5,195 million and EUR 1,100 million in 2005.
ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 3,017 million at December 31, 2006 and EUR 2,745 million at December 31, 2005.
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 13,949 million in 2006 and EUR 18,058 million in 2005.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 12,798 million in 2006 and EUR 20,554 million in 2005.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR (665) million and EUR 2,887 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Premium income and investment income and other income totaled EUR 45,758 million and EUR 10,299 million in 2005, EUR 43,617 million and EUR 10,787 million in 2004. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 47,120 million, EUR 5,195 million and EUR 1,100 million in 2005 and EUR 45,384 million, EUR 4,746 million and EUR 1,140 million in 2004.
ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 2,745 million at December 31, 2005 and EUR 1,967 million at December 31, 2004.
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 18,058 million in 2005 and EUR 17,636 million in 2004.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 20,554 million in 2005 and EUR 19,530 million in 2004.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR 2,887 million and EUR 2,061 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.

72


Table of Contents

Capital Base Margins and Capital Requirements
In the United States, since 1993, insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance U.S. operations, have been subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) guidelines. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation and Supervision — Insurance — ING Americas.”
ING Bank Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Bank’s operations are growth of the retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits, repayments of loans, disposals and redemptions of investment securities (mainly bonds), sales of trading portfolio securities, interest income and commission income. The major uses of funds are advances of loans and other credits, investments, purchases of investment securities, funding of trading portfolios, interest expense and administrative expenses. Reference is made to Note 2.2 Risk Management, of notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, ING Bank had EUR (4,352) million and EUR 969 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.
The EUR 19,495 million decrease in ING Bank’s operating activities, consisting of EUR 2,454 million cash outflow for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with a EUR 17,041 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2005, was largely attributable to the stronger increase in cash outflow related to the loans and advances compared to a lower increase of the cash inflow from savings and was also attributable to the divestment of the Deutsche Hypotheken Bank and Degussa bank.
Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 19,132 million cash outflow and EUR 29,754 million cash outflow in 2006 and 2005, respectively, mainly reflecting the investment in interest-earning securities exceeding the dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 106,902 million and EUR 95,905 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 91,247 million and EUR 65,964 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Net cash flow from financing activities amounted to EUR 16,372 million and EUR 2,759 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 5,214 million in 2006 and a negative net cash flow of EUR 9,954 million in 2005.
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, ING Bank had EUR 969 million and EUR 10,318 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.
The EUR 40,012 million decrease in the ING Bank’s operating activities of EUR 17,041 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with a EUR 57,053 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2004, was largely attributable to the increase of the loans and advances caused by the reclassification of the mortgage backed securities from the net cash flow from investing activities to the net cash flow from operating activities as well as the decrease of banks available on demand and the decrease of the reverse repurchases.
Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 29,754 million cash outflow and EUR 52,726 million cash outflow in 2005 and 2004, respectively, mainly reflecting the investment in interest-earning securities exceeding the dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 95,905 million and EUR 105,004 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 65,964 million and EUR 53,999 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Net cash flow from financing activities amounted to EUR 2,759 million and EUR (89) million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.

73


Table of Contents

The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 9,954 million in 2005 and a positive net cash flow of EUR 4,238 million in 2004.
Capital Adequacy
Capital adequacy and the use of capital are monitored by ING Bank and its subsidiaries, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the EU and the Dutch Central Bank for supervisory purposes. See “Item 4, Information on the Company”.
The following table sets forth the risk-weighted capital ratios of ING Bank N.V. as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
                         
    Year ended December 31  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR million, other than percentages)  
Risk-Weighted Assets
    337,926       319,653       274,138  
Consolidated group equity:
                       
Tier 1 Capital
    25,784       23,408       20,000  
Tier 2 Capital
    12,367       11,605       10,533  
Tier 3 Capital
    330       363       357  
Supervisory deductions
    (1,250 )     (650 )     (534 )
 
                 
Total qualifying capital
    37,230       34,726       30,356  
 
                 
 
                       
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
    7.63 %     7.32 %     7.30 %
Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1, 2 and 3)
    11.02 %     10.86 %     11.07 %
ING Group’s management believes that working capital is sufficient to meet the current and reasonably foreseeable needs of the Company.
Adjusted Capital
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of “adjusted capital”. Adjusted capital differs from Shareholders’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. The main differences are that adjusted capital excludes unrealized gains and losses on debt securities and the cash flow hedge reserve and includes hybrid capital. Adjusted capital for 2006 is reconciled to shareholders’ equity as follows:
         
(EUR million)        
Shareholders’ equity (in parent)
    38,266  
Group hybrid capital
    7,606  
Revaluation reserves debt securities and other
    (3,352 )
 
     
Adjusted capital
    42,520  
“Group hybrid capital” comprises subordinated loans and preference shares issued by ING Group, which qualify as (Tier-1) capital for regulatory purposes, but are classified as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
“Revaluation reserves debt securities and other” includes unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities EUR (1,709) million, the cash flow hedge reserve EUR (1,357) million and capitalized goodwill EUR (286) million.
ING uses adjusted capital in calculating its debt/equity ratio, which is a key measure in ING’s capital management process. The debt/equity ratio based on adjusted capital is used to measure the leverage of ING Group and ING Insurance. The target and actual debt/equity ratio based on adjusted capital are communicated internally to key management and externally to investors, analysts and rating agencies on a quarterly basis. ING uses adjusted capital for these purposes instead of Shareholders’ equity presented in the balance sheet

74


Table of Contents

principally for the following reasons:
  adjusted capital is a measure used by ING in its capital management process, and forms the basis for calculating the debt/equity ratios which are used internally by ING to manage the equity leverage on a Group basis and at the ING Insurance level;
 
  adjusted capital is calculated based on the criteria in the capital model that is used by Standard and Poor’s to measure, compare and analyse capital adequacy and leverage for insurance groups, and the level of our adjusted capital may thus have a direct impact on the S& P ratings for the Company and its operating insurance subsidiaries;
 
  ING believes its Standard and Poor’s financial strength and other ratings are one of the most significant factors looked at by our clients and brokers, and accordingly are important to the operations and prospects of our insurance operating subsidiaries, and a major distinguishing factor vis-à-vis our competitors and peers; and
 
  adjusted capital is also a measure used by regulatory authorities to measure and monitor the safety and soundness of our insurance subsidiaries, and in the event that our adjusted capital levels are insufficient we can expect regulatory scrutiny, including requirements for additional capital or restrictions on our business.
To the extent our debt/equity ratio (based on adjusted capital) increases or the components thereof change significantly period over period, we believe that rating agencies and regulators would all view this as material information relevant to our financial health and solvency. On the basis of adjusted capital, the debt/equity ratio of ING improved to 9.0% in 2006, from 9.4% in 2005. The debt/equity ratio of ING Group between December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2006 has been in the range of 19.9% to 9.0% and has declined consistently during this period as a result of capital management action and favorable equity markets. Although ratings agencies take many factors into account in the ratings process and any of those factors alone or together with other factors may affect our rating, we believe that an increase of our debt/equity ratio significantly, and for an extended period of time, above 20% could possibly result in actions from rating agencies including a possible downgrade of the financial strength ratings of our operating subsidiaries. Similarly, although regulatory authorities do not currently set any explicit leverage requirements for ING Group, an increase of our debt/equity ratio significantly, and for an extended period of time, above 20% could also likely result in greater scrutiny by regulatory authorities. ING currently targets a 10% debt/equity ratio for ING Group. This target is reviewed at least once a year and approved by the Executive Board. During the yearly review many factors are taken into account to establish this target, such as rating agency guidance, regulatory guidance, peer review, risk profile and strategic objectives. During the year, the ratio is managed by regular reporting, forecasting and capital management actions. Management has full discretion to change the target ratio if circumstances change.

75


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet-Arrangements
Reference is made Note 2.1.4, Off-Balance-sheet arrangements, of the consolidated financial statements.
                         
            Less than     More than  
    Total 2006     one year     one year  
    (EUR millions)  
Insurance operations
                       
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    235       150       85  
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
    2,482       2,132       350  
Guarantees
    319               319  
Other
    1,919       1,036       883  
 
                       
Banking operations
                       
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
                       
- discounted bills
    3       3          
- guarantees
    17,297       10,335       6,962  
- irrevocable letters of credit
    8,456       7,483       973  
- other
    623       521       102  
 
    31,334       21,660       9,674  
Irrevocable facilities
    90,384       39,276       51,108  
 
                 
Total
    121,718       60,936       60,782  
 
                 
Contractual obligations
The table below shows the cash payment requirements from specified contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2006:
                                         
    Payment due by period  
            Less than     1-3             More than  
    Total     1 year     years     3-5 years     5 years  
    (EUR millions)  
2006
                                       
 
Operating lease obligations
    1,247       198       383       334       332  
Subordinated loans of Group Companies
    13,591       34       566       3,503       9,488  
 
Preference shares of group companies
    1,132                               1,132  
 
Debenture loans
    78,133       54,329       5,040       8,661       10,103  
Loans contracted
    8,900       4,927       793       2,326       854  
Loans from Credit Institutions
    6,0163       3,749       1,460       444       363  
Insurance obligationsprovisions1)
    227,879       12,960       16,030       14,646       184,243  
 
                             
Total
    336,898       76,197       24,272       29,914       206,515  
 
                             
 
1)   Amounts included in the table reflect best estimates of cash payments to be made to policyholders. Such best estimate cash outflows reflect mortality, retirement, and other appropriate factors, but are undiscounted with respect to interest. As a result, the sum of the cash outflows shown for all years in the table differs from the corresponding liability included in our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2006. Furthermore, the table does not include insurance or investment contracts for risk of policyholders, as these are products where the policyholder bears the investment risk.

76


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
SUPERVISORY BOARD
Appointment and dismissal
Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders from a binding list to be drawn up by the Supervisory Board. This list shall mention at least two candidates for each vacancy, failing which the list will be non-binding. The list will also be non-binding pursuant to a resolution to that effect of the General Meeting of Shareholders adopted by an absolute majority of the votes cast which together represent more than one-third of the issued capital.
Candidates for appointment to the Supervisory Board must comply with the reliability requirements set out in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act.
Members of the Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed at any time by the General Meeting of Shareholders. A resolution to suspend or dismiss members of the Supervisory Board which has not been brought forward by the Supervisory Board may only be adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders by an absolute majority of the votes cast that together represent at least one-third of the issued capital.
Function of the Supervisory Board and its committees
The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy of the Executive Board and the general course of events in the company and its business, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board. The Supervisory Board has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Supervisory Board are detailed in the Supervisory Board Charter. Separate charters have been drawn up for the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. These charters are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). A short description of the duties for the three Committees follows below.
The Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of ING Group, ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V., in monitoring the compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and in monitoring the independence and performance of ING’s internal and external auditors.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee advises the Supervisory Board amongst others on the composition of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board, on the compensation packages of the members of the Executive Board and on stock-based compensation programmes for top senior management, including the Executive Board.
The Corporate Governance Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring and evaluating the corporate governance of ING as a whole and the reporting thereon in the Annual Report and to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, and advises the Supervisory Board on improvements.
Profile of members of the Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for its composition. The profile was submitted for discussion to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
In view of their experience and the valuable contribution that former members of the Executive Board can make to the Supervisory Board, it has been decided, taking into account the size of the Supervisory Board and ING’s wide range of activities, that such individuals may become member of the Supervisory Board of ING Group. There is, however, a restriction in that only one in every five other members of the Supervisory Board may be a former member of the Executive Board. In addition, this member must wait at least one year after resigning from the Executive Board before becoming eligible for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Former members of the Executive Board are not eligible for appointment to the position of chairman of the Supervisory Board.
After being appointed to the Supervisory Board, a former member of the Executive Board may also be appointed to one of the Supervisory Board’s committees. However, appointment to the position of chairman of a committee is only possible if the individual in question resigned from the Executive Board at least four years prior to such appointment.

77


Table of Contents

Reappointment of Supervisory Board members
Members of the Supervisory Board will resign from the Supervisory Board at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in the calendar year in which they will complete the fourth year after their most recent reappointment. As a general rule, they shall also resign at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in the year in which they attain the age of seventy and shall not be reappointed. The schedule for resignation by rotation is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). Members of the Supervisory Board may as a general rule be reappointed for two periods of four years, based on a proposal from the Supervisory Board to the Shareholders’ Meeting.
Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
Members of the Supervisory Board are asked to provide details of any other directorships, paid positions and ancillary positions they may hold. Such positions are not permitted to conflict with the interests of ING Group. It is the responsibility of the individual member of the Supervisory Board and the Supervisory Board’s Corporate Governance Committee to ensure that the directorship duties are performed properly and not affected by any other positions that the individual may hold outside the group.
Details of transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
Details of any relationships that members of the Supervisory Board may have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of any loans that may have been granted to them.
Independence
Annually, the Supervisory Board members are requested to assess whether the criteria of dependence of the Tabaksblat Code do not apply to them and to confirm this in writing. On the basis of these criteria, all members of the Supervisory Board are to be regarded as independent as of December 31, 2006. Members of the Supervisory Board to whom the dependence criteria of the Tabaksblat Code do not apply and members of the Supervisory Board to whom the criteria do apply but who can explain why this does not undermine their independence, are deemed to be independent.
Remuneration and share ownership
The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is set by the General Meeting of Shareholders and is not dependent on the results of the company.
Members of the Supervisory Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. If any members of the Supervisory Board were granted ING option rights during their previous membership of the Executive Board, these option rights will be part of the ING option scheme. Transactions by Supervisory Board members in ING Group shares and depositary receipts for shares and ING option rights held by Supervisory Board members are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Set forth below is certain information concerning the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
MEMBERS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Cor A.J. Herkströter, chairman
(Born 1937, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 1998, term expires in 2010)
Chairman of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former president of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company and chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors, Royal Dutch/Shell Group. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke DSM N.V. (listed company). Member of the Advisory Committee, Robert Bosch GmbH. Chairman of the Social Advisory Council, Tinbergen Institute. Emeritus Professor of International Management, University of Amsterdam. Chairman of the Advisory Committee Royal NIVRA (Netherlands Institute of Chartered Accountants). Member Committee Capital Market, Authority Financial Markets, Amsterdam.
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière, vice-chairman
(Born 1939, French nationality, male; appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008)
Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former managing director of JP Morgan and Chief Financial Officer of Michelin. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Michelin and member of the Supervisory Board of Thomson (listed companies).

78


Table of Contents

Luella Gross Goldberg
(Born 1937, American nationality, female; appointed in 2001, last term expires in 2009)
Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former member of the Board of Directors of ReliaStar Financial Corp. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of TCF Financial Corporation, Hormel Foods Corporation and Communications Systems Inc. (listed companies). Member of the Advisory Board of Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota. Member of the Supervisory Board of the Minnesota Orchestra. Member (emerita) of the Board of Trustees, Wellesley College. Member of the Board of Trustees, University of Minnesota Foundation.
Paul F. van der Heijden
(Born 1949, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 1995, last term expires in 2007)
Appointment also on the recommendation of the Central Works Council. Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Rector Magnificus and President of the Executive Board of Leiden University, the Netherlands. Professor of International Law. Other business activities: Member of the Supervisory Board of NUON N.V. and Buhrmann Nederland B.V. Crown-appointed member of the Social and Economic Council of the Netherlands. President of the ILO Governing Body, Committee on Freedom of Association (United Nations).
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
(Born 1942, German nationality, male; appointed in 2003, term expires in 2007)
Member of the Audit Committee. Former Chief Financial Officer of Robert Bosch GmbH. Other business activities: managing partner of H+H Senior Advisors, Stuttgart. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of EnBW AG (listed company). Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Bauerfeind AG and Jowat AG. Chairman of the Charlottenklinik Foundation (hospital). Chairman of the Board of Trustees (Vereinigung der Freunde) of Stuttgart University.
Jan H.M. Hommen
(Born 1943, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2005, term expires in 2009)
Chairman of the Audit Committee. Former vice-chairman and CFO of the Board of Management of Royal Philips Electronics. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Reed Elsevier and TNT N.V., member of the Supervisory Board of Ahold N.V. (until May 2007) (listed companies). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Academisch Ziekenhuis Maastricht (hospital) and TiasNimbas Business School. Member of the Supervisory Board of Campina BV.
Piet Klaver
(Born 1945, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Former chairman of the Executive Board of SHV Holdings N.V. Other business activities: Member of the Supervisory Board of SHV Holdings N.V. Member of the Supervisory Board of Jaarbeurs Holding B.V. Member of the Board of Stichting Maatschappij en Onderneming (SMO). Chairman of the African Parks Foundation. Chairman of the Utrecht School of the Arts.
Wim Kok
(Born 1938, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2003, term expires in 2007)
Member of the Audit Committee. Former Minister of Finance and Prime Minister of the Netherlands. Other business activities: non-executive member of the Board of Directors of Royal Dutch Shell plc. Member of the Supervisory Board of Stork N.V. and TNT N.V. (listed companies). Member of the Supervisory Board of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Anne Frank Foundation, Amsterdam. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Dutch National Ballet. Member of the Supervisory Board of Het Muziektheater, Amsterdam. Member of the Supervisory Board of the Rijksmuseum, Amsterdam. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Netherlands Cancer Institute - Antoni van Leeuwenhoek Hospital. Member of the Board of Start Foundation.
Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
(Born 1940, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2001, term expires in 2009)
Member of the Audit Committee. Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group (retired in May 2000). Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Siemens Nederland N.V. and Stadsherstel Amsterdam NV. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of Universitair Medisch Centrum Groningen (hospital). Treasurer of Vereniging Natuurmonumenten (Dutch foundation for nature conservation). Member Siemens Group Pension Advisory Board München.

79


Table of Contents

Karel Vuursteen
(Born 1941, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2002, term expires in 2010)
Former chairman of the Executive Board of Heineken N.V. Other business activities: Member of the Supervisory Board of each of Akzo Nobel N.V. and Henkel KGaA (listed companies). Member of the Board of Directors of Heineken Holding N.V. Member of the Advisory Board of CVC Capital Partners. Chairman of World Wild Life Fund Netherlands and The Concertgebouw Fund Foundation.
Changes in the Supervisory Board composition
Paul van der Heijden will retire after the 2007 Shareholders’ Meeting as he reached the end of the third and last term of four years. Claus Dieter Hoffmann and Wim Kok will be nominated for reappointment to the Supervisory Board in the Shareholders’ meeting on April 24, 2007 after their first term of four years. Mr. Kok will reach the age of 70 in 2008.
At the 2007 Shareholders’ meeting three new candidates will be proposed for appointment: Mr. Henk W. Breukink (born 1950, Dutch nationality, male), Mr. Peter A.F.W. Elverding (born 1948, Dutch nationality, male) and Mr. Piet Hoogendoorn (born 1945, Dutch nationality, male).
The proposed appointment of Henk Breukink per April 24, 2007 is based on his broad international experience in both finance and human resources.
The proposed appointment of Peter Elverding per August 1, 2007 is based on his broad experience as chairman of an international, listed company and his extensive knowledge of human resources.
The proposed appointment of Piet Hoogendoorn per June 1, 2007 is based on his broad international experience and knowledge of audit, tax, consultancy and financial advisory services.
From the candidates for appointment, Mr. Hoogendoorn is considered to be not independent, because of his position with Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu until June 1, 2007 and considering the important relationship with ING.
Cor Herkströter and Luella Gross Goldberg would retire from the Supervisory Board reaching the age of 70 in 2007. Both agreed to stay one more year to ensure a balanced composition of the Board.
EXECUTIVE BOARD
Appointment and dismissal
Members of the Executive Board are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders from a binding list to be drawn up by the Supervisory Board. This list shall mention at least two candidates for each vacancy, and if not the list will be non-binding. The General Meeting of Shareholders may declare the list non-binding by a majority resolution supported by at least one-third of the issued capital.
Candidates for appointment to the Executive Board must comply with the expertise and reliability requirements set out in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act.
Members of the Executive Board may be suspended or dismissed at any time by a majority resolution at the General Meeting of Shareholders. A resolution to suspend or dismiss members of the Executive Board that has not been introduced by the Supervisory Board needs the support of at least one-third of the issued capital.
Function of Executive Board
The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the company and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Executive Board are detailed in the Executive Board Charter, which was approved by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board Charter is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Profile of members of the Executive Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for selecting members of the Executive Board. This Executive Board Profile was submitted for discussion to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).

80


Table of Contents

Remuneration and share ownership
Members of the Executive Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. Transactions in these shares are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
To avoid potential conflicts of interest, ING Group has a policy that members of its Executive Board do not accept corporate directorships with listed companies outside ING. The only exception is currently Jacques de Vaucleroy, who is on the Board of Directors of Delhaize Brothers & Co in Belgium. Mr. De Vaucleroy held this position prior to his appointment to the Executive Board of ING Group.
Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
Details of relationships that members of the Executive Board have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of information on any loans that may have been granted to them. In all these cases, the company complies with the best-practice provisions of Dutch Corporate Governance.
MEMBERS OF EXECUTIVE BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Michel J. Tilmant, chairman
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality, male;, appointed in 1998, contractual retirement date 2012)
Michel Tilmant graduated from Louvain University with a Licence in Business Administration. He is also a graduate of Louvain School for European Affairs. He started his career with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company in New York. In 1992 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, where he was appointed chairman of the Executive Board in 1997. After the acquisition of BBL by ING in 1998, Michel Tilmant was appointed vice-chairman as of May 2000. He was appointed chairman in April 2004. Four Group staff departments report directly to Michel Tilmant: Corporate Human Resources, Corporate Development, Corporate Communications & Affairs and Corporate Audit Services.
Cees Maas, vice-chairman and CFO
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 1992, retirement following the 2007 General Meeting of Shareholders)
After completing his degree in engineering physics and economics at the Erasmus University of Rotterdam in 1976, Cees Maas joined the Ministry of Finance of the Netherlands. From 1986 to 1992 he was Treasurer-General. In July 1992, he joined ING Group and became a member of the Executive Board. In July 1996, he was appointed Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed vice-chairman of the Executive Board in April 2004. The following departments directly or indirectly report to Cees Maas: Corporate Control & Finance, Capital Management, Corporate Tax, Investor Relations, Risk Management and Corporate Legal. At the 2007 General Meeting of Shareholders, he will retire from the Executive Board in accordance with the contractual retirement age of 60 years.
Eric F. Boyer de la Giroday
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality, male; appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008)
After completing his degree in commercial engineering at the Free University of Brussels and a Master in Business Administration at the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, Eric Boyer started his career with Citibank in 1978. In 1984 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, which was acquired by ING Group in 1998, where he held various management positions in the fields of capital markets, treasury and corporate and investment banking. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Wholesale Banking and ING Real Estate.
Dick H. Harryvan
(Born 1953, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Dick Harryvan graduated from the Erasmus University Rotterdam with a master’s degree in Business Economics, majoring in finance. He joined ING as a management trainee at Nationale-Nederlanden in 1979. Before his appointment to the Executive Board in 2006, he held various management positions in the USA, Canada and the Netherlands, where he was lastly chief financial officer/chief risk officer and member of the Global Management Team of ING Direct. Dick Harryvan is responsible for ING Direct.

81


Table of Contents

Eli P. Leenaars
(Born 1961, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008)
Eli Leenaars studied civil law at the Catholic University of Nijmegen and received an LLM from the European University Institute in Florence, Italy and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. After a traineeship at ABN AMRO, he joined ING in 1991, where he held various management positions, including chairman of ING Poland and of ING Latin America. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Retail Banking and Private Banking. He is also in charge of Operations/IT and Corporate Operations and Information Services.
Tom J. McInerney
(Born 1956, American nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Tom McInerney has a bachelor’s degree from Colgate University (Hamilton, New York) and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business, Dartmouth College (Hanover, New Hampshire). He started his career in 1978 with Aetna Financial Services, which was acquired by ING in 2000. Before his appointment to the Executive Board in 2006, he has been CEO of ING’s insurance activities in the US, which position included the responsibility for ING Mexico. Tom McInerney is now responsible for Insurance Americas, ING Investment Management Americas and the global coordination of ING Investment Management.
Hans van der Noordaa
(Born 1961, Dutch nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Hans van der Noordaa graduated in Public Administration at the University of Twente, the Netherlands. After a career in retail banking at ABN AMRO, he joined ING in 1991, where he held various management positions. He was CEO of the Retail Division of ING Netherlands, responsible for Postbank, ING Bank and RVS, before his appointment to the Executive Board in 2006. Hans van der Noordaa is responsible for Insurance Asia/Pacific and ING Investment Management Asia/Pacific.
Jacques M. de Vaucleroy
(Born 1961, Belgian nationality, male; appointed in 2006, term expires in 2010)
Jacques de Vaucleroy graduated from Louvain University with a degree in Law. He also has a master’s degree in Business Law from the Free University of Brussels, Belgium. In 1986 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, which was acquired by ING in 1998. Before his appointment to the Executive Board in 2006, he was Group president ING Retail at US Financial Services. Jacques de Vaucleroy is responsible for Insurance Europe and ING Investment Management Europe.
Changes in the Executive Board composition
Cees Maas will retire from the Executive Board after the annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 24, 2007.
The Supervisory Board will propose appointing two new members to the Executive Board as of the annual General Meeting of Shareholders on April 24, 2007:
John C.R. Hele (born 1958, Canadian nationality) joined ING in 2003. He has been Deputy Chief Financial Officer of ING Group since 2006. Prior to assuming this role, he was the General Manager and Chief Insurance Risk Officer responsible for global insurance risk management and also functioned as the Group Actuary.
Koos J.V. Timmermans (born 1960, Dutch nationality) joined ING in 1996. Since March 2006 he has been Deputy Chief Risk Officer of ING Group, responsible for Risk Management including credit, insurance, market and operational risks. Prior to this he was Head of Corporate Market Risk Management in ING and responsible for market risk management of the banking activities.
REMUNERATION REPORT
The remuneration policy was adopted by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) on April 27, 2004. In 2006, the Executive Board pension scheme was revised in alignment with the approved AGM amendment to the remuneration policy. There were no other changes to this policy in 2006 and therefore, the approval of the AGM still applies for 2006. The chapter starts with the general policy for senior-management remuneration, followed by the Executive Board compensation for 2006 and the compensation structure for 2007. In addition, information is included on loans and advances to the Executive Board and Supervisory Board members as well as ING shares held by members of both boards.

82


Table of Contents

GENERAL POLICY SENIOR-MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION
Background
The prime objective of the remuneration policy is to enable the company to recruit and retain qualified and expert leaders. The remuneration package supports a performance-driven culture that aligns ING’s objectives with those of its stakeholders. ING rewards performance on the basis of previously determined, challenging, measurable and influenceable short-term and long-term targets.
ING’s remuneration policy is based on five key principles that apply across ING. These principles are:
  Total compensation levels are benchmarked against relevant markets in which ING competes for talent.
  ING aims for total compensation at the median level in the relevant market, allowing only for above-median compensation in the event of outstanding performance.
  The remuneration package includes variable-pay components (short-term and long-term incentives) to ensure that executive remuneration is linked to ING’s short-term and long-term business performance.
  To enhance the effectiveness of the short-term incentive plan, clear, measurable and challenging targets are set at the beginning of each year.
  Long-term incentives ensure a focus on longer-term strategic targets and create alignment of management with the interests of shareholders. A broad selection of ING’s senior leaders participate in the plan to ensure a common focus on ING’s overall performance.
Remuneration structure
Total compensation throughout ING consists of three basic components:
  Fixed or base salary, which represents the total guaranteed annual income.
  Short-term incentive (STI) in cash, which compensates for past performance measured over one year;
  Long-term incentive (LTI) in stock options and/or performance shares, compensates for performance measured over multiple years and is forward-looking.
In addition to the base salary and incentive plan participation, Executive Board members enjoy benefits similar to most other employees of ING Group. These include benefits such as private medical insurance, the use of company cars and, if applicable, expatriate allowances.
Base salary
The base salaries of the Executive Board should be sufficient to attract and retain high calibre management needed to achieve our business objectives. The Supervisory Board assesses the experience, background, responsibilities, performance and leadership competencies of the CEO, CFO and the members of the Executive Board when making decisions on base-salary levels.
To ensure that base-salary levels are in line with the relevant market for talent, the Supervisory Board reviews the base-salary levels of the Executive Board on an annual basis.
Short-term incentive plan
The short-term incentive plan (STIP) is a key component of ING’s performance-driven culture. The short-term incentive is paid in cash. The ‘at target’ bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The target levels are based on benchmarks reflecting external market competitiveness as well as internal objectives. Three financial parameters were used in the 2006 STIP for the members of the Executive Board and top senior management across the organisation (the top-200 executives) to measure performance at Group level. These financial parameters are: operating net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital. The quantitative elements of the targets are considered stock price sensitive and competition sensitive; accordingly these are not disclosed.
By combining a profit, a cost and a return parameter, the overall performance of ING is properly reflected. Each element is weighted equally to determine the final award. The three performance targets are set by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of the performance period. Under the short-term incentive plan, the actual payout in any year may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level.
In addition to the financial targets, part of the short-term incentive award is based on individual performance, assessed over predefined measurable targets set for each senior executive. These targets depend on the specific responsibilities of the individual Executive Board members and are determined and assessed by

83


Table of Contents

the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board sets the targets for senior management. For this layer directly reporting to the Executive Board, the emphasis is on individual performance in their primary business-related responsibility.
Short-term incentive: relative weight of Group and individual performance
         
    Group performance   Individual performance
Executive Board
  70% of total bonus   30% of total bonus
Top senior management
  15% of total bonus   85% of total bonus
Long-term incentive plan
The long-term incentive plan (LTIP) at ING includes both stock options and performance shares. LTIP awards are granted to ensure alignment of senior management with the interests of shareholders, and to retain top management over a longer period of time. The LTIP awards will be granted with a total “fair value” split between stock options and performance shares. The LTI plan was tabled and approved during the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004.
The ING stock options have a total term of ten years and a vesting period of three years. After three years, the options will only vest if the option holder is still employed by ING (or retired). The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the Euronext Amsterdam opening price of the ING depository receipts on a specific date during the first “open period” after the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Performance shares are conditionally granted. The number of ING depository receipts that is ultimately granted at the end of a 3-year performance period depends on ING Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance over three years (return in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends that shareholders receive in that period) relative to the TSR performance of a pre-defined peer group. The criteria used to determine the performance peer group are: a) considered comparable and relevant by the Supervisory Board, b) representing ING’s current portfolio of businesses (e.g. banking, insurance and asset management) and ING’s geographical spread, c) global players, d) listed and a substantial free float.
On the basis of these criteria the performance peer group is composed as follows:
  Citigroup, Fortis, Lloyds TSB (bank/insurance companies);
 
  ABN Amro, Bank of America, BNP Paribas, BSCH, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, HSBC (banks);
 
  Aegon, AIG, Allianz, Aviva, AXA, Prudential UK, Hartford Financial Services, Munich Re (insurance companies);
 
  Amvescap PLC (asset manager).
ING’s TSR ranking within this group of companies determines the final number of performance shares that vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The initial number of performance shares granted is based on a mid-position ranking of ING. This initial grant will increase or decrease (on a linear basis) on the basis of ING’s TSR position after the three-year performance period as specified in the table below.
Number of shares awarded after each three-year performance period related to peer group
         
ING Ranking     Number of shares
1 – 3
      200%
4 – 8
  Between 200% and 100%
9 – 11
      100%
12 – 17
  Between 100% and 0%
18 – 20
      0%

84


Table of Contents

The Supervisory Board reviews the peer group before each new three-year performance period. The performance test itself will be carried out at the end of every three-year performance period by an independent third party.
The Executive Board members are not allowed to sell depository receipts obtained either through the stock-option or the performance-shares plan within a period of five years from the grant date. They are only allowed to sell part of their depository receipts at the date of vesting to pay tax over the vested award. Depository receipts obtained from exercised stock options may only be sold within a period of five years from the grant date of the options to pay tax over the vested award.
Remuneration levels
Every year a compensation benchmark analysis is performed based upon a peer group of companies. This peer group, established in 2003, is a mix of European financial services companies and Dutch-based multinationals. The peer group reflects ING’s business structure and environment. ING competes with these companies for executive talent. The following companies are part of this compensation peer group: ABN Amro, Aegon, Ahold, AXA, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Fortis, KPN, Royal Bank of Scotland, Société Générale.
In line with ING’s overall remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board has focused on increasing variable (performance-driven) pay components which has resulted in a gradual convergence of the Executive Board total compensation to the European/Dutch median benchmark over a period of four years. This has been achieved by raising the target levels of both the short-term and long-term incentives. This ensures that future payouts more directly reflect short-term and long-term performance. As a result, the mix of total target compensation (in case of at-target performance) is divided equally between each component (i.e. 1/3rd base salary, 1/3rd short-term incentives, and 1/3rd long-term incentives). This balance of variable remuneration provides the right amount of focus on both the short and long term.
Pensions Executive Board members
At the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 25, 2006, it was agreed to amend the Executive Board remuneration policy with respect to pensions. This revised pension plan applies to all members of the Executive Board regardless of the time of appointment to the Executive Board except for Cees Maas and Tom McInerney. The revised pension plan does not apply to Cees Maas, who was born before January 1, 1950, thus he continues to participate in the previous Executive Board defined benefit pension scheme and Tom McInerney as he participates in the US pension plans. The pensions of the Executive Board are now based on a defined-contribution plan, which are insured through a contract with Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V. Starting in 2006, members of the Executive Board are required to pay a portion of their pension premium. The Employment Contract will terminate by operation of law in case of retirement (“Standard Retirement”), which will take place on June, 1 of the year that the individual has reached or will reach the age of 65. The retirement age has been changed from previous years (age 60) as a result of the change in the Dutch tax reform.
Employment contract for newly appointed Board members
The contract of employment for Executive Board members appointed after January 1, 2004 provides for an appointment for a period of four years (the appointment period) and allows for re-appointment by the General Meeting of Shareholders.
In the case of an involuntary exit, Executive Board members will be entitled to an amount which has been set at a multiple of their Executive Board member base salary, preserving their existing rights. These rights slightly exceed the exit-arrangement provision in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, i.e. no more than two times base salary (first appointment period) or one time base salary (all other situations).
As existing contracts cannot be adapted unilaterally, Executive Board members appointed before 2004 remain appointed for an indefinite period of time and, in case of an involuntary exit remain entitled to an exit payment of three years base salary.
The term of notice for Executive Board members is three months for the employee and six months for the employer.

85


Table of Contents

REMUNERATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 2006
Executive Board Base salary 2006
The base salary of the Executive Board members has been frozen for 2006, as was the case in 2004 and 2005. The Executive Board received a 7.5% increase in their base salary in 2003. Prior to 2003, the EB members’ base salary had been effectively frozen since 1999. Michel Tilmant and Cees Maas received a standard promotional increase in their base salary as of April 28, 2004 as a result of their appointment as chairman and vice-chairman of the Executive Board, respectively.
Executive Board Short-term incentive plan 2006
The target STI payout over 2006 was set at 100% of the individual Executive Board member’s base salary. The final award is based on the achievement of a set of common Group financial targets and specific individual qualitative and quantitative objectives for each Executive Board member. Specifically, 70% of the total award is based on the Group’s operating net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital, while the remaining 30% is based on individual objectives set at the beginning of the year by the chairman of the Executive Board and approved by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Supervisory Board.
Early in 2007, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviewed the actual results of ING against the 2006 targets. Over 2006, ING exceeded on average the three Group financial targets set, resulting in a score of 169% of target on this component. The individual performance of the Executive Board members was on average 171%. ING’s external auditor has reviewed to which extent the objectives, both the group and the individual, have been met. The Audit Committee was involved in the review of the underlying financial data.
Executive Board Long-term incentive plan 2006
Under the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for the Executive Board, two instruments are used: stock options and performance shares. As mentioned earlier, an identical plan has been adopted by the Executive Board for the top senior managers across ING. As a result, approximately 7,000 senior leaders participate in a similar plan.
The target level for the 2006 LTIP was set at 100% of base salary for each EB member. The final grant level depends on the Group STIP performance and will vary between 50% of the target level (if Group STI would be 0%) and 150% (if Group STI would be 200%).
As the Group STIP performance outcome over 2006 was 169%, the resulting LTIP award is 134.5% of target. The number of options and performance shares is determined based on a reference price set at the end of 2006 (EUR 33.83) and a “fair value” calculation of options and performance shares (based on an option-pricing model).
The grant is subject to shareholder approval of the maximum number of stock options, performance shares and conditional share awards to be granted to the Executive Board pursuant to the 2006 LTIP.
Tom McInerney will receive a conditional share award on the same grant date as the other long-term incentive awards. The conditional share award will be 100% vested four years after the grant date and the condition being an active employment contract at the date of vesting. This award is part of Tom McInerney’s employment contract to align his total remuneration with the market practice of senior executives in the United States. The LTIP grant table on page 89 shows the number of the conditional share.
The exercise price of the options will be fixed at the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Market opening price of the ING share on May 17, 2007. The performance shares are granted provisionally at the beginning of 2007; the final number will depend on the ranking within the performance peer group after the three-year period (2007 – 2009) based on the performance/payout scale as indicated above.

86


Table of Contents

The performance shares granted in 2004 had a three-year performance period of 2004 – 2006 and will vest in 2007. The actual results of 200% are based upon ING’s TSR ranking of 2 within the designated peer group. The results were determined by an independent third party. ING’s external auditor has reviewed the calculations performed. For members of the Executive Board who received an award as an Executive Board member in 2004, such award will vest in the final number of performance shares in May 2007. For the other senior leaders who participated in the 2004 – 2007 performance share award, such award vested in March 2007.
Pension costs
The table on page 91 shows the pension costs of the individual members of the Executive Board.

87


Table of Contents

Compensation in cash of the individual members of the Executive Board
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR thousands)  
Michel Tilmant1)
                       
Base salary
    1,289       1,289       1,250  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    2,299       1,520       866  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    3,588       2,809       2,116  
 
                       
Cees Maas1)
                       
Base salary
    697       697       677  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,244       806       530  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    1,941       1,503       1,207  
 
                       
Eric Boyer de la Giroday2)
                       
Base salary
    850       850       574  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,477       945       445  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    2,327       1,795       1,019  
 
                       
Dick Harryvan3)
                       
Base salary
    423                  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    710                  
 
                     
Total cash compensation
    1,133                  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars2)
                       
Base salary
    634       634       428  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,102       705       321  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    1,736       1,339       749  
 
                       
Tom Mclnerney3,4)
                       
Base salary
    690                  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,157                  
 
                     
Total cash compensation
    1,847                  
 
                       
Hans van der Noordaa3)
                       
Base salary
    423                  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    710                  
 
                     
Total cash compensation
    1,133                  
 
                       
Jacques de Vaucleroy3)
                       
Base salary
    423                  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    710                  
 
                     
Total cash compensation
    1,133                  
 
                       
Fred Hubbell4,5)
                       
Base salary
    556       1,120       1,121  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    908       1,270       855  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    1,464       2,390       1,976  
 
                       
Alexander Rinnooy Kan5)
                       
Base salary
    370       634       634  
Short-term performance related bonus
    604       705       493  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    974       1,339       1,127  
 
                       
Hans Verkoren2,5)
                       
Base salary
    370       634       428  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    604       705       335  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    974       1,339       763  

88


Table of Contents

 
1)   The increase in base salary for Michel Tilmant and Cees Maas reflect a 10% increase, effective April 2004, related to their promotions to chairman and vice chairman respectively
 
2)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2004 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
3)   Dick Harryvan, Hans van der Noordaa, Jacques de Vaucleroy and Tom Mclnerney were appointed to the Executive Board on 25 April 2006. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2006 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members
 
4)   Tom Mclnerney and Fred Hubbell get their compensation in US dollars. For each year the compensation in US dollars has been translated to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
5)   Fred Hubbell and Hans Verkoren retired and Alexander Rinnooy Kan resigned from the Executive Board on 25 April 2006. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2006 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
Compensation in cash of former members of the Executive Board amounted to nil in 2006 and 2005 and EUR 681,000 in 2004.
Long-term incentives of the individual members of the Executive Board1)
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR thousands)  
Michel Tilmant
                       
Number of options
    132,163       108,200       82,600  
Number of performance shares
    27,650       19,300       15,000  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    1,734       1,160       661  
 
                       
Cees Maas3)
                       
Number of options
    0       58,600       51,200  
Number of performance shares
    0       10,500       9,300  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    938       628       410  
 
                       
Eric Boyer de la Giroday4)
                       
Number of options
    87,138       71,400       43,400  
Number of performance shares
    18,230       12,800       7,900  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    1,143       765       347  
 
                       
Dick Harryvan5)
                       
Number of options
    43,347                  
Number of performance shares
    9,069                  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    569                  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars4)
                       
Number of options
    65,021       53,200       32,400  
Number of performance shares
    13,603       9,500       5,900  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    853       571       259  
 
                       
Tom Mclnerney5,6)
                       
Number of options
    70,695                  
Number of performance shares
    14,790                  
Number of conditional shares
    37,633                  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    2,201                  
 
                       
Hans van der Noordaa5)
                       
Number of options
    43,347                  
Number of performance shares
    9,069                  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    569                  

89


Table of Contents

                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR thousands)  
Jacques de Vaucleroy5)
                       
Number of options
    43,347                  
Number of performance shares
    9,069                  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
    569                  
 
                       
Fred Hubbell7)
                       
Number of options
            0       84,700  
Number of performance shares
            0       15,400  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
            1,008       678  
 
                       
Alexander Rinnooy Kan7)
                       
Number of options
            0       48,000  
Number of performance shares
            0       8,700  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
            571       384  
 
                       
Hans Verkoren4,7)
                       
Number of options
            0       32,400  
Number of performance shares
            0       5,900  
Fair market value of long-term incentive2)
            571       259  
 
1)   Long-term incentives are granted in the year following the reporting year. The long-term incentive plan provides for a combination of share options and provisional performance shares based on a 50/50 split in value. The ratio of options to performance shares varies each year as a result of the fair value calculation and the 50/50 split in value. The fair value calculation for the performance year 2006 resulted in a ratio of options to performance shares of 4.78 : 1 (2005: 5.6 : 1, 2004: 5.5 : 1). The maximum number of stock options and performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be tabled for approval at the annual General Meeting of Shareholders. The vesting period for the performance shares is 3 years. The costs of the performance shares are expensed pro-rata over the 3-year period.
 
2)   Fair Market Value of Long-term Incentive reflects the estimated fair market value of the long-term incentive award on the date of grant based on a fair value calculation. The valuation is calculated annually for grants made to the Executive Board members for performance over the year specified.
 
3)   As a result of Mr. Maas’ retirement from the Executive Board in 2007, he will receive the fair market value of his 2006 long-term incentive award in cash instead of options and performance shares.
 
4)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on April, 28 2004. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
5)   Dick Harryvan, Hans van der Noordaa, Jacques de Vaucleroy and Tom Mclnerney were appointed to the Executive Board on April 25, 2006. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
6)   Tom Mclnerney will receive conditional shares on the same grant date as the other long-term incentive awards. The conditional shares will be 100% vested four years after the grant date and the condition being an active employment contract. The conditional shares are provided to align Tom Mclnerney’s total remuneration with the US market practice.
 
7)   As a result of their resignation/retirement from the Executive Board in 2006, Fred Hubbell, Alexander Rinnooy Kan and Hans Verkoren received the fair-market value of their 2005 long-term incentive award in cash instead of options and performance shares.
The fair market value of long-term incentives of former members of the Executive Board amounted to nil in 2006, 2005 and 2004.

90


Table of Contents

Pension costs of the individual members of the Executive Board1)
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR thousands)  
Michel Tilmant
    689       685       467  
Cees Maas
    448       482       345  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday2)
    439       482       260  
Eli Leenaars2)
    270       255       102  
Dick Harryvan3)
    206                  
Hans van der Noordaa3)
    170                  
Jacques de Vaucleroy3)
    170                  
Tom Mclnerney3,5)
    297                  
Fred Hubbell4,5,6)
    2,282       395       462  
Alexander Rinnooy Kan4,7)
    2,105       483       346  
Hans Verkoren2,4)
    119       306       109  
 
1)   For reasons of comparison, the company pension expenses are recalculated under IAS 19 with general assumption setting for 2004 to 2006.
 
2)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
3)   Dick Harryvan, Tom Mclnerney, Hans van der Noordaa and Jacques de Vaucleroy were appointed to the Executive Board on 25 April 2006. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
4)   Fred Hubbell and Hans Verkoren retired and Alexander Rinnooy Kan resigned from the Executive Board on 25 April 2006. The figures for these members reflect pension costs for the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
5)   Tom Mclnerney’s and Fred Hubbell’s pension costs have been translated from US dollars to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
 
6)   Fred Hubbell’s historical annual pension valuation used the standard assumption of retirement age of 65. The US pension plan allows for early retirement beginning at age 55 with 5 years of service. The pension cost shown is the additional IFRS cost related to the funding of US early retirement pension rights which must be fully realized by the Company in the same year he retired.
 
7)   The early retirement pension benefit is paid up until age 65 and during the early retirement benefit period the plan provides for additional pension rights earned towards the old age pension plan, which begins at age 65. The pension cost shown is the additional IFRS impact and cost related to the funding of Alexander Rinnooy Kan’s old age pension rights earned during the early retirement pension period which must be fully realized by the Company in the same year he has resigned.
Pension costs of former members of the Executive Board amounted to nil in 2006 and 2005 and EUR 887,000 in 2004.
Loans and advances to Executive Board members
The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Executive Board members and outstanding on December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. These loans were concluded in the normal course of business and on terms applicable to Company personnel as a whole and were approved by the Supervisory Board.
Loans and advances to members of the Executive Board
                                                                         
    Amount     Average             Amount     Average             Amount     Average        
    outstan-     interest     Repay-     outstan-     interest     Repay-     outstan-     interest     Repay-  
    ding     rate     ments     ding     rate     ments     ding     rate     ments  
    (EUR thousands)  
    December 31, 2006             December 31, 2005             December 31, 2004          
Cees Maas
    446       4.0 %             446       4.0 %             446       4.0 %        
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    28       4.3 %     3       31       4.3 %     3       34       4.3 %     3  
Dick Harryvan
    427       3.9 %                                                        
Hans van der Noordaa
    930       4.4 %                                                        
Jacques de Vaucleroy
    192       5.5 %     17                                                  
 
                                                     
 
    2,023       4.3 %     20       477       4.0 %     3       480       4.0 %     3  

91


Table of Contents

ING depositary receipts for shares held by Executive Board members
Executive Board members are permitted to hold ING depositary receipts for shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Executive Board.
ING depository receipts for shares held by members of the Executive Board
                         
    Number of shares  
    2006     2005     2004  
Michel Tilmant
    7,764       7,764          
Cees Maas
    7,764       7,764          
Tom Mclnerney1)
    64,527                  
 
1)   Tom Mclnerney also holds 940 Units in a Leveraged Stock Fund.
Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options held by the members of the Executive Board as at 31 December 2006
                                                                 
    Outstan-                     Waived     Outstan-             Exercise        
    ding as at 31                     or     ding as at 31     Exercise     price in        
    December     Granted     Exercised     Expired     December     price in     US        
Number of options   2005     in 2006     in 2006     in 20061)     2006     euros     Dollars     Expiry date  
Michel Tilmant
    30,000                       30,000       0       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    20,000                       20,000       0       35.80             15 Mar 2006
 
    21,000                               21,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    14,000                               14,000       29.50             11 Mar 2012
 
    21,000                               21,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    14,000                               14,000       12.55             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
    82,600                               82,600       21.67             13 May 2015
 
            108,200                       108,200       32.75             12 May 2016
Cees Maas
    50,000                       50,000       0       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
    51,200                               51,200       21.67             13 May 2015
 
            58,600                       58,600       32.75             12 May 2016
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    2,000                               2,000       26.10             28 May 2009
 
    10,000                               10,000       28.30             3 Apr 2010
 
    4,000                               4,000       35.80             15 Mar 2011
 
    3,000                               3,000       28.60             27 May 2012
 
    4,000                               4,000       12.55             3 Mar 2013
 
    17,800                               17,800       17.69             14 May 2014
 
    53,400                               53,400       21.67             13 May 2015
 
            71,400                       71,400       32.75             12 May 2016
Dick Harryvan
    10,000                       10,000       0       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    13,125                               13,125       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    12,250                               12,250       12.65             03 Mar 2013
 
    6,000                               6,000       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
    8,800                               8,800       23.28             30 Mar 2015
 
            13,060                       13,060       32.77             23 Mar 2016

92


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    Outstan-                     Waived     Outstan-             Exercise        
    ding as at 31                     or     ding as at 31     Exercise     price in        
    December     Granted     Exercised     Expired     December     price in     US        
Number of options   2005     in 2006     in 2006     in 20061)     2006     euros     Dollars     Expiry date  
Eli Leenaars
    3,300                               3,300       25.25             1 Apr 2009
 
    10,000                               10,000               27.28     3 Apr 2010
 
    22,400                               22,400               31.96     15 Mar 2011
 
    31,000                               31,000               25.72     11 Mar 2012
 
    7,850                               7,850       12.55             3 Mar 2013
 
    9,654                               9,654       18.75             15 Mar 2014
 
    6,436                               6,436       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
    41,700                               41,700       21.67             13 May 2015
 
            53,200                       53,200       32.75             12 May 2016
Tom Mclnerney
    40,000                               40,000               31.96     15 Mar 2011
 
    91,400                               91,400               25.72     11 Mar 2012
 
    125,200                               125,200               13.70     3 Mar 2013
 
    153,550                               153,550       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
    260,425                               260,425       23.28             15 Mar 2015
 
            213,325                       213,325       32.77             23 Mar 2016
Hans van der Noordaa
    14,000                       14,000       0       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    13,125                               13,125       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    8,900                               8,900       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    6,000                               6,000       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
    15,000                               15,000       23.28             30 Mar 2015
 
            11,195                       11,195       32.77             23 Mar 2016
Jacques de Vaucleroy
    7,000                               7,000       26.10             28 May 2009
 
    20,000                               20,000       28.30             3 Apr 2010
 
    7,634                               7,634               13.70     3 Mar 2013
 
    61,110                               61,110       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
    114,950                               114,950       23.28             30 Mar 2015
 
            100,352                       100,352       32.77             23 Mar 2016
Fred Hubbell
    50,000                       50,000       0       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
    84,700                               84,700       21.67             13 May 2015
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    50,000                       50,000       0       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
    48,000                               48,000       21.67             13 May 2015
Hans Verkoren
    20,000                       20,000       0       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    23,000                               23,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    30,000                       18,000       12,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    17,800                               17,800       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
    42,800                               42,800       21.67             13 May 2015
 
1)   Waived at vesting date or expired at expiry date.

93


Table of Contents

REMUNERATION SUPERVISORY BOARD
Remuneration
As of July 2006 the remuneration of the Supervisory Board members was increased as follows: chairman EUR 75,000 (was EUR 61,260), vice-chairman EUR 65,000 (was EUR 61,260), other members EUR 45,000 (was EUR 36,300).
For the committees the remuneration was increased as follows: chairman of the Audit Committee EUR 8,000 (was EUR 1,360), members of the Audit Committee EUR 6,000 (was EUR 1,360), chairman of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 7,500 (was EUR 1,360), members of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 5,000 (was EUR 1,360). In addition to the fixed remuneration, committee members receive a fee for each meeting they attend. For AC members this fee is EUR 1,500 per meeting and for its chairman EUR 2,000. For the chairman and members of other committees the attendance fee amounts to EUR 450 per meeting. The remuneration and the attendance fee for the membership of a committee is not applicable to the chairman and vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board if they are on one of the committees.
In addition to the remuneration each member receives an expense allowance. For the chairman and vice-chairman the annual amount is EUR 6,800. For the other members the amount is EUR 2,270.
The table below shows the remuneration, expense allowances and attendance fees per Supervisory Board member for 2006 and previous years.
Compensation of the members and former members of the Supervisory Board
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR thousands)  
Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Cor Herkströter
    75       68       68  
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière1)
    70       65       29  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    52       44       44  
Paul van der Heijden
    52       43       44  
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
    56       49       46  
Jan Hommen2)
    57       24          
Piet Klaver3)
    33                  
Wim Kok
    51       39       39  
Godfried van der Lugt
    56       40       39  
Karel Vuursteen
    43       39       39  
 
                 
 
    545       411       348  
 
                       
Former Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Aad Jacobs4)
    17       51       49  
Paul Baron de Meester5)
    16       58       57  
 
                 
 
    33       109       106  
 
                       
 
                 
 
    578       520       454  
 
1)   Member as of April 2004; vice-chairman as of February 2005.
 
2)   Member since June 2005
 
3)   Member since April 2006
 
4)   Retired in April 2006
 
5)   Retired in April 2006. Compensation includes payment to match his former remuneration as a member of the BBL Supervisory Board.

94


Table of Contents

Loans and advances to Supervisory Board members
As at 31 December 2006, there were no loans and advances outstanding to members of the Supervisory Board. As at 31 December 2005, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs. As at 31 December 2004, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs.
ING Depositary Receipts for shares and options held by Supervisory Board members
Supervisory Board members are permitted to hold ING depositary receipts for shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Supervisory Board. Supervisory Board members did not hold ING options at year-end 2006, with the exception of Mr. Klaver as indicated in note 2 to the table.
ING (depositary receipts for) shares held by members of the Supervisory Board1)
                         
    Number of (depositary receipts for)  
    shares  
    2006     2005     2004  
Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Cor Herkströter
    1,616       1,616       1,616  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    6,814       6,814       6,701  
Paul van der Heijden
                    1,716  
Piet Klaver2)
    5,430                  
Karel Vuursteen
    1,510       1,510       1,510  
 
                 
 
    15,370       9,940       11,543  
 
1)   ING (depositary receipt for) shares of direct family included; members of the Supervisory Board (including direct family) not mentioned in this table did not hold ING shares.
 
2)   Piet Klaver also holds 20 call options (Exercise price: EUR 15.00; Expiry month: December 2008).
EXECUTIVE BOARD REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 2007
Policy for 2007
With regard to the remuneration policy for 2007, the Supervisory Board continues to build upon the remuneration policy initiated in 2003, which supports the performance-oriented culture. Over the past five years, the Executive Boards’ total remuneration package has gradually converged to the European benchmark through increases in the short-term and long-term incentive target levels (as a percentage of base salary). The results of the market-competitive analysis indicate overall increases in the market that may put pressure on compensation levels.
Executive Board Base salary 2007
The plan is to keep base-salary levels flat in 2007. A market-competitive analysis is conducted on an annual basis to ensure market competitiveness.
Executive Board Short-term incentive plan 2007
The 2007 short-term incentive target at 100% of base salary will remain the same as 2006. The actual payout may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level (e.g. between 0% and 200% of base salary).
The mix for the 2007 short-term incentive award will remain the same as in 2006: 70% will be determined by pre-defined ING Group financial performance measures and 30% will be based on individual performance objectives set for each Executive Board member and agreed by the Supervisory Board.

95


Table of Contents

The Supervisory Board has concluded for 2007 that the Executive Board’s short-term incentive award for the Group performance will be changed slightly to replace the return on economic capital measure with economic profit/embedded value profit. The three financial criteria that will be used for 2007 will be: operating net profit, total operating expenses and economic profit/embedded value profit. This slight adaptation to shift from return on economic capital to economic profit/embedded value profit is in line with the publication of the economic profit and embedded value profit as of 2007.
Executive Board Long-term incentive plan 2007
The Supervisory Board will keep the LTI target value at 100% of base salary (same target percentage as the STI). The range may vary between 50% and 150% of the target level (e.g. between 50% and 150% of base salary). The structure for the 2007 long-term incentive award will remain the same as the 2003 structure (the total nominal value at grant will be split between stock option and performance shares).
As was the case in 2006, the total LTI value in stock options and provisional performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be determined by the Supervisory Board at the end of 2007, based on the achievement of the three pre-defined financial objectives set out in the 2007 short-term incentive plan.
EMPLOYEES
The number of staff employed on a full time equivalent basis of ING Group averaged 118,243 in 2006, of which 32,572 or 28%, were employed in the Netherlands. The geographical distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s insurance operations and banking operations over was as follows (average full time equivalents):
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Totals  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
The Netherlands
    9,688       11,191       11,207       22,884       22,946       22,262       32,572       34,137       33,469  
Belgium
    1,215       1,289       1,293       11,277       11,272       11,246       12,492       12,561       12,539  
Rest of Europe
    3,767       3,616       3,391       18,026       18,010       19,817       21,793       21,626       23,208  
North America
    15,016       14,920       14,700       3,032       2,689       2,402       18,048       17,609       17,102  
Latin America
    13,614       12,155       10,626       386       442       475       14,000       12,597       11,101  
Asia
    8,206       6,985       6,833       8,748       7,579       6,684       16,954       14,564       13,517  
Australia
    1,507       1,403       1,397       815       757       681       2,322       2,160       2,078  
Other
    57       70       23       5       4       2       62       74       25  
 
                                                     
Total
    53,070       51,629       49,470       65,173       63,699       63,569       118,243       115,328       113,039  
 
                                                     
In addition, the number of staff employed by joint ventures included in the Group’s consolidated accounts averaged 1,709 in 2006, 1,584 in 2005 and 1,783 in 2004. The Group does not employ significant numbers of temporary workers. The percentage of the Group’s employees allocated to the six business lines was as follows for each of the years 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Insurance Europe
    13 %     14 %     14 %
Insurance Americas
    24       24       23  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    9       7       7  
Wholesale Banking
    17       18       21  
Retail Banking
    31       31       30  
ING Direct
    6       6       5  
 
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
Substantially all of the Group’s Dutch employees are subject to collective labor agreements covering the banking and insurance industries. The Group believes that its employee relations are generally good.

96


Table of Contents

Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions
As of December 31, 2006, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) held 2,204,400,319 Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., which represents 99.9% of the Ordinary shares outstanding. These holdings give the Trust voting control of ING Groep N.V. The following is a description of the material provisions of the Articles of Association (Statuten) and the related Conditions of Administration (Administratievoorwaarden) (together the “Trust Agreement”), which governs the Trust, and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust Agreement and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law referred to in such description.
As of December 31, 2006, there were 135,170,568 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 920 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the bearer receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders.
Bearer receipts, which are negotiable instruments under Netherlands law, are issuable by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Each bearer receipt represents financial interests in one Ordinary share held by the Trust, as described herein. Holders of bearer receipts (including those bearer receipts for which ADSs have been issued) do not have any voting rights with respect to the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts owned by the Trust. Such rights belong only to the Trust and will be exercised by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Bearer receipts are also issued by the Trust for preference shares.
All bearer receipts are embodied in one or more global depositary receipts which are held in custody by Euroclear Nederland (the Central securities Depository (CSD) of the Netherlands, formerly known as “NECIGEF”) in exchange for which every bearer receipt holder is credited in the books of Euroclear Nederland and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions (Wet giraal effectenverkeer). Each bearer receipt holder shall nominate a Euroclear Nederland participant, through which the global depositary receipts are to be held in custody on his behalf. Return of the global depositary receipts to a party other than the Trust shall not be permitted without the Trust’s consent. Administration of the global depositary receipts is assigned to Euroclear Nederland which is authorised to perform any necessary act on behalf of the bearer receipt holder(s) in respect of the relevant depositary receipts, including acceptance and transfer, and to cooperate in making additions to and deletions from the relevant global depositary receipt in accordance with the provisions of the Act on Book Entry Transactions.
Transfer of title in the bearer receipts in the form of CF Certificates together with the dividend sheet is effected by book-entry through the facilities of Euroclear Nederland and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions. Owners of bearer receipts participate in the Euroclear Nederland system by maintaining accounts with Euroclear Nederland participants. There is no limitation under Netherlands law on the ability of non-Dutch citizens or residents to maintain such accounts that are obtainable through Dutch banks.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by holders of bearer receipts as proxy of the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. but do not have any voting rights.
However, the Trust will, subject to certain restrictions, grant a proxy to a holder of bearer receipts to the effect that such holder may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to the number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by such holder of bearer receipts.
On the basis of such a proxy, the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to his own discretion. The requirements with respect to the use of the voting rights on the Ordinary shares that apply for the Trust (set out in the paragraph below) do not apply for the holder of bearer receipts voting on the basis of such a proxy.
The restrictions under which the Trust will grant a voting proxy to holders of bearer receipts are:

97


Table of Contents

  the relevant holder of bearer receipts must have announced his intention to attend the General Meeting of Shareholders observing the provisions laid down in the articles of association of ING Groep N.V.;
 
  the relevant holder of bearer receipts may delegate the powers conferred upon him by means of the voting proxy; provided that the relevant holder of bearer receipts has announced his intention to do so to the Trust observing a term before the commencement of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which term will be determined by the Trust.
Voting instructions of holders of bearer receipts of Ordinary shares to the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to give binding instructions to the Trust, concerning the Trust’s exercise of the voting rights attached to its Ordinary shares. The Trust will follow such instructions for a number of Ordinary shares equal to the number of bearer receipts held by the relevant holder of bearer receipts.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by the Trust
The Trust will only determine its vote with respect to the Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., held by the Trust, that correspond with bearer receipts:
  the holder of which does not, either in person or by proxy, attend the General Meeting of Shareholders;
 
  the holder of which, did not give a voting instruction to the Trust.
The Trust has discretion to vote in respect of shares for which it has not issued proxy votes to holders of depositary receipts and has not received any voting instructions. Under the Trust Agreement, the Trust is required to promote the interests of all holders of depositary receipts, irrespective of whether they attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, also taking into account the interests of ING Group, the businesses of ING Group and its group companies and all other ING Group stakeholders in voting such shares, so as to ensure that all these interests are given as much consideration and protection as possible.
Intention to abolish ING Trust Office
It is the intention of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board to abolish the Trust Office and depositary receipts once the number of votes on ordinary shares and depositary receipts of ordinary shares, including proxies at a General Meeting of Shareholders (GMS) is at least 35% of the total votes that may be cast for three consecutive years. In 2005, 26% of total votes were cast and in 2006, the figure was 28%. The Executive Board is committed to achieving the 35% requirement and will encourage depositary receipt holders, particularly institutional investors, to participate in voting at the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Administration of the Trust
The Management Board will determine the number of its members itself, subject to the restriction that there may be no more members than seven and no less than three. Managing Directors will be appointed by the Management Board itself without any approval from ING Groep N.V. or any of its corporate bodies being required. Members of any corporate body of ING Groep N.V. are not eligible for appointment as a Managing Director. Managing Directors are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms without any requirement for approval by ING Groep N.V.
Valid resolutions may be passed only if all Managing Directors have been duly notified, except that in a case where there is no such notification valid resolutions may nevertheless be passed by unanimous consent at a meeting at which all Managing Directors are present or represented. A Managing Director may be represented only by a fellow Managing Director who is authorized in writing. All resolutions of the Management Board shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes.
The legal relationship between holders of Bearer receipts and the Trust is governed entirely by Netherlands law.

98


Table of Contents

Termination of the Trust
Should the Trust be dissolved or wish to terminate its function under the Trust Agreement, or should ING Groep N.V. wish to have such function terminated, ING Groep N.V. shall, in consultation with the Trust and with the approval of the meeting of holders of Bearer receipts, appoint a successor to whom the administration can be transferred. The successor shall have to take over all commitments under the Trust Agreement. Within two months of the decision to dissolve or terminate the Trust, the Trust shall have the shares which it holds for administration transferred into its successor’s name. For a period of two months following notification of succession of the administration, holders of bearer receipts may elect to obtain free of charge, shares of type of which they hold bearer receipts. In no case shall the administration be terminated without ING Groep N.V.’s approval.
The Executive Board and the Supervisory Board remain committed to abolish the bearer depositary receipts and the Trust structure once representation including proxy voting of holders of Ordinary shares and depositary receipts thereof has reached at least 35% of the total number of votes that may be cast on Ordinary shares during three consecutive years.
Holders of Bearer receipts with a stake of 5% or more
According to filings under the former Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in listed Companies Act 2006 (as of January 1, 2007 integrated in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act), two shareholders held more than 5% of the Bearer receipts as of December 31, 2006. These were ABN AMRO and Fortis. To the best of our knowledge, there are no other shareholders who own a more than 5% interest in bearer receipts.
The following table sets forth the share ownership of each 5% holder of ING issued capital.
         
Shareholder   % of Issued capital1)
ABN AMRO Holding N.V.
    5.72  
Fortis Utrecht N.V.
    6.15  
 
1)   This information is based upon filings made under the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 2006 as of the respective filing dates and may not be accurate as of the date hereof. The Dutch Financial Supervision Act requires investors to file their ownership as a percentage of the company’s issued capital rather than as a percentage of the class of securities. For more information regarding this act and the filings based on it, please visit the website of the Dutch Authorities for the Financial Markets at www.afm.nl
On March 21, 2006 ING announced that it had reached a conditional agreement with Aegon to purchase 24,051,039 (depositary receipts for) preference A shares in ING at a price of EUR 3.72 per share, or EUR 89.5 million in total. The agreement was approved by ING’s annual general meeting of shareholders on April 25, 2006. On April 25, 2006, Aegon filed that it had reduced its stake in ING from 6.25% to 0.48%.
None of these major shareholders possesses voting rights different from those possessed by other shareholders. The voting rights of the majority of Ordinary shares are held by the Trust. As of December 31, 2006, shareholders in the Netherlands held approximately 392 million bearer receipts, or 18% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2006, shareholders in the United States held approximately 265 million bearer receipts (including ADSs), or 12% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding.
As of December 31, 2006, other than the Trust, no other person is known to the Company to be the owner of more than 10% of the Ordinary shares or bearer receipts. As of December 31, 2006, members of the Supervisory Board held 15,370 bearer receipts and 20 Call options. If Supervisory Board members hold ING options that were granted in their former capacity as Executive Board member, these options are part of the ING Stock option plan described in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.

99


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions
As of December 31, 2006, the amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances made to members of the Supervisory Board was zero. The amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, to members of the Executive Board was EUR 2.0 million, at an average interest rate of 4.3%. The largest aggregate amount of loans and advances outstanding to the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board during 2006 was EUR 2.0 million.
The loans and advances mentioned in the preceding paragraph (1) were made in the ordinary course of business, (2) were granted on conditions that are comparable to those of loans and advances granted to people in peer groups and (3) did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. For members of the Executive Board this means that the conditions have been set according to the prevailing conditions for ING personnel.
As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” some members of the Supervisory Board are current or former senior executives of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in the Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment banking or other financial relationships with one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated parties of comparable creditworthiness.
Item 8. Financial information
Legal Proceedings, Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See Item 18. “Financial Statements” on pages F-1 through F-165.
Legal Proceedings
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (“Fertinal”) against ING Comercial América (now known as Seguros ING S.A. de C.V. and referred to hereinafter as “Seguros”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims USD 300 million, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favour of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to USD 94 million plus interest. This decision has been appealed by all parties involved. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain Seguros current and former employees. In addition to the claim by Fertinal, Seguros also has been the subject of complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. Both the claim by Fertinal and these matters are being defended vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess their final outcome.
Recently, the issue of amongst others the costs charged by the insurance industry to customers in respect of universal life insurance products (commonly referred to as beleggingsverzekeringen, beleggingspolissen or beleggingshypotheken) has received attention both in the Dutch public media and from the Dutch regulator for the insurance industry and consumer protection organisations. The Dutch insurance industry (including subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V., primarily Nationale-Nederlanden) sold these products to customers either directly or through intermediaries. The concern being publicly voiced in respect of these products is that the Dutch insurance industry has not been sufficiently transparent towards its customers as to the costs charged to the customers, and that costs in respect of certain of these products may have been unfairly high. If, in the future, legal proceedings would be lodged individually or collectively, against Dutch insurance companies in relation to these products, such legal proceedings could also be lodged against Nationale-Nederlanden or other subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. involved. No legal proceedings have as yet been

100


Table of Contents

lodged against any subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. Discussions are ongoing between the insurance industry and consumer organisations.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, suppliers of brokerage and investment products and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
Dividends
ING Groep N.V. has declared and paid dividends each year since its formation in 1991. Each year, a final dividend in respect of the prior year is generally declared at and paid after the annual General Meeting of Shareholders generally held in April of each year. An interim dividend is generally declared and paid in September, based upon the results for the first six months. The declaration of interim dividends is subject to the discretion of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V., whose decision to that effect is subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Company. The Executive Board decides, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V., which part of the annual profits (after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares) will be added to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. The part of the annual profits that remains after this addition to the reserves and after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares is at the disposal of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may declare dividends there from and/or add additional amounts to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. A proposal of the Executive Board with respect thereto is submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is dependent upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Executive Board in determining the appropriate amount of reserves and there can be no assurance that the Company will declare and pay any dividends in the future.
Since the beginning of 2005 ING has a dividend policy of full cash dividends starting with the final dividend 2004. Following the introduction of IFRS-EU – which is expected to increase volatility in net profit – ING intends to pay dividends in relation to the longer-term underlying development of profit.
ING Groep N.V. made dividend payments of EUR 14 million, EUR 14 million and EUR 14 million on its Preference shares and declared dividends of EUR 2,681 million, EUR 2,461 million and EUR 2,057 million on its Ordinary shares, in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Both the final dividend 2005 and the interim dividend 2006 were fully paid in cash
Cash distributions on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares and bearer receipts are generally paid in euros. However, the Executive Board may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other than the Netherlands in which the bearer receipts are trading. Amounts payable to holders of ADSs that are paid to the Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to a charge by the Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion. The right to cash dividends and distributions in respect of the Ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after the date on which they were made available.
If a distribution by ING Groep N.V. consists of a dividend in Ordinary shares, such Ordinary shares will be held by the Trust, and the Trust will distribute to the holders of the outstanding bearer receipts, in proportion to their holdings, additional bearer receipts issued for the Ordinary shares received by the Trust as such dividend. In the event the Trust receives any distribution with respect to Ordinary shares held by the Trust other than in the form of cash or additional shares, the Trust will adopt such method as it may deem legal, equitable and practicable to effect such distribution.
If ING Groep N.V. offers or causes to be offered to the holders of Ordinary shares the right to subscribe for additional shares, the Trust, subject to applicable law, will offer to each holder of bearer receipts the right to subscribe for additional Bearer receipts of such shares on the same basis.

101


Table of Contents

If the Trust has the option to receive such distribution either in cash or shares, the Trust will give notice of such option by advertisement and give holders of bearer receipts the opportunity to choose between cash and shares until the fourth day before the day on which the Trust must have made such choice. Holders of bearer receipts may receive an equal nominal amount in Ordinary shares
There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in the Netherlands or arising under ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of Ordinary shares, bearer receipts or ADSs not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in Euro may be transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that are subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union. Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under “Item 10. Additional Information - Taxation - Netherlands Taxation”.
Since December 31, 2006, until the filing of this report, no significant changes have occurred in the financial statements of the Group included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this document.
Item 9. The offer and listing
Bearer receipts representing Ordinary shares (nominal value EUR 0.24 per share) are traded on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam N.V., the principal trading market for the bearer receipts. The bearer receipts are also listed on the stock exchanges of Euronext Brussels, Euronext Paris, Deutsche Börse as well as on the Swiss Exchange. As of December 31, 2006, ING Group was the second largest company quoted on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam, based on market capitalization. ING Bank is one of the principal market-makers for the bearer receipts on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam.
Since June 13,1997, American Depositary Shares (“ADS”), each representing one bearer receipt in respect of one Ordinary share, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”, and are the principal form in which the bearer receipts are traded in the United States. Prior to June 13, 1997, there was no active trading market for the ADSs. The ADSs are issued by JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Depositary, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated March 6, 2004, among the Company, The Trust (Stichting ING Aandelen), as trustee, such Depositary and the holders of ADSs from time to time. The Trust holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the bearer receipts. See “Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions”. Under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement holders of ADSs may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of proxy voting rights associated with the ADSs. As of December 31, 2006, there were 135,170,568 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 920 recordholders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the bearer receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders. As of December 31, 2006, approximately 18% of the bearer receipts were held by Dutch investors, approximately 33% by investors in the U.K. and approximately 12% by investors in the United States and Canada (including as represented by ADSs).
The following are the high and low sales prices of the bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, for the period 2002 – February 28, 2007:

102


Table of Contents

                                                 
                                            Trading
                    Trading                   volume
                    volume in                   in
    Euronext Amsterdam   millions   New York Stock   millions
    Stock Exchange (EUR)   of bearer   Exchange (USD)   of
Calendar period   High   Low   receipts1)   High   Low   ADSs1)
2002
    31.20       13.29       2,033.3       25.95       13.07       78.0  
2003
    19.06       8.70       2,863.5       23.41       9.96       124.9  
2004
    22.28       16.73       2,403.5       30.32       20.28       106.4  
 
                                               
2005
                                               
First quarter
    23.96       21.75       500.2       31.69       28.18       25.1  
Second quarter
    23.37       20.99       509.4       30.21       26.94       28.1  
Third quarter
    25.12       22.63       565.3       30.99       28.02       25.5  
Fourth quarter
    29.75       23.56       556.8       35.40       28.16       34.5  
 
                                               
2006
                                               
First quarter
    32.79       27.82       584.1       39.71       33.61       25.8  
Second quarter
    33.38       28.10       632.3       42.59       34.74       27.5  
Third quarter
    34.80       29.56       510.0       44.37       37.22       20.9  
Fourth quarter
    35.96       31.50       593.0       45.35       41.74       33.4  
 
                                               
2006 and 2007
                                               
September 2006
    34.80       33.02       184.6       44.37       42.07       7.7  
October 2006
    35.96       34.57       171.4       45.35       44.03       11.8  
November 2006
    35.52       32.09       225.2       45.26       42.05       12.0  
December 2006
    34.00       31.50       196.4       44.74       41.74       9.6  
January 2007
    34.31       33.15       190.4       44.65       43.15       9.1  
February 2007
    34.69       32.27       213.1       45.78       42.65       8.6  
 
1)   Aggregate of purchases and sales.
Item 10. Additional information
Memorandum and Articles of Association
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company organized under the laws of the Netherlands. Our object and purpose, as set forth in Article 3 of our Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, provide personal or real security for the obligations of, and provide services to other business enterprises and institutions of any kind whatsoever, but in particular business enterprises and institutions which are active in the field of insurance, banking, investment and/or financial services, and to do anything which is related to the foregoing or may be conductive thereto. ING Groep N.V. is registered as number 33231073 in the Company Registry of Amsterdam and our Articles of Association are available there.
Certain Powers of Directors
The Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the members of the Executive Board within the framework of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders and the compensation of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Neither members of the Executive Board nor members of the Supervisory Board will vote on compensation for themselves or any other member of their body.
During their office, members of the Supervisory Board are not allowed to borrow from ING Group or any of its subsidiaries. Loans that already exist upon appointment as a Supervisory Board member however, may be continued. ING Group subsidiaries however, may in the normal course of their business and on

103


Table of Contents

terms that are customary in the sector, provide other banking and insurance services to Supervisory Board members. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts. Members of the Executive Board are empowered to exercise all the powers of ING Group to borrow money, subject to regulatory restrictions (if any) and, in the case of the issuance of debt securities, to the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Our Articles of Association do not contain any age limits for retirement of the members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board. Nevertheless, it has become standard practice for Executive Board members to retire at the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which they reach the age of 61 or 62.
Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, members of the Executive Board appointed in 2004 and later have been and will be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders for a term of four years and may be reappointed. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms subject to the requirement in the charter of the Supervisory Board that Supervisory Board members retire from the Board in the year in which he or she turns 70. Both members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board are appointed from a binding nomination by the Supervisory Board.
Members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING Groep N.V. to qualify as such.
Capital structure, shares
The authorised capital of ING Group consists of Ordinary shares, preference A shares, five series of preference B shares and cumulative preference shares. When we refer to shares herein, we mean both our Ordinary shares and our preference shares, unless otherwise specified. Currently, only Ordinary and preference A shares are issued, while a right to acquire cumulative preference shares has been granted to the ING Continuity Foundation. The purpose of the cumulative preference shares is to protect the independence, the continuity and the identity of the company against the acquisition of control by third parties, including hostile takeovers, while the Ordinary shares and the preference shares are used solely for funding purposes. These shares, which are all registered shares, are not listed on a stock exchange.
Description of Shares
A description of our securities, and other information with respect to shareholders, annual meetings, changes in capital and limitations on changes in control can be found in our registration statements filed with the Commission on Form F-1 on June 12, 1997 and in this Annual Report under the heading “Item 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.
Material contracts
There have been no material contracts (outside the ordinary course of business) to which ING is a party in the last two years.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These materials, including this Annual Report and its exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the public reference room and the copy charges. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information located at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, or on our website at http://www.ing.com.
Exchange controls
Cash distributions, if any, payable in euros on Ordinary shares, bearer receipts and ADSs may be officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without violating Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations or adopted by the European Union.

104


Table of Contents

Restrictions on voting
The ADSs represent interests in the bearer receipts of the Trust, which holds the Ordinary shares for which such bearer receipts are issued. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. The Trust is the holder of all Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts. Only holders of shares (including the Trust) may vote at General Meetings of Shareholders.
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of the Company; however holders of bearer receipts (including the Depositary on behalf of the holders of ADSs) as such are not entitled to vote at such meetings. However, as set out in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”, the Trust will grant a proxy to the effect that such holder of bearer receipts may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to a number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by him. On the basis of such a proxy the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to its own discretion.
Holders of bearer receipts may surrender the bearer receipts in exchange for Ordinary shares. The Trust charges a fee for exchanging bearer receipts for Ordinary shares. Such fee, in each case, is a minimum of EUR 25.00, but varies based on the number of bearer receipts so exchanged.
Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings
Section 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (the “Major HoldingsRules”) applies to any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an interest in the voting rights and/or the capital of a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the percentage of voting rights or capital interest acquired or disposed of reaches, exceeds or falls below 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% or 66 2/3%. With respect to ING Groep N.V., the Major Holdings Rules would require any person whose interest in the voting rights and/or capital of ING Groep N.V. reached, exceeded or fell below those percentage interests, whether through ownership of bearer receipts, Ordinary shares, ADSs, Preference shares, options or warrants, to notify in writing the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) immediately after the acquisition or disposal of the triggering interest in ING Groep N.V.’s share capital.
The notification will be recorded in the register which is held by the Authority for the Financial Markets for that purpose, which register is available for public inspection.
Noncompliance with the obligations of the Major Holdings Rules can lead to criminal prosecution. In addition, a civil court can issue orders against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the Authority for the Financial Markets or ING Groep N.V., in accordance with the Major Holdings Rules, including suspension of the voting right in respect of such person’s Ordinary shares.
Voting rights
Each Ordinary share entitles the holder to cast a vote at the General Meeting of Shareholders. By Dutch law, voting rights are proportional to the nominal value of the shares. In other words, each Ordinary share (nominal value: EUR 0.24) gives the right to one vote, while each preference A share (nominal value: EUR 1.20) gives the right to five votes.
On the basis of the closing price of the shares on December 31, 2006, the ratio of market price to voting rights on depositary receipts for Ordinary shares was EUR 29.30 : 1, while the ratio for depositary receipts for preference A shares was EUR 3.29 : 5. There is an element of disequilibrium in this respect. Forthcoming legislation will be necessary to link the voting rights for preference shares to the market value of the shares.
Proposals by shareholders/holders of depositary receipts
In view of the size and market value of ING Group, proposals to put items on the Shareholders’ Meeting agenda can be made by shareholders and holders of depositary receipts representing a joint total of 1 per mille of the share capital or representing together, on the basis of the stock prices on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, a share value of at least EUR 50 million. Given the periods of notice required for proxy voting, proposals have to be submitted in writing at least 50 days before the date of the meeting. Properly submitted proposals will be included on the agenda for the General Meeting of Shareholders.

105


Table of Contents

Issue of shares
The company’s authorised capital is the maximum amount of capital allowed to be issued under the terms of its Articles of Association. New shares in excess of this amount can only be issued after amendment of the Articles of Association. For reasons of flexibility (an amendment to the Articles of Association has to be passed by notarial deed if it is to become effective, and this in turn requires a declaration of no objection to be issued by the Minister of Justice), the authorised capital in the Articles of Association of ING Group has been set at the highest level permitted by law.
Share issues have to be approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may also delegate its authority. Each year, the General Meeting is asked to delegate authority to the Executive Board to issue new shares. The powers thus delegated to the Executive Board are limited:
-   in time: powers are delegated for a period of 18 months;
 
-   to specific types of shares: only Ordinary shares and preference B shares may be issued;
 
-   by number: (1) Ordinary shares may be issued up to a maximum of 10% of the issued capital, or 20% in the event of a merger or takeover; (2) preference B shares may be issued up to a maximum which is equal to the total number of preference B shares that is necessary to convert all outstanding ING Perpetual Securities III issued in 2004 in the amount of 1 billion euros (and similar instruments that are or may be issued) into preference shares if and when required pursuant to the conditions thereof;
 
-   as regards the issue price of the preference B shares: the issue price must at least be equal to the stock price of the Ordinary shares at the Amsterdam Stock Exchange;
 
-   in terms of control: resolutions by the Executive Board to issue shares require the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders would be required for any share issues exceeding these limits.
Shareholders’ structure
See Item 7 for details of investors who have reported their interest in ING Group pursuant to the Financial Supervision Act (or the predecessor of this legislation). As at December 31, 2006, ING Group subsidiaries held an interest of 11.55% in the capital of ABN AMRO, mainly in preference shares. The interests held in the capital of Fortis was below 1%. These interests are held as investments. There are no shareholders’ or other agreements between ING Group and ABN AMRO or Fortis on the exercising of voting rights.
Under the terms of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act, declarations of no objection from the Dutch Minister of Finance are to be obtained by anyone wishing to obtain or hold a participating interest of at least 10% respectively in ING Group or to exercise control to this extent via a participating interest in ING Group. Similarly, on the basis of indirect change of control statutes in the various jurisdictions where subsidiaries of ING Group are operating, permission from or notification to local regulatory authorities may be required for the acquisition of a substantial interest in ING Group ING Group is not aware of investors with an interest of 10% or more in ING Group.
TAXATION
The following is a summary of the Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States Federal income tax consequences, of the ownership of bearer receipts or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) by U.S. Shareholders (as defined below). For purposes of this summary a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of bearer receipts or ADSs that is:
  an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
 
  a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States,
 
  an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income tax without regard to its source; or
 
  a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

106


Table of Contents

The summary is a general description of the present Netherlands and United States federal income tax laws and practices as well as the relevant provisions of the present double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the United States (the “Treaty”). The information provided below is neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective investors. It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed, and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of their ownership and disposal of bearer receipts or ADSs. In particular, the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of ING Groep N.V. or investors that hold bearer receipts or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction), some of which may be subject to special rules. Moreover, if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs:
1.   holds a substantial interest in ING Groep N.V.; or, in case such holder is an individual,
 
2.   receives income or capital gains derived from the bearer receipts and ADSs and this income received or capital gains derived are attributable to the past, present or future employment activities of such holder,
the Dutch tax position is not discussed in this summary.
Generally speaking, an interest in the share capital of ING Groep N.V, should not be considered a substantial interest if the holder of such interest, and, in case of an individual, his or her spouse, registered partner, certain other relatives or certain persons sharing the holder’s household, alone or together, does or do not hold, either directly or indirectly, the ownership of, or certain rights over, shares or rights resembling shares representing five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital, or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares, of ING Groep N.V. With respect to U.S. Shareholders, this summary generally applies only to holders who hold bearer receipts or ADSs as capital assets. The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, this summary is based on the tax legislation, published case law, and other regulations in force as at the date hereof, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.
In general, for United States federal income and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of bearer receipts will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts, holders of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) underlying ADSs will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares evidencing the ADSs, and exchanges of Ordinary shares for bearer receipts and then for ADSs, and exchanges of ADSs for Bearer receipts and then for Ordinary shares, will not be subject to United States federal or Netherlands income tax.
It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S. Shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligibility is not limited by the limitations on benefits provisions article 26 of the Treaty.
NETHERLANDS TAXATION
Withholding tax on dividends
The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the rate of 15%. Stock dividends paid out of ING Groep N.V.’s paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes as such are not subject to the above withholding tax.
The Treaty provides for a complete exemption from withholding for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and other exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts may claim the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate pursuant to article 35 of the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts normally remain subject to withholding at the rate of 15% and are required to file for a refund of the tax withheld. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such pension trusts may be eligible for relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt organizations (other than qualifying exempt pension trusts) are subject to withholding at the rate of 15% and can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.

107


Table of Contents

On August 29, 2002 dividend-stripping rules were introduced in Netherlands tax law. These rules have retroactive effect as of April 27, 2001. The rules provide that in the case of dividend-stripping, the 15% dividend withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient of a dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to a larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits form the dividends, whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly, an interest in the share on which the dividends were paid.
Currently ING Groep N.V. may, with respect to certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries, credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands withholding tax imposed on certain qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V, up to a maximum of the lesser of
  3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V. and
 
  3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.
The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must pay to the Dutch tax authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must withhold.
Both, the European Free Trade Association Court of Justice as well as the European Court of Justice (ECJ) issued judgments concerning outbound dividend payments to foreign shareholders. According to both courts, it is in breach with the European freedom of capital and the freedom of establishment to treat outbound dividend payments less favourably than dividend payments to domestic shareholders. As of January 1, 2007, in general, dividend payments to certain qualifying EU resident corporate shareholders are treated the same as dividend payments to certain qualifying Dutch resident corporate shareholders. Dividend payments to corporate shareholders residing outside the EU are treated still less favourably as opposed to dividend payments to certain qualifying Dutch resident corporate shareholders. The above stated court cases may have significant implications for certain non-EU resident shareholders that receive dividends that are subject to Netherlands dividend withholding tax (i.e. the aforementioned different treatment may be a breach of the European freedom of capital).
Although the freedom of capital generally also applies to capital movements to and from third countries, such as the United States, it cannot be ruled out that the freedom of capital movements to and from third countries must be interpreted more stringent as opposed to the freedom of capital movements to EU member states.
Furthermore, the freedom of capital movements to and from third countries is generally subject to grandfathering (stand-still) provisions in the EC-Treaty (i.e. the restriction of the freedom of capital movements is allowed if these stand-still provisions apply). However, based on case law of the ECJ it may be held that these stand-still provisions do not apply in the specific case of claiming a refund of the Netherlands dividend withholding tax by a shareholder who did not acquire the shares in ING Groep N.V. with a view to establishing or maintaining lasting and direct economic links between the shareholder and ING Groep N.V. which allow the shareholder to participate effectively in the management of the company or in its control.
Especially the following non-EU resident shareholders may be affected and may as a result be entitled to refund of Netherlands dividend withholding tax.
-   Legal entities that could have invoked the participation exemption with respect to the dividends received in case they would have been a resident of the Netherlands for tax purposes. In general, the participation exemption applies in case of shareholdings of 5% or more. In case of legal entities resident in the Netherlands, in effect no Dutch dividend withholding tax is due with respect to dividends on shareholdings that apply for the participation exemption.
 
-   Individuals if the shares do not belong to the assets of a business enterprise or do not belong to a substantial interest. In case such a natural person would have been a resident of the Netherlands, the dividend as such would not be subject to individual income tax. In stead, the individual would be taxed on a deemed income, calculated at 4% of his net equity, whereas the dividend tax withheld would have been credited in full against the individual income tax due.
 
-   Legal entities that, if they had been based in the Netherlands, would not have been subject to corporate income tax (such as a pension fund), or would have qualified as an investment institution for the purposes

108


Table of Contents

    of this tax, and that would, because of this, be eligible for a refund of dividend withholding tax withheld at their expense.
Taxes on income and capital gains
A U.S. Shareholder will not be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, other than the withholding tax described above, or capital gains tax, provided that:
  such shareholder is not a resident or deemed resident and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands; and
 
  such shareholder does not have an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise, which in its entirety or in part carries on business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or deemed permanent establishment to which or to whom the bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable; and
 
  such shareholder is an individual, and income from a bearer receipt or ADS is not attributable to certain activities in the Netherlands performed by such shareholder other than business activities (for example, by the use of that individual’s special knowledge or activities performed by that individual with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs as a result of which such individual can make a return on the bearer receipt or ADS that is in excess of the return on normal passive portfolio management).
Gift, estate or inheritance tax
No Netherlands gift, estate or inheritance tax will be imposed on the acquisition of bearer receipts or ADSs by gift or inheritance from a holder of bearer receipts or ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed resident in the Netherlands, provided that the ADSs or bearer receipts are not attributable to an enterprise which in its entirety or in part is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands. Furthermore, Dutch gift and inheritance tax is due if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs dies within 180 days of making the gift, and at the time of death is a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift and inheritance tax purposes for ten years after leaving the Netherlands. An individual with a non-Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purposes of Dutch gift tax if he or she has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.
UNITED STATES TAXATION
Taxes on income
For United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the Trust in the case of bearer receipts, or the Depositary in the case of ADSs. For this purpose, a “dividend” will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, but only to the extent such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as defined for United States federal income tax purposes. A dividend will constitute income from sources outside the United States. A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. If you are a noncorporate U.S. Shareholder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121 -day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.
Subject to the limitations provided in the United States Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. Shareholder may generally deduct from income, or credit against its United States federal income tax liability, the amount of any Dutch withholding taxes under the Treaty. The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S. Shareholder’s United States tax liability, however, to the extent that ING Groep N.V. is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. will endeavour to provide to U.S. Shareholders information concerning the extent to which it has applied

109


Table of Contents

the reduction described above with respect to dividends paid to U.S. Shareholders. In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.
Since payments of dividends with respect to bearer receipts and ADSs will be made in euros, a U.S. Shareholder will generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating the euro into United States dollars at the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Taxes on capital gains
Gain or loss on a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will generally be a capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than one year, such gain or loss will generally be long term capital gain or loss. Long term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder that is recognized in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2011 will generally be subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, gain or loss from a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive foreign investment company
ING Groep N.V. believes it is not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. This is a factual determination that must be made annually and thus may change.
If ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder makes an effective election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, any gain from the sale or disposition of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated rateably to each year in the holder’s holding period and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect for that year, and interest would be charged at the rate applicable to underpayments on the tax payable in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would apply to “excess distributions”, defined generally as distributions exceeding 125% of the average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V. over the shorter of the holder’s holding period or the three preceding years.
A U.S. Shareholder who owns bearer receipts or ADSs during any year that ING Groep N.V. is a PFIC would be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk
Refer to Note 2.2 Risk Management of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for these disclosures, including disclosures relating to operational, compliance and other non market-related risks.
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
Not applicable.

110


Table of Contents

PART II.
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
On February 6, 2007, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting subsequent to February 6, 2007.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ING’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
  Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of ING;
 
  Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 
  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, management performed tests based on the criteria of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2006.
Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued their report on management’s assessment of ING’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below and which expresses an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.

111


Table of Contents

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
ING Group’s Supervisory Board has determined that ING Group has three audit committee financial experts serving on its Audit Committee. These three audit committee financial experts are Messrs. Hoffmann, Hommen and Van der Lugt. All have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the Boards of international conglomerates, Mr. Hoffmann serving as the CFO of Robert Bosch GmbH, Mr. Hommen serving as vice-chairman and CFO of Philips Electronics and Mr. Van der Lugt serving as CEO of ING Group
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
ING Group has adopted a code of ethics, called the ING’s Business Principles, which apply to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. These Business Principles have undergone minor changes to adapt them to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a code of ethics for certain officers. The Business Principles are posted on ING Group’s website at www.ing.com, under the heading “Corporate Responsibility” followed by “ING in Society”. During the most recently completed fiscal year no waivers, explicit or implicit, from these Business Principles have been granted to any of the officers described above.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services (Ernst & Young) (and KPMG)
Ernst & Young Accountants (Ernst & Young) and KPMG Accountants N.V. (KPMG) are the appointed auditors of ING Group. Ernst & Young is responsible for auditing the financial statements of ING Group and ING Verzekeringen N.V, while KPMG is responsible for the audit of the financial statements of ING Bank N.V.
At the General Meeting of Shareholders on April 27, 2004, Ernst & Young were appointed to audit the financial statements of ING Group for the financial years 2004 to 2007 inclusive, to report about the outcome of these audits to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board and to give a statement about the truth and fairness of the financial statements of ING Group
The Supervisory Board evaluates the performance of the external auditors on an annual basis, based, in particular, on their independence and on the findings of the Executive Board and the Audit Committee. In addition to the annual evaluation, the Audit Committee and Supervisory Board will review the auditors’ performance in 2007, prior to a proposal to the General Meeting of Shareholders for the next auditor’s appointment. The proposal will include the main conclusions of the assessment of the functioning of the external auditor.
The external auditors, both Ernst & Young and KPMG, attend the meetings of the Audit Committee.
After a maximum period of 5 years of performing audit services to ING Group or ING Verzekeringen N.V. or ING Bank N.V, the lead audit partners of the external audit firms and the audit partners responsible for reviewing the audits, have to be replaced by other partners of the respective external audit firms. The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Supervisory Board regarding these replacements, among others, based on an annual evaluation of the provided services. In line with this agreement, the lead audit partner of KPMG has been succeeded in 2006. The lead audit partner of Ernst & Young will be succeeded after the year-end audit 2006. The rotation of other partners of Ernst & Young and KPMG involved with the audit of the financial statements of ING are subject to applicable independence legislation.
The external auditors may be questioned at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in relation to their statements on the fairness of the annual accounts. The external auditors will therefore attend and be entitled to address this meeting.
Both Ernst & Young and KPMG may only provide permitted non-audit services to ING Group and its subsidiaries with permission of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee separately pre-approves the type(s) of audit, audit-related and non-audit services to be provided by ING’s external audit firms on an annual basis. The Audit Committee also sets the maximum annual amount that may be spent for such pre-approved services. Throughout the year the external audit firms and Corporate Audit Services monitor the amounts paid versus the pre-approved amounts. The external auditors provide the Audit Committee with a full overview of all services provided to ING, including related fees, supported by sufficiently detailed information. This overview is semi-annually evaluated by the Audit Committee.

112


Table of Contents

In addition to the pre-approval procedure each audit-related and non-audit engagement that is expected to generate fees in excess of EUR 100,000 and all further audit-related and non-audit related engagements over and above the pre-approved amounts have to be pre-approved on a case-by-case basis. More details on ING’s policy regarding external auditor’s independence are available on the website of ING Group.
Audit fees
Audit fees were paid for professional services rendered by the auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements of ING Group and statutory financial statements of ING’s subsidiaries or services provided in connection with the audit of Form 20-F and other filings for regulatory and supervisory purposes as well as the review on interim financial statements.
Audit related fees
Audit-related fees were paid for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the consolidated financial statements and are not reported under the audit fee item above. These services consisted primarily of IT audits, work performed relating to comfort letters issued in connection with prospectuses, audit of SEC product filings, advice on accounting matters and progress review on IFRS and Sarbanes-Oxley projects.
Tax fees
Tax fees were paid for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning professional services. These services consisted of: tax compliance including the review of original and amended tax returns, assistance with questions regarding tax audits, the preparation of employee tax returns under the ING’s expatriate tax services program and tax planning and advisory services relating to common forms of domestic and international taxation (i.e., income tax, capital tax and value added tax).
All other fees
Fees disclosed in the table above under “all other fees” were paid for products and services other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees described above, and consisted primarily of non-recurring support and advisory services.
In 2006,100% of each of the audit-related, tax and other services have been pre-approved. In line with ING’s policy on external auditors’ independence, the Audit Committee has pre-approved the proposed services.
                 
    Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    (EUR millions)  
Ernst & Young
               
Audit fees
    35       21  
Audit-related fees
    2       7  
Tax fees
    2       2  
All other fees
    1       1  
 
           
 
    40       31  
 
           
 
               
KPMG
               
Audit fees
    28       22  
Audit-related fees
    2       6  
Tax fees
    2       1  
All other fees
    2       2  
 
           
 
    34       31  
 
           
 
               
Total
               
Audit fees
    63       43  
Audit-related fees
    4       13  
Tax fees
    4       3  
All other fees
    3       3  
 
           
 
    74       62  
 
           

113


Table of Contents

Item 16E. Purchases of Registered Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
                                         
                                    Maximum
                                    number
                            Purchased as part of   of Shares
            Number X   Average price   Publicly Announced   that may be
            1000   in euros   Plans or Programs   purchased
Purchases:
                                       
January
    1/1/06 - 1/31/06       10,329       28.91     NA   NA
February
    2/1/06 - 2/29/06       1,530       31.41                  
March
    3/1/06 - 3/31/06       4,591       31.47                  
April
    4/1/06 - 4/30/06       963       32.17                  
May
    5/1/06 - 5/31/06       6,172       31.48                  
June
    6/1/06 - 6/30/06       181       29.65                  
July
    7/1/06 - 7/31/06       334       30.72                  
August
    8/1/06 - 8/31/06       1,441       32.77                  
September
    9/1/06 - 9/30/06       1,317       33.98                  
October
    10/1/06 - 10/31/06       887       34.99                  
November
    11/1/06 - 11/30/06       4,938       33.92                  
December
    12/1/06 - 12/31/06       12,419       30.76                  
 
                                       
Total1)
            45,102       31.14                  
 
                                       
 
                                       
Purchases:
                                       
January
    1/1/05 - 1/31/05                     NA   NA
February
    2/1/05 - 2/29/05       998       22.62                  
March
    3/1/05 - 3/31/05       3,054       22.98                  
April
    4/1/05 - 4/30/05                                  
May
    5/1/05 - 5/31/05       3,000       22.45                  
June
    6/1/05 - 6/30/05                                  
July
    7/1/05 - 7/31/05                                  
August
    8/1/05 - 8/31/05       5,422       23.63                  
September
    9/1/05 - 9/30/05                                  
October
    10/1/05 - 10/31/05                                  
November
    11/1/05 - 11/30/05       539       26.97                  
December
    12/1/05 - 12/31/05                                  
 
                                       
Total1)
            13,013       23.26                  
 
                                       
 
1)   This table excludes market-making and related hedging purchases by ING Group. The table also (i) excludes ING Group shares purchased by investments funds managed by ING Group for clients in accordance with specified investment strategies that are established by each individual fund manager acting independently of ING Group, and (ii) includes share purchases under ING Group’s delta hedging activities in respect of its employee option plans.

114


Table of Contents

PART III.
Item 18. Financial Statements
See pages F-1 to F-165 and the Schedules on F-177 to F-180
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS
The information in this section sets forth selected statistical information regarding the Group’s banking operations. Information for 2006, 2005 and 2004 is set forth under IFRS-EU. Information for years prior to 2004 is set forth under Dutch GAAP, which differs in significant respects from IFRS-EU. Unless otherwise indicated, average balances, when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign is based on the location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer. However, the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the customer would not result in material differences in the amounts presented below.
                         
            Year Ended December 31    
    2006   2005   2004
Return on equity of the banking operations
    19.4 %     24.2 %     15.8 %
Return on equity of ING Group
    23.5 %     26.6 %     22.9 %
Dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group
    37.0 %     35.5 %     39.5 %
Return on assets
    0.6 %     0.5 %     0.4 %
Equity to assets
    3.1 %     2.6 %     3.0 %
Net interest margin
    1.1 %     1.2 %     1.4 %
AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES
The following tables show the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for the periods indicated. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures do not reflect interest income and expense on derivatives and other interest income and expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing assets and liabilities. These items are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided on the next page.

115


Table of Contents

ASSETS
                                                                         
    Interest-earning assets
            2006                   2005                   2004    
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield   balance   income   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits with banks
                                                                       
domestic
    17,868       670       3.8       3,654       172       4.7       4,845       113       2.3  
foreign
    57,616       1,990       3.5       30,023       1,147       3.8       32,959       968       2.9  
Loans and advances
                                                                       
domestic
    243,306       9,566       3.9       222,459       8,331       3.7       157,457       7,184       4.6  
foreign
    273,383       13,520       4.9       247,444       11,035       4.5       183,458       7,736       4.2  
Interest-earning securities1)
                                                                       
domestic
    38,310       1,248       3.3       35,423       1,031       2.9       31,221       616       2.0  
foreign
    185,411       8,003       4.3       176,247       6,773       3.8       165,173       5,922       3.6  
Other interest-earning assets
                                                                       
domestic
    1,180       17       1.4       747       16       2.1       527       30       5.7  
foreign
    3,679       142       3.9       2,524       99       3.9       2,941       158       5.4  
 
                                                                       
Total
    820,753       35,156       4.3       718,521       28,604       4.0       578,581       22,727       3.9  
Non-interest earning assets
    52,824                       45,054                       22,276                  
 
                                                                       
Total assets1)
    873,577                       763,575                       600,857                  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                       
Percentage of assets
   applicable to foreign 
   operations
            63.6 %                     63.5 %                     66.5 %        
Other interest income:
                                                                       
amortized results
   investments2)
                                                            157          
lending commission
                                                            96          
adjustment for interest on    non-performing loans3)
                                                            (84 )        
Interest income on
   derivatives4)
            23,521                       19,253                       2,223          
other
            585                       485                       352          
 
                                                                       
Total interest income
            59,262                       48,342                       25,471          
 
                                                                       
 
1)   Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.
 
2)   Includes amortization of premiums and discounts and deferred realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt securities on a straight-line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio.
 
3)   Interest on non-performing loans is included when calculating the average yield in this table but excluded from interest income reported in the consolidated profit and loss account.
 
4)   In 2004, includes amortization of deferred realized gains and losses on off-balance sheet hedging instruments on a straight line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio and interest accrued on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.

116


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES
                                                                         
    Interest-bearing liabilities
            2006                   2005                   2004    
    Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average   Average   Interest   Average
    balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield   balance   expense   yield
    (EUR millions)   %   (EUR millions) %     (EUR millions)   %
Time deposits from banks
                                                                       
domestic
    48,002       2,145       4.5       33,044       958       2.9       26,131       590       2.3  
foreign
    38,576       1,419       3.7       46,379       1,419       3.1       50,522       1,111       2.2  
Demand deposits5)
                                                                       
domestic
    92,488       1,293       1.4       78,030       595       0.8       32,210       176       0.6  
foreign
    32,533       692       2.1       27,930       502       1.8       26,992       423       1.6  
Time deposits5)
                                                                       
domestic
    27,983       1,167       4.2       16,764       485       2.9       14,432       371       2.6  
foreign
    31,160       1,205       3.9       29,976       901       3.0       29,995       727       2.4  
Savings deposits5)
                                                                       
domestic
    66,845       1,562       2.3       63,157       1,494       2.4       58,277       1,504       2.6  
foreign
    228,656       7,682       3.4       198,855       6,208       3.1       150,428       4,422       2.9  
Short term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    4,153       182       4.4       2,815       88       3.1       4,992       102       2.0  
foreign
    35,786       1,849       5.2       28,203       1,269       4.5       29,879       696       2.3  
Long term debt
                                                                       
domestic
    14,050       798       5.7       13,971       675       4.8       15,645       670       4.3  
foreign
    40,291       1,532       3.8       47,443       2,037       4.3       40,394       1,751       4.3  
Subordinated liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    18,713       1,023       5.5       16,702       920       5.5       13,061       732       5.6  
foreign
    2,229       119       5.3       2,605       153       5.9       2,802       160       5.7  
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
domestic
    44,534       1,078       2.4       37,562       775       2.1       18,468       158       0.9  
foreign
    65,824       2,226       3.4       45,158       1,234       2.7       32,470       971       3.0  
 
                                                                       
Total
    791,823       25,972       3.3       688,594       19,713       2.9       546,698       14,564       2.7  
Non-interest bearing liabilities
    60,021                       54,592                       36,299                  
 
                                                                       
Total Liabilities
    851 ,844                       743,186                       582,997                  
Group Capital
    21,733                       20,389                       17,860                  
 
                                                                       
Total liabilities and capital
    873,577                       763,575                       600,857                  
 
                                                                       
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
            61.1 %                     62.1 %                     64.9 %        
Other interest expense:
                                                                       
interest expenses on derivatives
            23,243                       18,836                       2,078          
other
            712                       631                       130          
 
                                                                       
Total interest expense
            49,927                       39,180                       16,772          
 
                                                                       
Total net interest result
            9,335                       9,162                       8,808          
 
                                                                       
 
5)   These captions do not include deposits from banks.

117


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME
The following table allocates changes in the Group’s interest income and expense and net interest result between changes in average balances and rates for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate have been allocated to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result, as calculated in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result in the consolidated financial statements. See introduction to “Average Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences between interest income, interest expense and net interest result as calculated in the following table and as set forth in the consolidated financial statements.
                                                 
            2006 over 2005           2005 over 2004
            Increase (decrease)           Increase (decrease)
            due to changes in           due to changes in
    Average   Average   Net   Average   Average   Net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
            (EUR millions)                   (EUR millions)        
Interest-earning assets
                                               
Time deposits to banks
                                               
domestic
    669       (171 )     498       (28 )     87       59  
foreign
    1,054       (211 )     843       (86 )     265       179  
Loans and advances
                                               
domestic
    781       454       1,235       2,966       (1,819 )     1,147  
foreign
    1,157       1,328       2,485       2,698       601       3,299  
Interest-earning securities
                                               
Domestic
    84       133       217       83       332       415  
foreign
    352       878       1,230       397       454       851  
Other interest-earning assets
                                               
domestic
    9       (8 )     1       12       (26 )     (14 )
foreign
    46       (3 )     43       (22 )     (37 )     (59 )
Interest income
                                               
domestic
    1,543       408       1,951       3,033       (1 ,426 )     1,607  
foreign
    2,609       1,992       4,601       2,987       1,283       4,270  
 
                                               
Total
    4,152       2,400       6,552       6,020       (143 )     5,877  
 
                                               
Other interest income
                    4,368                       16,994  
 
                                               
Total interest income
                    10,920                       22,871  
 
                                               

118


Table of Contents

                                                 
            2006 over 2005           2005 over 2004
            Increase (decrease)           Increase (decrease)
            due to changes in           due to changes in
    Average   Average   Net   Average   Average   Net
    volume   rate   change   volume   rate   change
    (EUR millions)   (EUR millions)
Interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
Time deposits from banks
                                               
domestic
    434       753       1,187       156       212       368  
foreign
    (239 )     239       0       (91 )     399       308  
Demand deposits
                                               
domestic
    110       588       698       250       169       419  
foreign
    83       107       190       12       64       79  
Time deposits
                                               
domestic
    324       358       682       60       54       114  
foreign
    36       268       304       (1 )     175       174  
Savings deposits
                                               
domestic
    87       (19 )     68       126       (136 )     (10 )
foreign
    930       544       1,474       1,423       363       1,786  
Short term debt
                                               
domestic
    42       52       94       (44 )     30       (14 )
foreign
    341       239       580       (39 )     612       573  
Long term debt
                                               
domestic
    4       119       123       (72 )     77       5  
foreign
    (307 )     (198 )     (505 )     306       (20 )     286  
Subordinated liabilities
                                               
domestic
    111       (8 )     103       204       (16 )     188  
foreign
    (22 )     (12 )     (34 )     (11 )     4       (7 )
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
domestic
    144       159       303       164       453       617  
foreign
    565       427       992       379       (116 )     263  
Interest expense
                                               
domestic
    1,256       2,002       3,258       844       843       1,687  
foreign
    1,387       1,614       3,001       1,981       1,481       3,462  
 
                                               
Total
    2,643       3,616       6,259       2,825       2,324       5,149  
 
                                               
Other interest expense
                    4,488                       17,259  
 
                                               
Total interest expense
                    10,747                       22,408  
 
                                               
Net interest
                                               
domestic
    287       (1,594 )     (1 ,307 )     2,189       (2,269 )     (80 )
foreign
    1,222       378       1,600       1,006       (198 )     808  
 
                                               
Net interest
    1,509       (1,216 )     293       3,195       (2,467 )     728  
 
                                               
Other net interest result
                    (120 )                     (265 )
 
                                               
Net interest result
                    173                       463  
 
                                               

119


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS OF THE GROUP’S BANKING OPERATIONS
The following table shows the balance sheet value under IFRS-EU of the investments of the Group’s banking operations.
                         
            Year ended December 31    
    2006   2005   2004
    (EUR millions)
Debt securities available for sale
                       
Dutch government
    6,106       6,052       5,688  
German government
    8,076       9,664       9,403  
Central banks
    213       159       180  
Belgian government
    14,225       15,711       14,829  
Other governments
    27,959       32,001       27,192  
Corporate debt securities
                       
Banks and financial institutions
    26,791       29,418       34,530  
Other corporate debt securities
    9,900       3,815       15,867  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    322       1,424       1,953  
Other debt securities
    57,941       60,808       53,408  
 
                       
Total debt securities available for sale
    151,533       159,052       163,050  
 
                       
Debt securities held to maturity
                       
Dutch government
            452          
German government
    790       792          
Central banks
                       
Belgian government
                       
Other governments
    564       767          
Corporate debt securities
                       
Banks and financial institutions
    13,970       14,375          
Other corporate debt securities
    40       40          
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    233       361          
Other debt securities
    2,063       2,150          
 
                       
Total debt securities held to maturity
    17,660       18,937          
 
                       
Shares and convertible debentures
    1,898       2,147       546  
Land and buildings1)
    5,005       3,205       3,398  
 
                       
Total
    176,096       183,340       166,994  
 
                       
 
1)   Including commuted ground rents
Banking investment strategy
ING’s investment strategy for its investment portfolio related to the banking activities is formulated by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The exposures of the investments to market rate movements are managed by modifying the asset and liability mix, either directly or through the use of derivative financial products including interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and purchased option positions such as interest rate caps, floors and collars. See Note 2.2 Risk Management of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The investment portfolio related to the banking activities primarily consists of fixed-interest securities. Approximately 19% of the land and buildings owned by ING Bank are wholly or partially in use by Group companies.

120


Table of Contents

Portfolio maturity description
                                                 
    1 year or less           Between 1 and 5 years   Between 5 and 10 years
    Book value     Book value     Book value  
    (EUR   Yield1)   (EUR   Yield1)   (EUR   Yield1)
    millions)   %   millions)   %   millions)   %
Debt securities available for sale
                                               
Dutch government
    275       5.8       858       5.1       4,973       4.2  
German government
    190       4.7       2,783       4.7       5,103       4.2  
Belgian government
    1,802       6.8       7,113       5.3       5,141       4.4  
Central banks
    83       2.0                       130       4.1  
Other governments
    6,505       4.3       10,024       4.5       10,195       4.1  
Banks and financial institutions
    4,665       4.0       14,109       3.8       7,367       3.8  
Corporate debt securities
    843       4.5       3,970       4.3       4,984       4.0  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    196       3.8       124       3.7       1       4.8  
 
Other debt securities
    4,699       4.7       14,348       4.6       9,302       5.0  
 
                                               
Total debt securities available for sale
    19,258       4.6       53,329       4.4       47,196       4.2  
 
                                               
                         
    Over 10 years           Total
    Book value     Book value
    (EUR   Yield1)   (EUR
    millions)   %   millions)
Debt securities available for sale
                       
Dutch government
                    6,106  
German government
                    8,076  
Belgian government
    169       4.8       14,225  
Central banks
                    213  
Other governments
    1,235       4.4       27,959  
Banks and financial institutions
    650       4.6       26,791  
Corporate debt securities
    103       6.5       9,900  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    1       4.7       322  
 
                       
Other debt securities
                       
Total debt securities available for sale
    29,592       5.2       57,941  
 
                       
 
    31,750       5.2       151,533  
 
                       
 
1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax- equivalents basis.

121


Table of Contents

                                                 
    1 year or less   Between 1 and 5   Between 5 and 10
                    years   years
    Book     Book     Book  
    value           value           value    
    (EUR   Yield1)   (EUR   Yield 1)   (EUR   Yield1)
    millions)   %   millions)   %   millions)   %
Debt securities held to maturity
                                               
Dutch government
                                               
German government
                    249       3.5       541       4.1  
Belgian government
                                               
Central banks
                                               
Other governments
                    155       4.6       409       4.7  
Banks and financial institutions
    688       4.4       6,143       4.0       7,039       3.6  
Corporate debt securities
                                    40       3.4  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    31       5.0       114       5.2       88       4.4  
 
Other debt securities
                                               
Total debt securities held to maturity
    85       2.8       1,022       3.6       956       3.8  
 
                                               
 
    804       4.3       7,683       3.9       9,073       3.7  
 
                                               
                         
    Over 10 years           Total
    Book value     Book value
    (EUR   Yield1)   (EUR
    millions)   %   millions)
Debt securities held to maturity
                       
Dutch government
                       
German government
                    790  
Belgian government
                       
Central banks
                       
 
Other governments
                    564  
Banks and financial institutions
    100       4.5       13,970  
Corporate debt securities
                    40  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
                    233  
 
Other debt securities
                       
Total debt securities held to maturity
                    2,063  
 
                       
 
    100       4.5       17,660  
 
                       
 
1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax-equivalent basis.
On December 31, 2006, ING Group also held the following securities for the banking operations that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity:
                 
    2006
    Book value   Market
            value
    (EUR millions)
Dutch government
               
Belgian government
    6,106       6,106  
German government
    14,225       14,225  
 
    8,866       8,857  

122


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO
Loans and advances to banks and customers
Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except for cash, current accounts and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Lending facilities to corporate and private customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts and finance lease receivables. The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
                         
    Year ended December 31
    2006   2005   2004
            (EUR millions)        
By domestic offices:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    16,450       13,907       7,296  
Loans secured by mortgages
    120,753       111,257       103,594  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    6,747       4,573       7,323  
Other private lending
    6,484       9,943       6,420  
Other corporate lending
    89,999       80,540       35,897  
 
                       
Total domestic offices
    240,433       220,220       160,530  
 
                       
 
                       
By foreign offices:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    9,503       17,535       17,118  
Loans secured by mortgages
    87,457       69,855       53,156  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    32,072       23,721       26,471  
Other private lending
    16,422       15,200       8,474  
Other corporate lending
    89,547       84,355       88,639  
 
                       
Total foreign offices
    235,001       210,666       193,858  
 
                       
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    475,434       430,886       354,388  
 
                       

123


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 under Dutch GAAP.
                 
    Year ended December 31
    2003   2002
Dutch GAAP   (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    6,473       8,013  
Loans secured by mortgages
    94,125       86,932  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    8,367       7,103  
Other private lending
    7,009       8,201  
Other corporate lending
    36,861       42,083  
 
               
Total domestic offices
    152,835       152,332  
 
               
 
               
By foreign offices:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    16,603       15,750  
Loans secured by mortgages
    39,604       31,260  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    17,879       23,562  
Other private lending
    7,813       6,810  
Other corporate lending
    86,722       82,256  
 
               
Total foreign offices
    168,621       159,638  
 
               
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    321,456       311,970  
 
               
Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2006.
                                 
    1 year   1 year   After    
    or less   to 5 years   5 years   Total
    (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    5,482       905       10,063       16,450  
Loans secured by mortgages
    7,503       13,329       99,921       120,753  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    3,274       1,668       1,805       6,747  
Other private lending
    5,291       512       681       6,484  
Other corporate lending
                               
Total domestic offices
    69,418       9,682       10,899       89,999  
 
                               
 
    90,968       26,096       123,369       240,433  
 
                               
 
                               
By foreign offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    4,053       3,126       2,324       9,503  
Loans secured by mortgages
    8,473       14,840       64,144       87,457  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    21,534       6,124       4,414       32,072  
Other private lending
    10,103       2,698       3,621       16,422  
Other corporate lending
    32,940       29,300       27,307       89,547  
 
                               
Total foreign offices
    77,103       56,088       101,810       235,001  
 
                               
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    168,071       82,184       225,179       475,434  
 
                               

124


Table of Contents

The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by interest rate sensitivity by maturity as of December 31, 2006.
                         
    1 year or less   Over 1 year   Total
            (EUR millions)        
Non-interest earning
    5,054       770       5,824  
Fixed interest rate
    58,021       76,500       134,521  
Semi-fixed interest rate1)
    4,344       125,772       130,116  
Variable interest rate
    100,652       104,321       204,973  
 
                       
Total
    168,071       307,363       475,434  
 
                       
 
1)   Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “semi-fixed”
Loan concentration
The following industry concentrations were in excess of 10% of total loans as of December 31,2006:
         
    Total outstandings
    %
Financial institutions
    37.0 %
Private individuals
    31 .3 %

125


Table of Contents

Risk elements
Loans Past Due 90 days and Still Accruing Interest
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest are loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest on which we continue to recognize interest income on an accrual basis in accordance with IFRS-EU.
Under IFRS-EU prior to the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and under Dutch GAAP, loans were placed on non-accrual status when a loan was in default as to payment of principal and interest for 90 days or more, or when, in the judgment of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days. Any accrued, but unpaid, interest was reversed against the same period’s interest revenue. Interest payments received on a cash basis during the period were recorded as interest income.
In 2005 with the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39, once a loan has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. As all loans continue to accrue interest under IFRS-EU, the non-accrual loan status is no longer used to identify ING Group’s risk elements. Therefore, in 2005, no loans are reported as non-accrual and there is an increase in the amount of loans reported as Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest, compared to the prior years reported, due to the interest accrual on impaired loans.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balance of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
                         
    Year ended December 31
    2006   2005   2004
    (EUR millions)
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
                       
Domestic
    1,317       1,664       577  
Foreign
    2,426       2,112       510  
 
                       
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
    3,743       3,776       1,087  
 
                       
 
                       
Non-accrual
                       
Domestic
                    1,143  
Foreign
                    2,284  
 
                       
Total non-accrual loans
                    3,427  
 
                       
 
                       
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
    3,743       3,776       4,514  
 
                       
As of December 31, 2006, EUR 3,692 million of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have a loan loss provision. The remaining loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have also been reviewed for impairment; however, based on our measurement of the impairment, no impairment loss has been determined. Total loans with a loan loss provision, including those loans classified as past due 90 days and still accruing interest with a provision and troubled debt restructurings with a provision, amounts to EUR 4,516 million as of December 31, 2006.

126


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 under Dutch GAAP.
Dutch GAAP
                 
    Year ended December 31  
    2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
               
Domestic
    830       986  
Foreign
    819       1,048  
 
           
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
    1,649       2,034  
 
           
 
               
Non-accrual
               
Domestic
    965       1,093  
Foreign
    2,599       3,044  
 
           
Total non-accrual loans
    3,564       4,137  
 
           
 
               
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
    5,213       6,171  
 
           
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled debt restructurings are loans that we have restructured due to deterioration in the borrower’s financial position and in relation to which, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s deteriorated financial position, we have granted a concession to the borrower that we would not have otherwise granted.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
                         
    Year ended December 31  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Troubled debt restructurings
                       
Domestic
    163       495       197  
Foreign
    199       582       651  
 
                 
Total troubled debt restructurings
    362       1,077       848  
 
                 
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 under Dutch GAAP.
Dutch GAAP
                 
    Year ended December 31  
    2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Troubled debt restructurings
               
Domestic
    115       439  
Foreign
    516       461  
 
           
Total troubled debt restructurings
    631       900  
 
           
Interest Income on Troubled Debt Restructurings
The following table sets forth the gross interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2006 on troubled debt restructurings had such loans been current in accordance

127


Table of Contents

with their original contractual terms and interest income on such loans that was actually included in interest income during the year ended December 31, 2006.
                         
    Year ended December 31, 2006  
    (EUR millions)  
    Domestic     Foreign        
    Offices     Offices     Total  
Interest income that would have been recognized under the original contractual terms
    10       9       19  
Interest income recognized in the profit and loss account
    4       8       12  
Potential Problem Loans
Potential problem loans are loans that are not classified as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or troubled debt restructurings and amounted to EUR 3,314 million as of December 31, 2006. Of this total, EUR 2,530 million relates to domestic loans and EUR 784 million relates to foreign loans. These loans are considered potential problem loans as there is known information about possible credit problems causing us to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in classifying the loans as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or as troubled debt restructurings. Appropriate provisions, following ING Group’s credit risk rating system, have been established for these loans.
Cross-border outstandings
Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-earning deposits with other banks, other interest-earning investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in euro or other non-local currency. To the extent that material local currency outstandings are not hedged or are not funded by local currency borrowings, such amounts are included in cross-border outstandings.
Commitments such as irrevocable letters of credit are not considered as cross border outstanding. Total outstandings are in line with Dutch Central Bank requirements. On December 31, 2006, there were no outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets in any country where current conditions give rise to liquidity problems which are expected to have a material impact on the timely repayment of interest or principal.
The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2006
            Banks & other                        
    Government &   financial   Commercial                   Cross-border
    official institutions   Institutions   & industrial   Other   Total   Commitments
    (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
    60       29,787       51,344       2,437       83,628       9,840  
United States
    114       7,241       33,388       4,102       44,845       11,353  
France
    4,831       12,012       5,658       3,491       25,992       2,776  
Germany
    6,855       10,233       4,244       1,906       23,238       7,898  
Italy
    11,819       4,011       5,704       1,118       22,652       1,445  
Spain
    2,494       7,766       8,194       923       19,377       2,071  

128


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2006  
            Banks & other                              
    Government &     financial     Commercial                     Cross-border  
    official institutions     Institutions     & industrial     Other     Total     Commitments  
    (EUR millions)  
United Kingdom
    42       23,954       41,139       1,531       66,666       4,728  
United States
    538       6,027       32,154       3,192       41,911       12,148  
Germany
    8,605       12,677       2,744       3,840       27,866       3,445  
France
    5,398       7,931       4,659       1,391       19,379       5,067  
Italy
    10,407       3,618       4,589       449       19,063       1,031  
Spain
    4,946       6,101       5,785       917       17,749       1,592  
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2006  
            Banks & other                              
    Government &     financial     Commercial                     Cross-border  
    official institutions     Institutions     & industrial     Other     Total     Commitments  
    (EUR millions)  
United Kingdom
    92       19,620       30,391       640       50,743       4,896  
Germany
    9,641       19,367       3,538       4,721       37,267       5,443  
United States
    507       3,097       19,462       3,998       27,064       11,266  
France
    5,245       8,185       3,664       649       17,743       3,095  
Spain
    3,850       8,595       2,566       1,449       16,460       1,964  
Italy
    6,753       5,008       2,725       423       14,909       964  
Belgium
    2,887       2,133       3,015       904       8,939       10,486  
On December 31, 2006, Ireland and Belgium had EUR 10,049 million and EUR 9,523 million, respectively, of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets. On December 31, 2005, Ireland and Belgium had EUR 11,400 million and EUR 10,201 million, respectively, of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets. There were no cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets, at year-end 2004.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
For further explanation on loan loss provision we refer to Note 2.1 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements, Loan loss provision
The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of the credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis. The net impact of the application of the IFRS-EU methodology on the loan loss provision of ING Group’s banking operations, including the reclassification from other assets for the provision for interest on impaired loans, was EUR (398) million as of January 1, 2005.
The following table summarizes ING Group’s investments in impaired loans as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. This table is incorporated by reference into the consolidated financial statements, note 2.4.8(b). In accordance with SFAS 114 Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, small balance homogeneous loans such as consumer mortgages and loans and small business loans are excluded from the definition of impaired loans presented below.

129


Table of Contents

                         
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Total gross impaired loans and advances to customers
    2,502       3,914       6,181  
Total gross impaired loans and advances to customers for which a related allowance exists
    2,385       3,700       4,545  
Allowance for impaired loans and advances to customers
    1,391       2,045       2,671  
Average total gross impaired loans and advances to customers
    2,467       4,056       6,480  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized in the period
    152       104       176  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
    84       67       96  

130


Table of Contents

The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.

IFRS-EU
                         
    Calendar period  
    2006     2005     2004  
      (EUR millions)  
Balance on January 1
    3,313       4,262       4,671  
Implementation IAS 32 and IAS 391)
            (398 )        
Change in the composition of the Group
    (101 )     (4 )     (38 )
Charge-offs:
                       
Domestic:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                (1 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (32 )     (8 )     (3 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (11 )     (12 )     (22 )
Other private lending
    (108 )     (107 )     (57 )
Other corporate lending
    (136 )     (164 )     (156 )
Foreign:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
          (9 )     (13 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (26 )     (23 )     (31 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (5 )     (4 )     20  
Other private lending
    (70 )     (78 )     (57 )
Other corporate lending
                       
Total charge-offs
    (303 )     (437 )     (589 )
 
                 
 
    (691 )     (842 )     (909 )
 
                       
Recoveries:
                       
Domestic:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                 
Loans secured by mortgages
                 
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    4             6  
Other private lending
    11       6       3  
Other corporate lending
    1              
Foreign:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
                 
Loans secured by mortgages
                (1 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
                23  
Other private lending
    49       39       11  
Other corporate lending
    21       16       42  
 
                 
Total recoveries
    86       61       84  
 
                 
Net charge-offs
    (605 )     (781 )     (825 )
 
                       
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations)
    35       234       454  
 
                 
Balance on December 31
    2,642       3,313       4,262  
 
                 
 
                       
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.12 %     0.17 %     0.24 %
 
1)   Consists of release of unallocated provision for loan losses of EUR (592) million and reclassification from other assets for provision for interest on impaired loans of EUR 194 million.

131


Table of Contents

The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003 and 2002 under Dutch GAAP.   

Dutch GAAP
                 
    Calendar period  
    2003     2002  
    (EUR millions)  
Balance on January 1
    4,870       4,474  
Change in the composition of the Group
    104       93  
Charge-offs:
               
  Domestic:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
          (1 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (1 )     (4 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (27 )     (18 )
Other private lending
    (65 )     (31 )
Other corporate lending
    (166 )     (211 )
  Foreign:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (1 )      
Loans secured by mortgages
    (30 )     (8 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (10 )     (3 )
Other private lending
    (105 )     (32 )
Other corporate lending
    (797 )     (530 )
 
           
Total charge-offs
    (1,202 )     (838 )
 
               
Recoveries:
               
  Domestic:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
           
Loans secured by mortgages
           
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    7       4  
Other private lending
    9       2  
Other corporate lending
          3  
  Foreign:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
           
Loans secured by mortgages
          2  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    4        
Other private lending
    10       7  
Other corporate lending
    19       15  
 
           
Total recoveries
    49       33  
 
           
Net charge-offs
    (1,153 )     (805 )
 
               
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations), excluding foreign currency exchange
    850       1,108  
 
           
Balance on December 31
    4,671       4,870  
 
           
 
               
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.37 %     0.27 %
Additions to the provision for loan losses presented in the table above were influenced by developments in general economic conditions as well as certain individual exposures.

132


Table of Contents

The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2006, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.

IFRS-EU
                                                 
    Year ended December 31  
    2006     2005     2004  
    EUR     %1)     EUR     %1)     EUR     %1)  
    (EUR millions)  
Domestic:
                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            3.46       1       3.23       1       2.06  
Loans secured by mortgages
    96       25.40       93       25.82       198       29.23  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            1.42               1.06               2.07  
Other private lending
    357       1.36       230       2.31       181       1.81  
Other corporate lending
    280       18.93       594       18.69       692       10.13  
 
                                   
Total domestic
    733       50.57       918       51.11       1,072       45.30  
Foreign:
                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    2       2.00       2       4.07       36       4.83  
Loans secured by mortgages
    177       18.40       273       16.20       213       15.00  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    6       6.75       13       5.51       23       7.47  
Other private lending
    408       3.45       408       3.53       344       2.39  
Other corporate lending
    1,316       18.83       1,699       19.58       2,574       25.01  
 
                                   
Total foreign
    1,909       49.43       2,395       48.89       3,190       54.70  
 
                                   
Total
    2,642       100.00       3,313       100.00       4,262       100.00  
 
                                   
 
1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.
The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003 and 2002 under Dutch GAAP.  

Dutch GAAP
                                 
        Year ended December 31  
    2003     2002  
    EUR     %1)     EUR     %1)  
    (EUR millions)  
Domestic:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            2.00       31       2.56  
Loans secured by mortgages
    164       29.15       120       27.87  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            2.59               2.28  
Other private lending
    258       2.17       199       2.63  
Other corporate lending
    728       11.83       649       13.49  
 
                       
Total domestic
    1,150       47.75       999       48.83  
Foreign:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    30       5.14       47       5.05  
Loans secured by mortgages
    238       12.27       73       10.02  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    28       5.54       90       7.55  
Other private lending
    385       2.42       145       2.18  
Other corporate lending
    2,840       26.89       3,516       26.37  
 
                       
Total foreign
    3,521       52.25       3,871       51.17  
 
                       
Total
    4,671       100.00       4,870       100.00  
 
                       
 
 
1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.

133


Table of Contents

DEPOSITS
The aggregate average balance of all the Group’s interest-bearing deposits (from banks and customer accounts) increased by 12.94% to EUR 591,539 million for 2006, compared to 2005. Interest rates paid reflect market conditions. The effect on net interest income depends upon competitive pricing and the level of interest income that can be generated through the use of funds.
Deposits by banks are primarily time deposits, the majority of which are raised by the Group’s Amsterdam based money market operations in the world’s major financial markets.
Certificates of deposit represent 25% of the category ‘Debt securities’ (15% at the end of 2005). These instruments are issued as part of liquidity management with maturities generally of less than three months.

134


Table of Contents

The following table includes the average deposit balance by category of deposit and the related average rate.
                                                 
    2006     2005     2004  
    Average     Average     Average     Average     Average     Average  
    deposit     rate     deposit     rate     deposit     rate  
    (EUR     %     (EUR     %     (EUR     %  
    millions)             millions)             millions)          
Deposits by banks
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand — non-interest bearing
    818               2,094               72          
 — interest bearing
    20,543       3.9       5,477       3.1       3,928       2.1  
Time
    29,774       4.6       28,584       2.9       35,506       2.2  
Total domestic offices
    51,135               36,155               39,506          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand — non-interest bearing
    1,127               1,463               1,998          
 — interest bearing
    17,100       3.4       21,199       3.6       23,307       1.9  
Time
    51,378       3.6       55,329       3.1       50,764       2.6  
 
                                         
Total foreign offices
    69,605               77,991               76,069          
 
                                         
Total deposits by banks
    120,740               114,146               115,575          
 
                                         
 
                                               
Customer accounts
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Demand — non-interest bearing
    11,486               11 ,032               11,216          
 — interest bearing
    121,699       1.6       93,705       1.5       49,275       1.8  
Savings
    32,675       2.8       27,354       3.8       26,220       3.1  
Time
    25,899       4.8       20,047       3.5       29,501       2.7  
 
                                         
Total domestic offices
    191,759               152,138               116,212          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Demand — non-interest bearing
    2,607               2,139               1,631          
 — interest bearing
    34,404       2.1       34,402       1.7       34,015       1.4  
Savings
    209,546       3.3       189,235       3.1       146,358       2.9  
Time
    48,520       4.6       48,429       3.3       43,027       2.7  
 
                                         
Total foreign offices
    295,077               274,205               225,031          
 
                                         
Total customers accounts
    486,836               426,343               341,243          
 
                                         
 
                                               
Debt securities
                                               
In domestic offices:
                                               
Debentures
    5,250       4.9       7,300       4.5       12,538       3.7  
Certificates of deposit
    3,354       4.1       2,307       3.7       3,711       3.2  
Other
    1,602       4.2       1,237       2.6       3,179       3.1  
 
                                         
Total domestic offices
    10,206               10,844               19,428          
In foreign offices:
                                               
Debentures
    6,523       5.2       17,090       4.0       14,052       4.7  
Certificates of deposit
    11,210       5.2       8,707       4.1       12,113       3.1  
 
                                         
Other
    30,900       4.4       35,466       3.0       26,120       2.5  
 
                                         
Total foreign offices
    48,633               61,263               52,285          
 
                                         
Total debt securities
    58,839               72,107               71,713          
 
                                         
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 69,838 million, EUR 46,126 million and EUR 34,801 million, respectively.

135


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2006, the maturity of domestic time certificates of deposit and other time deposits, exceeding EUR 20,000, was:
                                 
    Time certificates     other time deposits  
    of deposit                    
    (EUR     %     (EUR     %  
    millions)             millions)          
3 months or less
    956       44.2       50,008       87.0  
6 months or less but over 3 months
    595       27.5       2,761       4.8  
12 months or less but over 6 months
    76       3.5       1,902       3.3  
Over 12 months
    535       24.8       2,837       4.9  
 
                       
Total
    2,162       100       57,508       100  
 
                       
The following table shows the amount outstanding for time certificates of deposit and other time deposits exceeding EUR 20,000 issued by foreign offices on December 31, 2006.
         
    (EUR millions)  
Time certificates of deposit
    14,704  
Other time deposits
    76,125  
 
     
Total
    90,829  
 
     
Short-term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. Commercial paper and securities sold under repurchase agreements are the only significant categories of short-term borrowings within our banking operations.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the categories of our short-term borrowings.

IFRS-EU
                         
    Year ended December 31  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (EUR millions, except % data)  
Commercial paper:
                       
Balance at the end of the year
    35,682       22,836       15,904  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    26,416       21,314       15,027  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    35,682       23,265       16,436  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    4.87 %     3.86 %     2.01 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    3.60 %     3.60 %     1.90 %
 
                       
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
                       
Balance at the end of the year
    101,239       79,609       62,098  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    103,951       77,611       46,986  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    122,619       95,616       62,098  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    3.03 %     2.38 %     1.56 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    3.11 %     2.32 %     1.18 %

136


Table of Contents

Item 19. Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:
     
Exhibit 1.1
  Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 1.2
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (English Translation), dated April 25, 2005
 
   
Exhibit 2.1
  Subordinated Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 2.2
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.3
  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 12, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.4
  Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.5
  Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 26, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on September 23, 2005)
 
   
Exhibit 2.6
  Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated December 8, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on December 7, 2005)
 
   
Exhibit 4.1
  Form of Employment Contract for Members of the Executive Board (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No.
1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 7
  Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
Exhibit 8
  List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
 
   
Exhibit 10.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.2
  Consent of KPMG Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.3
  Consent of Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Enterprises S.C.C.
 
   
Exhibit 12.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 12.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002

137


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders, the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that ING Groep N.V. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). ING Groep N.V.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that ING Groep N.V. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, ING Groep N.V. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 of ING Groep N.V. and our report dated April 13, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
April 13, 2007
Ernst & Young Accountants

138


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
ING Groep N.V.
(Registrant)
         
By:
  /s/ C. Maas
 
   
Name: Cees Maas    
Title: Chief Financial Officer    
Date: April 13, 2007

139


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    F - 2  
 
       
    F - 3  
 
       
    F - 4  
 
       
    F - 5  
 
       
    F - 7  
 
       
    F - 9  
 
       
    F - 27  
 
       
    F - 28  
 
       
    F - 62  
 
       
    F - 84  
 
       
    F - 99  
 
       
    F - 107  
 
       
    F - 108  
 
       
    F - 134  
 
       
    F - 146  
 
       
    F - 166  
 
       
    F - 167  
 
       
    F - 171  
 
       
    F - 177  
 
       
    F - 178  
 
       
    F - 179  
 
       
    F - 180  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders, the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. We did not audit the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary. In our position we did not audit capital base, as defined in Note 2.1.4 to the consolidated financial statements, constituting 37% in 2006 and 36% in 2005 and net profit constituting 37% in 2006, 45% in 2005 and 31% in 2004 of the related consolidated totals of ING Groep N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion insofar as it relates to data included for ING Bank N.V. is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts (including the conversion of the financial statements of ING Groep N.V. to US generally accepted accounting principles and the conversion of the financial statements of ING Belgium N.V/S.A. for the year ended December 31, 2004 to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union) and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING Groep N.V. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of its operations, and it cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in section ‘Changes in accounting policies’ on page F-25 in Note 2.1.1 to the consolidated financial statements, ING Groep N.V. changed its accounting for financial instruments and certain insurance contracts effective January 1, 2005.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union vary in certain significant respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 2.4 to the consolidated financial statements.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of ING Groep N.V.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 13, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
April 13, 2007
Ernst & Young Accountants

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31,
Before profit appropriation
                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2006     2005  
ASSETS
               
Cash and balances with central banks1)
    14,326       13,084  
Amounts due from banks2)
    39,868       47,466  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss*3)
               
– trading assets
    193,977       149,187  
– investments for risk of policyholders
    110,547       100,961  
– non-trading derivatives
    6,521       7,766  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    6,425       10,230  
Investments4)
               
– available-for-sale
    293,921       305,707  
– held-to-maturity
    17,660       18,937  
Loans and advances to customers5)
    474,437       439,181  
Reinsurance contracts17)
    6,529       8,285  
Investments in associates6)
    4,343       3,622  
Real estate investments7)
    6,974       5,031  
Property and equipment8)
    6,031       5,757  
Intangible assets9)
    3,522       3,661  
Deferred acquisition costs10)
    10,163       9,604  
Other assets11)
    31,063       30,160  
 
           
Total assets
    1,226,307       1,158,639  
 
           
 
               
EQUITY
               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)12)
    38,266       36,736  
Minority interests
    2,949       1,689  
 
           
Total equity
    41,215       38,425  
 
               
LIABILITIES
               
Preference shares13)
    215       296  
Subordinated loans14)
    6,014       6,096  
Debt securities in issue15)
    78,133       81,262  
Other borrowed funds16)
    29,639       32,252  
Insurance and investment contracts17)
    268,683       263,487  
Amounts due to banks18)
    120,839       122,234  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit19)
    496,680       465,712  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss20)
               
– trading liabilities
    127,975       92,058  
– non-trading derivatives
    4,934       6,248  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    13,702       11,562  
Other liabilities21)
    38,278       39,007  
 
           
Total liabilities
    1,185,092       1,120,214  
 
               
Total equity and liabilities
    1,226,307       1,158,639  
 
           
References relate to the notes starting on page F-28 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                         
    Amounts in millions of euros    
    2006   2005   2004
Interest income banking operations
    59,170       48,176       25,448  
Interest expense banking operations
    (49,978 )     (39,109 )     (16,707 )
 
                       
Interest result banking operations35)
    9,192       9,067       8,741  
Gross premium income36)
    46,835       45,758       43,617  
Investment income37)
    10,907       10,434       10,054  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
    1       390       337  
Gross commission income
    6,867       5,845       5,659  
Commission expense
    (2,551 )     (2,098 )     (1,880 )
 
                       
Commission income38)
    4,316       3,747       3,779  
Valuation results on non-trading derivatives39)
    89       47          
Net trading income40)
    1,172       426       888  
Share of profit from associates6)
    638       541       229  
Other income41)
    471       710       526  
 
                       
Total income
    73,621       71,120       68,171  
 
                       
Gross underwriting expenditure
    53,065       54,594       48,925  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
    (2,702 )     (5,074 )     (2,309 )
Reinsurance recoveries
    (2,175 )     (2,400 )     (1,232 )
 
                       
Underwriting expenditure42)
    48,188       47,120       45,384  
Addition to loan loss provision5)
    103       88       465  
Other impairments43)
    27       76       22  
Staff expenses44)
    7,918       7,646       7,667  
Other interest expenses45)
    1,016       969       1,019  
Operating expenses46)
    6,429       6,327       5,874  
 
                       
Total expenses
    63,681       62,226       60,431  
 
 
                       
Profit before tax
    9,940       8,894       7,740  
 
                       
Taxation47)
    1,907       1,379       1,709  
 
                       
Net profit (before minority interests)
    8,033       7,515       6,031  
 
                       
 
                       
Attributable to:
                       
Shareholders of the parent
    7,692       7,210       5,755  
Minority interests
    341       305       276  
 
                       
 
    8,033       7,515       6,031  
 
                       
                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2006   2005   2004
Earnings per ordinary share attributable to shareholders of parent48)
    3.57       3.32       2.71  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share48)
    3.53       3.32       2.71  
Dividend per ordinary share49)
    1.32       1.18       1.07  
References relate to the notes starting on page F-84 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2006   2005   2004
Profit before tax
    9,940       8,894       7,740  
Adjusted for
                       
– depreciation
    1,298       1,278       563  
– deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    (1,317 )     (1,141 )     (858 )
– increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
    17,689       21,250       13,244  
– addition to loan loss provision
    103       88       465  
– other
    (4,778 )     (1,282 )     4,467  
Taxation paid
    (1,739 )     (1,398 )     (1,163 )
Changes in
                       
– amounts due from banks, not available on demand
    3,117       (720 )     (1,206 )
– trading assets
    (48,168 )     (29,925 )     (4,417 )
– non-trading derivatives
    (179 )     2,596          
– other financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    3,930       (2,193 )     (14 )
– loans and advances to customers
    (59,800 )     (62,709 )     (34,737 )
– other assets
    1,218       (7,551 )     336  
– amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
    1,925       19,405       21,986  
– customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    47,521       62,089       64,555  
– trading liabilities
    38,821       13,442          
– other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    2,405       8,398          
– other liabilities
    (2,236 )     3,475       4,141  
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    9,750       33,996       75,102  
 
                       
Investments and advances
                       
– group companies
    (2,358 )     (250 )     (2,643 )
– associates
    (449 )     (858 )        
– available-for-sale investments
    (295,086 )     (260,769 )     (262,293 )
– held-to-maturity investments
            (1,030 )        
– real estate investments
    (1,588 )     (1,156 )     (1,169 )
– property and equipment
    (568 )     (540 )     (380 )
– assets subject to operating leases
    (1,164 )     (991 )     (950 )
– investments for risk of policyholders
    (44,116 )     (41,781 )     (34,467 )
– other investments
    (250 )     (164 )     (103 )
Disposals and redemptions
                       
– group companies
    490       703       1,520  
– associates
    459       1,058          
– available-for-sale investments
    271,983       218,847       197,070  
– held-to-maturity investments
    1,343       245          
– real estate investments
    1,294       1,030       1,123  
– property and equipment
    292       483       192  
– assets subject to operating leases
    402       391       388  
– investments for risk of policyholders
    37,945       34,464       29,382  
– other investments
    51       13       65  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities52)
    (31,320 )     (50,305 )     (72,265 )

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP -
(CONTINUED)
For the years ended December 31,
                         
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2006   2005   2004
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    865       1,901       1,000  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (600 )     (177 )     (410 )
Borrowed funds and debt securities53)
    20,500       7,842       26  
Deposits by reinsurers
    (180 )     93       309  
Issuance of ordinary shares
    5       114       1,037  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (1,422 )     (303 )        
Sales of treasury shares
    373       55          
Dividends paid
    (2,716 )     (2,461 )     (883 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    16,825       7,064       1,079  
 
                       
Net cash flow54)
    (4,745 )     (9,245 )     3,916  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    3,335       11,588       7,715  
Implementation IAS 32/39
            692          
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (385 )     300       (43 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year55)
    (1,795 )     3,335       11,588  
References relate to the notes starting on page F-107 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                                                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
                            Total        
                            share-        
                            holders’        
    Share   Share           equity   Minority   Total
    capital   premium   Reserves   (parent)   interests   equity
Balance as at January 1, 2004
    612       8,064       10,664       19,340       3,513       22,853  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    717       717       29       746  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    (587 )     (587 )             (587 )
Exchange rate differences
                    (756 )     (756 )     (103 )     (859 )
 
                                               
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    (626 )     (626 )     (74 )     (700 )
 
                                               
Net profit
                    5,755       5,755       276       6,031  
 
                                               
 
                    5,129       5,129       202       5,331  
Changes in composition of the group
                                    (234 )     (234 )
Dividends1)
    16       (1,227 )     (883 )     (2,094 )             (2,094 )
Purchase/sales of treasury shares
    6       1,688               1,694               1,694  
 
                                               
Balance as at December 31, 2004
    634       8,525       14,910       24,069       3,481       27,550  
 
                                               
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
    (104 )     (191 )     4,398       4,103       (1,386 )     2,717  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    2,514       2,514       (32 )     2,482  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    (663 )     (663 )             (663 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    764       764               764  
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    (89 )     (89 )     17       (72 )
Employee stock option and share plans
                    63       63               63  
Exchange rate differences
                    1,217       1,217       14       1,231  
 
                                               
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    3,806       3,806       (1 )     3,805  
 
                                               
Net profit
                    7,210       7,210       305       7,515  
 
                                               
 
                                               
 
                    11,016       11,016       304       11,320  
Changes in composition of the group
                                    (710 )     (710 )
Dividends2)
                    (2,461 )     (2,461 )             (2,461 )
Exercise of warrants and options
            9               9               9  
 
                                               
Balance as at December 31, 2005
    530       8,343       27,863       36,736       1,689       38,425  
 
                                               
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                    (1,096 )     (1,096 )     (8 )     (1,104 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                    (759 )     (759 )     (1 )     (760 )
Changes in cash flow hedge reserve
                    (696 )     (696 )             (696 )
Transfer to insurance liabilities/DAC
                    820       820       (3 )     817  
Employee stock option and share plans
                    100       100       2       102  
Exchange rate differences
                    (1,335 )     (1,335 )     (70 )     (1,405 )
 
                                               
Total amount recognized directly in equity
                    (2,966 )     (2,966 )     (80 )     (3,046 )
 
                                               
Net profit
                    7,692       7,692       341       8,033  
 
                                               
 
                    4,726       4,726       261       4,987  

F-7


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP — (CONTINUED)
For the years ended December 31,
                                                 
                            Amounts in millions of euros   
                            Total        
                            share-        
                            holders’        
    Share   Share           equity   Minority   Total
    capital   premium   Reserves   (parent)   interests   equity
Changes in composition of the group
                                    1,034       1,034  
Dividends3)
                    (2,681 )     (2,681 )     (35 )     (2,716 )
Purchase/sale of treasury shares
                    (520 )     (520 )             (520 )
Exercise of warrants and options
            5               5               5  
 
                                               
Balance as at December 31, 2006
    530       8,348       29,388       38,266       2,949       41,215  
 
                                               
 
1)   2003 final dividend of EUR 0.49 per ordinary share and 2004 interim dividend of EUR 0.49 per ordinary share.
 
2)   2004 final dividend of EUR 0.58 per ordinary share and 2005 interim dividend of EUR 0.54 per ordinary share.
 
3)   2005 final dividend of EUR 0.64 per ordinary share and 2006 interim dividend of EUR 0.59 per ordinary share.
In 2006, deferred taxes for the year with regard to unrealized revaluations amounted to EUR 1,339 million (2005: EUR 363 million). For details on deferred tax see Note 21 Other liabilities.
Reserves include Revaluation reserve of EUR 9,453 million (2005: EUR 11,206 million), Currency translation reserve of EUR (473) million (2005: EUR 668 million) and Other reserves of EUR 20,408 million (2005: EUR 15,989 million).
Changes in individual components are presented in Note 12 Shareholders’ equity (parent).
For details on Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4 refer to section ‘Changes in accounting policies’.

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.1.1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF
ING GROUP
AUTHORIZATION OF ANNUAL ACCOUNTS
The consolidated annual accounts of ING Groep N.V. (‘ING Group’) for the year ended December 31, 2006 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Executive Board on March 12, 2007. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated and domiciled in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
ING Group applies International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’).
Certain amendments to IAS 19 Employee benefits became effective as of January 1, 2006. Also during the year several IFRIC interpretations became effective: IFRIC 4 Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease, IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2 and IFRIC 9 Reassessment of embedded derivatives. None of these recent amendments and interpretations have had a material effect on equity or net profit. Recently issued standards that became effective after January 1, 2007 are not expected to have a material effect on equity or net profit. ING Group has not early adopted any new International Financial Reporting Standard.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU provide several options in accounting policies. ING Group’s accounting policies under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and its decision on the options available are set out in the section ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’ below.
In this document the term ‘IFRS-EU’ is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU.
As permitted by IFRS-EU ING Group adopted IAS 32 and 39 and IFRS 4 for the accounting period beginning on January 1, 2005. As a result the profit and loss account for 2004 is not directly comparable. For the accounting policies used in 2004 see section ‘Changes in accounting policies’ at the end of the ‘Accounting policies’ section.
CHANGES IN PRESENTATION
The presentation of, and certain terms used in, the balance sheet, the profit and loss account, cash flow statement, statement of changes in equity and certain notes has been changed in 2006 to provide additional and more relevant information. Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation. None of the changes are significant in nature.
Until 2005, health and disability insurance business was included in ‘non-life’, in line with regulatory definitions in the Netherlands. In line with international practice, as of 2006, health and disability insurance business that is similar in nature to life insurance business is presented under ‘life’. The impact of this change is disclosed in Note 17 Insurance, Reinsurance and Investment contracts.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ING Group has identified the accounting policies that are most critical to its business operations and to the understanding of its results. These critical accounting policies are those which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, and relate to insurance provisions and deferred acquisition costs, the loan loss provision, the determination of the fair values of financial assets and liabilities and employee benefits. In each case, the determination of these items is fundamental to the financial condition and results of operations, and requires management to make complex judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. As a result, determinations regarding these items necessarily involve the use of assumptions and subjective judgements as to future events and are subject to change, as the use of different assumptions or data could produce materially different results. For a further discussion of the application of these accounting policies, reference is made to the applicable notes to the consolidated financial statements and the information below under ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’.

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Insurance provisions, Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) and Value of business acquired (VOBA)
The establishment of insurance provisions, DAC and VOBA is an inherently uncertain process, involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends. Specifically, significant assumptions related to these items that could have a material impact on financial results include interest rates, mortality, morbidity, property and casualty claims, investment yields on equity and real estate, foreign currency exchange rates and reserve adequacy assumptions.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
In addition, the adequacy of provision for life policies, net of DAC and VOBA, is evaluated regularly. The test involves comparing the established insurance provision with current best estimate assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and mortality and morbidity trends. The use of different assumptions in this test could lead to a different outcome.
Insurance provisions also include the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products. This impact is dependant upon the difference between the potential minimum benefits payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates. The determination of the potential minimum benefits payable also involves the use of assumptions about factors such as inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour, and mortality and morbidity trends. The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense.
See section ’Risk management’ for a sensitivity analysis of net profit and shareholders’ equity to insurance, interest rate, equity, foreign currency and real estate risks. These sensitivities are based on changes in assumptions that management considers reasonably likely at the balance sheet date.
Loan loss provisions
Loan loss provisions are recognized based on an incurred loss model. Considerable judgement is exercized in determining the extent of the loan loss provision (impairment) and is based on the management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit, industry and geographical concentration trends. Changes in such judgements and analyses may lead to changes in the loan loss provisions over time.
The identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Current observable data may include changes in unemployment rates, property prices and commodity prices. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined using quoted market prices. Market prices are obtained from traders, brokers and independent market vendors. In general, positions are valued taking the bid price for a long position and the offer price for a short position. In some cases where positions are marked at mid-market prices, a fair value adjustment is calculated. Furthermore, additional fair value adjustments may be necessary for liquidity or outdated data because transactions in a particular financial instrument do not take place on a regular basis.

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For certain financial assets and liabilities, including Over-The-Counter (OTC) derivative instruments, no quoted market prices are available. For these financial assets and liabilities fair value is determined using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques consider, among other factors, contractual and market prices, correlations, time value of money, credit, yield curve volatility factors, and/or prepayment rates of the underlying positions. All valuation techniques used are approved by management. In addition, data used in these valuation techniques are validated on a daily basis.
Valuation techniques are subjective in nature and significant judgement is involved in establishing fair values for financial assets and liabilities. Valuation techniques involve various assumptions regarding the underlying price, yield curve, correlations and many other factors. The use of different valuation techniques and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair value.
Price testing is done to assess whether the process of valuation has led to an appropriate fair value of the position and to an appropriate reflection of these valuations in the profit and loss account. Price testing is performed to minimise the potential risks for economic losses due to materially incorrect or misused models, which applies to both exchange traded positions as well as OTC positions.
See Note 33 Fair value of financial assets and liabilities for the basis of the determination of the fair values of the financial instruments.
Employee benefits
Group companies operate various defined benefit retirement plans covering a significant number of its domestic and international employees.
The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses, and unrecognized past service costs.
The determination of the defined benefit plan liability is based on internal and external actuarial models and calculations. The defined benefit obligation is calculated using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates, rates of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates, health care costs trend rates, consumer price index, and the expected return on plan assets. The assumptions are based on available market data and the historical performance of plan assets, and are updated annually.
The actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from the actual results due to changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends, and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the defined benefit plan liabilities and future pension costs. The effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and experience adjustments are not recognized in the profit and loss account unless the accumulated changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets and the excess is then amortized over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives. See Note 21 Other liabilities for the weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in connection with pension and other post-retirement benefits.
PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS
Consolidation
ING Group (‘the Group’) comprises ING Groep N.V. (‘the Company’), ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Bank N.V. and all other subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements of ING Group comprise the accounts of ING Groep N.V. and each of those entities in which it either owns, directly or indirectly, more than half of the voting power or over which it has control of their operating and financial policies through situations including, but not limited to:
– Ability to appoint or remove the majority of the board of directors;
– Power to govern such policies under statute or agreement; and
– Power over more than half of the voting rights through an agreement with other investors.
A list of principal subsidiaries is included in Note 28 Principal subsidiaries and companies acquired/disposed.

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Group controls another entity. For interests in investment vehicles the existence of control is determined taking into account both ING’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized surpluses and deficits on transactions between group companies have been eliminated. Where necessary, the accounting policies used by subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with group policies. In general, the reporting dates of subsidiaries are the same as the reporting date of ING Groep N.V. There are no material restrictions on subsidiaries to transfer funds to the parent company.
ING Group’s interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for using proportionate consolidation. ING Group proportionately consolidates its share of the joint ventures’ individual income and expenses, assets and liabilities, and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in ING Group’s financial statements. ING Group recognizes the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets to the joint venture that is attributable to the other venturers. ING Group does not recognize its share of profits or losses from the joint venture that result from the purchase of assets by ING Group from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realisable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognized immediately.
Use of estimates and assumptions
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements necessitates the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent liabilities at the balance sheet date, as well as reported income and expenses for the year. The actual outcome may differ from these estimates.
The process of setting assumptions is subject to internal control procedures and approvals, and takes into account internal and external studies, industry statistics, environmental factors and trends, and regulatory requirements.
Segmental reporting
A business segment is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments. The geographical analyses are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated. The business lines of the Group are the business segments and the primary segment reporting format. The geographical segments are considered the secondary.
Analysis of insurance business
Where amounts in respect of insurance business are analysed into ‘life’ and ‘non-life’, health and disability insurance business which is similar in nature to life insurance business included in ‘life’.
Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in euro, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the profit and loss account, except when deferred in equity as part of qualifying cash flow hedges or qualifying net investment hedges.

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Translation differences on non-monetary items, measured at fair value through profit and loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Non-monetary items are retranslated at the date fair value is determined. Translation differences on non-monetary items measured at fair value through the revaluation reserve are included in the revaluation reserve in equity.
Group companies
The results and financial position of all group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
– Assets and liabilities included in each balance sheet are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
– Income and expenses included in each profit and loss account are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and
– All resulting exchange rate differences are recognized in a separate component of equity.
On consolidation exchange rate differences arising from the translation of a monetary item that forms part of the net investment in a foreign operation, and of borrowings and other instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is sold such exchange rate differences are recognized in the profit and loss account as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives and trading and available-for-sale securities) are based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price; the quoted market price used for financial liabilities is the current ask price.
The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example OTC derivatives) are determined using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date.
Derivatives and hedge accounting
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and valuation techniques (such as discounted cash flow models and option pricing models), as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
Some credit protection contracts that take the legal form of a derivative, such as certain credit default swaps, are accounted for as financial guarantees.
The method of recognizing the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedge), hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability or a forecast transaction (cash flow hedge), or hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting is used for derivatives designated in this way provided certain criteria are met.
The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions together with the methods selected to assess hedge effectiveness. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Certain derivatives embedded in other contracts are measured as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit and loss, and if a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account.
Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognized in the profit and loss account, together with fair value adjustments to the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is, in the case of interest bearing instruments, amortized in the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the original hedge or recognized directly when the hedged item is derecognized. For non-interest bearing instruments, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is recognized in the profit and loss account only when the hedged item is derecognized.
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognized in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the profit and loss account in the periods in which the hedged item will affect net profit. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the profit and loss account. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the profit and loss account.
Net investment hedges
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognized in equity and the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the profit and loss account when the foreign operation is disposed of.
Non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Derivative instruments that are used by the Group as part of its risk management strategies but do not qualify for hedge accounting under the Group’s accounting policies are presented as non-trading derivatives. Non-trading derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in the fair value taken to the profit and loss account.
Financial assets
Recognition of financial assets
All purchases and sales of financial assets classified as fair value through profit and loss, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (‘regular way’ purchases and sales) are recognized at trade date, which is the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and receivables are recognized at settlement date, which is the date the Group receives or delivers the asset.
Derecognition of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognizes the financial asset if it no longer has control over the asset. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. The extent of continuing involvement is determined by the extent to which the Group is exposed to changes in the value of the asset.

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial assets held for trading and other financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss by management, including investments for risk of policyholders. A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit and loss if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis. Investments for risk of policyholders are investments against insurance liabilities for which all changes in fair value of invested assets are offset by similar changes in insurance liabilities. Transaction costs on initial recognition are expensed as incurred.
Investments
Investments (including loans quoted in active markets) are classified either as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale and are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Investment securities and loans quoted in active markets with fixed maturity where management has both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities and actively traded loans intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices, are classified as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. For available-for-sale debt securities, the difference between cost and redemption value is amortized. Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognized in equity. When the securities are disposed of, the related accumulated fair value adjustments are included in the profit and loss account as investment income. For impairments of available-for-sale financial assets reference is made to the section ‘Impairments of other financial assets’. Investments in prepayment sensitive securities such as Interest-Only and Principal-Only strips are generally classified as available-for-sale.
Held-to-maturity investments
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity for which the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and which are designated as held-to-maturity assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method less any impairment losses.
Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to customers are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method less any impairment losses.
Realized gains and losses on investments
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and (amortized) cost. For equity securities the cost is determined using a weighted average per portfolio. For debt securities the cost is determined by specific identification.
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset, and the net amount reported, in the balance sheet when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intends to either settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
Repurchase transactions and reverse repurchase transactions
Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (‘repos’) are retained in the consolidated financial statements. The counterparty liability is included in Amounts due to banks, Other borrowed funds or Customer deposits and other funds on deposit, as appropriate.
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are recorded as Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks, as appropriate. The difference between sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and amortized over the life of the agreement using the effective interest method.

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loan loss provision
The Group assesses periodically and at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, but before the balance sheet date, (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. The following circumstances, among others, are considered objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired:
     
  The borrower has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection and this leads to the avoidance or delays repayment of the financial asset;
 
  The borrower has failed in the repayment of principal, interest or fees and the payment failure has remained unsolved for a certain period;
 
  The borrower has demonstrated significant financial difficulty, to the extent that it will have a negative impact on the expected future cash flows of the financial asset;
 
  The credit obligation has been restructured for non-commercial reasons. ING has granted concessions, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the effect of which is a reduction in the expected future cash flows of the financial asset;
 
  Historical experience, updated for current events where necessary, provides evidence that a proportion of a group of assets is impaired although the related events that represent impairment triggers are not yet captured by the Group’s credit risk systems.
The Group does not consider events that may be expected to occur in the future as objective evidence and, consequently, they are not used as a basis for concluding that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired. In determining the impairment, expected future cash flows are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Losses expected as a result of future events, no matter how likely, are not recognized.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and then individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an asset carried at amortized cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account (‘Loan loss provision’) and the amount of the loss is recognized in the profit and loss account under ‘Addition to loan loss provision’. If the asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated. The collective evaluation of impairment includes the application of a ‘loss confirmation period’ to default probabilities. The loss confirmation period is a concept which recognizes that there is a period of time between the emergence of impairment triggers and the point-in-time at which those events are captured by the Group’s credit risk systems. Accordingly, the application of the loss confirmation period ensures that impairments that are incurred but not yet identified are adequately reflected in the Group’s loan loss provision. Though the loss confirmation periods are inherently uncertain, the Group applies estimates to sub-portfolios (e.g. large corporations, small and medium size enterprises and retail portfolios) that reflect factors such as the frequency with which customers in the sub-portfolio

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
disclose credit risk sensitive information and the frequency with which they are subject to review by the Group’s account managers. Generally, the frequency increases in relation to the size of the borrower. Loss confirmation periods are based on historical experience and are validated, and revized where necessary, through regular back-testing to ensure that they reflect recent experience and current events.
When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related loan loss provision. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the loan loss provision and are recognized in the profit and loss account.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the provision. The amount of the reversal is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Impairment of other financial assets
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the specific case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired. If any objective evidence exists for available-for-sale debt and equity investments, the cumulative loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in net profit - is removed from equity and recognized in the profit and loss account. Impairment losses recognized on equity instruments can never be reversed. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit and loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account.
Investments in associates
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control. Significant influence generally results from a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, but also is the ability to participate in the financial and operating policies through situations including, but not limited to the following:
– Representation on the board of directors;
– Participation in the policy making process; and
– Interchange of managerial personnel.
Investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
The Group’s investment in associates (net of any accumulated impairment loss) includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the profit and loss account, and its share of post-acquisition changes in reserves is recognized in equity. The cumulative post-acquisition changes are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
For interests in investment vehicles the existence of significant influence is determined taking into account both the Group’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
Real estate investments
Real estate investments are stated at fair value at the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount resulting from revaluations are recorded in the profit and loss account. On disposal the difference between the sale proceeds and book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fair value of real estate investments is based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Each year a valuation is made, either by an independent valuer or internally, of every property. Indexation is used when a property is valued internally. The index is based on the results of the independent valuations carried out in that period. Market transactions, and disposals made by the Group, are monitored as part of the procedures to back test the indexation methodology. All properties are valued independently at least every 5 years.
Property and equipment
Property in own use
Land and buildings held for own use are stated at fair value at the balance sheet date. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings held for own use are credited to the revaluation reserve in shareholders’ equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are charged against the revaluation reserve directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to the profit and loss account. Increases that reverse a revaluation decrease on the same asset previously recognized in net profit are recognized in the profit and loss account. Depreciation is recognized based on the fair value and the estimated useful life (in general 20-50 years). Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis. On disposal the related revaluation reserve is transferred to retained earnings.
The fair values of land and buildings are based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Subsequent expenditure is included in the assets carrying amount when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Property under construction
Land and buildings under construction (including real estate investments) are stated at the directly attributable purchase and construction costs incurred up to the balance sheet date plus borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own development and supervision expenses, where necessary, less impairment losses.
Property held for sale
Property held for sale comprises properties obtained from foreclosures and property developed for sale for which there is no specifically negotiated contract. These properties are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. Where the net realizable value is lower than the carrying amount, the impairment is recorded in the profit and loss account.
Property under development for third parties
Property under development for third parties is measured at direct construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date, including borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own directly attributable development and supervision expenses less any impairment losses. Profit is recognized using the completed contract method (on completion date of the property).
Property under development where there is a specifically negotiated contract is valued using the percentage of completion method (pro rata profit recognition).
Equipment
Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: for data processing equipment 2 to 5 years, and 4 to 10 years for fixtures and fittings. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred. Expenditure incurred on major improvements is capitalized and depreciated.
Assets under operating leases
Assets leased out under operating leases in which ING is the lessor are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Reference is made to the section ‘Leases’.
Disposals
The difference between the proceeds on disposal and net book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use.
Leases
The Group as the lessee
The leases entered into by ING are primarily operating leases. The total payments made under
operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognized as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.
The Group as the lessor
When assets are held subject to a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments is recognized as a receivable under Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is unearned lease finance income. Lease income is recognized over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before tax), which reflects a constant periodic rate of return. When assets are held subject to an operating lease, the assets are included under Assets under operating leases.
Purchase accounting, goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the cost of the acquisitions is allocated to the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill, being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is capitalized as an intangible asset. The results of the operations of the acquired companies are included in the profit and loss account from the date control is obtained.
Goodwill is only capitalized on acquisitions after the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2004). Accounting for acquisitions before that date has not been restated; goodwill and internally generated intangibles on those acquisitions were charged directly to shareholders’ equity. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. These cash-generating units represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. This test is performed annually or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Under the impairment tests, the carrying value of the cash generating units (including goodwill) is compared to its recoverable amount which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.
Adjustments to the fair value as of the date of acquisition of acquired assets and liabilities that are identified within one year after acquisition are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognized as income or expense. However, recognition of deferred tax assets after the acquisition date is recorded as an adjustment to goodwill even after the first year. On disposal of group companies, the difference between the sale proceeds and book value (including goodwill) and the amount included in the currency translation reserve in equity is included in the profit and loss account.
Computer software
Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for own use is stated at cost less amortization and any impairment losses. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over its useful life. This period will generally not exceed three years. Amortization is included in Operating expenses.
Value of business acquired (VOBA)
VOBA is an asset that reflects the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts of an acquired company, which existed at the time the company was acquired. It represents the difference between the fair value of insurance liabilities and their book value. VOBA is amortized in a similar manner to amortization of deferred acquisition costs as described in the section ‘Deferred acquisition costs’.

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are capitalized and amortized over their expected economic life, which is generally between three and ten years. Intangible assets with an indefinite life are not amortized.
Deferred acquisition costs
Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) are an asset and represent costs of acquiring insurance and investment contracts that are deferred and amortized. The deferred costs, all of which vary with (and are primarily related to) the production of new and renewal business, consist principally of commissions, certain underwriting and contract issuance expenses, and certain agency expenses. DAC is amortized over the life of the underlying contracts.
For traditional life insurance contracts, certain types of flexible life insurance contracts, and non-life contracts, DAC is amortized over the premium payment period in proportion to the premium revenue recognized.
For other types of flexible life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits, to be realized from a group of products, are revized. The estimates and the assumptions are reassessed at the end of each reporting period. For DAC on flexible insurance contracts the approach is that in determining the estimate of future gross profits ING assumes the short-term and long-term separate account growth rate assumption to be the same. Higher/lower expected profits (e.g. reflecting stock market performance or a change in the level of assets under management) may cause a lower/higher amortization of DAC due to the catch-up of amortization in previous and future years. This process is known as DAC unlocking. The impact of the DAC unlocking is recorded in the profit and loss account of the period in which the unlocking occurs.
DAC is evaluated for recoverability at issue. Subsequently it is tested on a regular basis together with the provision for life insurance liabilities and VOBA. The test for recoverability is described in the section ‘Insurance, Investment and Reinsurance Contracts’.
For certain products DAC is adjusted for the impact of unrealized results on allocated investments through equity.
Taxation
Income tax on the net profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the profit and loss account but it shall be charged or credited directly to equity if the tax relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
Deferred tax assets are recognized where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognized as an asset where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilized. Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedges, which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognized in the profit and loss account together with the deferred gain or loss.
Financial liabilities
Preference shares, which carry a mandatory coupon or are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholder, are classified as financial liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognized in the profit and loss account as interest expense using the effective interest method.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Borrowings are recognized initially at their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received) net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the redemption value is recognized in the profit and loss account over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
If the Group purchases its own debt, it is removed from the balance sheet, and the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the consideration paid is included in the profit and loss account.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial liabilities held for trading, and other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis.
Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due, in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument. Such financial guarantees are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at the higher of the discounted best estimate of the obligation under the guarantee and the amount initially recognized less cumulative amortization to reflect revenue recognition principles.
Insurance, investment and reinsurance contracts
Insurance contracts
Insurance policies which bear significant insurance risk are presented as insurance contracts. Provisions for liabilities under insurance contracts represent estimates of future payouts that will be required in respect of life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims.
Provision for life insurance
The Provision for life insurance is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, taking into account the conditions for current insurance contracts. Specific methodologies may differ between business units as they may reflect local regulatory requirements and local practices.
Insurance provisions on traditional life policies are calculated using various assumptions, including assumptions on mortality, morbidity, expenses, investment returns and surrenders. Assumptions for insurance provisions on traditional life insurance contracts, including traditional whole life and term life insurance contracts, are based on best estimate assumptions including margins for adverse deviations. The assumptions are set initially at the policy issue date and remain constant throughout the life of the policy, except in the case of loss recognition.
Insurance provisions for universal life, variable life and annuity contracts, unit-linked contracts, etc. are generally set equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders. Certain variable annuity products contain minimum guarantees on the amounts payable upon death and/or maturity. The insurance provisions include the impact of these minimum guarantees, taking into account the difference between the potential minimum benefit payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates.
The as yet unamortized interest rate rebates on periodic and single premium contracts are deducted from the Provision for life insurance. Interest rate rebates granted during the year are capitalized and amortized in conformity with the anticipated recovery pattern and are recognized in the profit and loss account.
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks
The provision is calculated in proportion to the unexpired periods of risk. For insurance policies covering a risk increasing during the term of the policy at premium rates independent of age, this risk is taken into account in determining the provision. Further provisions are made to cover claims under unexpired insurance contracts, which may exceed the unearned premiums and the premiums due in respect of these contracts.
Claims provision
The Claims provision is calculated either on a case-by-case basis or by approximation on the basis of experience. Provisions have also been made for claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) and for future

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
claims handling expenses. The adequacy of the Claims provision is evaluated each year using standard actuarial techniques. In addition, ‘IBNR’ reserves are set to recognise the estimated cost of losses that have occurred but which have not yet been notified to the Group.
Deferred profit sharing liability
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the full amount of the unrealized revaluation on allocated investments. Upon realization, the profit sharing on unrealized revaluation is reversed and a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the share in realized results on allocated investments that is expected to be shared with policyholders. The deferred profit sharing liability is reduced with the actual allocation of profit sharing to individual policyholders.
Provisions for life insurance for risk of policyholders
The Provisions for life insurance for risk of policyholder are calculated on the same basis as the Provision for life insurance. For insurance contracts for risk of policyholders the provisions are generally shown at the balance sheet value of the associated investments.
Reinsurance contracts
Reinsurance premiums, commissions and claim settlements, as well as the reinsurance element of technical provisions are accounted for in the same way as the original contracts for which the reinsurance was concluded. To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible.
Adequacy test
The adequacy of the Provision for life insurance, net of unamortized interest rate rebates, DAC and VOBA, is evaluated regularly by each business unit. The test considers current estimates of all contractual and related cash flows, and future developments. It includes investment income on the same basis as it is included in the profit and loss account.
If, for any business unit, it is determined using a best estimate (50%) confidence level that a shortfall exists, it is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If, for any business unit, the provisions are not adequate using a prudent (90%) confidence level, but there are offsetting amounts within other Group business units, then the business unit is allowed to take measures to strengthen the provisions over a period no longer than the expected life of the policies. To the extent that there are no offsetting amounts within other Group business units then any shortfall at the 90% confidence level is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If the reserves are determined to be adequate at above the 90% confidence level, no reduction in the provision is recorded.
Investment contracts
Insurance policies without discretionary participation features which do not bear significant insurance risk are presented as Investment contracts. Provisions for liabilities under investment contracts are determined either at amortized cost, using the effective interest method (including certain initial acquisition expenses) or at fair value.
Other liabilities
Employee benefits - pension obligations
Group companies operate various pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compenzation. The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses, and unrecognized past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by internal and external actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
The expected value of the assets is calculated using the expected rate of return on plan assets. Differences between the expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes in the deferred benefit obligation are not recognized in the profit and loss account, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. The excess is charged or credited to the profit and loss account over employees’ remaining working lives. The corridor was reset to nil at the date of transition to IFRS-EU.
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as staff expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
Other post-retirement obligations
Some group companies provide post-retirement healthcare and other benefits to their retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Other provisions
A provision involves a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, however the timing or the amount is uncertain. Provisions are discounted when the effect of the time value of money is material using a pre-tax discount rate. The determination of provisions is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates regarding amounts and timing of cash flows.
Reorganization provisions include employee termination benefits when the Group is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal, or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.
Income recognition
Gross premium income
Premiums from life insurance policies are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For non-life insurance policies, gross premium income is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the term of the related policy coverage. Receipts under investment contracts are not recognized as gross premium income.
Interest
Interest income and expense are recognized in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. Once a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment. All interest income and expenses from trading positions and non-trading derivatives are classified as interest income and interest expenses in the profit and loss account. Changes in the ‘clean fair value’ are included in Valuation results on non-trading derivatives.

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions are generally recognized as the service is provided. Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down are deferred (together with related direct costs) and recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan. Loan syndication fees are recognized as revenue when the syndication has been completed and the Group retained no part of the loan package for itself or retained a part at the same effective interest rate as the other participants. Commission and fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party – such as the arrangement of the acquisition of shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses – are recognized on completion of the underlying transaction. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable service contracts as the service is provided. Asset management fees related to investment funds and investment contract fees are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. Fees received and paid between banks for payment services are classified as commission income and expenses.
Lease income
The proceeds from leasing out assets under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease agreement. Lease payments received in respect of finance leases when ING is the lessor are divided into an interest component (recognized as interest income) and a repayment component.
Expense recognition
Expenses are recognized in the profit and loss account as incurred or when a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.
Share-based payments
Share-based payment expenses are recognized as the employees provide the service. A corresponding increase in equity is recognized if the services are received in an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. A liability is recognized if the services are acquired in a cash-settled share-based payment transaction. The cost of acquiring the services is expensed as a staff expense. ING Group generally provides equity-settled share-based payment transactions. The fair value of equity-settled share-based payment transactions is measured at the grant date and the fair value of cash-settled share-based payment transactions is measured at each balance sheet date.
Earnings per ordinary share
Earnings per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. In calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
– Own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
– The computation is based on daily averages;
– In case of exercized warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.
Diluted earnings per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercized at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the assumed proceeds thus received for stock options and warrants exercized to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted earnings per share.
Share options with fixed or determinable terms are treated as options in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, even though they may be contingent on vesting. They are treated as outstanding on the grant date. Performance-based employee share options are treated as contingently issuable shares because their issue is contingent upon satisfying specified conditions in addition to the passage of time.
Fiduciary activities
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in accounting policies
ING Group applies IFRS as adopted by the EU as of 2005. The 2004 comparatives have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not restated the 2004 comparatives for the impact of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4. Accordingly, comparative information for 2004 with respect to financial instruments and insurance contracts is prepared under ING Group’s previous accounting policies (Dutch GAAP).
The key differences between the former accounting policies under Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU as applied as from January 1, 2005 for financial instruments and insurance contracts and their transitional impact on equity as at January 1, 2005 are summarized below.
Impact of IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4:
         
Available-for-sale debt securities
    9,922  
Insurance provisions
    (3,126 )
Derivatives/hedge accounting/fair value option
    (977 )
Loans and advances to customers
    465  
Loan loss provisions
    623  
Venture capital investments
    90  
Other
    (35 )
Taxation
    (2,460 )
Classification of equity instruments — shareholders’ equity
    (399 )
 
       
IFRS-EU impact on net profit and shareholders’ equity
    4,103  
 
       
Classification of equity instruments — minority interests
    (1,442 )
Minority interests in equity
    56  
 
       
Total impact
    2,717  
 
       
Available-for-sale debt securities
Under IFRS-EU, quoted debt securities (non-trading) other than those designated as being held-to-maturity are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in a revaluation reserve in equity; realized results are recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, debt securities were reported at amortized cost; realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.
Insurance provisions
Under IFRS-EU contracts that do not contain significant insurance risk are presented as investment contracts and measured either at amortized cost or at fair value.
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded under IFRS-EU for the full amount of unrealized results on allocated investments. In addition, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the policyholders’ share in other differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU as at January 1, 2005.
Where deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the lives of policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits, under IFRS-EU the amortization is adjusted through equity to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses had been realized.
Derivatives
Under IFRS-EU, all derivatives (including embedded derivatives that are not closely related to the host contract) are reported at fair value. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost); realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Hedge accounting
Under IFRS-EU, for derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges and net investment hedges, the fair value movements are initially deferred in equity and subsequently released to the profit and loss account in the same period in which the hedged item affects profit and loss. For fair value hedges, the valuation of the hedged item is adjusted to reflect the hedged risk; this fair value adjustment on the hedged item is reported in the profit and loss account and (partly) offsets the fair value impact of the derivative that is also reported in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives used for risk management purposes were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost).
Fair value option
As an alternative to hedge accounting under IFRS-EU, financial assets and liabilities may be designated at fair value through profit and loss, which results in these being presented at fair value, with all changes in fair value recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Furthermore, the fair value option is applied to certain financial liabilities that are subject to market-making activities.
Loans and advances to customers
Under both Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU loans are measured at amortized cost. Under IFRS-EU, certain fees/costs are capitalized and amortized whilst under Dutch GAAP they were expensed immediately (e.g. mortgage broker fees). The amortization of premiums, discounts and fees under IFRS-EU is based on effective yield whereas under Dutch GAAP these were amortized on a straight-line basis. Under IFRS-EU, realized results are reported in net profit. Under Dutch GAAP these were amortized over the remaining term (e.g. certain prepayment penalties on mortgages).
Loan loss provisions
Under IFRS-EU loan loss provisions are determined under a revized methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgemental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.
Venture capital investments
Under Dutch GAAP, venture capital investments were reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Under IFRS-EU, venture capital investments are reported at fair value.
Equity securities
Under Dutch GAAP, negative revaluations on equity securities were only charged to the profit and loss account as an impairment when triggered by the financial condition of the issuer. Under IFRS-EU, an impairment is also triggered by a significant or prolonged decline of the market value below cost. This did not affect Group equity at the date of transition to IFRS-EU.
Classification of equity instruments
Under Dutch GAAP, preference shares and trust preferred securities were classified as equity in accordance with their legal form. Under IFRS-EU, the terms and conditions of ING Group’s preference shares and trust preferred securities require them to be classified as liabilities.
Taxation
Deferred taxation was adjusted for the (deferred) tax effect of the above differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
The cash flow statement has been drawn up in accordance with the indirect method, classifying cash flows as cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. In the net cash flow from operating activities, the profit before tax is adjusted for those items in the profit and loss account, and changes in balance sheet items, which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, Cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, including cash and non-restricted balances with central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, amounts due from other banks and amounts due to banks. Investments qualify as a cash equivalent if they are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Cash flows arising from foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the date of the cash flows.
The net cash flow shown in respect of Loans and advances to customers only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Addition to loan loss provision which is deducted from the item Loans and advances to customers in the balance sheet has been adjusted accordingly for the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.
The difference between the net cash flow in accordance with the cash flow statement and the change in Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet is due to exchange rate differences and is separately accounted for as part of the reconciliation of the net cash flow and the balance sheet change in Cash and cash equivalents.

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.3. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
ASSETS
1 CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS
                 
    2006     2005  
Amounts held at central banks
    10,511       9,479  
Cash and bank balances
    3,563       3,498  
Short term deposits insurance operations
    252       107  
 
           
 
    14,326       13,084  
 
           
2 AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS
                                                 
    Netherlands     International             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Loans and advances to banks
    4,660       2,805       31,751       24,072       36,411       26,877  
Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    285       2,174       3,176       18,422       3,461       20,596  
 
                                   
 
    4,945       4,979       34,927       42,494       39,872       47,473  
 
                                               
Loan loss provision
                    (4 )     (7 )     (4 )     (7 )
 
                                   
 
    4,945       4,979       34,923       42,487       39,868       47,466  
 
                                   
Amounts due from banks, at December 31, 2006, included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 2,249 million (2005: EUR 7,738 million).
As at December 31, 2006, the non-subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 39,774 million (2005: EUR 47,406 million), the subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 94 million (2005: EUR 60 million), and assets held under finance lease contracts amounted to EUR 277 million (2005: EUR 225 million).
No individual amount due from banks has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of consolidated cash flows of the Group. For details on significant concentrations see ‘Risk management’ section.
3 FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT AND LOSS
                 
    2006     2005  
Trading assets
    193,977       149,187  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    110,547       100,961  
Non-trading derivatives
    6,521       7,766  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    6,425       10,230  
 
           
 
    317,470       268,144  
 
           
The majority of financial assets included in Designated as at fair value through profit and loss above are debt securities. For the financial year 2006, the changes in fair value of loans designated as at fair value through profit and loss attributable to changes in credit risk of the borrower were insignificant.

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Trading assets by type:
                 
    2006     2005  
Equity securities
    14,717       10,107  
Debt securities
    38,287       38,299  
Derivatives
    22,514       20,254  
Loans and receivables
    118,459       80,527  
 
           
 
    193,977       149,187  
 
           
As at December 31, 2006, the balance sheet value included equity securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 13 million (2005: nil) and nil (2005: nil), respectively. As at December 31, 2006, the balance sheet value included debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 42 million (2005: EUR 67 million) and EUR 4,303 million (2005: EUR 1,653 million), respectively.
Investments for risk of policyholders by type:
                 
    2006     2005  
Equity securities
    87,213       79,290  
Debt securities
    7,241       7,140  
Other investments
    16,093       14,531  
 
           
 
    110,547       100,961  
 
           
The cost of investments for risk of policyholders as at December 31, 2006 was EUR 98,863 million (2005: EUR 88,748 million).
Investments in investment funds (with underlying investments in debt, equity securities and real estate and derivatives) are included under equity securities.
Non-trading derivatives:
                 
    2006     2005  
Derivatives used in:
               
— cash flow hedges
    3,617       3,729  
— fair value hedges
    1,080       1,178  
— hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    3       32  
Other non-trading derivatives
    1,821       2,827  
 
           
 
    6,521       7,766  
 
           

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
4 INVESTMENTS
                 
    2006     2005  
Available-for-sale
               
— equity securities
    18,225       16,466  
— debt securities
    275,696       289,241  
 
           
 
    293,921       305,707  
 
               
Held-to-maturity
               
— debt securities
    17,660       18,937  
 
           
 
    17,660       18,937  
 
           
 
    311,581       324,644  
 
           
The fair value of the securities classified as held-to-maturity amounts to EUR 17,494 million at December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR 19,466 million).
Changes in investments — available-for-sale and held-to-maturity:
                                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Available-for-sale                      
    equity securities     debt securities     Held-to-maturity           Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    16,466       11,449       289,241       264,882       18,937               324,644       276,331  
Implementation IAS 32/39
            928               (25,716 )             14,059               (10,729 )
Additions
    6,395       9,015       281,452       251,027               1,030       287,847       261,072  
Transfers
    (294 )     233       (249 )     (4,817 )     110       4,010       (433 )     (574 )
Changes in the composition of the group
    (26 )     (380 )     (9,653 )     (1,458 )                     (9,679 )     (1,838 )
Change in unrealized revaluations
    1,956       3,097       (5,486 )     (630 )                     (3,530 )     2,467  
Impairments and reversals
    (42 )     (91 )     36       34                       (6 )     (57 )
Disposals and redemptions
    (5,782 )     (8,390 )     (266,200 )     (210,629 )     (1,342 )     (245 )     (273,324 )     (219,264 )
Exchange rate differences
    (448 )     605       (13,445 )     16,548       (45 )     83       (13,938 )     17,236  
 
                                               
Closing balance
    18,225       16,466       275,696       289,241       17,660       18,937       311,581       324,644  
 
                                               
Available-for-sale equity securities by insurance and banking operations:
                                                 
            Listed             Unlisted             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Insurance operations
    14,376       12,311       1,951       2,008       16,327       14,319  
Banking operations
    1,093       1,238       805       909       1,898       2,147  
 
                                   
 
    15,469       13,549       2,756       2,917       18,225       16,466  
 
                                   
Debt securities by insurance and banking operations:
                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Held-to-maturity             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Insurance operations
    124,163       130,189                       124,163       130,189  
Banking operations
    151,533       159,052       17,660       18,937       169,193       177,989  
 
                                   
 
    275,696       289,241       17,660       18,937       293,356       308,178  
 
                                   

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Revaluation of available-for-sale equity securities:
                 
    2006     2005  
Cost
    12,067       11,422  
Revaluation — gross unrealized gains
    6,257       5,134  
 — gross unrealized losses
    99       90  
 
           
 
    18,225       16,466  
 
           
Revaluation of available-for-sale debt securities:
                 
    2006     2005  
Cost
    272,699       280,649  
Revaluation — gross unrealized gains
    5,361       10,401  
 — gross unrealized losses
    2,364       1,809  
 
           
 
    275,696       289,241  
 
           
As at December 31, 2006, the balance sheet value included equity securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 20 million (2005: nil) and nil (2005: EUR 3 million), respectively, and debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 2,119 million (2005: EUR 708 million) and EUR 37,804 million (2005: EUR 37,181 million), respectively.
Borrowed equity securities and convertible bonds are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to nil as at December 31, 2006 (2005: nil).
Borrowed debt securities are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to EUR 460 million as at December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR 3,295 million).
Investments in connection with the insurance operations with a combined carrying value of EUR 43 million (2005: EUR 3 million) were non-income-producing for the year ended December 31, 2006.
5 LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS
                 
    2006     2005  
Insurance operations
    37,606       38,467  
Banking operations
    440,375       404,511  
 
           
 
    477,981       442,978  
Eliminations
    3,544       3,797  
 
           
 
    474,437       439,181  
 
           

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to customers by type — insurance operations:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Policy loans
    55       55       3,511       3,481       3,566       3,536  
Loans secured by mortgages
    18,335       17,438       9,539       10,638       27,874       28,076  
Personal loans
    3,736       3,836       913       2,125       4,649       5,961  
Other
    507       836       1,047       105       1,554       941  
 
                                   
 
    22,633       22,165       15,010       16,349       37,643       38,514  
 
                                               
Loan loss provision
    (12 )     (16 )     (25 )     (31 )     (37 )     (47 )
 
                                   
 
    22,621       22,149       14,985       16,318       37,606       38,467  
 
                                   
Loans and advances to customers by type — banking operations:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Loans to, or guaranteed by, public authorities
    16,450       13,907       9,503       17,535       25,953       31,442  
Loans secured by mortgages
    120,753       111,257       87,458       69,855       208,211       181,112  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    2,088       1,448       320       378       2,408       1,826  
Other personal lending
    6,484       9,942       16,422       15,200       22,906       25,142  
Other corporate loans
    93,988       81,946       89,547       86,349       183,535       168,295  
 
                                   
 
    239,763       218,500       203,250       189,317       443,013       407,817  
 
                                               
Loan loss provision
    (733 )     (916 )     (1,905 )     (2,390 )     (2,638 )     (3,306 )
 
                                   
 
    239,030       217,584       201,345       186,927       440,375       404,511  
 
                                   
Loans and advances to customers analysed by subordination — banking operations:
                 
    2006     2005  
Non-subordinated
    439,850       402,747  
Subordinated
    525       1,764  
 
           
 
    440,375       404,511  
 
           
As at December 31, 2006, Loans and advances to customers included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions related to the banking operations amounting to EUR 1,554 million (2005: EUR 6,684 million).
No individual loan or advance has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks include finance lease receivables, analysed as follows:
Finance lease receivables:
                 
    2006     2005  
Maturities of gross investment in finance lease receivables
               
— within 1 year
    4,641       4,230  
— more than 1 year but less than 5 years
    8,061       7,355  
— more than 5 years
    3,346       2,654  
 
           
 
    16,048       14,239  
 
               
Unearned future finance income on finance leases
    (2,684 )     (2,022 )
 
           
Net investment in finance leases
    13,364       12,217  
 
           
 
               
Maturities of net investment in finance lease receivables
               
— within 1 year
    3,943       3,727  
— more than 1 year but less than 5 years
    6,813       6,163  
— more than 5 years
    2,608       2,327  
 
           
 
    13,364       12,217  
 
           
 
               
Included in Amounts due from banks
    277       225  
Included in Loans and advances to customers
    13,087       11,992  
 
           
 
    13,364       12,217  
 
           
The allowance for uncollectible finance lease receivables included in the loan loss provision amounted to EUR 47 million at December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR 45 million).
No individual finance lease receivable has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.
Loan loss provision analysed by type — banking operations:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Loans secured by public authorities
            1       2       2       2       3  
Loans secured by mortgages
    96       93       177       273       273       366  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
                    6       13       6       13  
Other personal lending
    357       230       408       408       765       638  
Other corporate loans
    280       592       1,316       1,701       1,596       2,293  
 
                                   
 
    733       916       1,909       2,397       2,642       3,313  
 
                                   

F-33


Table of Contents

Changes in loan loss provision — banking operations:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    3,313       4,456  
Implementation IAS 32/39
            (592 )
Changes in the composition of the group
    (101 )     (4 )
Write-offs
    (691 )     (842 )
Recoveries
    86       61  
Increase in loan loss provision
    103       88  
Exchange rate differences
    (67 )     115  
Other changes
    (1 )     31  
 
           
Closing balance
    2,642       3,313  
 
           
 
               
The closing balance is included in
               
— amounts due from banks
    4       7  
— loans and advances to customers
    2,638       3,306  
 
           
 
    2,642       3,313  
 
           
6 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
                                                         
2006   Interest     Fair value     Balance     Total     Total     Total     Total  
    held (%)     of listed     sheet     assets     liabilities     income     expenses  
            investment     value                                  
Vesteda
    25               810       4,610       1,371       362       51  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    30               355       1,276       106       214       20  
ING Winkels Basisfonds
    25               311       1,326       80       212       9  
ING Woningen Basisfonds
    25               227       990       84       93       8  
Property Fund Iberica
    30               186       1,792       1,160       319       175  
Lion Properties Fund
    5               144       3,904       1,049       567       155  
Lion Industrial Fund
    10               142       2,495       1,080       327       100  
ING PF Brittanica
    20               115       1,093       522       162       59  
ING Industrial Fund Australia
    12       157       165       1,685       617       250       53  
ING Global Fund
    10               56       600       40       179       4  
Gables RE Trust — Permanent/Bridge equity
    6               45       1,646       805       279       147  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    29               124       744       321       66       21  
Q-Park N.V.
    19               166       1,995       1,120       95       86  
B.V. Petroleum Maatschappij ‘Moeara Enim’
    33               141       2,901       2,475       52       6  
ING Korea Property Investments
    15               32       458       248       30       31  
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
    10               80       803       4       146       11  
ING Office Fund Australia
    6       62       60       1,548       627       272       69  
ING Logistic Property C.V.
    25               74       552       255       90       29  
ING Convent Garden
    32               59       318       130       76       9  
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
    15               63       1,096       678       142       60  
ING Vastgoed Woningen C.V.
    10               54       541               71       9  
Other investments in associates
                    934                                  
 
                                                     
 
                    4,343                                  
 
                                                     
Accumulated impairments have been recognized of EUR 4 million (2005: EUR 4 million).
For the above associates in which the interest held is below 20%, significant influence exists based on the combination of ING’s financial interest for own risk and its role as investment manager.

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                         
2005         Fair value     Balance                          
    Interest     of listed     sheet     Total     Total     Total     Total  
    held (%)     investment     value     assets     liabilities     income     expenses  
Vesteda
    25               731       4,333       1,409       390       121  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    33               308       988       62       42       14  
ING Winkels Basisfonds
    25               275       1,177       75       134       12  
ING Woningen Basisfonds
    25               205       925       54       144       45  
Property Fund Iberica
    30               165       1,472       911       241       152  
Lion Properties Fund
    8               147       2,427       590       245       48  
Lion Industrial Fund
    12               144       2,583       1,231       281       98  
ING PF Brittanica
    33               135       768       361       48       28  
ING Industrial Fund Australia
    13       152       133       1,192       349       119       24  
Gables RE Trust — Permanent/Bridge equity
    18               131       2,539       1,750       190       51  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    30               122       724       312       50       22  
Q-Park N.V.
    19               105       1,277       721       32       29  
ING Korea Property Investments
    51               89       368       223       23       6  
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
    10               72       727       8       107       15  
ING Office Fund Australia
    7       62       61       1,300       538       115       28  
ING Logistic Property C.V.
    25               62       477       230       48       23  
ING Convent Garden
    44               53       247       125       12       4  
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
    15               52       863       520       101       48  
ING Vastgoed Woningen C.V.
    10               51       515               95       35  
Other investments in associates
                    581                                  
 
                                                     
 
                    3,622                                  
 
                                                     
Changes in investments in associates:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    3,622       2,663  
Additions
    449       776  
Changes in the composition of the group
    108       (452 )
Transfers to and from Investments
    241       964  
Revaluations
    41       125  
Share of results
    638       541  
Dividends received
    (174 )     (170 )
Disposals
    (511 )     (923 )
Impairments
    (3 )        
Exchange rate differences
    (68 )     98  
 
           
Closing balance
    4,343       3,622  
 
           

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
7 REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS
Changes in real estate investments:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    5,031       7,151  
Additions
    1,588       1,156  
Changes in the composition of the group
    1,497       (2,619 )
Transfers to and from Property in own use
    44       (2 )
Fair value gains/(losses)
    175       171  
Disposals
    (1,293 )     (879 )
Exchange rate differences
    (68 )     53  
 
           
Closing balance
    6,974       5,031  
 
           
Real estate investments by insurance and banking operations:
                 
    2006     2005  
Insurance operations
    3,310       3,310  
Banking operations
    3,664       1,721  
 
           
 
    6,974       5,031  
 
           
The total amount of rental income recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2006 was EUR 434 million (2005: EUR 372 million). The total amount of contingent rent recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2006 was EUR 14 million (2005: EUR 6 million).
The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from Real estate investments that generated rental income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was EUR 168 million (2005: EUR 105 million). The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from Real estate investments that did not generate rental income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was EUR 32 million (2005: EUR 38 million).
Appraisal of real estate investments during the last five years by professionally qualified valuers (in percentages):
year of appraisal
2006
    91  
2005
    7  
2004
    1  
2003
    1  
2002
    0  
 
     
 
    100  
 
     

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
8 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment by type:
                 
    2006     2005  
Property in own use
    2,034       2,271  
Equipment
    1,312       1,316  
Assets under operating leases
    2,685       2,170  
 
           
 
    6,031       5,757  
 
           
Property in own use by insurance and banking operations:
                 
    2006     2005  
Insurance operations
    694       788  
Banking operations
    1,340       1,483  
 
           
 
    2,034       2,271  
 
           
Changes in property in own use:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    2,271       2,409  
Additions
    68       73  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (14 )     3  
Transfers to and from real estate investments
    (44 )     2  
Transfers to and from other assets
    (4 )     (25 )
Depreciation
    (64 )     (68 )
Revaluations
    76       216  
Impairments
            (13 )
Reversal of impairments
    4       27  
Disposals
    (221 )     (421 )
Exchange rate differences
    (38 )     62  
Other changes
            6  
 
           
Closing balance
    2,034       2,271  
 
           
 
               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    2,883       3,095  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (669 )     (635 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
    (180 )     (189 )
 
           
Net book value
    2,034       2,271  
 
           
 
               
Revaluation surplus
               
Opening balance
    612       361  
Revaluation in year
    82       251  
Released in year
    (1 )        
 
           
Closing balance
    693       612  
 
           
Cost less accumulated depreciation is EUR 1,341 million (2005: EUR 1,659 million).

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Appraisal of property in own use during the last five years by professionally qualified valuers (in percentages):
year of appraisal
2006
    39  
2005
    30  
2004
    11  
2003
    9  
2002
    11  
 
     
 
    100  
 
     
Changes in equipment:
                                                 
                Fixtures and                
    Data processing     fittings and other              
    equipment     equipment           Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    314       333       1,002       940       1,316       1,273  
Additions
    157       183       343       297       500       480  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (7 )     (8 )     (1 )     (12 )     (8 )     (20 )
Disposals
    (9 )     (8 )     (63 )     (41 )     (72 )     (49 )
Depreciation
    (177 )     (198 )     (222 )     (223 )     (399 )     (421 )
Impairments
                    (1 )             (1 )        
Exchange rate differences
    (6 )     12       (26 )     41       (32 )     53  
Other changes
    11               (3 )             8          
 
                                   
Closing balance
    283       314       1,029       1,002       1,312       1,316  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    1,499       1,454       2,729       2,523       4,228       3,977  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (1,216 )     (1,140 )     (1,699 )     (1,521 )     (2,915 )     (2,661 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
                    (1 )             (1 )        
 
                                   
Net book value
    283       314       1,029       1,002       1,312       1,316  
 
                                   
Changes in assets under operating leases:
                                                 
                  Other leased-out                
    Cars     assets           Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    2,116       2,060       54       41       2,170       2,101  
Additions
    1,146       990       18               1,164       990  
Changes to the composition of the group
    417       3       (46 )     22       371       25  
Disposals
    (400 )     (392 )     (2 )             (402 )     (392 )
Depreciation
    (617 )     (549 )     (10 )     (9 )     (627 )     (558 )
Exchange rate differences
    9       4                       9       4  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    2,671       2,116       14       54       2,685       2,170  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    3,938       3,070       39       98       3,977       3,168  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (1,267 )     (954 )     (25 )     (44 )     (1,292 )     (998 )
 
                                   
Net book value
    2,671       2,116       14       54       2,685       2,170  
 
                                   

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Depreciation of assets under operating leases is included in the profit and loss account in other income as a deduction from operating lease income.
No individual operating lease has terms and conditions that materially affect the amount, timing or certainty of the consolidated cash flows of the Group.
The Group leases assets to third parties under operating leases as lessor. The future minimum lease payments to be received under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Future minimum lease payments by maturity:
                 
    2006     2005  
Within 1 year
    926       664  
More than 1 year but less than 5 years
    1,754       1,505  
More than 5 years
    5       1  
 
           
 
    2,685       2,170  
 
           
9 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Changes in intangible assets:
                                                                                 
            Value of                                                            
          business                                                  
          acquired     Goodwill     Software             Other             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    2,986               173       139       408       423       94       32       3,661       594  
Transfer from deferred acquisition costs
            2,693                                                               2,693  
Additions/Capitalized
    107       101       169       70       194       212       59       15       529       398  
Amortization
    (175 )     (241 )                     (200 )     (215 )     (8 )     (5 )     (383 )     (461 )
Impairments
                                    (10 )     (20 )             (1 )     (10 )     (21 )
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
    18       157                                                       18       157  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (5 )     63       (21 )     (60 )     (6 )     (5 )     61       45       29       43  
Exchange rate differences
    (290 )     213       (10 )     24       (9 )     13       (7 )     8       (316 )     258  
Disposal of portfolios
                    (6 )                                             (6 )        
 
                                                           
Closing balance
    2,641       2,986       305       173       377       408       199       94       3,522       3,661  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    3,057       3,227       305       173       1,049       871       224       111       4,635       4,382  
Accumulated amortization as at December 31
    (416 )     (241 )                     (657 )     (457 )     (25 )     (17 )     (1,098 )     (715 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
                                    (15 )     (6 )                     (15 )     (6 )
 
                                                           
Net book value
    2,641       2,986       305       173       377       408       199       94       3,522       3,661  
 
                                                           
Amortization of software and other intangible assets is included in the profit and loss account in Operating expenses. Amortization of VOBA is included in Underwriting expenditure.

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
10 DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Changes in deferred acquisition costs:
                                                                 
    Investment                      
    contracts     Life insurance Non-life insurance             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    71               9,043       9,999       490       429       9,604       10,428  
Implementation IFRS 4
            110               (742 )                             (632 )
Capitalized
    25       23       2,544       2,422       259       311       2,828       2,756  
Amortization
    (11 )     (10 )     (1,178 )     (1,150 )     (255 )     (315 )     (1,444 )     (1,475 )
Unlocking
                    (11 )     4                       (11 )     4  
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
                    43       239                       43       239  
Transfer to VOBA
            (119 )             (2,574 )                             (2,693 )
Changes in the composition of the group
                            (138 )             (2 )             (140 )
Exchange rate differences
    (2 )     10       (812 )     1,062       (43 )     67       (857 )     1,139  
Disposal of portfolios
            57       16       (79 )     (16 )                     (22 )
 
                                               
Closing balance
    83       71       9,645       9,043       435       490       10,163       9,604  
 
                                               
For flexible life insurance contracts the growth rate assumption used for calculating the amortization of the deferred acquisition costs for 2006 is 7.6% and gross 6.1% net of investment management fees (2005: 7.9% gross and 6.9% net of investment fees).
11 OTHER ASSETS
Other assets by type:
                 
    2006     2005  
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
    4,105       3,144  
Deferred tax assets
    1,872       2,118  
Property held for sale
    2,243       1,891  
Property under development for third parties
    96       71  
Income tax receivable
    1,222       580  
Accrued interest and rents
    14,535       13,776  
Other accrued assets
    1,167       1,112  
Pension assets
    251          
Other receivables
    5,572       7,468  
 
           
 
    31,063       30,160  
 
           
Disclosures in respect of deferred tax assets and pension assets are provided in Note 21 Other liabilities.
The total amount of borrowing costs relating to Property under development for third parties, capitalized in 2006 is EUR 2 million (2005: nil).

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Reinsurance and insurance receivables:
                 
    2006     2005  
Receivables on account of direct insurance from
               
– policyholders
    2,390       2,212  
– intermediaries
    239       213  
Reinsurance receivables
    1,476       719  
 
           
 
    4,105       3,144  
 
           
Property held for sale:
                 
    2006     2005  
Property held for sale
    367       482  
Other:
               
– property obtained from foreclosures
    58       50  
– property developed for sale
    1,818       1,359  
 
           
 
    2,243       1,891  
 
           
 
               
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    2,328       1,960  
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
    (85 )     (69 )
 
           
Net book value
    2,243       1,891  
 
           

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EQUITY
12 SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (PARENT)
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Share capital
    530       530       634  
Share premium
    8,348       8,343       8,525  
Revaluation reserve
    9,453       11,206       1,257  
Currency translation reserve
    (473 )     668       (184 )
Other reserves
    20,408       15,989       13,837  
 
                 
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    38,266       36,736       24,069  
 
                 
The Revaluation reserve, Share of associates reserve (included in Other reserves) and Currency translation reserve cannot be freely distributed.
As at December 31, 2006 Other reserves included an amount of EUR 566 million (2005: EUR 583 million) related to the former Stichting Regio Bank that cannot be freely distributed. The decrease reflects the loss for the year.
Share capital:
                                 
    Ordinary shares (par value EUR 0.24)  
    Number X1,000     Amount  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Authorized share capital
    3,000,000       3,000,000       720       720  
Unissued share capital
    794,907       795,066       190       190  
 
                       
Issued share capital
    2,205,093       2,204,934       530       530  
 
                       
Changes in issued share capital:
                 
    Ordinary shares  
    (par value EUR 0.24)  
    Number        
    X1,000     Amount  
Issued share capital as at January 1, 2004
    2,115,901       508  
From 2003 final stockdividend
    31,731       8  
From 2004 interim stockdividend
    31,699       8  
Issue of shares
    25,389       6  
 
           
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2004
    2,204,720       530  
 
               
Issue of shares
    214          
 
           
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2005
    2,204,934       530  
 
               
Issue of shares
    96          
Exercise of B warrants
    63          
 
           
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2006
    2,205,093       530  
 
           

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Ordinary shares
All shares are in registered form. No share certificates have been issued. Shares may be transferred by means of a deed of transfer, subject to the approval of the Executive Board of ING Group. The par value of ordinary shares is EUR 0.24. The authorized ordinary share capital of ING Group consists of 3,000 million shares, of which as at December 31, 2006 2,205 million have been issued and fully paid.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares and preference shares
More than 99% of the ordinary shares and preference shares issued by ING Group N.V. are held by the Stichting ING Aandelen (Trust Office ING Shares). In exchange for these shares, the Trust Office has issued depository receipts in bearer form for ordinary shares and for preference shares, respectively. The depository receipts are listed on various stock exchanges. Depository receipts can be exchanged for (non-listed) shares of the relevant category without any restriction.
The holder of a depository receipt is entitled to receive from the Trust Office payment of dividends and distributions corresponding with the dividends and distributions received by the Trust Office on a share of the relevant category.
In addition, the holder of a depository receipt is entitled to attend and to speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. either in person or by proxy. A holder of a depository receipt, who thus attends the General Meeting of Shareholders, is entitled to vote as a proxy of the Trust Office but entirely at his own discretion for a number of shares equal to the number of his depository receipts of the relevant category.
A holder of depository receipts who does not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by proxy is entitled to give a binding voting instruction to the Trust Office for a number of shares equal to the number of his depository receipts of the relevant category.
Concentration of holders of depository receipts for shares
As at December 31, 2006, ABN AMRO Holding and Fortis each had an interest in depository receipts (for ordinary shares and for preference shares) of ING Groep N.V. of between 5% and 10%.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Group
As at December 31, 2006, 53.8 million (2005: 38.7 million) of depository receipts for ordinary shares ING Groep N.V. with a par value of EUR 0.24 was held by ING Group or its subsidiaries. These were purchased to hedge option rights granted to the Executive Board members and other employees.
Dividend restrictions
ING Groep N.V. and its Dutch group companies are subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code contains the restriction that dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of the paid-up capital, and reserves required by law. Additionally, certain group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of dividends or otherwise to the parent company.
Furthermore, in addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries.
B warrants
In 1998, ING Groep N.V. authorized the issue of a maximum of 17,317,132 B warrants, of which 17,220,200 have been issued. As at December 31, 2006, 17,157,891 B warrants were outstanding (2005: 17,189,554). B warrant holders are entitled to obtain from ING Groep N.V., for a fixed price, depository receipts for ordinary shares in the proportion of 1 B warrant to 2 depository receipts. B warrant holders may exercise their rights at their own discretion but no later than January 5, 2008. As at December 31, 2006, no B warrants (2005: nil) were held by group companies of ING Group.
The current exercise price of B warrants is EUR 49.92 for 2 depository receipts. The exercise price of B warrants will be adjusted by ING Group if one or more of the following circumstances occur:

F-43


Table of Contents

1.   ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares with pre-emptive rights for existing holders thereof at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
 
2.   ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof, such shares being paid from a reserve of the company at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
 
3.   ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof by way of paying a dividend at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
 
4.   ING Groep N.V. grants to existing holders of ordinary shares pre-emptive rights to obtain securities other than ordinary shares;
 
5.   Any company grants to existing holders of ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V. a right of subscription for securities which may be converted into or exchanged for ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., provided that the price for which such ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V. may (initially) be obtained is lower than the then applicable exercise price;
 
6.   ING Groep N.V. makes a distribution in cash out of its share premium reserve(s) to holders of ordinary shares.
In case of a split or consolidation of the shares of ING Groep N.V., a warrant holder shall remain entitled to a number of shares, the aggregate par value of which shall be equal to the aggregate par value of the number of shares to which he was entitled before the split or consolidation.
In case of a restructuring of the share capital of ING Groep N.V. or a merger of ING Group with any other company or a transfer of the assets of ING Group (or a substantial part thereof) to any other company, the exercise price of the B warrants will not be adjusted. In that event, a warrant holder will be entitled to obtain the securities of the kind and number a holder of ordinary shares would have been entitled to if the B warrants had been exchanged for ordinary shares immediately before that event.

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Revaluation reserve:
                                 
    Property     Available-     Cash flow        
    revaluation     for-sale     hedge     Total  
    reserve     reserve     reserve     2006  
Opening balance
    460       8,700       2,046       11,206  
Unrealized revaluations
    8       (267 )     (696 )     (955 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            (804 )     6       (798 )
 
                       
Closing balance
    468       7,629       1,356       9,453  
 
                       
Revaluation reserve:
                                         
    Property     Available-     Cash flow              
    revaluation     for-sale     hedge     Total     Total  
    reserve     reserve     reserve     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    382       875               1,257       1,199  
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
            6,256       1,282       7,538          
Unrealized revaluations
    53       2,006       764       2,823       795  
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
            (663 )             (663 )     (737 )
Other changes
    25       226               251          
 
                             
Closing balance
    460       8,700       2,046       11,206       1,257  
 
                             
Currency translation reserve:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    668       (184 )        
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
            (556 )        
Unrealized revaluations
    194       489          
Exchange rate differences
    (1,335 )     919       (184 )
 
                 
Closing balance
    (473 )     668       (184 )
 
                 
Other reserves:
                                         
            Share of                    
    Retained     associates     Treasury     Other     Total  
    earnings     reserve     shares     reserves     2006  
Opening balance
    16,262       608       (868 )     (13 )     15,989  
Profit for the year
    6,972       720                       7,692  
Unrealized revaluations
                            (124 )     (124 )
Change in treasury shares
                    (520 )             (520 )
Dividend
    (2,534 )     (147 )                     (2,681 )
Other
                    (48 )     100       52  
 
                             
Closing balance
    20,700       1,181       (1,436 )     (37 )     20,408  
 
                             

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Other reserves:
                                                 
            Share of                          
    Retained     associates     Treasury     Other     Total        
    earnings     reserve     shares     reserves     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    13,792       608       (563 )             13,837       9,465  
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
    (2,584 )                             (2,584 )        
Profit for the year
    7,210                               7,210       5,755  
Unrealized revaluations
                                            (78 )
Realized gains/losses transferred to profit and loss
                                            150  
Change in treasury shares
                    (305 )             (305 )        
Dividend
    (2,461 )                             (2,461 )     (883 )
Other
    305                       (13 )     292       (572 )
 
                                   
Closing balance
    16,262       608       (868 )     (13 )     15,989       13,837  
 
                                   
Change in treasury shares:
                                 
    Amount     Number  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    868       563       38,722,934       29,787,165  
Purchased
    1,030       381       30,858,427       13,013,029  
Share based payments
    462       76       15,722,126       3,203,303  
Other
                            873,957  
 
                       
Closing balance
    1,436       868       53,859,235       38,722,934  
 
                       
Preference shares are presented in the balance sheet under liabilities. See Note 13 Preference shares.

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
LIABILITIES
13 PREFERENCE SHARES
ING Group preference shares
Preference shares are divided into 2 categories: ‘A’ preference shares and ‘B’ preference shares. The authorized preference share capital of ING Groep N.V. consists of 100 million ‘A’ preference shares with a par value of EUR 1.20, of which as at December 31, 2006 63,028,961 have been issued and 1,000 million ‘B’ preference shares with a par value of EUR 0.24 of which none have been issued. The only movement in preference shares outstanding is explained under Buy-back of preference shares.
Preference shares may only be issued if at least the nominal value is paid up.
Preference shares rank before ordinary shares in entitlement to dividends and distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., but are subordinated to cumulative preference shares. Holders of ‘A’ and ‘B’ preference shares rank pari passu among themselves. If the profit or amount available for distribution to the holders of preference shares is not sufficient to make such distribution in full, the holders will receive a distribution in proportion to the amount they would have received if the distribution could have been made in full. The ‘A’ preference shares and ‘B’ preference shares are not cumulative and their holders will not be compensated in subsequent years for a shortfall in a prior year.
The ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for cancellation of preference shares.
‘A’ preference shares
The dividend on the ‘A’ preference shares is equal to a percentage of the amount (including share premium) for which the ‘A’ preference shares were originally issued.
This percentage is calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the average effective yield on the 5 longest-dated Dutch government loans, as determined by a Calculating Agent to be designated by the Executive Board for the last 20 stock exchange days preceding the day on which the first ‘A’ preference shares are issued, or, as the case may be, preceding the day on which the dividend percentage is adjusted. The percentage thus established may be increased or decreased by not more than 0.5 percentage points, depending on the market conditions then prevailing, as the Executive Board may decide with the approval of the Supervisory Board.
The dividend on the ‘A’ preference shares is set at EUR 0.1582 per year until January 1, 2014 at which stage the dividend percentage will be readjusted (and thereafter every 10 years) to the average effective yield at that time on the 5 longest-dated Dutch government loans.
‘A’ preference shares may only be cancelled if a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the ‘A’ preference shares were originally issued reduced by the par value of the shares can be made on each ‘A’ preference share. Upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the ‘A’ preference shares were originally issued will, insofar as possible, be made on each ‘A’ preference share.
Buy-back of preference shares
During 2006, ING Group bought back 24,051,039 (depository receipts for) ‘A’ preference shares in ING at a price of EUR 3.72 per share or EUR 89.5 million in total. All purchased ‘A’ preference shares have been cancelled.
Cumulative preference shares
The par value of the cumulative preference shares is EUR 1.20. The authorized cumulative preference share capital consists of 900 million cumulative preference shares, none of which have been issued.
The cumulative preference shares rank before the preference shares and the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V.

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage, calculated on the amount compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average of the Euro OverNight Index Average (EONIA) as calculated by the European Central Bank. During the financial year for which the distribution is made, this percentage is weighted on the basis of the number of days for which it applies, increased by 2.5 percentage points.
If and to the extent that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay the dividend referred to above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If, and to the extent that, the dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits earned in subsequent years shall first be used to make up the shortfall before any distribution may be made on shares of any other category.
ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative preference shares. Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares and upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., the amount paid up on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together with the dividend shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet been made up.
14 SUBORDINATED LOANS
                                         
                    Notional amount in     Balance sheet value  
    Year of issue     Due date   original currency     2006     2005  
5.140%
    2006     Unlimited   GBP 600     885          
5.775%
    2005     Unlimited   USD 1,000     752       838  
6.125%
    2005     Unlimited   USD 700     515       574  
4.176%
    2005     Unlimited   EUR 500     497       496  
Variable
    2004     Unlimited   EUR 1,000     926       934  
6.200%
    2003     Unlimited   USD 500     368       410  
Variable
    2003     Unlimited   EUR 750     669       692  
7.200%
    2002     Unlimited   USD 1,100     811       904  
7.050%
    2002     Unlimited   USD 800     591       659  
6.500%
    2001     Unlimited   EUR 600             589  
 
                                   
 
                            6,014       6,096  
 
                                   
Subordinated loans consist of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier-1 capital for ING Bank N.V. Under IFRS-EU these bonds are classified as liabilities. They are considered capital for regulatory purposes.
These loans have been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
The number of loans held by group companies as at December 31, 2006 was nil with a balance sheet value of nil (2005: nil with a balance sheet value of nil).
15 DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
Debt securities in issue relate to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed interest rates or interest rates based on interest rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by ING Group, except for subordinated items. Debt securities in issue do not include debt securities presented as Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. ING Group does not have debt securities that are issued on terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as follows:

F-48


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Debt securities in issue — maturities:
                 
    2006     2005  
Fixed rate debt securities
               
Within 1 year
    49,692       39,978  
More than 1 year but less than 2 years
    1,475       3,816  
More than 2 years but less than 3 years
    2,914       1,741  
More than 3 years but less than 4 years
    1,824       3,863  
More than 4 years but less than 5 years
    3,140       10,350  
More than 5 years
    5,155       9,718  
 
           
Total fixed rate debt securities
    64,200       69,466  
 
           
 
               
Floating rate debt securities
               
Within 1 year
    4,637       5,074  
More than 1 year but less than 2 years
    238       872  
More than 2 years but less than 3 years
    413       144  
More than 3 years but less than 4 years
    1,086       494  
More than 4 years but less than 5 years
    2,611       1,064  
More than 5 years
    4,948       4,148  
 
           
Total floating rate debt securities
    13,933       11,796  
 
           
 
               
Total debt securities
    78,133       81,262  
 
           
As of December 31, 31 2006, ING Group had unused lines of credit available including the payment of commercial paper borrowings relating to debt securities in issue, totalling EUR 29,335 million (2005: EUR 22,588 million).
16 OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
Other borrowed funds by remaining term :
                                                         
                                            There        
2006   2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     after     Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    34       200       366       1,227       2,276       9,488       13,591  
Preference shares of group companies
                                            1,132       1,132  
Loans contracted
    4,927       489       304       1,188       1,138       854       8,900  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,749       1,103       357       280       164       363       6,016  
 
                                         
 
    8,710       1,792       1,027       2,695       3,578       11,837       29,639  
 
                                         
Other borrowed funds by remaining term:
                                                         
                                            There        
2005   2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     after     Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    1,011       1,435       735       713       1,492       8,924       14,310  
Preference shares of group companies
                                            1,261       1,261  
Loans contracted
    6,082       508       533       404       518       1,666       9,711  
Loans from credit institutions
    4,443       642       951       83       276       575       6,970  
 
                                         
 
    11,536       2,585       2,219       1,200       2,286       12,426       32,252  
 
                                         

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Subordinated loans of group companies relate to capital debentures and private loans which are subordinated to all current and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V. or Postbank N.V.
Preference shares of group companies comprise non-cumulative guaranteed Trust Preference Securities which are issued by wholly owned subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. These securities have a liquidation preference of a certain amount plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. Dividends with regard to these preference securities are presented as an interest expense in the profit and loss account. These trust preference securities have no voting rights.
17 INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACTS
                                                 
            Own account     Reinsured element             Gross  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Provision for non-participating life policy liabilities
    78,772       79,759       4,930       5,241       83,702       85,000  
Provision for participating life policy liabilities
    52,914       51,866       187       200       53,101       52,066  
Provision for (deferred) profit sharing and rebates
    2,956       4,195       5               2,961       4,195  
Provision for life insurance for risk of policyholders
    97,304       89,531       651       1,197       97,955       90,728  
 
                                   
Life insurance provisions
    231,946       225,351       5,773       6,638       237,719       231,989  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks
    2,631       2,835       156       258       2,787       3,093  
 
                                               
Reported claims provision
    5,503       6,371       600       1,277       6,103       7,648  
Claims incurred but not reported (IBNR)
    1,148       1,831               112       1,148       1,943  
 
                                   
Claims provisions
    6,651       8,202       600       1,389       7,251       9,591  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Other insurance provisions
    176       181                       176       181  
 
                                   
Total provisions for insurance contracts
    241,404       236,569       6,529       8,285       247,933       244,854  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Investment contracts for risk of company
    7,505       7,223                       7,505       7,223  
Investment contracts for risk of policyholders
    13,245       11,410                       13,245       11,410  
 
                                       
Investment contracts liabilities
    20,750       18,633                       20,750       18,633  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Insurance and investment contracts
    262,154       255,202       6,529       8,285       268,683       263,487  
 
                                   

F-50


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in life insurance provisions:
                                                 
    Own account     Reinsured element             Gross  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    225,351       200,158       6,638       5,256       231,989       205,414  
Implementation IFRS 4
            (14,308 )             (7 )             (14,315 )
Changes in the composition of the group
    83       44       23       (44 )     106          
 
                                   
 
    225,434       185,894       6,661       5,205       232,095       191,099  
 
                                               
Current year provisions (premiums)
    28,863       18,643       1,525       806       30,388       19,449  
 
                                               
Change in deferred profit sharing liability
    (1,241 )     508                       (1,241 )     508  
 
                                               
Prior year provisions:
                                               
– benefit payments to policyholders
    (13,166 )     (10,498 )     (366 )     (431 )     (13,532 )     (10,929 )
– interest accrual
    4,791       4,089       18       (32 )     4,809       4,057  
– valuation changes for risk of policyholders
    2,702       5,074                       2,702       5,074  
– effect of changes in discount rate assumptions
            2                               2  
– effect of changes in other assumptions
    (21 )     861               306       (21 )     1,167  
 
                                   
 
    (5,694 )     (472 )     (348 )     (157 )     (6,042 )     (629 )
 
                                               
Exchange rate differences
    (15,874 )     17,075       (535 )     616       (16,409 )     17,691  
Other changes
    458       3,703       (1,530 )     168       (1,072 )     3,871  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    231,946       225,351       5,773       6,638       237,719       231,989  
 
                                   
Where discounting is used in the calculation of life insurance provisions the rate is, based on weighted averages, within the range of 2.9% to 6.8% (2005: 3.0% to 6.0%).
To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible. The life reinsurance market is highly concentrated and, therefore, diversification of exposure is inherently difficult. To minimise its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, the Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographical regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurer.
As at December 31, 2006, the net receivables from reinsurers amounted to EUR 1,476 million (2005: EUR 719 million) after the provision for uncollectible reinsurance of EUR 6 million (2005: EUR 6 million).

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in provision for unearned premiums and unexpired risks:
                                                 
    Own account     Reinsured element             Gross  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    2,835       2,509       258       354       3,093       2,863  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (9 )     (15 )             (26 )     (9 )     (41 )
 
                                   
 
    2,826       2,494       258       328       3,084       2,822  
 
                                               
Premiums written
    5,994       6,087       339       526       6,333       6,613  
Premiums earned during the year
    (5,929 )     (6,133 )     (377 )     (636 )     (6,306 )     (6,769 )
Exchange rate differences
    (245 )     380       (22 )     44       (267 )     424  
Other changes
    (15 )     7       (42 )     (4 )     (57 )     3  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    2,631       2,835       156       258       2,787       3,093  
 
                                   
Changes in claims provisions:
                                                 
    Own account Reinsured element             Gross  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    8,202       7,378       1,389       1,134       9,591       8,512  
Implementation IFRS 4
            19               20               39  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (4 )     27               (27 )     (4 )        
 
                                   
 
    8,198       7,424       1,389       1,127       9,587       8,551  
 
                                               
Additions
                                               
– for the current year
    3,261       3,797       124       891       3,385       4,688  
– for prior years
    (525 )     (592 )     (18 )     (22 )     (543 )     (614 )
– interest accrual of provision
    54       72               20       54       92  
 
                                   
 
    2,790       3,277       106       889       2,896       4,166  
 
                                               
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs
                                               
– for the current year
    1,569       1,747       33       295       1,602       2,042  
– for prior years
    1,458       1,673       388       536       1,846       2,209  
 
                                   
 
    3,027       3,420       421       831       3,448       4,251  
 
                                               
Exchange rate differences
    (381 )     747       (93 )     164       (474 )     911  
Other changes
    (929 )     174       (381 )     40       (1,310 )     214  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    6,651       8,202       600       1,389       7,251       9,591  
 
                                   
ING Group had an outstanding balance of EUR 66 million at December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR 68 million) relating to environmental and asbestos claims of the insurance operations. In establishing the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses related to asbestos related illness and toxic waste clean up, the management of ING Group considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for IBNR claims and for known claims (including the costs of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, liabilities are reviewed and updated regularly.
Other changes mainly relate to the reclassification of certain health and disability from non-life to life as described in the section ‘Changes in presentation’.

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The release of the provision from prior years in 2006 and 2005 are a result of favourable underwriting results in several business units, in particular, the Netherlands business units benefited from changes in legal requirements for disability benefits and Canada benefited from favourable experience mostly from automobile pool.
Where discounting is used in the calculation of the claims provisions the rate is, based on weighted averages, within the range of 3.0% to 4.0% (2005: 3.0% to 4.0%).
Changes in investment contracts liabilities:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    18,633          
Implementation IFRS 4
            16,860  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (42 )        
 
           
 
    18,591       16,860  
 
               
Current year liabilities
    8,432       5,553  
 
               
Prior year provisions
               
– payments to contract holders
    (6,667 )     (7,051 )
– interest accrual
    344       276  
– valuation changes investments
    948       1,060  
 
           
 
    (5,375 )     (5,715 )
 
               
Exchange rate differences
    (1,021 )     1,659  
Other changes
    123       276  
 
           
Closing balance
    20,750       18,633  
 
           
Gross claims development table:
                                 
    Underwriting     Underwriting     Underwriting        
    year 2004     year 2005     year 2006     Total  
Estimate of cumulative claims:
                               
At the end of underwriting year
    2,988       3,265       3,110          
1 year later
    2,619       3,109                  
2 years later
    2,417                          
 
                       
Estimate of cumulative claims
    2,417       3,109       3,110       8,636  
 
                               
Cumulative payments
    (1,643 )     (1,873 )     (1,171 )     (4,687 )
 
                       
 
    774       1,236       1,939       3,949  
Effect of discounting
    (69 )     (94 )     (137 )     (300 )
 
                       
Liability recognized
    705       1,142       1,802       3,649  
 
                               
Liability relating to prior underwriting years
                            3,602  
 
                             
Total amount recognized in the balance sheet
                            7,251  
 
                             
The Group applies the exemption in IFRS-EU not to present Gross claims development for annual periods beginning before January 1, 2004 (the date of transition to IFRS-EU) as it is impracticable to obtain such information.

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
18 AMOUNTS DUE TO BANKS
Amounts due to banks include non-subordinated debt due to banks, other than amounts in the form of debt securities. As at December 31, 2006, liabilities concerning securities sold in repurchase transactions amounted to EUR 23,627 million (2005: EUR 23,857 million).
Amounts due to banks by type:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Non-interest bearing
    2,696       2,535       1,035       1,934       3,731       4,469  
Interest bearing
    52,817       33,714       64,291       84,051       117,108       117,765  
 
                                   
 
    55,513       36,249       65,326       85,985       120,839       122,234  
 
                                   
19 CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND OTHER FUNDS ON DEPOSIT
                 
    2006     2005  
Saving accounts
    283,147       269,389  
Credit balances on customer accounts
    147,695       127,469  
Corporate time deposits
    62,628       57,655  
Other
    3,210       11,199  
 
           
 
    496,680       465,712  
 
           
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits by type:
                                                 
    Netherlands     International     Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Non-interest bearing
    13,734       13,754       2,704       1,359       16,438       15,113  
Interest bearing
    181,976       158,252       298,266       292,347       480,242       450,599  
 
                                   
 
    195,710       172,006       300,970       293,706       496,680       465,712  
 
                                   
No funds have been entrusted to the Group by customers on terms other than those prevailing in the normal course of business. As at December 31, 2006, Customer deposits and other funds on deposit included liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 870 million (2005: EUR 2,104 million).
Savings accounts relate to the balances on savings accounts, savings books, savings deposits and time deposits of personal customers. The interest payable on savings accounts, which is contractually added to the accounts, is also included.
20 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT AND LOSS
                 
    2006     2005  
Trading liabilities
    127,975       92,058  
Non-trading derivatives
    4,934       6,248  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    13,702       11,562  
 
           
 
    146,611       109,868  
 
           

F-54


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The nominal amounts of liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss approximate the fair value.
Financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss relate to debt securities in issue, funds entrusted and structured products.
For the financial year 2006 the changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss attributable to changes in credit risk of ING Group are insignificant.
Trading liabilities by type:
                 
    2006     2005  
Equity securities
    20,732       10,206  
Debt securities
    9,045       7,264  
Funds on deposit
    77,245       54,264  
Derivatives
    20,953       20,324  
 
           
 
    127,975       92,058  
 
           
Non-trading derivatives:
                 
    2006     2005  
Derivatives used in:
               
– cash flow hedges
    1,696       992  
– fair value hedges
    606       1,336  
– hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    7       91  
Other non-trading derivatives
    2,625       3,829  
 
           
 
    4,934       6,248  
 
           
21 OTHER LIABILITIES
Other liabilities by type:
                 
    2006     2005  
Deferred tax liabilities
    4,042       5,128  
Income tax payable
    923       1,184  
Pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities
    1,455       1,998  
Other taxation and social security contributions
    1,147       633  
Deposits from reinsurers
    462       642  
Accrued interest
    10,556       10,699  
Costs payable
    2,353       2,443  
Amounts payable to brokers
    238       100  
Amounts payable to policyholders
    3,105       3,260  
Other provisions
    1,055       1,181  
Other
    12,942       11,739  
 
           
 
    38,278       39,007  
 
           
Deferred taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the liability method using tax rates applicable to the jurisdictions in which the Group is liable to taxation.

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Deferred tax by origin:
                 
    2006     2005  
Investments
    1,375       2,911  
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
    119       37  
Deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    3,201       4,075  
Fiscal equalization reserve
    3       (6 )
Depreciation
    28       65  
Insurance provisions
    (1,490 )     (2,222 )
Other provisions
    (1,081 )     (862 )
Receivables
    196       167  
Loans and advances to customers
    102       (105 )
Unused tax losses carried forward
    (909 )     (1,243 )
Other
    626       193  
 
           
 
    2,170       3,010  
 
           
 
               
Comprising:
               
– deferred tax liabilities
    4,042       5,128  
– deferred tax assets
    1,872       2,118  
 
           
 
    2,170       3,010  
 
           
Changes in deferred tax:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    3,010       2,583  
Changes in composition of the group
    68       25  
Changes through profit and loss
    468       136  
Changes through equity
    (1,339 )     (363 )
Exchange rate differences
    (36 )     88  
Other
    (1 )     541  
 
           
Closing balance
    2,170       3,010  
 
           
The deferred tax changes through equity includes a deferred tax charge of EUR (1,583) million relating to unrealized valuations, EUR (242) million relating to changes in the cash flow hedge reserve, EUR 486 million relating to transfers to insurance liabilities and DAC, and nil relating to stock options and share plans. These items are presented in the Deferred tax by origin table in Investments and Insurance provisions respectively. Other changes in deferred tax are included in the profit and loss.
Included in Other in 2005 is EUR 2,460 million relating to the introduction of IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4.
Deferred tax in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:
                 
    2006     2005  
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    3,977       5,340  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    953       1,304  
 
           
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    3,024       4,036  
 
               
Average tax rate
    30.1 %     30.8 %
Deferred tax asset
    909       1,243  

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for tax loss carry forwards and unused tax credits only to the extent that realization of the related tax benefit is probable. The uncertainty of the recoverability of the tax losses and tax credits is taken into account in establishing the deferred tax assets. The following tax loss carry forwards and tax credits will expire as follows at December 31:
Total unused tax losses carried forward analysed by expiry terms:
                                 
    No deferred tax     Deferred tax  
    asset recognized     asset recognized  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Within 1 year
    16       27       30       24  
More than 1 year but less than 5 years
    156       74       424       372  
More than 5 years but less than 10 years
    47               347       480  
More than 10 years but less than 20 years
    247       585       1,045       1,366  
Unlimited
    487       618       1,178       1,794  
 
                       
 
    953       1,304       3,024       4,036  
 
                       
Changes in other provisions:
                                                 
    Reorganizations                              
    and relocations             Other             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    356       258       825       685       1,181       943  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (6 )     (7 )     4       53       (2 )     46  
Additions
    96       127       269       347       365       474  
Interest
    3               4               7          
Releases
    (49 )     (3 )     (36 )     (8 )     (85 )     (11 )
Charges
    (174 )     (81 )     (238 )     (291 )     (412 )     (372 )
Exchange rate differences
    (1 )     6       (15 )     35       (16 )     41  
Other changes
    110       56       (93 )     4       17       60  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    335       356       720       825       1,055       1,181  
 
                                   
The additions to the provision for reorganizations and relocations include EUR 89 million (2005: EUR 109 million) related to the cost-initiative program of the Dutch Insurance operations and the efficiency program of ING’s Operations & IT division in the Benelux, primarily related to ING’s banking operations.
In general, the reorganizations and relocations provisions are of a short-term nature.
The amounts included in other provisions are based on best estimates with regard to amounts and timing of cash flows required to settle the obligation.
Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities
The Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in the major countries in which it operates. These plans generally cover all employees and provide benefits that are related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement. The benefits in some of these plans are subject to various forms of indexation. The indexation is, in some cases, at the discretion of management; in other cases it is dependent upon the sufficiency of plan assets.
Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements. Plans in all countries comply with applicable local regulations concerning investments and funding levels.

F-57


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Group provides other post-employment and post-retirement employee benefits to certain employees and former employees. These are primarily post-retirement healthcare benefits and discounts on ING products provided to employees and former employees.
Certain group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. The assets of all ING Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of pay. These plans do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in current liabilities. The amount incurred in 2006 was EUR 45 million (2005: EUR 76 million).
Summary of pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities:
                                                                 
                    Post-retirement                              
                    benefits other than                              
    Pension benefits     pensions             Other             Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Defined benefit obligation
    15,758       15,782       239       441       246       898       16,243       17,121  
Fair value of plan assets
    14,361       12,937                               375       14,361       13,312  
 
                                               
 
    1,397       2,845       239       441       246       523       1,882       3,809  
 
                                                               
Unrecognized past service costs
                    10       (6 )                     10       (6 )
Unrecognized actuarial gains/ (losses)
    (687 )     (1,778 )     (2 )     (27 )     1               (688 )     (1,805 )
 
                                               
 
    710       1,067       247       408       247       523       1,204       1,998  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Presented as:
                                                               
– Other liabilities
    961       1,067       247       408       247       523       1,455       1,998  
– Other assets
    251                                               251          
 
                                               
 
    710       1,067       247       408       247       523       1,204       1,998  
 
                                               
Actuarial gains and losses for pension liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes EUR (180) million (2005: EUR 873 million) experience gain adjustments for assets and EUR (163) million (2005: EUR 116 million) experience gain adjustments for liabilities.
During 2006 certain plans were reclassified from Other to Pension benefits. This reclassification did not have an effect on total pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities. This reclassification is included in the line other changes in the tables below.

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in defined benefit obligations:
                                 
                    Post-retirement  
                    benefits other  
    Pension benefits     than pensions  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    15,782       12,925       441       726  
Current service cost
    417       477       13       42  
Interest cost
    703       643       11       40  
Employer’s contribution
                    1       70  
Participants contributions
    (22 )     8       5       6  
Benefits paid
    (493 )     (416 )     (44 )     (28 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    (1,199 )     1,680       (25 )     143  
Past service cost
    18       192       (5 )        
Changes in the composition of the group and other changes
    727       67       4       (1 )
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (6 )     (12 )     (147 )     (569 )
Exchange rate differences
    (169 )     218       (15 )     12  
 
                       
Closing balance
    15,758       15,782       239       441  
 
                       
 
                               
Relating to:
                               
– funded plans
    15,675       15,658                  
– unfunded plans
    83       124       239       441  
 
                       
 
    15,758       15,782       239       441  
 
                       
The estimated unrecognized past services cost and unrecognized actuarial gains and losses for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized into pension and other staff related liability costs during 2007 are nil and nil, respectively.
Changes in fair value of plan assets:
                 
    Pension benefits  
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    12,937       10,498  
Expected return on plan assets
    820       710  
Employer’s contribution
    776       1,002  
Participants contributions
    5       7  
Benefits paid
    (476 )     (416 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    (180 )     873  
Changes in the composition of the group
    597       98  
Exchange rate differences
    (118 )     165  
 
           
Closing balance
    14,361       12,937  
 
           
The actual return on the plan assets amounted to EUR 613 million (2005: EUR 1,583 million; 2004: EUR 871 million).
It is not expected that any plan assets are returned to ING Group during 2007.
Pension Investment Strategy
The primary financial objective of the ING Employee Benefit Plan (the Plan) is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the Plan’s financial management is to promote stability and, to

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
the extent appropriate, growth in funded status (i.e. the ratio of market value of assets to liabilities).The investment strategy for the Plan’s portfolio of assets (the Fund) balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to influence the reward and risk structure of the Fund in an effort to accomplish the Plan’s funding objectives. Desirable target allocations amongst identified asset classes are set and within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographical areas, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Factors considered by the fund managers include balancing security concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies. ING will review its asset mix of the fund on a regular basis. Generally, ING will rebalance the fund’s asset mix to the target mix as individual portfolios approach their minimum or maximum levels.
Categories of plan assets in percentages:
                                         
                Weighted average  
    Target     Percentage of     expected long  
    allocation     plan assets     term rate of return  
    2007     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Equity securities
    37       37       36       8.1       8.1  
Debt securities
    52       52       53       5.2       4.7  
Other
    11       11       11       7.1       6.6  
 
                             
 
    100       100       100       6.5       6.2  
Equity securities include ING Group ordinary shares of EUR 14 million (0.1% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR 15 million, 0.1% of total plan assets). Real estate includes nil (0.0% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2006 which was occupied by the Group.
Determination of Expected Return on Assets
An important element for financial reporting is the assumption for return on assets (ROA). The ROA is updated at least annually, taking into consideration the Plan’s asset allocation, historical returns on the types of assets held in the Fund, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, it is expected that the Fund’s assets will earn an average percentage per year over the long term. This estimation takes into account a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the Fund. For estimation purposes, it is assumed the long term asset mix will be consistent with the current mix. Changes in the asset mix could impact the amount of recorded pension income or expense, the funded status of the Plan, and the need for future cash contributions.
Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % at December 31:
                                 
          Post-retirement  
          benefits other  
    Pension benefits     than pensions  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Discount rates
    4.80       4.25       5.40       4.25  
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotion increases)
    2.75       2.50       3.50       2.50  
Medical cost trend rates
                    6.10       4.25  
Consumer price inflation
    2.00       1.75       2.25       1.75  
The assumptions above are weighted by defined benefit obligations. The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.
An increase of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in an

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
additional accumulated defined benefit obligation of EUR 2 million at December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR 84 million) and no increase in the charge for the year (2005: EUR 7 million). A decrease of 1% in the medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in lower defined benefit obligation of EUR 2 million at December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR 66 million) and no decrease in the charge for the year (2005: EUR 5 million).
Expected Cash Flows
During 2007 the expected contributions to pension plans are EUR 904 million.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid by the plan:
                 
          Post retirement  
            benefits other  
  Pension benefits     than pensions  
2007
    224       21  
2008
    226       22  
2009
    229       22  
2010
    229       22  
2011
    229       22  
Years 2012 – 2016
    1,394       118  

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.4. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
22 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES BY CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
                                                         
    Less                             Maturity      
    than     1-3     3-12     1-5     Over     not          
2006   1 months     months     months     years     5 years     applicable     Total  
ASSETS
                                                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    14,326                                               14,326  
Amounts due from banks
    19,742       5,441       2,619       7,277       4,789               39,868  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
– trading assets2)
                                            193,977       193,977  
– non-trading derivatives
    140       126       314       2,263       3,672       6       6,521  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    187       420       1,435       874       3,509               6,425  
Investments
                                                       
– available-for-sale
    6,399       7,522       11,626       76,959       148,254       43,161       293,921  
– held-to-maturity
    87       154       563       7,683       9,173               17,660  
Loans and advances to customers
    107,295       13,919       23,795       84,601       241,539       3,288       474,437  
Reinsurance contracts
    23       60       440       571       2,281       3,154       6,529  
Intangible assets
                    71       143               3,308       3,522  
Deferred acquisition costs
                                            10,163       10,163  
Other assets
    9,365       1,801       10,167       8,309       922       499       31,063  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable)1)
                                            127,895       127,895  
 
                                         
Total assets
    157,564       29,443       51,030       188,680       414,139       385,451       1,226,307  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
LIABILITIES
                                                       
Preference shares
                                            215       215  
Subordinated loans
                                            6,014       6,014  
Debt securities in issue
    17,580       26,946       9,803       13,701       10,103               78,133  
Other borrowed funds
    2,636       4,475       1,837       9,987       10,704               29,639  
Insurance and investment contracts
    2,327       3,556       11,677       34,003       103,524       113,596       268,683  
Amounts due to banks
    90,250       15,094       10,879       4,077       539               120,839  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    447,824       15,374       16,690       12,197       4,595               496,680  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
– trading liabilities2)
                                            127,975       127,975  
– non-trading derivatives
    93       95       331       1,786       2,591       38       4,934  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    617       581       2,081       6,285       4,138               13,702  
Other liabilities
    8,562       714       5,117       6,300       1,229       16,356       38,278  
 
                                         
Total liabilities
    569,889       66,835       58,415       88,336       137,423       264,194       1,185,092  
 
                                         
 
1)   Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
    – property and equipment
 
    – real estate investments
 
    – investments for risk of policyholders
 
    – investments in associates.
 
2)   Trading assets and trading liabilities have been presented in the above table as maturity not applicable, because they are held for short term profit taking. The majority of items are debt instruments and equity instruments, where the contractual maturity is generally more than 5 years.

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Disclosures about the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk are presented in the ‘Risk management’ section. Those sensitivity disclosures are included instead of disclosures on repricing dates and effective interest rates, as those sensitivity disclosures better reflect the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk in line with the Group’s risk management procedures.
                                                         
                                           
                                  Maturity        
    Less than     1-3     3-12     1-5     Over 5     not          
2005   1 month     months     months     years     Years     applicable     Total  
ASSETS
                                                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    13,084                                               13,084  
Amounts due from banks
    20,790       5,964       5,138       9,949       5,625               47,466  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
– trading assets2)
                                            149,187       149,187  
– non-trading derivatives
    170       177       254       1,822       5,421       (78 )     7,766  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    107       309       1,184       2,909       4,963       758       10,230  
Investments
                                                       
– available-for-sale
    5,332       4,249       12,036       80,195       163,769       40,126       305,707  
– held-to-maturity
    456       77       875       6,548       10,980       1       18,937  
Loans and advances to customers
    89,382       14,276       29,258       81,778       224,221       266       439,181  
Reinsurance contracts
    39       57       895       437       1,206       5,651       8,285  
Intangible assets
                    71       143               3,447       3,661  
Deferred acquisition costs
                                            9,604       9,604  
Other assets
    9,255       1,721       9,109       5,626       993       3,456       30,160  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable)1)
                                            115,371       115,371  
 
                                         
Total assets
    138,615       26,830       58,820       189,407       417,178       327,789       1,158,639  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
LIABILITIES
                                                       
Preference shares
                                            296       296  
Subordinated loans
                                            6,096       6,096  
Debt securities in issue
    18,933       15,581       10,543       22,360       13,845               81,262  
Other borrowed funds
    9,396       4,743       3,506       11,216       3,360       31       32,252  
Insurance and investment contracts
    1,896       2,709       8,962       20,120       94,974       134,826       263,487  
Amounts due to banks
    78,827       21,883       15,623       4,317       1,584               122,234  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    394,141       47,310       9,446       5,752       9,063               465,712  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                                                       
– trading liabilities2)
                                            92,058       92,058  
– non-trading derivatives
    76       200       1,708       1,452       2,812               6,248  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    112       510       1,538       5,072       4,330               11,562  
Other liabilities
    7,966       3,272       14,955       5,610       3,992       3,212       39,007  
 
                                         
Total liabilities
    511,347       96,208       66,281       75,899       133,960       236,519       1,120,214  
 
                                         
 
1)   Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
    – property and equipment
 
    – real estate investments
 
    – investments for risk of policyholders
 
    – investments in associates.
 
2)   Trading assets and trading liabilities have been presented in the above table as maturity not applicable, because they are held for short term profit taking. The majority of items are debt instruments and equity instruments, where the contractual maturity is generally more than 5 years.

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
23 DERIVATIVES AND HEDGE ACCOUNTING
Use of derivatives and hedge accounting
As described in the section ‘Risk Management’, ING Group uses derivatives (principally interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps) for economic hedging purposes in the management of its asset and liability portfolios and structural positions. The objective of economic hedging is to enter into positions with an opposite risk profile to an identified exposure to reduce that exposure. The impact of ING Group’s hedging activities is to optimise the overall cost to the Group of accessing debt capital markets and to mitigate the market risk which would otherwise arise from structural imbalances in the duration and other profiles of its assets and liabilities. In addition, hedging activities are undertaken to hedge against the interest rate risk in the mortgage offer period in relation to retail mortgages and to lock-in the interest margin in relation to interest bearing assets and the related funding.
The accounting treatment of hedge transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and whether the hedge qualifies under the IFRS-EU hedge accounting rules. Derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS–EU are classified and accounted for according to the nature of the instrument hedged and the type of IFRS-EU hedge model that is applicable. The three models applicable under IFRS-EU are: fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting and net investment hedge accounting. These are described under the relevant headings below. The company’s detailed accounting policies for these three hedge models are set out in section ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’.
To qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU, strict criteria must be met. Certain hedges that are economically effective from a risk management perspective do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU. The fair value changes of derivatives relating to such non qualifying hedges are taken to the profit and loss account. However, in certain cases, the Group mitigates the resultant profit and loss account volatility by designating hedged assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. If hedge accounting is applied under IFRS-EU, it is possible that during the hedge a hedge relationship no longer qualifies for hedge accounting and hedge accounting cannot be continued, even if the hedge remains economically effective. As a result, the volatility arising from undertaking economic hedging in the profit and loss account may be higher than would be expected from an economic point of view.
With respect to exchange rate and interest rate derivative contracts, the notional or contractual amounts of these instruments is indicative of the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do however not represent amounts at risk.
ING Group uses credit derivatives in managing its exposure to credit risk, including total return swaps and credit default swaps, to sell or buy protection for credit risk exposures in the loan, investment and trading portfolios. No material level of hedge accounting is applied in relation to credit derivatives. These credit derivatives did not result in a significant reduction in ING Group’s exposure to credit risk as at December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2005.
Fair value hedge accounting
ING Group’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate instruments due to movements in market interest rates.
Gains and losses on derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting are recognized in the profit and loss account. The effective portion of the fair value change on the hedged item is also recognized in the profit and loss account. As a result, on the net accounting ineffectiveness impacts the net profit.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, ING Group recognized in the profit and loss account EUR 41 million of fair value changes on derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting. This amount was partly offset by EUR 8 million fair value changes recognized on hedged items. This resulted in EUR 49 million net accounting ineffectiveness recognized in the profit and loss account. At December 31, 2006, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under fair value hedge accounting was EUR 474 million (2005: EUR (158) million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 1,080 million (2005: EUR 1,178 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 606 million (2005: EUR 1,336 million) negative fair values under liabilities.

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (macro hedging) under the EU ‘carve out’ of IFRS-EU. The EU ‘carve-out’ macro hedging enables a group of derivatives (or proportions) to be viewed in combination and jointly designated as the hedging instrument and removes some of the limitations in fair value hedge accounting relating to hedging core deposits and under-hedging strategies. Under the IFRS-EU ‘carve-out’, hedge accounting may be applied to core deposits and ineffectiveness only arises when the revized estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the designated amount of that bucket.
Cash flow hedge accounting
ING Group’s cash flow hedges principally consist of (forward) interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps that are used to protect against its exposure to variability in future interest cash flows on non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates or are expected to be refunded or reinvested in the future. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities, based on contractual terms and other relevant factors including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate principal balances and interest cash flows across for the respective portfolios form the basis for identifying the notional amount subject to interest rate risk that is designated under cash flow hedge accounting.
Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting are recorded in Shareholders’ equity. Interest cash flows on these derivatives are recognized in the profit and loss account in interest income consistently with the manner in which the forecast cash flows affect net profit. The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, ING Group recognized EUR (690) million after tax in equity as effective fair value changes on derivatives under cash flow hedge accounting. As a consequence the balance of the cash flow hedge reserve in equity at December 31, 2006 was EUR 1,819 million (2005: EUR 2,974 million) gross and EUR 1,356 million (2005: EUR 2,046 million) after deferred tax. This cash flow hedge reserve will fluctuate with the fair value changes on the underlying derivatives and will be reflected in the profit and loss account under Interest income/expense over the remaining term of the underlying hedged items. The cash flow hedge reserve relates to a large number of derivatives and hedged items with varying maturities, up to 40 years for insurance operations and 21 years for banking operations, with the largest concentration in the range of 20 to 25 years for insurance operations and 5 to 10 years for banking operations. Accounting ineffectiveness on derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting of EUR (7) million (2005: EUR (1) million) was recognized in the profit and loss account.
At December 31, 2006, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under cash flow hedge accounting was EUR 1,921 million (2005: EUR 2,737 million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 3,617 million (2005: EUR 3,729 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 1,696 million (2005: EUR 992 million) negative fair values under liabilities.
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
ING Group’s net investment hedges principally consist of derivatives (including currency forwards and swaps) and non-derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency denominated funding that are used to protect against foreign currency exposures on foreign subsidiaries.
Gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting are recorded in Shareholders’ equity. The balance in equity is recognized in the profit and loss account when the related foreign subsidiary is disposed. The gains and losses on ineffective portions are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
At December 31, 2006, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR (4) million (2005: EUR (59) million), presented in the balance sheet as EUR 3 million (2005: EUR 32 million) positive fair values under assets and EUR 7 million (2005: EUR 91 million) negative fair values under liabilities.
Accounting ineffectiveness recognized in the profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2006 on derivatives designated under net investment hedge accounting was EUR (12) million (2005: EUR (16) million).

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
24 MAXIMUM CREDIT EXPOSURE
ING’s maximum credit exposure as at December 31, 2006 and 2005 is represented as follows:
                 
    2006     2005  
Cash and balances with central banks
    14,326       13,084  
Amounts due from banks
               
– loans and advances to banks
    36,411       26,877  
– cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    3,461       20,596  
Trading assets
               
– debt securities
    38,287       38,299  
– loans and receivables
    118,459       80,527  
– derivatives
    22,514       20,254  
Non-trading derivatives
    6,521       7,766  
Designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    6,425       10,230  
Available-for-sale debt securities
    275,696       289,241  
Held-to-maturity debt securities
    17,660       18,937  
Loans and advances to customers
               
– policy loans
    3,566       3,536  
– public authorities
    25,951       31,442  
– secured by mortgages
    235,812       209,188  
– guaranteed by credit institutions
    2,402       1,826  
– personal loans
    4,649       5,961  
– other personal lending
    22,141       25,142  
– other corporate lending
    181,939       168,295  
– other
    1,517       941  
Reinsurance contracts
    6,529       8,285  
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
    4,105       3,144  
Other receivables
    5,572       7,468  
 
           
Maximum credit exposure on balance sheet
    1,033,943       991,039  
 
               
Off-balance sheet credit commitments
               
– commitments – Insurance
    4,636       4,049  
– guarantees – Insurance
    319       237  
– discounted bills – Bank
    3       5  
– guarantees – Bank
    17,297       15,933  
– irrevocable letters of credit – Bank
    8,456       7,436  
– other – Bank
    623       396  
– Iirrevocable facilities
    90,384       85,098  
 
           
Maximum credit exposure off balance sheet
    121,718       113,154  
 
               
 
           
Maximum credit exposure
    1,155,661       1,104,193  
 
           
The maximum credit exposure for relevant items on the balance sheet is the balance sheet carrying value for the relevant financial assets. For the off-balance sheet items the maximum credit exposure is the maximum amount that could be required to be paid. Collateral received is not taken into account.

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
25 ASSETS NOT FREELY DISPOSABLE
The assets not freely disposable primarily consist of interest bearing securities pledged to secure deposits from the Dutch Central Bank and other banks, serve to secure margin accounts or are used for other purposes required by law.
The assets not freely disposable and the items for which they are held are as follows:
                                                                                 
    Customer deposits                                          
    and other funds on                     Guarantees                  
    deposit and debt                     for off- balance     Other contingent              
    securities in issue           Banks     sheet items     liabilities           Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Investments
    2,686       3,533       4,483       4,245                       590       840       7,759       8,618  
Lending
    548       1,101       2       1       96       116                       646       1,218  
Banks
    8       328       1,100       899       7       375                       1,115       1,602  
Other assets
    3,700       1,712       1,016       912       532       328               84       5,248       3,036  
 
                                                           
 
    6,942       6,674       6,601       6,057       635       819       590       924       14,768       14,474  
 
                                                           
ING Bank N.V. has an obligation to maintain a reserve with an average monthly balance with De Nederlandsche Bank (the Dutch Central Bank). In December 2006 the required monthly average was EUR 5,295 million (2005: EUR 3,747 million). On December 31, 2006 the balance on this reserve was EUR 4,076 million (2005: EUR 4,054 million).
There are no material terms and conditions relating to the collateral represented in the above table.
26 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS
In the normal course of business the Group is a party to activities whose risks are not reflected in whole or part in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers, the Group offers financial products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments.

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Contingent liabilities and commitments:
                 
    2006     2005  
Insurance operations
               
Commitments
    4,636       4,049  
Guarantees
    319       237  
 
           
 
    4,955       4,286  
 
               
Banking operations
               
Contingent liabilities in respect of
               
– discounted bills
    3       5  
– guarantees
    17,297       15,933  
– irrevocable letters of credit
    8,456       7,436  
– other
    623       396  
 
           
 
    26,379       23,770  
 
               
Irrevocable facilities
    90,384       85,098  
 
           
 
    121,718       113,154  
 
           
Guarantees relate both to credit and non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit substitute guarantees are guarantees given by ING Group in respect of credit granted to customers by a third party. Many of them are expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash outflows. The guarantees are generally of a short-term nature. In addition to the items included in contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued guarantees as a participant in collective arrangements of national industry bodies and as a participant in government required collective guarantee schemes which apply in different countries.
Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure payments to third parties for a customer’s foreign and domestic trade transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited since these transactions are collateralized by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.
Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature.
Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients. Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s credit risk and interest rate risk in these transactions is limited. Most of the unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees by the central governments and exempted bodies under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities also include commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
Future rental commitments for operating lease contracts:
         
2007
    198  
2008
    198  
2009
    185  
2010
    171  
2011
    163  
years after 2011
    332  

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
27 SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITIES (SPE’s) AND SECURITIZATION
Securitization
ING as originator
ING Group enters into synthetic securitization programmes in order to reduce credit risk on certain assets. In synthetic securitizations ING enters into a credit default swap with securitization Special Purpose Entities (SPE’s), in relation to which ING purchases credit protection in respect of residential mortgage loans and loans to small and medium-sized enterprises. The SPE’s have in turn hedged their exposure with investors through the issue of credit linked notes or credit linked commercial paper. As a result of these transactions, ING Group has transferred a substantial part of the credit risk related to these loan portfolios to third-party investors. In general, the third-party investors in securities issued by the SPE have recourse only to the assets of the SPE and not to ING Group.
After securitization of these assets ING Group continues to recognise these assets on its balance sheet under Loans and advances to customers.
Securitized own assets:
                 
    2006     2005  
Loans to small and medium-sized enterprises
    8,859       4,491  
Asset backed securities
    7,126       7,433  
Corporate loans
    4,851       5,594  
Mortgages
    7,978       4,397  
 
           
Total
    28,814       21,915  
 
           
ING as sponsor of multi-seller conduit
In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients by assisting them in obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to an SPE. The SPE issues asset-backed commercial paper to the market to fund the purchases. ING Group, in its role as administrative agent, facilitates these transactions by providing structuring, accounting, funding and operations services.
ING Group supports the commercial paper programs by providing the SPE with short-term standby liquidity facilities. Primarily these liquidity facilities are meant to cover temporarily disruptions in the commercial paper market. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk. A number of programs are supported by granting structured liquidity facilities to the SPE, in which ING Group covers at least some of the credit risk incorporated in these programs itself (in addition to normal liquidity facilities), and as a consequence might suffer credit losses from it. Furthermore, under a Program Wide Credit Enhancement ING Group guarantees to a limited amount all remaining losses incorporated in the SPE to the commercial paper investors. All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are granted to the SPE subject to normal ING Group analysis procedures regarding credit risk and liquidity risk. The fees received for services provided and for facilities are charged on market conditions.
The normal non-structured standby liquidity facilities and the structured facilities are reported under irrevocable facilities.
Collateralized debt obligations (CDO)-transactions
Within ING Group, SPE’s are used for CDO transactions. In a typical CDO transaction an SPE is used to issue structured, rated securities which are backed (or collateralized) by a pool of transferable debt securities. In these transactions ING often has different roles:
    – the arranger of the transaction; ING structures the SPE, acquires the assets for the SPE and sells the CDOs to investors;
 
    – collateral manager of the assets in the SPE; ING manages the assets based on strict conditions of the SPE’s charter;
 
    – investor.

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Group receives market-rate fees for structuring, (asset) managing and distributing CDO-securities to investors.
ING as investor
As part of its investment activities ING invests in securitizations by purchasing notes from securitization SPE’s. For certain own asset securitization programs ING acts as a market maker and holds limited positions in this capacity.
Non-cash investments are made by ING by selling credit protection in the market using credit default swaps.
Other entities
ING Group is also a party in other SPE’s used, for example, in structured finance and leasing transactions.
Investment funds
ING as fund manager and investor
ING Group sets up investment funds for which it acts as a fund manager and sole investor at the inception of the fund. Subsequently, ING will seek third-party investors to invest in the fund, thereby reducing the interest of ING Group. In general, ING Group will maintain a small percentage of interest in these funds.
ING as fund manager
ING acts as fund manager for several funds. Fees related to these management activities are charged on an arm’s-length basis. In general, ING as fund manager will hold these funds in a fiduciary capacity. Therefore, these funds are generally not included in the consolidated financial statement of the Group.
28 PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES AND COMPANIES ACQUIRED/DISPOSED
The principal subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. are as follows:
Companies treated as part of the insurance operations
     
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Verzekeringen Nederland N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Vastgoed Belegging B.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Schadeverzekering Maatschappij N.V.
  The Netherlands
Parcom Ventures B.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank Levensverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank Schadeverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
RVS Levensverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
RVS Schadeverzekering N.V.
  The Netherlands
Movir N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Insurance N.V.
  Belgium
ING Zivotna Poistovna a.s.
  Slovakia
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Polska S.A.
  Poland
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Polska Powszechne Towarzystwo Emerytaine S.A
  Poland
ING Asigurari de Viata S.A.
  Romania
ING Greek Life Insurance Company S.A.
  Greece
ING Greek General Insurance Company S.A.
  Greece
ING Nationale-Nederlanden Magyarorszagi Biztosito Rt.
  Hungary
Nationale Nederlanden Vida, Compañia de Seguros y Reaseguros S.A.
  Spain
Nationale Nederlanden Generales, Compañia de Seguros y Reaseguros S.A.
  Spain
ING Canada Inc.
  Canada
Belair Insurance Company Inc.
  Canada

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
     
ING Insurance Company of Canada
  Canada
ING Novex Insurance Company of Canada
  Canada
ING America Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  U.S.A.
ING International Insurance Holdings, Inc.
  U.S.A.
ING Life Insurance and Annuity Company
  U.S.A.
ING North America Insurance Corporation
  U.S.A.
Lion Connecticut Holdings Inc.
  U.S.A.
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company
  U.S.A
ReliaStar Life Insurance Company of New York
  U.S.A
Security Life of Denver Insurance Company
  U.S.A.
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company
  U.S.A
ING Seguros de Vida S.A.
  Chile
ING Afore S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
Seguros Comercial America S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
ING Life Insurance Company (Japan) Limited
  Japan
ING Life Insurance Company (Korea) Limited
  South Korea
ING Life Insurance Company of America
  U.S.A
ING Australia Holdings Limited
  Australia
ING Australia Pty Limited
  Australia
ING Re (Netherlands) N.V.
  The Netherlands
Companies treated as part of the banking operations
     
ING Bank N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Bank Nederland N.V.
  The Netherlands
Bank Mendes Gans N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Lease Top Holding B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Corporate Investments B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Trust (Nederland) B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Vastgoed Management Holding B.V.
  The Netherlands
InterAdvies N.V.
  The Netherlands
Nationale-Nederlanden Financiële Diensten B.V.
  The Netherlands
ING Commercial Finance B.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank N.V.
  The Netherlands
Postbank Groen N.V.
  The Netherlands
Stichting Regio Bank
  The Netherlands
Westland Utrecht Hypotheekbank N.V.
  The Netherlands
ING België N.V.
  Belgium
ING Bank Slaski S.A. Katowicach
  Poland
ING Bank Deutschland A.G.
  Germany
ING Financial Holdings Corporation
  U.S.A.
ING Trust (Antilles) N.V.
  Netherlands Antilles
ING Middenbank Curaçao N.V.
  Netherlands Antilles
ING Vysya Bank Ltd.
  India
ING Direct N.V.
  Canada, Germany, Spain, Australia,
 
  France, USA, Italy, UK

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Companies acquired in 2006:
                                 
    ABN AMRO                    
    Asset                  
    Management             Summit     Total  
    Taiwan, Ltd     Appleyard     REIT     acquisitions  
General
                               
Primary line of business
  Insurance     Bank     Bank          
 
                               
Date of acquisition
  October 27, 2006     July 1, 2006     October 5, 2006          
 
                               
Percentage of voting shares acquired
    100 %     100 %     56 %        
 
                               
Purchase price
                               
Purchase price
    65       110       2,132       2,307  
 
                       
Cash purchase price
    65       110       2,132       2,307  
 
                               
Cash in company acquired
    19                       19  
 
                       
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition
    46       110       2,132       2,288  
 
                               
Assets
                               
Cash assets
    23                       23  
Investments
    2               2,132       2,134  
Amounts due from banks
    1                       1  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    2               793       795  
Miscellaneous other assets
            332       34       366  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Amounts due to banks
            238               238  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    4       52       73       129  
 
                       
Net assets
    24       42       2,886       2,952  
Minority interests
                    754       754  
 
                       
Net assets acquired
    24       42       2,132       2,198  
 
                       
 
                               
Goodwill recognized1)
    41       54               95  
 
                               
Profit since date of acquisition
    (1 )     1       8       8  
Revenue if acquisition effected at start of year
    2       33       131       166  
 
1)   Goodwill recognized in 2006 on immaterial acquisitions and real estate portfolios was EUR 74 million, resulting in total Goodwill recognized in 2006 of EUR 169 million as disclosed in Note 9 Intangible assets.
In July 2006 ING acquired 100% of Appleyard Vehicles Contracts, a U.K. based car leasing company. The purchase price paid for Appleyard was EUR 110 million.
In October 2006 ING acquired 56% of Summit Real Estate Investment Trust (Summit REIT) for an amount of EUR 2,132 million. Summit REIT owns a portfolio of high-quality light industrial properties in major markets across Canada.
In October 2006 ING acquired 100% of ABN AMRO Asset Management (Taiwan) Ltd, a registered Securities Investment Trust Enterprise, for EUR 65 million. The purchase will strengthen ING’s existing position as the Taiwanese largest overall asset manager.

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Companies disposed of in 2006
                                 
          Deutsche              
    Williams     Hypotheken-     Degussa     Total  
    de Broë     bank AG     Bank     disposals  
General
                               
Primary line of business
  Bank     Bank     Bank          
 
Sales proceeds
                               
Sales proceeds
    19       275       195       489  
 
                       
Cash proceeds
    19       275       195       489  
 
                               
Cash in company disposed
            11       27       38  
 
                       
Cash outflow / inflow on disposal
    19       264       168       451  
 
                               
Assets
                               
Cash assets
            11       27       38  
Investments
            9,556               9,556  
Loans and advances to customers
    228       16,884       2,334       19,446  
Amounts due from banks
    14       5,928       187       6,129  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
    5       3,280       162       3,447  
Miscellaneous other assets
    27       747       163       937  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Amounts due to banks
    64       2,439       198       2,701  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            8,984       2,184       11,168  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    198       24,541       286       25,025  
 
                       
Net assets
    12       442       205       659  
% disposed
    100 %     84 %     100 %        
 
                       
Net assets disposed
    12       370       205       587  
 
                       
In June 2006 ING sold its U.K. brokerage unit Williams de Broë Plc for EUR 22 million. The sale is part of ING Group’s strategy to focus on core businesses. The result on the sale is subject to closing adjustments.
In September 2006 ING sold its 87.5% stake in Deutsche Hypothekenbank AG, a publicly listed mortgage bank in Germany, as part of ING’s strategy to focus on its core business. The sale resulted in a loss of EUR 83 million.
In December 2006 ING sold its stake in Degussa Bank, a unit of ING-DiBa specialising in worksite banking for private customers. The sale results in a loss of EUR 23 million.

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Companies acquired and disposed of in 2005:
                                                 
          Acquisition     Total     Disposal of     Disposal of        
    Acquisition     of New     acquisi-     Baring Asset     Life of     Total  
    of Eural     Zealand     tions     Management     Georgia     disposals  
General
                                               
Primary line of business
  Bank     Life Insurance           Bank     Life Insurance          
 
                                               
Purchase price
                                               
Purchase price
    83       98       181       663       235       898  
Cash in company acquired / disposed
                                    118       118  
 
                                   
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition / disposal
    83       98       181       663       353       1,016  
 
                                               
Assets
                                               
Investments
    1,535               1,535               1,809       1,809  
Loans and advances to customers
    819               819       2,196               2,196  
Amounts due from banks
    286               286       1,419               1,419  
Miscellaneous other assets
    65       151       216       696               696  
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
Insurance and investment contracts
                                    1,503       1,503  
Amounts due to banks
    7               7       68               68  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    1,384               1,384       2,470               2,470  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    1,231               1,231       910               910  
     
Net assets
    83       151       234       863       306       1,169  
Minority interest
                                               
     
Net assets acquired
    83       151       234       863       306       1,169  
 
                                   
In February 2005, ING sold internet service provider Freeler to KPN. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 10 million.
In March 2005, ING Group reduced its stake in ING Bank Slaski from 87.77% to 75% by selling shares on the market. By reducing the stake in ING Bank Slaski, ING Group complied with requirements set by the Polish regulator in 2001. ING Group has no intention to further reduce its stake of 75% in ING Bank Slaski.
In March 2005, ING Group acquired 19.9% of Bank of Beijing for an amount of EUR 166 million. Bank of Beijing is the second largest city commercial bank in China and the third largest bank in Beijing.
In March 2005, ING Group finalized the sale of Barings Asset Management to MassMutual Financial Group and Northern Trust Corp. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 254 million.
In May 2005, ING Group sold Life Insurance Company of Georgia to Prudential PLC’s subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company. The loss from this transaction amounts to EUR 32 million after tax.
In June 2005, ING Group formed a private equity joint venture to purchase Gables Residential Trust, a U.S.-based real estate investment trust. Gables Residential Trust is a developer, builder, owner and manager of higher-end multifamily properties. ING will provide USD 400 million in equity to finance the transaction. The venture is managed by ING Clarion, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Group.

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In June 2005, ING Group has purchased GE Commercial Finance’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s Dutch and Belgian factoring business. The factoring business has been transferred into a new company, which operates under the name ING Commercial Finance. GE Commercial Finance purchased ING’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s German unit, Heller GmbH. Both purchases took effect retroactively from January 1, 2005.
In August 2005, ING Group acquired a portfolio of properties located in the UK from Abbey National. The purchase price amounted to EUR 1.7 billion. The portfolio has been divided between various separate account clients.
In October 2005, ING Group acquired Eural NV from Dexia Bank Belgium. In the course of 2006, Eural is expected to be merged with ING Belgium’s unit Record Bank.
In November 2005, ING Group sold its stake in Austbrokers Holdings in an initial public offering. Austbrokers is one of the leading insurance brokers in Australia. The decision to sell the business follows ING’s sale of its 50% stake in general insurer QBE Mercantile Mutual to QBE in 2004.
In December 2005 ING Group sold Arenda Holding BV to ZBG, a Dutch private equity firm. Arenda is a provider of consumer finance products.
Companies acquired and disposed of in 2004:
                                                 
    Acquisition of     Other     Total     Disposal     Other     Total  
    Allianz Canada     aquisitions     acquisitions     of BHF     disposals     disposals  
General
                                               
Primary line of business
  Non-life   Bank           Bank   Bank/        
 
  Insurance                           Insurance        
 
                                               
Purchase price
                                               
Purchase price
    283       1,896       2,179       362       970       1,332  
Cash in company acquired / disposed
    532               532                          
 
                                   
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition / disposal
    (249 )     1,896       1,647       362       970       1,332  
 
                                               
Assets
                                               
Investments
            4,822       4,822       7,451       3,165       10,616  
Loans and advances to customers
            596       596                          
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                            4,000       313       4,313  
 
                                               
Miscellaneous other assets
    944       2,196       3,140       4,374       1,752       6,126  
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
Amounts due to banks
                            5,041       274       5,315  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            3,759       3,759       8,228       2,748       10,976  
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    1,006       63       1,069       1,622       (144 )     1,478  
 
                                   
Net assets
    (62 )     3,792       3,730       934       2,352       3,286  
Minority interest
                                               
 
                                   
Net assets acquired
    (62 )     3,792       3,730       934       2,352       3,286  
 
                                   
In 2004, ING Group sold most of the German banking units of ING BHF-Bank. The transaction includes ING BHF-Bank’s asset management, private banking, financial markets and core corporate banking business. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 600 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired Allianz’s property and casualty insurance operations in Canada. The goodwill amounted to EUR 48 million.

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In 2004, ING Group reduced its shareholding in ING Canada Inc from 100% to 72.9% by an initial public offering of 34,880,000 common shares of ING Canada Inc. The gross proceeds amounted to EUR 552 million. In 2005, the underwriting syndicate exercized its option to buy an additional 5,232,000 common shares, reducing the shareholding of ING Group to 70%.
In 2004, ING Group signed a co-insurance agreement with Scottish Re regarding its individual life reinsurance business in the United States. Under this agreement, all assets of the business have been transferred to Scottish Re while the liabilities related to the business have been reinsured through Scottish Re. Under the agreement ING Group paid a ceding commission amounting to EUR 450 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired the Dutch real estate fund Rodamco Asia. As a result, the fund was delisted from Euronext in Amsterdam in 2004 and from the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 2005. The goodwill amounted to EUR 22 million.
In 2004, ING Group sold its 100% subsidiary CenE Bankiers to Van Lanschot. CenE Bankiers is specialized in commercial and private banking in the Netherlands. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 250 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired Mercator Bank, a Belgium medium-sized savings bank. The negative goodwill amounted to EUR 26 million and was recognized as income in the profit and loss account.
In 2004, ING Group sold its Asian cash equities business to Macquarie Bank. The cash equities business comprises sales, trading, research and equity capital markets operations.
In 2004, ING Group sold its non-life insurance business in Australia to QBE Insurance Group. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 431 million.
29   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (‘Fertinal’) against ING Comercial América (now known as Seguros ING S.A. de C.V. and referred to hereinafter as ‘Seguros’), a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims EUR 228 million (USD 300 million), the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favour of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to EUR 71 million (USD 94 million), plus interest. This decision has been appealed by all parties involved. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain Seguros current and former employees. In addition to the claim by Fertinal, Seguros also has been the subject of complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. Both the claim by Fertinal and these matters are being defended vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess their final outcome.
Recently, the issue of amongst others the costs charged by the insurance industry to customers in respect of universal life insurance products (commonly referred to as beleggingsverzekeringen, beleggingspolissen or beleggingshypotheken) has received attention both in the Dutch public media and from the Dutch regulator for the insurance industry and consumer protection organizations. The Dutch insurance industry (including subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V., primarily Nationale-Nederlanden) sold these products to customers either directly or through intermediaries. The concern being publicly voiced in respect of these products is that the Dutch insurance industry has not been sufficiently transparent towards its customers as to the costs

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
charged to the customers, and that costs in respect of certain of these products may have been unfairly high. If, in the future, legal proceedings would be instituted, individually or collectively, against Dutch insurance companies in relation to these products, such legal proceedings could also be instituted against Nationale-Nederlanden or other subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. involved. No legal proceedings have as yet been lodged against any subsidiary of ING Groep N.V. Discussions are ongoing between the insurance industry and consumer organizations.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, suppliers of brokerage and investment products and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compenzation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
30   DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and solvency requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. The most significant restrictions for ING Group relate to the insurance operations located in the United States, which are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to the parent company imposed by the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile. For life, accident and health subsidiaries, dividends are generally limited to the greater of 10% of statutory surplus or the statutory net gain from operations. For the property and casualty subsidiaries, dividends are limited to a specified percentage of the previous year’s shareholders’ equity or previous year’s net investment gains, which varies by state. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.
The management of ING Group does not believe that these limitations will affect the ability of ING Group to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future.
31   JOINT VENTURES
Joint ventures are included proportionally in the consolidated financial statements as follows:
                                         
    Interest                          
2006   held (%)     Assets     Liabilities     Income     Expenses  
ING Australia Ltd
    51       8,617       8,266       402       295  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       168       137       219       220  
KB Life
    49       292       279       167       166  
JV New Zealand Business
    51       132       28       38       29  
Pacific-Aetna Life Insurance/Shanghai Branch
    50       136       106       37       36  
 
                               
Total
            9,345       8,816       863       746  
 
                               
                                         
    Interest                          
2005   held (%)     Assets     Liabilities     Income     Expenses  
ING Australia Ltd
    51       7,932       7,527       357       257  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       169       132       241       238  
KB Life
    49       160       148       97       96  
JV New Zealand Business
    51       151       48       10       6  
Pacific-Aetna Life Insurance/Shanghai Branch
    50       114       96       38       39  
 
                               
Total
            8,526       7,951       743       636  
 
                               

F-77


Table of Contents

ING and ANZ, one of Australia’s major banks, formed a funds management and life insurance joint venture in Australia. The joint venture, ING Australia Ltd, is owned 51 % by ING and 49% by ANZ.
32 RELATED PARTIES
In the normal course of business, the Group enters into various transactions with related companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Transactions have taken place on an arm’s length basis.
Transactions with joint ventures and associates:
                                 
    Joint ventures     Associates  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Receivables
    267       344       846       413  
Liabilities
    85       99       57       35  
Guarantees issued in favour of
                    4       3  
Income received from and expenses paid to joint ventures were EUR 14 million and EUR 64 million respectively (2005: EUR 25 million and EUR 71 million respectively) and income received from and expenses paid to associates were EUR 154 million and EUR 1 million respectively (2005: EUR 91 million and EUR 1 million respectively).
Transactions with ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V.
                                 
    ING Verzekeringen N.V.     ING Bank N.V.  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Receivables
    2,604       1,908       6,190       6,257  
Liabilities
    35       35       121       496  
Guarantees issued in favour of
                            3  
 
                               
Expenses paid
    5       2       33       97  
Income received
    120       43       367       72  
Transactions with key management personnel (Executive Board and Supervisory Board) and post-employment benefit plans are transactions with related parties. These transactions are disclosed in more detail in the remuneration report in the annual report. For the post-employment benefit plans see Note 21 Other liabilities.
Key management personnel compensation:
                                                 
    Amounts in thousands of euros  
    Executive Board     Supervisory Board     Total  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Base salary and short-term bonus
    18,250       12,514       578       549       18,828       13,063  
Pension costs
    7,195       3,088                       7,195       3,088  
Fair market value of long-term incentives
    8,576       5,274                       8,576       5,274  
 
                                   
Total compensation
    34,021       20,876       578       549       34,599       21,425  
 
                                   

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to key management personnel:
                                                 
    Amounts in thousands of euros  
    Amount outstanding     Average Interest        
    December 31     Rate     Repayments  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Executive Board members
    2,023       699       4.3 %     4.2 %     20       74  
Supervisory Board members
            1,588               4.7 %                
 
                                       
Total
    2,023       2,287                       20       74  
 
                                       
The total number of stock options on ING Groep N.V. shares held by the Executive Board members amounted to 2,176,641 at December 31, 2006 (2005: 1,271,640). As at December 31, 2006, members of the Executive Board held 80,055 ING Groep N.V. shares (2005: 1,125,023). Part of these shares are held in a trust. As at December 31, 2006, members of the Supervisory Board held 15,370 ING Groep N.V. shares (2005: 15,490).
33 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table presents the estimated fair values of ING Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Certain balance sheet items are not included in the table, as they do not meet the definition of a financial asset or liability. The aggregation of the fair values presented hereunder does not represent, and should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.
                                 
    Estimated fair value     Balance sheet value  
    2006     2005     2006     2005  
Financial assets
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    14,326       13,084       14,326       13,084  
Amounts due from banks1)
    39,861       48,250       39,591       47,466  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
– trading assets
    193,977       149,187       193,977       149,187  
– investments for risk of policyholders
    110,547       100,961       110,547       100,961  
– non-trading derivatives
    6,521       7,766       6,521       7,766  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    6,425       10,230       6,425       10,230  
Investments
                               
– available-for-sale
    293,921       305,707       293,921       305,707  
– held-to-maturity
    17,494       19,466       17,660       18,937  
Loans and advances to customers1)
    461,835       434,829       461,350       427,189  
Other assets2)
    27,969       27,462       27,969       27,462  
 
                       
 
    1,172,876       1,116,942       1,172,287       1,107,989  
 
                       
 
                               
Financial liabilities
                               
Preference shares
    215       296       215       296  
Subordinated loans
    6,439       7,779       6,014       6,096  
Debt securities in issue
    78,265       81,757       78,133       81,262  
Other borrowed funds
    31 ,052       32,259       29,639       32,252  
Investment contracts for risk of company
    7,505       7,223       7,505       7,223  
Investment contracts for risk of policyholders
    13,245       11,410       13,245       11,410  
Amounts due to banks
    121,680       122,064       120,839       122,234  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    496,077       466,982       496,680       465,712  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
                               
– trading liabilities
    127,975       92,058       127,975       92,058  
– non-trading derivatives
    4,934       6,248       4,934       6,248  
– designated as at fair value through profit and loss
    13,702       11,562       13,702       11,562  
Other liabilities3)
    30,496       29,285       30,496       29,285  
 
                       
 
    931,585       868,923       929,377       865,638  
 
                       

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
 
1)   Amounts due from banks and Loans and advances to customers do not include finance lease receivables.
 
2)   Other assets do not include (deferred) tax assets.
 
3)   Other liabilities do not include (deferred) tax liabilities, pension liabilities, insurance provisions and other provisions.
The estimated fair values correspond with the amounts at which the financial instruments could have been traded at the balance sheet date between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, where available. Because substantial trading markets do not exist for all of these financial instruments various techniques have been developed to estimate their approximate fair values. These techniques are subjective in nature and involve various assumptions about the discount rate and the estimates of the amount and timing of the anticipated future cash flows. Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimated fair values. Consequently, the fair values presented may not be indicative of the net realisable value. In addition, the calculation of the estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not be indicative of future fair values.
If the estimated fair value is lower than the balance sheet value a review has been performed to determine that the carrying amount is recoverable.
The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate the fair value of the financial instruments.
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and balances with central banks
The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.
Amounts due from banks
The fair values of receivables from banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.
Non-trading derivatives
The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes are based on broker/dealer valuations or on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings. The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes generally reflect the estimated amounts that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the balance sheet date.
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other assets at fair value through profit and loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings.
Investments
The fair values of equity securities are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for fixed interest securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity of the investment.
Loans and advances to customers
For loans and advances that are repriced frequently and have had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of non-performing loans are estimated by discounting the expected cash flows of recoveries.
The fair values of mortgage loans are estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed-

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
rate policy loans are estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying values of variable rate policy loans approximate their fair value.
Other assets
The carrying amount of other assets is not materially different to their fair value.
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Subordinated loans
The fair value of the subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash flows based on interest rates that apply to similar instruments.
Investment contracts
For investment contracts the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash flow approach based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued.
Amounts due to banks
The fair values of payables to banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates for payables to banks with similar characteristics.
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
The carrying values of customer deposits and other funds on deposit with no stated maturity approximate their fair values. The fair values of deposits with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other liabilities at fair value through profit and loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings.
Debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds
The fair value of debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds is estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates for these instruments.
Other liabilities
The carrying amount of other liabilities are stated at their book value which is not materially different to their fair value.
The fair values of the financial instruments carried at fair value were determined as follows:
                                 
            Valuation     Valuation        
    Published     technique     technique not        
    price     supported by     supported by        
2006   quotations     market inputs     market inputs     Total  
Assets
                               
Trading assets
    113,758       42,718       37,501       193,977  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    109,465       813       269       110,547  
Non-trading derivatives
    2,611       2,671       1,239       6,521  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss
    4,343       1,036       1,046       6,425  
Available-for-sale investments
    219,967       73,230       724       293,921  
 
                       
 
    450,144       120,468       40,779       611,391  
 
                       

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                 
            Valuation     Valuation        
    Published     technique     technique not        
    price     supported by     supported by        
2006   quotations     market inputs     market inputs     Total  
Liabilities
                               
Trading liabilities
    87,374       40,601               127,975  
Non-trading derivatives
    1,833       2,672       429       4,934  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
    10,914       2,788               13,702  
Investment contracts (for contracts carried at fair value)
    13,235               10       13,245  
 
                       
 
    113,356       46,061       439       159,856  
 
                       
The total amount of changes in fair value estimated using a valuation technique recognized in net profit in 2006 was EUR 307 million for techniques supported by market inputs and EUR 19 million for techniques not supported by market inputs.
Sensitivities of fair values
Reasonably likely changes in the assumptions used in the valuation techniques not supported by recent market transactions would not have a significant impact on net profit.
34 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
ING Bank
Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory required capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel Committee) and European Union Directives, as implemented by the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) for supervisory purposes. The minimum Tier-1 ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio (known as the ‘BIS ratio’) is 8% of all risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet items and market risk associated with trading portfolios.
Capital position of ING Bank:
                         
            2006     2005  
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
            21,298       21,331  
Minority interests
            1,204       482  
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital1)
            5,726       5,764  
Goodwill
            (136 )     (77 )
Minority interest Record Bank
            162       170  
Revaluation reserve2)
            (2,470 )     (4,262 )
 
                   
Core capital — Tier-1
            25,784       23,408  
 
                       
Supplementary capital — Tier-2
            12,367       11,605  
Available Tier-3 funds
            329       363  
Deductions
            (1,251 )     (650 )
 
                   
Qualifying capital
            37,229       34,726  
 
                       
Risk-weighted assets
            337,926       319,653  
 
                       
Tier-1
            7.63 %     7.32 %
BIS ratio
            11.02 %     10.86 %
 
1)   subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V
 
2)   revaluation reserve is deducted as it is not part of Tier-1 capital (included in Tier-2) and includes the cumulative revaluations on real estate investments.

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Insurance
European Union directives require insurance companies established in member states of the European Union to maintain minimum capital positions. The capital position of ING Insurance has been measured on the basis of this European Union requirement.
Capital position of ING Insurance:
                                                 
                    Non-Insurance        
    Total ING     companies, core debt     Insurance  
    Verzekeringen N.V.     & other eliminations     companies  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Available capital
    25,505       22,541       (2,696 )     (2,579 )     28,201       25,120  
Required capital
    9,296       8,851                       9,296       8,851  
 
                                       
Surplus capital
    16,209       13,690                       18,905       16,269  
 
                                       
 
                                               
Ratio of available versus required capital
    274 %     255 %                     303 %     284 %
In line with the final reporting to the supervisor, the 2005 split between Insurance companies and Non-Insurance companies, core debt and other eliminations has been adjusted. There is no impact on Total ING Verzekeringen N.V.
ING Group
According to an agreement (‘Protocol’) between the Dutch Central Bank and the former Pension & Insurance Board regarding the supervision of financial conglomerates, ING Group is required to have an amount of capital, reserves and subordinated loans which are at least equal to the sum of:
– the required capital for the banking activities; and
– the required capital for the insurance activities.
For regulatory purposes certain (external) subordinated loans of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. are included. The protocol was reflected in Dutch law as of January 1, 2007, without significant modifications.
Regulatory required capital ING Group:
                 
    2006     2005  
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    38,266       36,736  
Excluding: Revaluation reserves
    (3,066 )     (6,304 )
Preference shares
    215       296  
Preference shares issued by group companies
    1,138       1,269  
Goodwill
    (286 )     (173 )
Subordinated loans
    6,253       6,318  
 
           
Capital base ING Group
    42,520       38,142  
 
               
Subordinated loans ING Bank N.V. (included in Tier-2)
    11,110       10,304  
Subordinated loans ING Verzekeringen N.V
    2,250       4,052  
 
           
Capital base including subordinated loans
    55,880       52,498  
 
               
Required capital banking operations
    27,034       25,572  
Required capital insurance operations
    9,296       8,851  
 
           
Surplus capital
    19,550       18,075  
 
           

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.5. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
35 INTEREST RESULT BANKING OPERATIONS
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Interest income on loans
    21,970       18,912       15,846  
Interest income on impaired loans
    13       (23 )     (84 )
 
                 
Total interest income on loans
    21,983       18,889       15,762  
 
                       
Interest income on available-for-sale securities
    6,989       5,989       6,175  
Interest income on held-to-maturity securities
    755       639          
Interest income on trading portfolio
    21,414       15,237       883  
Interest income on non-trading derivatives
    5,231       5,658          
Other interest income
    2,798       1,764       2,628  
 
                 
Interest income banking operations
    59,170       48,176       25,448  
 
                       
Interest expense on deposits by banks
    3,559       2,371       1,351  
Interest expense on customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    15,107       11,960       9,440  
Interest expense on debt securities
    3,173       2,911       2,688  
Interest expense on subordinated loans
    1,132       1,126       892  
Interest on trading liabilities
    18,821       13,369          
Interest on non-trading derivatives
    5,159       5,821          
Other interest expense
    3,027       1,551       2,336  
 
                 
Interest expense banking operations
    49,978       39,109       16,707  
 
                       
 
                 
Interest result banking operations
    9,192       9,067       8,741  
 
                 
The presentation of interest income and interest expense changed in 2005 due to the implementation of IAS 32 and 39. For certain trading derivatives interest income and expense were included in Net trading income in 2004. As of 2005 these are presented as interest income and interest expense as included in Interest result banking operations. This reclassification results in an increase in 2005 in interest income and interest expense of approximately EUR 12 billion. In addition, interest income and expense related to certain non-trading derivatives that were presented net during 2004, are presented gross as of 2005. As a result of this presentation difference, interest income and interest expense in 2005 is approximately EUR 5 billion higher than in 2004.
                         
    In percentages  
    2006     2005     2004  
Interest margin
    1.06       1.16       1.22  
In 2006, the growth of the average total assets caused an increase of the interest margin amounting to EUR 1,040 million (2005: EUR 1,214 million; 2004: EUR 1,183 million). The decrease of the interest margin by 10 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 867 million (in 2005 the decrease of the interest margin by 6 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 345 million; in 2004 the decrease of the interest margin by 9 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 453 million).

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
36 GROSS PREMIUM INCOME
                         
    2006   2005   2004
Gross premium income from life insurance policies
    40,502       39,145       36,975  
Gross premium income from non-life insurance policies
    6,333       6,613       6,642  
 
                       
 
    46,835       45,758       43,617  
 
                       
Gross premium income has been presented before deduction of reinsurance and retrocession premiums granted. Gross premium income excludes premium received for investment contracts, for which deposit accounting is applied.
Effect of reinsurance on premiums written:
                                                                         
    Non-life     Life     Total  
    2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
Direct premiums written gross
    6,279       6,556       6,592       38,838       37,644       35,532       45,117       44,200       42,124  
Reinsurance assumed premiums written gross
    54       57       50       1,664       1,501       1,443       1,718       1,558       1,493  
 
                                                                       
Total gross premiums written
    6,333       6,613       6,642       40,502       39,145       36,975       46,835       45,758       43,617  
 
                                                                       
Reinsurance ceded
    339       526       756       2,004       2,031       1,619       2,343       2,557       2,375  
 
                                                                       
 
    5,994       6,087       5,886       38,498       37,114       35,356       44,492       43,201       41,242  
 
                                                                       
Effect of reinsurance on non-life premiums earned:
                         
    2006   2005   2004
Direct premiums earned, gross
    6,248       6,712       6,492  
Reinsurance assumed premiums earned, gross
    58       57       50  
 
                       
Total gross premiums earned
    6,306       6,769       6,542  
 
                       
Reinsurance ceded
    377       636       729  
 
                       
 
    5,929       6,133       5,813  
 
                       
Gross premium income from life insurance policies:
                                                                         
    Own account     Reinsurers’share     Gross  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Insurance contracts for risk of company
    19,563       19,086       18,336       944       808       783       20,507       19,894       19,119  
Insurance contracts for risk of policyholders
    18,180       17,691       16,360       151       59       53       18,331       17,750       16,413  
 
                                                     
Total direct business
    37,743       36,777       34,696       1,095       867       836       38,838       37,644       35,532  
 
                                                                       
Indirect business
    755       337       660       1,020       2,016       1,430       1,775       2,353       2,090  
 
                                                     
 
    38,498       37,114       35,356       2,115       2,883       2,266       40,613       39,997       37,622  
 
                                                                       
Eliminations
                            111       852       647       111       852       647  
 
                                                     
 
    38,498       37,114       35,356       2,004       2,031       1,619       40,502       39,145       36,975  
 
                                                     

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premiums written from direct life business:
                                                 
    Insurance contracts     Insurance contracts  
    for risk of company     for risk of policy holders  
    Own     Reinsurers’             Own     Reinsurers’  
2006   account     share     Gross     account     share     Gross  
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    7,231       1,747       8,978       4,804       11       4,815  
– with profit sharing
    2,396       106       2,502                          
 
                                   
 
    9,627       1,853       11,480       4,804       11       4,815  
 
                                               
Group policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    3,787       (926 )     2,861       6,709       16       6,725  
– with profit sharing
    662       13       675                          
 
                                   
 
    4,449       (913 )     3,536       6,709       16       6,725  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total periodic premiums
    14,076       940       15,016       11,513       27       11,540  
 
                                               
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    2,048       1       2,049       4,427       113       4,540  
– with profit sharing
    2,326               2,326                          
 
                                   
 
    4,374       1       4,375       4,427       113       4,540  
 
                                               
Group policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    753               753       2,240       11       2,251  
– with profit sharing
    360       3       363                          
 
                                   
 
    1,113       3       1,116       2,240       11       2,251  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total single premiums
    5,487       4       5,491       6,667       124       6,791  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    19,563       944       20,507       18,180       151       18,331  
 
                                   
Total single premiums includes EUR 313 million in 2006 (2005: EUR 520 million; 2004: EUR 457 million) from profit sharing.

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premiums written from direct life business:
                                                 
    Insurance contracts     Insurance contracts  
    for risk of company     for risk of policy holders  
    Own     Reinsurers’             Own     Reinsurers’  
2006   account     share     Gross     account     share     Gross  
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    8,689       679       9,368       3,841       2       3,843  
– with profit sharing
    2,389       49       2,438                          
 
                                   
 
    11,078       728       11,806       3,841       2       3,843  
Group policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    2,364       66       2,430       6,234       24       6,258  
– with profit sharing
    680       10       690                          
 
                                   
 
    3,044       76       3,120       6,234       24       6,258  
 
                                  _          
 
 
                                   
Total periodic premiums
    14,122       804       14,926       10,075       26       10,101  
 
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    903       1       904       5,663       22       5,685  
– with profit sharing
    2,965               2,965                          
 
                                   
 
    3,868       1       3,869       5,663       22       5,685  
 
Group policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    563               563       1,953       11       1,964  
– with profit sharing
    533       3       536                          
 
                                   
 
    1,096       3       1,099       1,953       11       1,964  
 
                                             
 
                                   
 
Total single premiums
    4,964       4       4,968       7,616       33       7,649  
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    19,086       808       19,894       17,691       59       17,750  
 
                                   

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premiums written from direct life business:
                                                 
    Insurance contracts     Insurance contracts  
    for risk of company     for risk of policyholders  
    Own     Reinsurers’             Own     Reinsurers’        
2004   account     share     Gross     account     share     Gross  
Periodic premiums
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    5,973       632       6,605       3,565       1       3,566  
– with profit sharing
    4,139       74       4,213                          
 
                                   
 
    10,112       706       10,818       3,565       1       3,566  
 
                                               
Group policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    2,165       58       2,223       6,616       37       6,653  
– with profit sharing
    788       14       802                          
 
                                   
 
    2,953       72       3,025       6,616       37       6,653  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total periodic premiums
    13,065       778       13,843       10,181       38       10,219  
 
                                               
Single premiums
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,475       1       1,476       4,010       1       4,011  
– with profit sharing
    2,716               2,716                          
 
                                   
 
    4,191       1       4,192       4,010       1       4,011  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    677               677       2,169       14       2,183  
– with profit sharing
    403       4       407                          
 
                                   
 
    1,080       4       1,084       2,169       14       2,183  
 
                                   
Total single premiums
    5,271       5       5,276       6,179       15       6,194  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    18,336       783       19,119       16,360       53       16,413  
 
                                   
Non-life insurance policies by class of business:
                                                         
                                    Acquisition     Net        
    Gross     Gross     Gross             costs and other     reinsurance     Opera-  
    premiums     premiums     claims     Operating     underwriting     income/     tional  
2006   written     earned2)     expenses     expenses     expenditure3)     (expenses)     result  
Health
    687       654       488       62       100       (4 )     20  
Accident1)
    765       772       326       92       129       (5 )     389  
Third-party liability motor
    995       1,006       548       126       228       (10 )     256  
Other motor
    1,550       1,507       838       55       297       8       378  
Marine and aviation
    81       90       34       11       18       (17 )     14  
Fire and other property losses
    1,589       1,580       830       155       445       (51 )     155  
General liability
    420       423       174       52       119       (18 )     156  
Credit and suretyship
    56       59       3       9       11       (11 )     27  
Legal assistance
    30       32       9       8       8               8  
Miscellaneous financial losses
    106       125       60       16       21       (3 )     56  
Indirect business
    54       58       17       3       15       (10 )     32  
 
                                         
 
    6,333       6,306       3,327       589       1,391       (121 )     1,491  
 
                                         

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
 
1)   Including disability insurance products.
 
2)   Excluding reinsurance.
 
3)   Including other underwriting income.
                                                         
                                    Acquisition costs     Net        
    Gross     Gross     Gross             and other     reinsurance        
    premiums     premiums     claims     Operating     underwriting     income/     Operational  
2005   written     earned2)     expenses     expenses     expenditure3)     (expenses)     result  
Health
    1,154       1,118       915       144       122       32       92  
Accident1)
    780       803       470       128       98       (7 )     268  
Third-party liability motor
    927       946       544       132       118       (10 )     272  
Other motor
    1,442       1,467       723       170       240       12       379  
Marine and aviation
    109       127       56       17       17       (26 )     11  
Fire and other property losses
    1,503       1,551       1,287       242       324       365       101  
General liability
    406       408       156       88       85       (16 )     137  
Credit and suretyship
    61       64       24       13       10       (11 )     10  
Legal assistance
    40       40       22       13       6                  
Miscellaneous financial losses
    134       188       158       25       24       1       17  
Indirect business
    57       57       44       6       15       12       22  
 
                                         
 
    6,613       6,769       4,399       978       1,059       352       1,309  
 
                                         
 
1)   Including disability insurance products.
 
2)   Excluding reinsurance.
 
3)   Including other underwriting income.
                                                         
                                    Acquisition     Net        
    Gross     Gross     Gross             costs and other     reinsurance        
    premiums     premiums     claims     Operating     underwriting     income/     Operational  
2004   written     earned2)     expenses     expenses     expenditure3)     (expenses)     result  
Health
    1,097       1,078       785       127       169       (50 )     77  
Accident1)
    872       857       507       125       111       5       271  
Third-party liability motor
    840       839       556       106       94       (10 )     94  
Other motor
    1,335       1,344       663       161       204       (5 )     362  
Marine and aviation
    141       142       55       18       22       (38 )     9  
Fire and other property losses
    1,489       1,495       681       228       306       (135 )     156  
General liability
    438       430       228       69       89       (46 )     20  
Credit and suretyship
    57       54       3       10       10       (14 )     20  
Legal assistance
    35       35       25       13       6               (8 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    288       217       109       22       28       (49 )     509  
Indirect business
    50       51       24       4       (49 )     (5 )     99  
 
                                         
 
    6,642       6,542       3,636       883       990       (347 )     1,609  
 
                                         
 
1)   Including disability insurance products.
 
2)   Excluding reinsurance.
 
3)   Including other underwriting income.

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
37 INVESTMENT INCOME
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Income from real estate investments
    184       206       287       134       194       248       318       400       535  
Dividend income
    604       479       425       84       71       151       688       550       576  
 
                                                     
 
    788       685       712       218       265       399       1,006       950       1,111  
 
                                                                       
Income from investments in debt securities
    6,359       5,757       5,302                               6,359       5,757       5,302  
Income from loans
                                                                       
– personal loans
    200       259       332                               200       259       332  
– mortgage loans
    1,640       1,695       1,664                               1,640       1,695       1,664  
– policy loans
    212       223       171                               212       223       171  
– other
    345       406       626       18       12               363       418       626  
 
                                                     
Income from investments in debt securities and loans
    8,756       8,340       8,095       18       12               8,774       8,352       8,095  
 
                                                                       
Realized gains/losses on disposal of debt securities
    (56 )     245               93       60               37       305          
 
                                                                       
Impairments of available-for-sale debt securities
    36       34                                       36       34          
 
                                                           
Realized gains/losses and impairments of debt securities
    (20 )     279               93       60               73       339          
 
                                                                       
Realized gains/losses on disposal of equity securities
    772       511       604       149       171               921       682       604  
 
                                                                       
Reversals/Impairments of available-for-sale equity securities
    (25 )     (46 )             (17 )     (45 )     45       (42 )     (91 )     45  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Realized gains/losses and impairments of equity securities
    747       465       604       132       126       45       879       591       649  
 
                                                                       
Change in fair value of real estate investments
    108       143       137       67       59       62       175       202       199  
 
                                                     
Investment income
    10,379       9,912       9,548       528       522       506       10,907       10,434       10,054  
 
                                                     
38 COMMISSION INCOME
Fee and commission income:
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Funds transfer
                            704       645       620       704       645       620  
Securities business
                            1,064       905       946       1,064       905       946  
Insurance broking
    992       890       136       171       115       136       1,163       1,005       272  
Management fees
    1,723       1,420       1,156       944       787       869       2,667       2,207       2,025  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    88       167               207       152       140       295       319       140  
Other
    270       119       1,032       704       645       624       974       764       1,656  
 
                                                     
 
    3,073       2,596       2,324       3,794       3,249       3,335       6,867       5,845       5,659  
 
                                                     

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fee and commission expenses:
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Funds transfer
                            140       56       45       140       56       45  
Securities business
                            347       264       281       347       264       281  
Insurance broking
    551       500       19                               551       500       19  
Management fees
    805       686       686       204       139       103       1,009       825       789  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    7       10               2       6       1       9       16       1  
Other
    75       54       419       420       383       326       495       437       745  
 
                                                     
 
    1,438       1,250       1,124       1,113       848       756       2,551       2,098       1,880  
 
                                                     
39 VALUATION RESULTS ON NON-TRADING DERIVATIVES
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Change in fair value of derivatives relating to:
                                                                       
– fair value hedges
    (162 )     87               203       (425 )             41       (338 )        
– cash-flow hedges (ineffective portion)
                            (7 )     (1 )             (7 )     (1 )        
– hedges of net investment in foreign entities (ineffective portion)
    (12 )     (16 )                                     (12 )     (16 )        
– other non-trading derivatives
    (85 )     (152 )             391       296               306       144          
 
                                                           
Net result on non-trading derivatives
    (259 )     (81 )             587       (130 )             328       (211 )        
 
                                                                       
Change in fair value of assets and liabilities (hedged items)
    211       (98 )             (203 )     467               8       369          
Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss (excluding trading)
                            (247 )     (111 )             (247 )     (111 )        
 
                                                           
Net valuation results
    (48 )     (179 )             137       226               89       47          
 
                                                           
No figures are presented for 2004 as IAS 39 was adopted from January 1, 2005.
40 NET TRADING INCOME
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Results from securities trading
    159       84       323       (804 )     660       365       (645 )     744       688  
Results from foreign exchange transactions
    120       (87 )     (72 )     282       378       566       402       291       494  
Other
    (7 )     9       12       1,422       (618 )     (306 )     1,415       (609 )     (294 )
 
                                                     
 
    272       6       263       900       420       625       1,172       426       888  
 
                                                     
Results from securities trading includes the results of making markets in instruments such as government securities, equity securities, corporate debt securities, money-market instruments, and interest rate derivatives such as swaps, options, futures and forward contracts. Results from foreign currency exchange transactions include gains and losses from spot and forward contracts, options, futures, and translated foreign currency assets and liabilities.
The portion of trading gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2006 that related to trading securities still held at December 31, amounts to EUR (121) million (2005: EUR 7 million; 2004: EUR 154 million). The majority of the risks involved in the security and currency trading is economically hedged with derivatives.

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLDIATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The results on security trading is partly offset by results on these derivatives. The result of these derivatives is included in Other and amounts to EUR 1,662 million.
41 OTHER INCOME
                                                                         
    Insurance operations         Banking operations                     Total  
    2006   2005   2004   2006   2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Operating lease income
                            66       72       112       66       72       112  
Negative goodwill
                                            26                       26  
Other
    (5 )     149       150       410       489       238       405       638       388  
 
                                                     
 
    (5 )     149       150       476       561       376       471       710       526  
 
                                                     
42 UNDERWRITING EXPENDITURE
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Gross underwriting expenditure
    53,065       54,594       48,925  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
    (2,702 )     (5,074 )     (2,309 )
Reinsurance recoveries
    (2,175 )     (2,400 )     (1,232 )
 
                 
Underwriting expenditure
    48,188       47,120       45,384  
 
                 
Underwriting expenditure by class:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Expenditure from life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    2,004       2,031       1,619  
Gross benefits
    26,234       22,129       25,774  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,705 )     (1,625 )     (929 )
Change in life insurance provisions for risk of company
    13,420       14,650       11,098  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    1,083       1,060       1,324  
Other underwriting expenditure
    439       364       713  
Profit sharing and rebates
    801       2,214       684  
 
                 
 
    42,276       40,823       40,283  
 
                       
Expenditure from non-life underwriting
                       
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    339       526       756  
Gross claims
    3,848       4,343       3,598  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (470 )     (775 )     (303 )
Change in provision for unearned premiums
    65       (46 )     73  
Change in claims provision
    (209 )     (49 )     58  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    1,043       1,012       951  
Other underwriting expenditure
    (71 )     (52 )     (32 )
 
                 
 
    4,545       4,959       5,101  
 
                       
Expenditure from investment contracts
                       
Costs of acquiring investment contracts
    31       53          
Profit sharing and rebates
    64       17          
Other changes in investment contract liabilities
    1,272       1,268          
 
                   
 
    1,367       1,338          
 
    48,188       47,120       45,384  
 
                 

F-92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Profit sharing and rebates:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Distributions on account of interest or underwriting results
    458       1,824       313  
Bonuses added to policies
    369       379       371  
Deferred profit sharing expense
    (26 )     11          
 
                 
 
    801       2,214       684  
 
                 
Underwriting expenditure includes an amount of EUR 4,141 million in 2006 (2005: EUR 3,956 million; 2004: EUR 4,258 million) in respect of commission paid and payable with regard to the insurance operations. Amortization of deferred acquisition costs amounted to EUR 1,444 million in 2006 (2005: EUR 1,475 million; 2004: EUR 2,031 million).
Expenditure from Life underwriting includes an amount of EUR 181 million in 2006 (2005: EUR 220 million; 2004: EUR 100 million) in relation to reserve strengthening for Insurance Asia/Pacific as further described under Segment reporting.
The investment income and valuation results regarding investments for risk of policyholders of EUR 2,702 million (2005: EUR 5,074 million; 2004: EUR 2,309 million) has not been recognized in Investment income and valuation results on assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss but is recognized in Underwriting expenditure together with the equal amount of change in insurance provisions for risk of policyholders.
ING transferred part of their life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract. A loss amounting to EUR 160 million was recognized in Underwriting expenditure in 2004 on this transaction. This loss represented the reduction of the related deferred acquisition costs. In addition, an amount of EUR 240 million is being amortized over the life of the underlying business, starting in 2005 and gradually decreasing in subsequent years as the business tails off. The amount amortized in 2006 was EUR 32 million (2005: EUR 34 million). The cumulative amortization as at December 31, 2006 was EUR 66 million (2005: EUR 34 million).
43 OTHER IMPAIRMENTS
Other impairment losses and reversals of impairments recognized in the profit and loss account:
                                                                         
                                    Reversals of                        
    Impairment losses             impairments                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Property and equipment
    (1 )     82       22       (4 )     (27 )             (5 )     55       22  
Property under development for third parties
    19                                               19                  
Associates
    3                                               3                  
Other intangible assets
    10       21                                       10       21          
 
                                                       
 
    31       103       22       (4 )     (27 )             27       76       22  
 
                                                       
Impairments on Loans and advances to customers are presented under Addition to loan loss provision. Impairments on Investments are presented under Investment income.

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
44 STAFF EXPENSES
Staff expenses:
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Salaries
    2,012       2,038       1,928       3,480       3,286       3,308       5,492       5,324       5,236  
Pension and other staff related liability costs
    79       143       144       206       256       484       285       399       628  
Social security costs
    196       214       191       444       444       426       640       658       617  
Share-based compensation arrangements
    54       36       19       58       33       57       112       69       76  
Other staff costs
    457       470       404       932       726       706       1,389       1,196       1,110  
 
                                                     
 
    2,798       2,901       2,686       5,120       4,745       4,981       7,918       7,646       7,667  
 
                                                     
Pension and other staff related benefits costs:
                                                                                                 
                            Post-retirement benefits                                      
    Pension benefits     other than pensions                     Other             Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Current service cost
    417       477       434       13       42       31       23       32       6       453       551       471  
Past service cost
    18       192               (1 )                     1       5               18       197          
Interest cost
    703       643       699       11       40       35       7       35       14       721       718       748  
Expected return on assets
    (820 )     (710 )     (686 )                                     (22 )     (11 )     (820 )     (732 )     (697 )
Amortization of unrecognized past service cost
                            (5 )                                             (5 )                
 
                                                                                               
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
    22                                                                       22                  
 
                                                                                               
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (6 )     (12 )     (3 )     (147 )     (396 )             4       (3 )             (149 )     (411 )     (3 )
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Defined benefit post-employment plans
    334       590       444       (129 )     (314 )     66       35       47       9       240       323       519  
 
                                                                                               
Defined contribution plans
                                                                            45       76       109  
 
                                                                                         
 
                                                                            285       399       628  
 
                                                                                         
Remuneration of Senior Management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board
The information on share based payment plans and remuneration of the members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board is included in the remuneration report in the annual report. This information is considered to be an integral part of the audited annual accounts.
Stock option and share plans
ING Group has granted option rights on ING Group shares and conditional rights on depository receipts (share awards) for ING shares to a number of senior executives (members of the Executive Board, general managers and other officers nominated by the Executive Board), to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands. The purpose of the option and share schemes, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract, retain and motivate senior executives and staff.
ING Group holds its own shares in order to fulfil the obligations with regard to the existing stock option plan and to hedge the position risk of the options concerned (so-called delta hedge). As at December 31, 2006, 52,722,755 own shares (2005: 38,722,934; 2004: 29,427,538) were held in connection with the option

F-94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
plan compared to 74,175,909 options outstanding (2005: 85,128,950, 2004: 81,010,410). As a result the granted option rights were (delta) hedged, taking into account the following parameters: strike price, opening price, zero coupon interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and employee behaviour. The hedge is rebalanced regularly at predetermined points in time.
Exposure arising out of the share plan is not hedged. The obligations with regard to these plans will be funded by issuing own shares. On March 15, 2007 6.5 million own shares were issued in relation to the vesting of share plans.
The option rights are valid for a period of 5 or 10 years. Option rights that are not exercized within this period lapse. Option rights granted will remain valid until expiry date, even if the option scheme is discontinued. The option rights are subject to certain conditions, including a certain continuous period of service. The exercise prices of the options are the same as the quoted prices of ING Group shares at the date on which the options are granted.
The entitlement to the share awards is granted conditionally. If the participant remains in employment for an uninterrupted period of three years from the grant date, the entitlement becomes unconditional. In 2006 52,100 shares (2005: 73,500) have been granted to the members of the Executive Board and 2,432,686 shares (2005: 2,907,101) have been granted to senior management and other employees remaining in the service of ING Group.
Every year, the ING Group Executive Board will take a decision as to whether the option and share schemes are to be continued and, if so, to what extent.
Changes in option rights outstanding:
                                                 
                            Weighted  
                            average  
    Options outstanding     exercise price  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    85,128,950       81,010,410       83,187,633       24.42       24.97       26.39  
Granted
    13,872,880       15,734,031       13,568,410       32.78       23.28       18.71  
Exercized
    17,213,518       2,820,253       918,566       20.64       21.15       16.96  
Forfeited
    1,338,877       298,315       940,054       25.78       23.60       20.05  
Expired
    6,273,526       8,496,923       13,887,013       25.99       30.26       29.45  
 
    aaaaaaaaaa a                                
Closing balance
    74,175,909       85,128,950       81,010,410       25.99       24.42       24.97  
 
                                   
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercized during 2006 is EUR 32.02.
Changes in option rights nonvested
                                                 
                            Weighted average  
            Options nonvested     grant date fair value  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    41,407,132       48,317,040       51,392,079       3.65       4.85       6.21  
Granted
    13,872,880       15,734,031       11,435,785       6.49       3.49       3.55  
Vested
    15,390,327       22,394,188       14,085,603       4.65       6.11       8.80  
Forfeited
    1,337,764       249,751       425,221       3.85       3.54       3.64  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    38,551,921       41,407,132       48,317,040       4.57       3.65       4.85  
 
                                   

F-95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable
2006
                                                 
                    Weighted     Options     Weighted     Weighted  
    Options     Weighted average     average     exercisable as     average     average  
Range of exercise   outstanding as at     remaining     exercise     at December     remaining     exercise  
price in euros   December 31, 2006     contractual life     price     31, 2006     contractual life     price  
0.00 – 15.00
    7,953,108       6.18       12.72       7,953,108       6.19       12.72  
15.00 – 20.00
    10,162,164       7.20       18.69       121,471       6.66       18.49  
20.00 – 25.00
    14,820,967       8.24       23.25       44,875       5.65       23.12  
25.00 – 30.00
    19,937,148       4.44       28.73       19,796,024       4.43       28.74  
30.00 – 35.00
    13,696,046       9.20       32.78       102,034       4.59       32.93  
35.00 – 40.00
    7,606,476       4.09       35.58       7,606,476       4.16       35.58  
 
                                           
 
    74,175,909                       35,623,988                  
 
                                           
2005
                                                 
                    Weighted     Options             Weighted  
    Options     Weighted average     average     exercisable as     Weighted average     average  
Range of exercise   outstanding as at     remaining     exercise     at December     remaining     exercise  
price in euros   December 31, 2005     contractual life     price     31, 2005     contractual life     price  
0.00 – 15.00
    16,872,752       7.18       12.71       2,423,643       7.20       12.89  
15.00 – 20.00
    10,797,877       8.20       18.69       301,461       7.97       18.70  
20.00 – 25.00
    15,423,891       9.23       23.25       172,095       8.11       23.21  
25.00 – 30.00
    27,110,926       5.28       28.59       25,901,115       5.21       28.57  
30.00 – 35.00
    361,530       2.86       33.15       361,530       2.86       33.15  
35.00 – 40.00
    14,561,974       3.48       35.47       14,561,974       3.48       35.47  
 
                                           
 
    85,128,950                       43,721,818                  
 
                                           
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006 was EUR 579 million and EUR 264 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2006 there was EUR 90 million of total unrecognized compenzation costs related to stock options (2005: EUR 50 million; 2004: EUR 24 million). These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years (2005: 2.0 years; 2004: 1.8 years). Cash received from stock option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2006 was EUR 355 million (2005: nil; 2004: nil).
The fair value of options granted is recorded as an expense under staff expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the options. The fair values of the option awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo simulation. This model takes the risk free interest rate into account (3.55% to 4.04%), as well as the expected life of the options granted (0.5 years to 6.5 years), the exercise price, the current share price (EUR 32.77 – EUR 33.92), the expected volatility of the certificates of ING Group shares (23% - 41%) and the expected dividends yield (3.57% to 3.69%).
Due to timing differences in granting option rights and buying shares to hedge them, an equity difference can occur if shares are purchased at a different price than the exercise price of the options. However, ING Group does not intentionally create a position and occurring positions are closed as soon as possible. If option rights expire, the results on the (sale of) shares which were bought to hedge these option rights are recorded Shareholders’ equity.

F-96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Changes in share awards
                                                 
                            Weighted average  
            Share awards     grant date fair value  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    6,499,469       3,715,896               22.92       19.38          
Granted
    2,484,786       2,980,601       3,792,509       29.62       27.50       19.38  
Vested
    155,522       152,006               22.48       20.26          
Forfeited
    455,587       45,022       76,613       23.10       24.71       19.37  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    8,373,146       6,499,469       3,715,896       24.90       22.92       19.38  
 
                                   
The fair value of share awards granted is recorded as an expense under staff expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the share awards. The fair values of share awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo Simulation based valuation model. The model takes into account the risk free interest rate, the current stock prices, expected volatilities and current divided yields of the performance peer group used to determine ING’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) ranking.
As of December 31, 2006 there were EUR 88 million (2005: EUR 81 million; 2004: EUR 51 million) of total unrecognized compenzation costs related to share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years (2005: 1.9 years; 2004: 2.2 years).
45 OTHER INTEREST EXPENSES
Other interest expenses mainly consist of interest in connection with the insurance operations, including interest on the perpetual subordinated loans.
Other interest expenses includes EUR 10 million and EUR 101 million dividends paid on preference shares and trust preferred securities (2005: EUR 14 million and EUR 111 million; 2004: nil and EUR 136 million).
Total interest income and total interest expense for items not valued at fair value through profit and loss for 2006 were EUR 41,281 million (2005: EUR 35,632 million) and EUR 27,014 million (2005: EUR 20,888 million) respectively. Net interest income of EUR 16,932 million is presented in the following profit and loss captions.
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Interest result bank 35
    9,192       9,067       8,741  
Investment income – Insurance 37
    8,756       8,340       8,095  
Interest expense
    1,016       969       1,019  
 
                 
 
    16,932       16,438       15,817  
 
                 

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
46 OPERATING EXPENSES
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Depreciation of property and equipment
    102       113       114       361       376       311       463       489       425  
Computer costs
    331       319       211       705       669       663       1,036       988       874  
Office expenses
    629       595       633       634       622       646       1,263       1,217       1,279  
Travel and accommodation expenses
    102       104       91       139       133       115       241       237       206  
Advertising and public relations
    177       150       128       722       619       566       899       769       694  
External advisory fees
    581       505       435       449       356       274       1,030       861       709  
Other
    572       470       419       878       1,172       1,157       1,450       1,642       1,576  
 
                                                     
 
    2,494       2,256       2,031       3,888       3,947       3,732       6,382       6,203       5,763  
 
                                                                       
Addition/(releases) of provision for reorganization and relocation
    (16 )     38       29       63       86       82       47       124       111  
 
                                                     
 
    2,478       2,294       2,060       3,951       4,033       3,814       6,429       6,327       5,874  
 
                                                     
Operating expenses include lease and sublease payments in respect to operating leases, of EUR 3 million (2005: nil; 2004: nil) in which ING is the lessee.
47 TAXATION
                                                                         
    Netherlands     International                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Current taxation
    469       855       1,025       970       388       315       1,439       1,243       1,340  
Deferred taxation
    95       (2 )     212       373       138       157       468       136       369  
 
                                                     
 
    564       853       1,237       1,343       526       472       1,907       1,379       1,709  
 
                                                     
Reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to ING Group’s effective income tax rate:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Result before taxation
    9,940       8,894       7,740  
Statutory tax rate
    29.6 %     31.5 %     34.5 %
 
                 
Statutory tax amount
    2,942       2,802       2,670  
 
                       
Associates exemption
    (255 )     (386 )     (460 )
Other income not subject to tax
    (336 )     (222 )     (10 )
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
    121       37       1  
Differences caused by different foreign tax rates
    (78 )     29       (120 )
Adjustment to prior periods
    (41 )     (77 )        
Change in tax rates
    (170 )     (2 )        
Deferred tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
    (30 )     (413 )        
Current tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
    (278 )     (418 )        
Write down/reversal of deferred tax assets
    (6 )     2          
Other
    38       27       (372 )
 
                 
Effective tax amount
    1,907       1,379       1,709  
 
                       
Effective tax rate
    19.2 %     15.5 %     22.1 %

F-98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The effect of the change in tax rates is mainly attributable to a reduction in the tax rate in the Netherlands from 29.6% to 25.5%.
In 2006 Current tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts consists of releases of tax provisions resulting from settlements with tax authorities
48 EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
                                                                         
                            Weighted average number of     Net profit  
    Net profit     ordinary shares outstanding     per ordinary share  
    (in millions of euros)     during the period (in millions)     (in euros)  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Basic and net profit
    7,692       7,210       5,755       2,155.0       2,169.5       2,125.3       3.57       3.32       2.71  
 
                                                                       
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                                                       
Warrants
                            7.6                                          
Stock option and share plans
                            14.4                                          
 
                                                                     
 
                            22.0                                          
 
                                                                       
 
                                                     
Diluted profit
    7,692       7,210       5,755       2,177.0       2,169.5       2,125.3       3.53       3.32       2.71  
 
                                                     
Diluted profit per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at year-end were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of net profit per share.
49 DIVIDEND PER ORDINARY SHARE
                         
    20061)     2005     2004  
Per ordinary share (in euros)
    1.32       1.18       1.07  
Total amount of dividend paid (in millions of euros)
    2,865       2,588       2,359  
 
1)   the Executive Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, has proposed, subject to the ratification by the General Meeting of Shareholders, a cash dividend of EUR 1.32 per share for the year 2006. Following the decision of the General Meeting of Shareholders with regard to the profit appropriation, the final cash dividend will become payable on May 3, 2007.
2.1.6. SEGMENT REPORTING
50 PRIMARY REPORTING FORMAT - BUSINESS SEGMENTS
ING Group’s business segments relate to the internal segmentation by business lines. These include the business lines: Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct. Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines.
Each business line is headed by a member of the Executive Board. The Executive Board sets the performance targets and approves and monitors the budgets prepared by the business lines. Business lines formulate strategic, commercial and financial policy in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board.
The accounting policies of the business segments are the same as those described under Accounting policies for the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account. Transfer prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s length. Corporate expenses are allocated to business lines based on time

F-99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff, or on the basis of income and/or assets of the segment. With regard to capital gains on the share portfolio, a fixed return of 3% is allocated to the insurance business lines. The differences between the actual capital gains on the shares portfolio and the allocated return are included in Other.
ING Group evaluates the results of its business segments using a financial performance measure called underlying profit before taxation. Underlying profit before taxation is defined as profit before taxation excluding the impact of divestments and special items.
Business segments:
                                                                                 
                            Whole-                                        
  Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     sale     Retail     ING             Total     Elimi-        
2006   Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     segments     nations     Total  
Income
                                                                               
– external
    15,893       29,775       13,310       7,215       6,028       2,314       (914 )     73,621               73,621  
– inter-segment
    278       4       68       (1,397 )     (26 )     59       2,375       1,361       (1,361 )        
 
                                                           
Total income
    16,171       29,779       13,378       5,818       6,002       2,373       1,461       74,982       (1,361 )     73,621  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    2,362       1,992       636       2,481       1,932       694       (157 )     9,940               9,940  
 
                                                                               
Divestments
    (34 )             (15 )     44               23               18               18  
 
                                                           
Underlying profit before taxation
    2,328       1,992       621       2,525       1,932       717       (157 )     9,958               9,958  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    117,106       162,229       54,454       764,882       313,566       253,785       205,236       1,871,258       (644,951 )     1,226,307  
Segment liabilities
    102,827       152,599       50,204       756,645       309,516       250,354       159,635       1,781,780       (596,688 )     1,185,092  
 
                                                                               
Depreciation and amortization
    287       915       627       171       216       74               2,290               2,290  
 
                                                                               
Impairments
    1               10       16       4                       31               31  
Reversal of impairments
                                    4                       4               4  
 
                                                                               
Share in profit or loss of associates
    447       8               176       11               (4 )     638               638  
 
                                                                               
Book value of associates
    2,981       14       2       1,141       57               148       4,343               4,343  
 
                                                                               
Cost incurred in 2006 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,322       243       90       226       182       144       3       2,210               2,210  
The segment Insurance Asia/Pacific has a net reserve inadequacy using a prudent (90%) confidence level, and, in line with Group Policy, is taking measures to improve adequacy in that region. This inadequacy was offset by reserve adequacies in other segments, such that at the Group level there is a net adequacy at the prudent (90%) confidence level.

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                                                 
                    Insu-                                              
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     Whole-                                        
  rance     rance     Asia/     sale Ban-     Retail     ING             Total seg-     Elimi-        
2005   Europe     Americas     Pacific     king     Banking     Direct     Other     ments     nations     Total  
Income
                                                                               
– external
    15,832       28,030       13,161       6,808       5,611       1,830       (152 )     71,120               71,120  
– inter-segment
    201       4       31       (851 )     185       289       641       500       (500 )        
 
                                                           
Total income
    16,033       28,034       13,192       5,957       5,796       2,119       489       71,620       (500 )     71,120  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    2,031       1,941       478       2,599       1,877       617       (649 )     8,894               8,894  
 
                                                                               
Divestments
    (10 )     38       (31 )     (300 )     (62 )                     (365 )             (365 )
 
                                                             
Underlying profit before taxation
    2,021       1,979       447       2,299       1,815       617       (649 )     8,529               8,529  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    113,900       165,719       48,326       677,869       311,382       233,412       27,856       1,578,464       (419,825 )     1,158,639  
Segment liabilities
    101,855       158,330       44,697       669,352       307,990       230,346       21,018       1,533,588       (413,374 )     1,120,214  
 
                                                                               
Depreciation and amortization
    405       934       613       181       229       63               2,425               2,425  
 
                                                                               
Impairments
    29       15       19       75       6                       144               144  
Reversal of impairments
            41       1       15       12                       69               69  
 
                                                                               
Share in profit or loss of associates
    346       12       34       134       6               9       541               541  
 
                                                                               
Book value of associates
    2,421       15       1       1,114       45       2       24       3,622               3,622  
 
                                                                               
Cost incurred in 2005 to acquire, property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,081       142       46       214       236       103       8       1,830               1,830  

F-101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                                                 
            Insu-     Insu-                                              
    Insu-     rance     rance     Whole-                                        
    rance     Ameri-     Asia/     sale     Retail     ING             Total     Elimi-        
2004   Europe     cas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     segments     nations     Total  
Income
                                                                               
– external
    16,014       28,085       10,473       7,251       4,454       1,177       717       68,171               68,171  
– inter-segment
    30       4       21       (1,380 )     608       532       535       350       (350 )        
 
                                                           
Total income
    16,044       28,089       10,494       5,871       5,062       1,709       1,252       68,521       (350 )     68,171  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    1,623       1,692       756       1,945       1,175       435       114       7,740               7,740  
Divestments
            (91 )     (281 )     71       (7 )                     (308 )             (308 )
Special items
    (11 )                     41                       (375 )     (345 )             (345 )
 
                                                           
Underlying profit before taxation
    1,612       1,601       475       2,057       1,168       435       (261 )     7,087               7,087  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    100,258       132,101       31,622       474,948       252,450       170,001       35,808       1,197,188       (320,797 )     876,391  
Segment liabilities
    90,947       126,156       28,998       465,700       249,949       167,731       20,144       1,149,625       (300,784 )     848,841  
 
                                                                               
Depreciation and amortization
    348       1,427       440       220       220       49       12       2,716               2,716  
 
                                                                               
Impairments
    14       52       3       52       31                       152               152  
 
                                                                               
Share in profit or loss of associates
    147       35       10       28       (6 )             15       229               229  
 
                                                                               
Book value of associates
    1,311       14       33       791       41       10       463       2,663               2,663  
 
                                                                               
Cost incurred in 2004 to acquire, property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,065       68       45       167       178       135       18       1,676               1,676  
Special items in 2004 comprise results from foreign currency hedges, restructuring provisions for Wholesale Banking and a gain on old insurance business.
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown per business line
                                                                 
    Insu-             Insurance     Whole-                          
  rance     Insurance     Asia/     sale Ban-     Retail     ING              
2006   Europe     Americas     Pacific     king     Banking     Direct     Other     Total  
Interest income
    3,307       4,604       911       37,873       10,334       10,491       669       68,189  
Interest expense
    25       466       4       31,648       8,085       8,309       2,458       50,995  
 
                                               
 
    3,282       4,138       907       6,225       2,249       2,182       (1,789 )     17,194  
 
                                               

F-102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                                 
  Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail     ING              
2005   Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     Total  
Interest income
    3,658       4,492       856       30,092       10,200       8,154       (289 )     57,163  
Interest expense
    115       341       4       25,326       7,067       6,528       769       40,150  
 
                                               
 
    3,543       4,151       852       4,766       3,133       1,626       (1,058 )     17,013  
 
                                               
                                                                 
    Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail     ING              
2004   Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Other     Total  
Interest income
    3,341       4,332       671       12,988       6,328       6,141       (5 )     33,796  
Interest expense
    124       320       5       8,637       2,848       5,077       777       17,788  
 
                                               
 
    3,217       4,012       666       4,351       3,480       1,064       (782 )     16,008  
 
                                               
51 SECONDARY REPORTING FORMAT — GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS
ING Group’s six business lines operate in seven main geographical areas: Netherlands, Belgium, Rest of Europe, North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia. Geographical distribution of income is based on the origin of revenue.
Geographical segments:
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin                             Elimi-        
2006   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     Australia     Other     nations     Total  
Income
                                                                               
– external
    16,079       5,358       5,920       29,472       2,712       13,155       841       84               73,621  
– inter-segment
    765       (436 )     586       (1,039 )     355       117       11       1,002       (1,361 )        
 
                                                           
Total income
    16,844       4,922       6,506       28,433       3,067       13,272       852       1,086       (1,361 )     73,621  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    3,585       1,115       1,785       2,315       318       583       340       (101 )             9,940  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    608,949       180,694       339,683       319,233       21,567       72,515       33,373       44,459       (394,166 )     1,226,307  
Cost incurred in 2006 to acquire property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,506       62       253       228       40       75       46                       2,210  

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin                             Elimi-        
2005   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     Australia     Other     nations     Total  
Income
                                                                               
– external
    16,779       5,142       5,586       26,871       2,771       12,996       783       324               71 ,252  
– inter-segment
    217       (358 )     460       (161 )     55       89       21       (455 )             (132 )
 
                                                           
Total income
    16,996       4,784       6,046       26,710       2,826       13,085       804       (131 )             71,120  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    3,566       1,383       1,123       2,434       168       361       336       (477 )             8,894  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    271,096       165,590       329,198       275,661       19,653       64,176       26,832       6,433               1,158,639  
Cost incurred in 2005 to acquire, property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,271       138       173       135       41       51       21                       1,830  
                                                                                 
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin                             Elimi-        
2004   lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     Australia     Other     nations     Total  
Income
                                                                               
– external
    16,769       5,403       4,667       26,578       2,740       8,895       1,980       1,260               68,292  
– inter-segment
    (223 )     (236 )     453       (29 )     23       63       24       (196 )             (121 )
 
                                                           
Total income
    16,546       5,167       5,120       26,549       2,763       8,958       2,004       1,064               68,171  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    2,881       808       506       1,732       237       283       541       752               7,740  
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    195,646       136,318       258,479       204,663       12,646       44,851       21,271       2,516               876,390  
Cost incurred in 2004 to acquire, property, equipment, and intangibles
    1,183       97       175       108       31       34       30       18               1,676  
Income by geographical area:
                                                                                                 
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Eliminations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    11,545       11,497       11,236       5,299       5,532       5,310               33               16,844       16,996       16,546  
Belgium
    2,377       2,518       2,878       2,545       2,266       2,289                               4,922       4,784       5,167  
Rest of Europe
    2,538       2,157       1,814       3,968       3,891       3,306                               6,506       6,048       5,120  
North America
    27,005       25,406       25,397       1,428       1,302       1,152                               28,433       26,708       26,549  
Latin America
    2,850       2,675       2,648       217       151       115                               3,067       2,826       2,763  
Asia
    12,822       12,647       8,648       450       438       310                               13,272       13,085       8,958  
Australia
    564       537       1,814       288       267       190                               852       804       2,004  
Other
    1,086       844       1,678               2       6                               1,086       846       1,684  
 
                                                                       
 
    60,787       58,281       56,113       14,195       13,849       12,678               33               74,982       72,097       68,791  
Income between geographical areas1)
    (1,144 )     (878 )     (499 )                             217       99       121       (1,361 )     (977 )     (620 )
 
                                                                       
Total
    59,643       57,403       55,614       14,195       13,849       12,678       217       132       121       73,621       71,120       68,171  
 
                                                                       
 
1)   mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Income from the insurance operations by geographical area:
                                                                                                 
    Life     Non-life                              
    premiums written     premiums written     Investment income1)                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    5,229       5,449       5,822       1,607       1,642       1,693       4,709       4,418       3,720       11,545       11,509       11,235  
Belgium
    1,442       1,630       2,115       321       318       324       614       570       438       2,377       2,518       2,877  
Rest of Europe
    1,906       1,617       1,367       47       46       48       585       494       398       2,538       2,157       1,813  
North America
    19,130       17,624       17,923       2,806       3,099       2,741       5,069       4,685       4,733       27,005       25,408       25,397  
Latin America
    686       567       506       1,496       1,454       1,591       668       654       546       2,850       2,675       2,643  
Asia
    11 ,864       12,064       8,009       43       41       37       915       543       598       12,822       12,648       8,644  
Australia
    230       181       1,223                       200       334       362       391       564       543       1,814  
Other
    19       15       13       99       133       142       968       675       1,535       1,086       823       1,690  
 
                                                                       
 
    40,506       39,147       36,978       6,419       6,733       6,776       13,862       12,401       12,359       60,787       58,281       56,113  
 
                                                                                               
Income between geographical areas2)
    (4 )     (2 )     (3 )     (86 )     (120 )     (134 )     (1,054 )     (756 )     (362 )     (1,144 )     (878 )     (499 )
 
                                                                       
Total
    40,502       39,145       36,975       6,333       6,613       6,642       12,808       11,645       11,997       59,643       57,403       55,614  
 
                                                                       
 
1)   including commission and other income.
 
2)   mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.
Profit before taxation by geographical area:
                                                                         
    Insurance operations     Banking operations                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    2,182       1,714       1,201       1,403       1,693       1,680       3,585       3,407       2,881  
Belgium
    160       192       128       955       790       680       1,115       982       808  
Rest of Europe
    309       263       179       1,476       1,317       327       1,785       1,580       506  
North America
    1,564       1,443       1,142       751       705       590       2,315       2,148       1,732  
Latin America
    178       152       197       140       78       40       318       230       237  
Asia
    468       275       287       115       170       (4 )     583       445       283  
Australia
    176       195       436       164       162       105       340       357       541  
Other
    (101 )     (256 )     752               1               (101 )     (255 )     752  
 
                                                     
Total
    4,936       3,978       4,322       5,004       4,916       3,418       9,940       8,894       7,740  
 
                                                     
Profit before taxation from the Insurance operations by geographical area:
                                                                         
                    Life                     Non-life                     Total  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    1,589       1,324       934       593       390       267       2,182       1,714       1,201  
Belgium
    98       139       111       62       53       17       160       192       128  
Rest of Europe
    297       256       168       12       7       11       309       263       179  
North America
    891       623       362       673       820       780       1,564       1,443       1,142  
Latin America
    116       98       99       62       54       98       178       152       197  
Asia
    462       269       284       6       6       3       468       275       287  
Australia
    161       195       162       15               274       176       195       436  
Other
    (178 )     (238 )     527       77       (18 )     225       (101 )     (256 )     752  
 
                                                     
Total
    3,436       2,666       2,647       1,500       1,312       1,675       4,936       3,978       4,322  
 
                                                     

F-105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Geographical analysis of claims, cost ratio and combined ratio for Non-life insurance policies:
                                                                         
            Claims ratio             Cost ratio             Combined ratio  
    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    44.7       56.0       60.6       40.3       39.0       36.8       85.0       95.0       97.4  
Belgium
    65.0       66.8       71.1       33.7       34.1       36.7       98.7       100.9       107.8  
Rest of Europe
    46.8       51.5       46.1       41.3       41.8       35.8       88.1       93.3       81.9  
North America
    59.2       59.7       61.0       29.9       29.4       27.6       89.1       89.1       88.6  
Latin America
    74.2       75.8       71.8       26.8       28.4       27.6       101.0       104.2       99.4  
Asia
    50.2       52.5       56.6       40.7       40.3       40.9       90.9       92.8       97.5  
Australia
                    46.3                       28.0                       74.3  
Other
    60.1       119.7       62.8       (36.4 )     14.6       16.4       23.7       134.3       79.2  
 
                                                     
Total
    58.6       62.7       63.0       31.8       31.9       30.6       90.4       94.6       93.6  
 
                                                     
The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums. The cost ratio is the costs expressed as a percentage of net premiums written. The claims ratio and the cost ratio together form the combined ratio. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
Deferred acquisition costs of Insurance business by geographical area
                                                                 
    Investment     Life     Non-life     Total  
            contracts     insurance     insurance              
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Netherlands
                    489       460       52       61       541       521  
Belgium
                    45       43       17       16       62       59  
Rest of Europe
                    251       221       4       4       255       225  
North America
                    4,971       4,863       254       292       5,225       5,155  
Latin America
                    94       97       106       115       200       212  
Asia
                    3,795       3,359       2       2       3,797       3,361  
Australia
    83       71                                       83       71  
 
                                               
Total
    83       71       9,645       9,043       435       490       10,163       9,604  
 
                                               
Insurance provisions own account by geographical area
                                                                                 
    Provision for life
insurance for risk
    Provision for life
insurance for risk
    Claims provisions             Other             Total  
    of company     of policyholders                                      
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Netherlands
    41 ,650       39,564       17,103       17,065       3,026       3,224       1,381       2,778       63,160       62,631  
Belgium
    8,739       7,731       285       175       557       540       458       893       10,039       9,339  
Rest of Europe
    5,745       5,272       2,573       1,808       30       28       349       484       8,697       7,592  
North America
    48,646       53,411       63,970       59,956       2,326       3,538       1,546       1,763       116,488       118,668  
Latin America
    2,895       3,021       75       54       268       301       676       692       3,914       4,068  
Asia
    23,954       22,534       13,277       10,473       26       26       1,351       495       38,608       33,528  
Australia
    66       96       21                               1               88       96  
Other
    (9 )     (4 )                     418       545       1       106       410       647  
 
                                                           
Total
    131,686       131,625       97,304       89,531       6,651       8,202       5,763       7,211       241,404       236,569  
 
                                                           

F-106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.7. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
52 NET CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Information on the impact of companies acquired or disposed of is presented in Note 28 Principal subsidiaries and companies acquired/disposed.
53 BORROWED FUNDS AND DEBT SECURITIES
Borrowed funds and debts securities of EUR 20,500 million (2005: EUR 7,842 million) includes Proceeds from borrowed funds and debt securities of EUR 304,228 million (2005:EUR 237,340 million) and Repayments of borrowed funds and debts securities of EUR 283,728 million (2005: EUR 229,498 million). Gross proceeds and repayments are high, mainly due to the issue, repayment and renewal of short term certificates of deposits and commercial paper.
54 INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCLUDED IN NET CASH FLOW
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Interest received
    66,471       53,015       33,767  
Interest paid
    52,369       33,379       17,848  
 
                 
 
    14,102       19,636       15,919  
 
                 
 
                       
Dividend received
    715       522       443  
Dividend paid
    2,716       2,461       883  
55 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
    4,333       11,572       12,382  
Amounts due from/to banks
    (20,454 )     (21,321 )     (9,907 )
Cash and cash equivalents with central banks
    14,326       13,084       9,113  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    (1,795 )     3,335       11,588  
 
                 
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in cash and cash equivalents:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in trading assets
    1,286       8,878       8,730  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in available-for-sale investments
    3,047       2,694       3,652  
 
                 
 
    4,333       11,572       12,382  
 
                 

F-107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Amounts due to/from banks:
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Included in cash and cash equivalents
                       
– amounts due to banks
    (26,498 )     (25,441 )     (15,207 )
– amounts due from banks
    6,044       4,120       5,300  
 
                 
 
    (20,454 )     (21,321 )     (9,907 )
 
                       
Not included in cash and cash equivalents
                       
– amounts due to banks
    (94,341 )     (96,793 )     (80,671 )
– amounts due from banks
    33,824       43,346       39,784  
 
                 
 
    (60,517 )     (53,447 )     (40,887 )
 
                       
Included in balance sheet
                       
– amounts due to banks
    (120,839 )     (122,234 )     (95,878 )
– amounts due from banks
    39,868       47,466       45,084  
 
                 
 
    (80,971 )     (74,768 )     (50,794 )
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents include amounts due to/from banks with a term of less than 3 months from the date on which they were acquired.
2.2. RISK MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
The objective of ING Group’s risk management function is to build a sustainable competitive advantage by fully integrating risk management into daily business activities and strategic planning.
The following principles support this objective:
1.   Products and portfolios are structured, underwritten, priced, approved and managed appropriately and internal and external rules and guidelines are complied with.
 
2.   ING Group’s risk profile is transparent, ‘no surprises’, and consistent with delegated authorities.
 
3.   Delegated authorities are consistent with the overall Group strategy and risk appetite.
 
4.   Transparent communication to internal and external stakeholders on risk management and value creation.
Taking risk is inherent to ING Group’s business activities. To ensure prudent risk taking throughout the organization, ING Group operates through a comprehensive risk governance framework. We believe this ensures the proper identification, measurement and control of risks in all levels of the organization so that financial strength is safeguarded, ING Group continues to have a strong focus on Enterprise Wide Risk Management to obtain clear insight into the Group risk profile and to enable risk appetite setting at the Executive Board level.
RISK GOVERNANCE
ING Group’s risk governance framework provides clear charters and mandates for the management of risk. At the highest level, there are Board committees which oversee risk taking and have ultimate approval authority. One level below, ING has several Group risk committees which focus on a specific type of risk and have an advisory role to the Executive Board. In 2006, ING introduced the ‘three lines of defence’ concept described below.
Board risk oversight
ING Group has a two-tier Board structure consisting of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board; both bodies play a crucial role in managing and monitoring the risk management framework.

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  The Executive Board is responsible for managing risks associated with the activities of ING Group. Its responsibilities include ensuring that internal risk management and control systems are effective and that ING Group complies with relevant legislation and regulations. On a regular basis the Executive Board reports on these issues and discusses the internal risk management and control systems with the Supervisory Board. On a quarterly basis the Executive Board reports on the Group’s risk profile to the Audit Committee, explaining changes in the risk profile.
 
  The Audit Committee is a sub-committee of the Supervisory Board. It assists the Supervisory Board in reviewing and assessing ING Group’s major risk exposures and the operation of internal risk management and control systems. The Audit Committee is composed in such a way so as to ensure that specific business know-how and expertise relating to the activities of ING are available. In principle the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and/or Deputy Chief Risk Officer attends the Audit Committee meetings.
Risk Management organization- ‘three lines of defence’
To ensure that the risk framework is effective and clear on responsibilities, ING Group adopted the three lines of defence concept. This concept provides a clear allocation of responsibilities for the ownership and management of risk, to avoid overlaps and/or gaps in risk governance. Business line management and the regional and local managers have primary responsibility for the day to day management of risk and belong to the first line of defence. Risk management, both at corporate and regional/local level, belongs to the second line of defence. All risk managers in the business lines have a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk Managers. The Internal Audit function provides independent and objective assurance on the effectiveness of the overall system of internal control, including financial, operational, compliance and risk management and forms the third line of defence.
Group risk committees
The Group risk committees described below are part of the second line of defence. They act within the overall risk policy and delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board. These committees have an advisory role to the CFO and ensure a close link between the business lines and the Group risk management function through representation of the business heads and the Corporate Risk Managers on each committee.
  ING Group Credit Committee — Policy (GCCP): Advises on policies, methodologies and procedures related to credit, insurance, market and operational risks within ING Group. The GCCP meets on a monthly basis.
 
  ING Group Credit Committee — Transaction Approval (GCCTA): Advises on transactions involving the taking of credit risk (including issuer investment risk). The GCCTA meets twice a week.
 
  ING Provisioning Committee (IPC): Advises on specific and collective loan loss provisions figures for ING Group. The IPC meets on a quarterly basis.
 
  Asset & Liability Committee ING Bank (ALCO Bank): Advises on the overall risk profile of all ING Bank’s non-trading market risk that occurs in its Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct activities. ALCO Bank defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest rate mismatch and solvency of ING Bank. ALCO Bank meets on a monthly basis.
 
  Asset & Liability Committee ING Insurance (ALCO Insurance): Advises on all risks for ING’s Insurance activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks. ALCO Insurance meets six times a year.
Group risk management function
Functional Reporting Lines
The risk management function is embedded in all levels of the ING Group organization. In line with the commitment to implement best practice Enterprise Wide Risk Management, ING Group restructured its risk management organization in 2006, strengthening the cohesion between the risk related functions. To emphasise the role and importance of risk management, a Deputy CRO was appointed who is responsible for the management and control of risk on a consolidated level. The Deputy CRO reports directly to the CFO who is a member of the Executive Board and bears primary overall responsibility for the Group Risk Function (It is the intention that the CRO function will be a full Executive Board function in 2007).

F-109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The organization chart below illustrates the functional reporting lines within the ING Group Risk organization.
()
The Group Risk Function is structured independently from the business lines and is organized through five departments:
  Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the credit risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance.
 
  Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) is responsible for the market risk management of ING Bank.
 
  Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for the insurance and market risk management of ING Insurance.
 
  Corporate Operational Information & Security Risk Management is responsible for managing operational, information, and security risks within ING Bank and ING Insurance.
 
  Corporate Compliance assists, supports and advises Management in fulfilling its compliance responsibilities, advises employees on their (personal) compliance obligations and monitors the embedding of Compliance Policies in both ING Bank and ING Insurance.
The heads of these departments (Corporate Risk Managers) report to the Deputy CRO and bear direct responsibility for risk (mitigating) decisions. The Corporate Risk Managers and the Deputy CRO advise the CFO and are responsible for the harmonization and standardization of risk management practices. The respective risk functions assist in the formulation of risk appetite, policies and limit structures for the management of risk and provide objective challenge, oversight and support of risk management activity across the business.
In addition the Group Risk Function has an independent Model Validation Unit. This department is responsible for the management of model risk, which is the risk created by ING’s dependence on its own risk projections. The foundation of model governance is model validation: the official determination by an independent person that a model is acceptable for a given purpose. The department carries out period model validations of all risk models used by ING. The head of this department reports to the Deputy CRO.
Group risk policies
The various risk management functions have each designed and issued a framework of risk management policies and procedures providing the lines of business guidance on how to manage risk. Policies and procedures are regularly reviewed and updated via the relevant Group risk committees.
GROUP RISK APPETITE AND STRATEGY
ING Group’s risk appetite is determined by the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board who aim for a balance between risk, return and capital. The process is such that at least once annually, the Executive Board formulates the Strategic Plan and reports on the risks associated with the plan to the Supervisory Board for approval. As part of the planning process, strategic limits are explicitly discussed and planned. Since ING Group is committed to Enterprise Wide Risk Management, bank and insurance risks are integrated into one single view to align Group level risk taking with the Group level risk appetite. The strategic risk appetite is captured in different dimensions and is defined explicitly through key metrics that represent:

F-110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
  Maximum potential impact on IFRS earnings under ‘normal’ stress scenarios (i.e. 1 in 10).
 
  Maximum potential impact on value (i.e. our economic balance sheet) both under ‘normal’ (i.e. 1 in 10) and ‘extreme’ (i.e. 1 in 2000: economic capital) stress scenarios.
These risk metrics are currently in a development stage and will be disclosed publicly when fully implemented.
From these overall risk appetite statements, operational limits cascade down into the organization, e.g.
  Credit risk limits for bank and insurance business
 
  Market Value at Risk limits for insurance business
 
  ALM/Value at Risk limits for bank operations
GROUP RISK MEASUREMENT
The major risk categories associated with the extensive volume and variety of financial instruments that ING Group uses are credit risk, market risk (including liquidity risk), insurance risk, operational, information and security risk and compliance risk. In the sections below ING Group’s risk management activities are described respective to the various risk departments. Each risk department describes the types of risk it manages and the applicable risk measurement method that ING practices, including a quantification of the risks. ING Insurance manages its own market and liquidity risks (along with insurance risks) which are accordingly discussed in the Insurance risk section below.
ING GROUP CREDIT RISK
General
ING Group’s credit policy is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the Lines of Business by means of top-down concentration limits for countries, individual borrowers and borrower groups. The aim within the banking sector is to expand relationship-banking activities, while maintaining stringent internal risk/return guidelines and controls. Within the Insurance companies, the goal is to maintain a low risk, well diversified credit risk portfolio that meets or exceeds market based benchmark returns.
Within the banking operations, implementation of all relevant credit rating and loss given default models was completed in anticipation of new global capital regulations from the Basel Committee for banks (Basel II). Additionally credit risk monitoring capabilities and governance have been enhanced to comply with Basel II and new, more stringent SOX 404 regulations and compliance standards.
Measurement
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of loss from default by debtors (including bond issuers) or counterparties. Credit risks arise in ING’s lending, pre-settlement and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtors and counterparties.
Credit analysis is risk/reward-oriented in that the level of credit analysis is a function of the risk amount, tenor, structure (e.g. covers received) of the facility, and the risks entered into. ING Bank applies the Risk Adjusted Return on Capital framework (RAROC). This method consistently measures the performance of different activities and links to shareholder value creation. The use of RAROC increases focus on risks versus rewards in the decision making process, and consequently stimulates the use of scarce capital in the most efficient way. More sophisticated RAROC-based tools are used internally to ensure a proper balance of risk and reward within the portfolio and concentration parameters. ING’s credit analysts make use of publicly available information in combination with in-house analysis based on information provided by the customer, peer group comparisons, industry comparisons and other quantitative techniques.
Settlement risk
Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the

F-111


Table of Contents

trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty. Settlement risk can most commonly be contained and reduced by entering into transactions with delivery-versus-payment (DVP) settlement methods, as is common with most clearing houses, or settlement netting agreements.
For those transactions where DVP settlement is not possible, ING establishes settlement limits through the credit approval process. Settlement risk is then monitored and managed through the credit risk management units. Risk is further mitigated by operational procedures requiring trade confirmations to counterparties with all transaction details, and entering into internationally accepted documentation, such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements for derivative transactions. Additionally, ING regularly participates in projects with other banks to improve and develop new clearing systems and clearing mechanisms to further reduce the level of settlement risk.
Country risk
Country risk is the risk specifically attributable to events in a specific country (or group of countries). Country risk is identified in lending (corporate and counterparty), trading and investment activities. All transactions and trading positions generated by ING include country risk. Country risk is further divided into economic and transfer risk. Economic risk is the concentration risk relating to any event in the risk country which may affect transactions and other exposure in that country, regardless of the currency. Transfer risk is the risk incurred through the inability of ING or its counterparties to meet their respective foreign currency obligations due to a specific country event.
In countries where ING is active, the relevant country’s risk profile is regularly evaluated, resulting in a country rating. Country limits are based on this rating and ING’s risk appetite. Exposures derived from lending and investment activities are then measured and reported against these country limits on a daily basis. Country risk limits are assigned for transfer risk generally only in emerging markets.
Collateral policies
As with all financial institutions and banks in particular, ING is in the business of taking credit risks. As such, the creditworthiness of our customers, trading partners and investments is continually evaluated for their ability to meet their financial obligations to ING. During the assessment process of creating new loans, trading limits, or investments, as well as reviewing existing loans trading positions and investments, ING determines the amount and type of collateral, if any, that a customer may be required to pledge to ING. Generally, the lower the perceived creditworthiness of a borrower or financial counterparty, the more collateral the customer or counterparty will have to provide. Within counterparty trading activities, ING actively enters into various legal arrangements whereby ING and/or counterparties may have to post collateral to one another to cover market fluctuations of their relative positions. Laws in various jurisdictions also affect the type and amount of collateral that ING can receive or pledge. Additionally, ING will sometimes enter into credit default swaps, and other similar instruments, in order to reduce the perceived credit risk on a given borrower or portfolio. The type of collateral which is held as security for loans is determined by the structure of the loan. Consequently, since ING’s portfolio is diversified the profile of collateral it receives is also diversified in nature and does not reflect any particular collateral type more than others.
Problem Loans
Restructuring
In some cases, ING will work with an obligor and its other creditors, if any, to restructure the obligor’s business and its financial obligations in order to minimise any financial losses to the creditors as a whole, and ING in particular. This can be accomplished through many means available to the creditors, the most common of which are (a) extending the repayment period, (b) selling assets, (c) selling business lines of the obligor, (d) forgiving part of the financial obligations, and (e) a combination of the above. The decision to enter into such a restructuring is done only after careful internal assessment and approval by the appropriate (internal) delegated authorities. Once a restructuring is completed, the obligor is again subject to normal credit risk monitoring procedures.
Past-due obligations
ING continually measures its portfolio in terms of payment arrears. Particularly the retail portfolios are closely monitored on a monthly basis to determine if there are any significant changes in the level of arrears. Generally, an obligation is considered ‘past-due’ if a payment of interest or principal is more than one day late. In practice, the first 5-7 days after an obligation becomes past due are considered to constitute operational risk. After this period, letters will be sent to the obligor reminding the obligor of its (past due) payment obligations. If the arrear still exists after 90 days, the obligation is usually transferred to one of the

F-112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
‘problem loan’ units. In order to reduce the number of arrears, ING banking units encourage their obligors to set up automatic debits from their (current) accounts to ensure timely payments.
There is no significant concentration of a particular type of loan structure in the watch-list, past due or the impaired loan portfolio.
Generally, all loans with past due financial obligations of more than 90 days are automatically reclassified as impaired. However, there can also be other reasons for declaring a loan impaired prior to being 90 days past due. These include, but are not limited to, ING’s assessment of the customer’s perceived inability to meet its financial obligations, or the customer filing for bankruptcy or bankruptcy protection. In some cases, a material breach of financial covenants will also trigger a reclassification of a loan to the impaired category.
Repossession policy
It is ING’s general policy not to take possession of assets of defaulted debtors. Rather, ING attempts to sell the assets from within the legal entity that has pledged these assets to ING, in accordance with the respective collateral or pledge agreements signed with the obligors. In those cases where ING does take possession of the collateral, ING generally attempts to sell the assets as quickly as possible to prospective buyers. Based on internal assessments to determine the highest and quickest return for ING, the sale of repossessed assets could be the sale of the obligor’s business as a whole (or at least all of its assets), or the assets could be sold piecemeal.
ING BANK CREDIT RISK
ING Bank’s credit exposure is mainly related to traditional lending to individuals and businesses followed by investments in bonds and other securitized assets. Loans to individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Loans (including guarantees issued) to businesses are often collateralized, but can be unsecured based on internal analysis of the borrowers’ creditworthiness. Bonds in the investment portfolio are generally unsecured. Securitized assets such as Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and Asset Backed Securities (ABS) are secured by the pro rata portion of the underlying pool of assets held by the issuer of the securitized bond. The last major area of credit risk involves pre-settlement credit exposures which arise from trading activities, including derivatives, repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing and foreign exchange transactions.
For the banking operations, ING uses various market pricing and measurement techniques to determine the amount of credit risk on pre-settlement activities. These techniques estimate ING’s potential future exposure on individual and portfolios of trades. Master agreements and collateral agreements are frequently entered into to reduce these credit risks.
Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in S&P equivalents.
Risk classes: ING Bank portfolio, as % of total outstandings1):
                                                                     
        Wholesale     Banking Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
in percentages       2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
1
  (AAA)     5.5       5.4       0.4       0.2       32.4       27.2       13.6       13.8  
2-4
  (AA)     26.3       29.0       5.6       1.5       24.6       31.7       20.6       22.1  
5-7
  (A)     13.8       12.9       2.7       2.0       13.3       10.5       10.9       9.5  
8-10
  (BBS)     19.7       18.4       31.5       52.7       15.8       9.3       21.3       21.6  
11-13
  (BB)     27.7       26.7       48.6       36.8       12.6       19.8       27.6       27.6  
14-17
  (B)     4.9       4.8       7.4       2.6       0.8       1.2       4.1       4.0  
18-22
  (Problem Grade)     2.1       2.8       3.8       4.2       0.5       0.3       1.9       1.4  
 
                                                   
 
        100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
 
                                                 
 
1)   Based on lending (wholesale and retail), financial markets and investment activities.
The table reflects probabilities of default and does not take collateral into consideration.

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Banking units have continued to implement and improve risk rating models in preparation for new regulatory requirements. This has led to improvements in the average credit quality in all lines of business in 2006. Within Retail Banking, there was a small shift downward from BBB to BB related to the introduction of improved rating models in the Benelux. Hence, the movement mainly represents a reclassification between risk rating classes and not a deterioration of the underlying credit risk profile.
Provisions: ING Bank portfolio:
                                         
                            Total     Total  
    Wholesale     Retail     ING     ING Bank     ING Bank  
    Banking     Banking     Direct     2006     2005  
Opening balance
    2,294       725       294       3,313       4,456  
Implementation IAS 32/39
                                    (592 )
Changes in the composition of the group
    (78 )             (23 )     (101 )     (4 )
Write-offs
    (404 )     (236 )     (51 )     (691 )     (842 )
Recoveries
    31       44       11       86       61  
lncrease/(decrease) in loan loss provision
    (118 )     140       81       103       88  
Exchange differences
    (55 )     (7 )     (5 )     (67 )     115  
Other changes
    (60 )     75       (16 )     (1 )     31  
 
                             
Closing balance
    1,610       741       291       2,642       3,313  
 
                             
The credit portfolio is under constant review. A formal analysis takes place quarterly to determine the provisions for possible bad debts, using a bottom-up approach. Conclusions are discussed by the IPC, which advises the Executive Board on specific provisioning levels. ING Bank identifies as impaired loans those loans for which it is probable, based on current information and events that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreements.
ING Bank’s risk costs continued to be low in 2006, as a result of the low inflow of new problem loans and continued improvement of the average risk profile of our credit portfolio reflecting both the strength of the economy in our core markets in wholesale and the low risk growth strategy in Retail Banking and ING Direct.
Risk concentration: ING Bank portfolio, by economic sector:
                                                                 
    Wholesale Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
in percentages   2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Construction, infrastructure & Real Estate
    12.3       11.6       2.0       0.8       0.8       0.2       5.8       5.7  
Financial Institutions
    39.0       39.8       3.3       1.5       59.0       61.2       37.0       39.4  
Private Individuals
    0.3       1.6       81.8       93.2       31.4       27.0       31.3       28.1  
Public Administration
    11.2       11.9       1.8       0.5       7.5       10.7       7.6       9.2  
Services
    4.6       4.1       1.6       0.5       0.0       0.0       2.3       2.1  
Other
    32.6       31.0       9.5       3.5       1.3       0.9       16.0       15.5  
 
                                               
 
    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
 
                                               
There were no significant changes in risk concentrations by economic sector in 2006, at the ING Bank level. Within ING Direct there was a shift towards more private individuals reflecting growth in the ING Direct retail portfolio, at the expense of slower growth in the (bond) investment portfolios. This was offset by a decline in the private individuals concentration within Retail Banking as a result of growth in the Small Business and SME sectors.

F-114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Largest economic exposures: ING Bank Lending portfolio, by country1):
                                                                 
                                                    Amounts in billions of euros  
    Wholesale Banking     Retail Banking     ING Direct     Total ING Bank  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Netherlands
    62.0       56.5       122.1       117.4       1.8       2.9       185.9       176.8  
United States
    25.8       22.1       0.2       0.1       52.1       47.6       78.1       69.8  
Belgium
    36.2       40.7       26.2       14.4       1.6       1.4       64.0       56.5  
Germany
    10.3       35.4       0.3       0.2       45.3       32.3       55.9       67.9  
Spain
    11.0       8.9       0.4       0.0       36.0       33.3       47.4       42.2  
United Kingdom
    17.1       21.5       0.1       0.2       18.5       17.5       35.7       39.2  
Australia
    2.4       1.5       0.0       0.0       22.0       17.3       24.4       18.8  
Italy
    10.9       9.2       0.6       0.1       9.7       9.8       21.2       19.1  
France
    16.2       12.7       0.6       0.2       3.2       3.8       20.0       16.7  
Canada
    1.5       2.1       0.0       0.0       15.1       15.2       16.6       17.3  
 
1)   Only covers total exposures in excess of EUR 10 billion, including intercompany exposure with ING Insurance.
The large decrease in German exposure within Wholesale Banking is the result of the divestiture of DHB, which was somewhat offset by organic growth at DiBa within ING Direct. With the exception of minor decreases in Canada and the UK, all of the major countries experienced growth in 2006.
The methodology of calculating risk capital is linked to the risk definitions with respect to determining where the country risk occurs. Emerging market countries with low and medium risk that have not defaulted require no mandatory provisions for transfer risk. Instead of provisions, additional capital is allocated to transactions that incur country risk. The amount of additional capital allocated is a function of the risk of the country as well as the risk of the transaction itself. This is called Transfer Risk Capital which is an estimate of the maximum transfer loss (above the level of Expected Transfer Loss) within a certain time period on a portfolio of assets given a certain confidence level.
ING INSURANCE CREDIT RISK
ING Insurance’s credit exposure arises from the investment of insurance premiums into credit risk assets, largely in the form of bond investment activities on an unsecured basis. While ING Insurance has a policy of maintaining a high quality investment grade portfolio, a certain portion of the portfolio is invested in residential mortgages and structured finance products. Credit exposure also arises from derivatives, sell/repurchase transactions, securities lending/borrowing and reinsurance contracts used to hedge the portfolio. Derivative transactions are generally entered into in relation to hedging activities.
Overall credit risk limits are established by ALCO Insurance based on risk classes and the perceived creditworthiness of the underlying obligor. Issuer limits are determined based on the obligor’s rating. These limits are managed in the region where the parent company is domiciled. In addition each Insurance company has one or more investment mandates that specify credit risk appetite by issuer, type and quality.
Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in S&P equivalents.

F-115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Risk classes: ING Insurance portfolio, as % of total outstandings1)
                                                                     
        Insurance     Insurance     Insurance Asia/     Total  
        Americas     Europe     Pacific     ING Insurance  
in percentages       2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
1
  (AAA)     26.9       28.3       27.8       27.3       12.1       13.5       25.1       26.3  
2-4
  (AA)     21.8       15.0       19.8       21.8       33.4       59.0       22.6       23.0  
5-7
  (A)     20.0       30.4       20.5       43.2       32.4       15.1       22.0       32.8  
8-10
  (BBB)     19.7       22.5       14.6       5.8       7.9       9.9       15.8       14.3  
11-13
  (BB)     7.0       2.5       15.7       0.8       4.1       2.1       10.3       2.5  
14-17
  (B)     4.6       0.7       1.2       1.0       10.1       0.2       4.0       0.8  
18-22
  (Problem Grade)     0.0       0.6       0.4       0.1       0.0       0.2       0.2       0.3  
 
                                                   
 
        100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
 
                                                 
 
1)   The 2005 figures exclude the residential mortgage portfolios in the Americas and Asia/Pacific.
The table reflects probabilities of default and does not take collateral into consideration.
The downward shift in risk ratings within Insurance Europe is the result of a re-rating exercise performed on the Dutch mortgage portfolios to bring them in line with the rating methodology that is used for similar assets within the Dutch banking operations. Under the new methodology, the ratings are distributed over rating classes 8-17. A similar shift is seen in the Americas and Asia Pacific, as a result of the inclusion of residential mortgages for the first time in 2006. Hence, the movement mainly represents a reclassification between risk rating classes and not a deterioration of underlying credit risk profile.
Risk concentration: ING Insurance portfolio, by economic sector1):
                                                                 
    Insurance     Insurance     Insurance Asia/     Total  
    Americas     Europe     Pacific     ING Insurance  
in percentages   2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Construction, infrastructure & Real Estate
    9.9       14.2       2.4       1.7       2.2       10.3       5.6       8.7  
Financial Institutions
    61.0       51.6       25.4       21.2       29.9       24.2       41.3       36.3  
Private Individuals
    3.4       0.0       22.1       25.0       9.1       0.0       12.1       10.1  
Public Administration
    3.4       5.5       33.4       39.3       40.0       49.4       21.4       24.0  
Utilities
    4.0       5.0       1.7       2.4       3.0       4.1       2.9       3.8  
Other
    18.3       23.7       15.0       10.4       15.8       12.0       16.7       17.1  
 
                                               
 
    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
 
                                               
 
1)   The 2005 figures exclude the residential mortgage portfolios in the Americas and Asia Pacific. These are included under Private Individuals.
The industry coding methodology for the insurance company was aligned with the methodology used within the banking operations in 2006. Under the new methodology, investments in structured bond instruments, such as securitizations, are included in the Financial Institutions industry.

F-116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Largest economic exposures: ING Insurance Portfolio, by country1):
                                                                 
                                                    Amounts in billions of euros  
    Insurance     Insurance     Insurance Asia/     Total  
    Americas     Europe     Pacific     ING Insurance  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
United States
    57.4       61.5       2.0       3.2       2.3       1.9       61.7       66.6  
Netherlands
    0.7       0.8       34.2       25.8       0.5       0.1       35.4       26.7  
Italy
    0.3       0.5       7.5       7.7       0.1       0.0       7.9       8.2  
Germany
    0.2       0.4       6.6       6.8       0.3       0.4       7.1       7.6  
Taiwan
    0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0       6.9       7.4       6.9       7.4  
Canada
    6.3       5.9       0.3       0.1       0.0       0.0       6.6       6.0  
France
    0.4       0.5       5.6       5.3       0.5       0.9       6.5       6.7  
United Kingdom
    1.6       1.9       3.6       3.2       0.3       0.2       5.5       5.3  
South Korea
    0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0       5.4       3.9       5.4       3.9  
Spain
    0.3       0.3       4.5       3.9       0.4       0.0       5.2       4.2  
 
1)   Only covers total exposures in excess of EUR 5 billion, including intercompany exposure with ING Bank.
The country concentrations in the Insurance portfolio did not change significantly in 2006. The growth in most countries is related to the growth of the underlying insurance companies investment portfolios in the respective markets. Italian, German, French and British portfolios are principally related to government bonds held by insurance companies in the Netherlands and Belgium.
ING BANK MARKET RISK
MARKET RISK IN TRADING PORTFOLIOs
Organization
Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) Trading focuses on the management of trading market risks in the Wholesale Banking business. Specifically, CMRM Trading is responsible for the development and implementation of trading risk policies and risk measurement methodologies, reporting and monitoring of risk exposures against approved trading limits and validation of pricing models. CMRM also reviews trading mandates and limits, and performs the gatekeeper role in the product review process. Management of trading market risk is performed at various organizational levels, from CMRM Trading overall down to specific business areas and trading offices.
The Financial Markets Risk Committee (FMRC) is a market risk committee that, within the guidelines set by the Executive Board, sets market risk limits both on an aggregated level and on a desk level, and approves new products. CMRM advises the Executive Board on the market risk appetite of Wholesale Banking activities.
Measurement
ING Wholesale Banking uses the Value-at-Risk (VaR) methodology as its primary risk measure. The VaR for market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of at least 99%, the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day. The impact of historical market movements on today’s portfolio is estimated, based on equally weighted observed market movements of the previous 250 business days. The VaR also serves as a basis for the calculation of the regulatory capital and economic capital that ING needs to hold to cover possible losses from trading activities.
The market risk for the fixed income and equity markets is split into two components: general market risk and specific market risk. The general market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from general market value movements (e.g. interest rate movements). The specific market risk component estimates

F-117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
the VaR resulting from market value movements that relate to the underlying issuer of securities in the portfolios.
The VaR for linear portfolios is calculated using a variance — covariance approach. The market risk of all the important option portfolios within ING is measured by Monte Carlo and historical simulation methods.
Limitations
VaR as a risk measure has some limitations. VaR quantifies the potential loss under the assumption of normal market conditions only. This assumption may not always hold true in reality, especially when market events occur, and therefore could lead to an underestimation of the potential loss. VaR also uses historical data to forecast future price behaviour. Future price behaviour could differ substantially from past behaviour. Moreover, the use of a one day holding period (or ten days for regulatory calculations) assumes that all positions in the portfolio can be liquidated or hedged in one day. In periods of illiquidity or market events, this assumption may not hold true. Also, the use of 99% confidence interval means that VaR does not take into account any losses that occur beyond this confidence level.
Backtesting
Although VaR models estimate potential future results, estimates are based on historical market data. ING continuously monitors the plausibility and effectiveness of the VaR model in use. The technique for this purpose is generally known as backtesting in which the actual daily result is compared with the daily VaR. In addition to using actual results for backtesting, ING also uses hypothetical results, which measures results excluding the effect of intraday trading, fees and commissions. When the actual or hypothetical loss exceeds the VaR an ‘occurrence’ has taken place. Based on ING Bank’s one-sided confidence level of at least 99% an occurrence is expected once in every 100 business days at maximum. In 2006, there was no occurrence (2005: none) where a daily trading loss exceeded the daily consolidated VaR of ING Wholesale Banking.
Stress Testing
Since VaR in general does not produce an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market movements, ING uses structured stress tests for monitoring the market risk under these extreme conditions. Stress scenarios are based on historical and hypothetical extreme events. The result of the stress testing is an event risk number, which is an estimate of the profit and loss effect caused by a potential event and its world-wide impact for ING Wholesale Banking. The event risk number for the ING Wholesale Banking trading activity is generated on a weekly basis. The event-risk policy (and its technical implementation) is specific to ING as there is no event risk calculation method that is generally accepted by other banks and regulators (like the Value-at-Risk model). ING’s event risk policy basically consists of defined stress parameters per country and per market (fixed income, equity, foreign exchange and related derivative markets). The scenarios and stress parameters are back-tested against extreme market movements that actually occurred in the markets.
Development of trading market risks
The following chart shows the development of the overnight VaR for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio which was managed by CMRM Trading during 2005 and 2006. Several banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the non-trading risk table and included in the trading risk graph and table below.

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(LINE GRAPH)
During 2005 and 2006 the overnight VaR for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio was continuously within the range of EUR 21- 37 million.
The average exposure over 2006 was higher than 2005 (average VaR 2006: EUR 31 million and average VaR 2005: EUR 28 million). The VaR remained well within the ING Wholesale Banking trading limit. Trading positions with interest rate exposures provided the largest contribution to the trading VaR.
More details on the VaR of the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio for 2006 and 2005 are provided in the table below.
                                                                 
    Minimum     Maximum     Average     Year end  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Foreign exchange
    1       1       7       5       3       3       2       2  
Equities
    7       7       11       13       9       10       8       9  
Interest rates
    20       14       30       30       25       21       27       22  
Diversification11
                                    (6 )     (6 )     (4 )     (6 )
 
                                                       
Total VaR
                                    31       28       33       27  
 
                                                       
 
1)   The total VaR for the columns Minimum and Maximum can not be calculated by taking the sum of the individual components since the observations for both the individual markets as well as total VaR may occur on different dates.
Note: the above captions are consistent with those used for internal risk management purposes and do not relate to financial statement captions.
MARKET RISK IN NON-TRADING PORTFOLIOS
Organization
Within ING Bank, positions are labelled as either trading or non-trading positions. The banking books are defined as the non-trading books. The most important aspect in segregating the banking from the trading books is the intent of the positions held in these books. It is of crucial relevance that the banking book positions are intended

F-119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
to be held in the long term (or until maturity) or for the purpose of hedging other banking book positions.
Within ING Bank, interest rate risk management of the banking books is the responsibility of the ALCO function with ALCO Bank as the highest approval authority. ALCO Bank determines the overall risk appetite for interest rate risk in the banking books. The ALCO function is regionally organized with the exception of ING Direct, which has a separate ALCO. The business lines Retail Banking and Wholesale Banking are represented within the respective regional and local ALCO’s. The ALCO structure within ING Bank facilitates top-down risk management, limit setting and the monitoring and control of interest rate risk in all the banking books. This ensures a correct implementation of the ING Bank risk appetite.
CMRM is the designated independent department that is responsible for the design and execution of the bank’s interest rate risk management functions in support of the ALCO function. CMRM is therefore responsible for determining adequate policies and procedures for managing the interest rate risk in the banking books and for monitoring the compliance with these guidelines. CMRM maintains an adequate limit framework in line with the bank’s risk appetite. The CMRM structure recognises that risk management to a large extent occurs at the regional/local level. Bottom-up reporting allows each management level to fully assess the interest rate risk relevant at the respective levels.
The businesses are responsible for adhering to the limits that are approved by ALCO Bank. Limit breaches are reported to senior management on a timely basis and the business is required to take the appropriate actions to reduce the risk position.
Interest rate risk in banking books
To enable clear assignment of responsibilities for risk and return within the banking book structure, a split into two types of activities is made: Asset & Liability Management (ALM) and commercial business. Within ING Bank the risk transfer principle is used. This refers to the principle whereby the outright interest rate risk present in the banking books is centralized in the ALM books. Outright interest rate risk in the banking books arises due to (i) investment of the bank’s own funds (core equity) and (ii) the fact that the assets and liabilities originated by the bank typically do not reprice simultaneously and therefore have a different duration.
Within ING Bank, the Bank’s own funds and the investments of these own funds are isolated under the ING Bank Corporate line. ALCO Bank determines the target maturity profile over which ING Bank’s own funds must be invested. This maturity profile reflects the long term nature of the rate of return required by its investors and aims for both earnings maximization and stabilization. ALCO Bank considers a well balanced portfolio of long-dated fixed investments as the risk neutral position. The risk data presented in the following market risk tables provide a regulatory view on equity. They directly reflect the risk of the investments under the assumption that ING Bank’s own funds are not sensitive to market rate changes.
The outright interest rate risk that arises due to the repricing mismatch of the bank’s originated assets and liabilities is transferred from the commercial banking books to the ALM books. These ALM books are managed within ING Wholesale Banking and contain the strategic interest rate risk position of the bank. The main objective is to maximise the economic value of the book and to generate adequate and stable yearly earnings by hedging the risk that arises from the bank’s commercial banking activities and taking the strategic interest rate position it desires within the risk appetite of the bank.
After transferring the outright interest rate risk position to the ALM books, the residual interest rate risk that remains in the commercial banking books is caused by basis risk and optionality. The commercial business units bear responsibility for the residual interest rate risks that result from banking products of which future cash flows depend on client behaviour (e.g. optionality in mortgages) and from banking products of which the client rate earned and paid imperfectly correlate with the changing market rates (basis risk). Examples of products in which these risks are inherent are demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages. Within ING Direct the interest rate risk from the ALM books and the commercial banking books are managed and measured on an integrated level.
Within CMRM, continuous research is being done in order to optimise the modelling of client behaviour. For this purpose, several methods are in place to replicate the interest rate risk, taking into account both the contractual and behavioural characteristics of demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages. All models and assumptions are back-tested regularly and presented to the designated ALCO.

F-120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the determination of the interest rate sensitivity of savings accounts and current accounts, several methods have been developed, e.g. historical simulation, Earnings-at-Risk analysis and valuation models. Pricing strategies, outstanding volumes and the level and shape of the yield curve are taken into account in these models. Based on these analyses the investment rules are determined for the various portfolios.
The hedging of the embedded prepayment options within mortgage portfolios is based on prepayment prediction models. These models include the incentive for clients to prepay. The parameters of these models are based on historical data and are regularly updated. The interest sensitivity of the embedded offered rate options is determined as well for the mortgage portfolio and a hedging process is in place to minimise the resulting interest rate risk.
In the following tables, the risk figures for interest rate risk in the banking books are presented. ING Bank uses several measures to control interest rate risk both from an earnings and a value perspective. The most important of these measures are Earnings-at-Risk (EaR) and NPV-at-Risk.
EaR measures the impact on IFRS earnings resulting from changes of market rates over a time period of one year. Changes in balance sheet dynamics and management interventions are not incorporated in these calculations. The EaR figures in the table below are determined on the basis of an instantaneous upward 1% parallel shock of the market rates. For the ALM books EaR measures the potential loss of earnings due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. The calculations for the ALM books capture the EaR resulting from the current positions. For the commercial banking books the EaR captures the basis risks resulting from savings, demand deposits and the main mortgage portfolios. The impact of new business is included in the EaR calculations for the savings and demand deposits portfolios, as it is most relevant for these portfolios.
Earnings-at-risk (1% instantaneous upward shock to market rates):
         
    2006  
By Business Line
       
ING Wholesale Banking
    (19 )
ING Retail Banking
    (107 )
ING Direct
    (260 )
ING Bank Corporate Line
    22  
 
     
ING Bank Total
    (364 )
 
     
 
       
By currency
       
Euro
    (232 )
US dollar
    (80 )
Pound sterling
    (4 )
Other
    (48 )
 
     
Total
    (364 )
 
     
As compared to the EaR calculations presented in the 2005 Annual Accounts, the size of the applied shock to the interest rates has been reduced from 2% to 1%. This has been done as the 1% scenario is more likely to occur in the current low interest rate environment than the 2% scenario. Applying the 2% instantaneous upward parallel shock to the year end 2006 figures results in an EaR figure of EUR (640) million, compared to EUR (733) million presented in 2005. The reduction of the EaR figure in 2006 is mainly due to the fact that the EaR calculations have been changed this year in order to better align with the profit and loss account recognition under IFRS. This year’s EaR calculations furthermore capture the convexity resulting from the embedded prepayment and offered rate options of the large Dutch mortgage portfolios.
The NPV-at-Risk figures represent the full value impact (i.e. including convexity) to the banking books resulting from changing interest rates. This full value impact cannot be linked directly to the balance sheet or profit and loss account as the value mutations in the banking books only for a small part are fed directly

F-121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
through the profit and loss account or through equity. The largest part, namely the value mutations of the amortized cost balances, is not recognized in the balance sheet or directly in the profit and loss account. The NPV-at-Risk figures in the table below are determined on the basis of an instantaneous upward 1% parallel shock of the market rates in line with the EaR calculations. For the ALM books the NPV-at-Risk figures again capture the potential change of value due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. For the commercial banking books the NPV-at-Risk calculations capture the convexity resulting from the optionality in the main mortgage portfolios. In these calculations it is assumed that savings and other demand deposits are perfectly represented via the replicating methods and therefore fully hedged.
NPV-at-risk (1% instantaneous upward shock to market rates):
         
    2006  
By Business Line
       
ING Wholesale Banking
    (559 )
ING Retail Banking
    (134 )
ING Direct
    (377 )
ING Bank Corporate Line
    (818 )
 
     
ING Bank Total
    (1,888 )
 
     
 
       
By currency
       
Euro
    (1,465 )
US dollar
    (402 )
Pound sterling
    (58 )
Other
    37  
 
     
Total
    (1,888 )
 
     
In line with the EaR calculations the interest rate scenario has also been changed for the NPV-at-Risk calculations. For comparison purposes the 2006 NPV-at-Risk numbers have also been calculated for the 2% shock scenario. The NPV-at-Risk under this scenario is EUR (4,261) million. Compared to the year end 2005 NPV-at-Risk of EUR (3,203) million, the NPV-at-Risk shows a large increase this year. The increase in the NPV-at-Risk numbers is mainly caused by ING Direct USA who has an increasingly convex interest rate risk position. In addition diversification effects between ING Direct Canada and other portfolios decreased, further increasing ING Direct’s NPV-at-Risk. In practice the portfolio will be rebalanced in case of an upward interest rate move, significantly mitigating NPV losses.
FX risk in non-trading books
Foreign exchange (FX) exposures in non-trading books result from commercial banking business (business units doing business in other currencies than their base currency), realized non-euro results and FX translation risk on foreign currency investments. The policy regarding these exposures is briefly explained below.
Commercial Banking business
Every business unit hedges the FX risk as result of their commercial activities into the base currency of the unit. Consequently assets and liabilities are matched in terms of currency.
Realized Results
Every unit hedges realized results to the base currency of the unit. On a monthly basis the central Capital Management department hedges the non-euro results to euro. ING does not hedge the future euro value of projected results in non-euro currency.

F-122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
FX Translation Result
ING’s strategy is to protect the Tier 1 ratio against unfavourable currency fluctuations. The protection is largely achieved by the issuance of US dollar and Pound sterling denominated capital, and furthermore by taking structural foreign currency positions. In general, open positions are deliberately taken in order to achieve protection of the Tier 1 ratio by aligning non-euro denominated capital with risk weighted assets in these currencies. The US dollar, Pound sterling, Polish zloty, Australian dollar and Canadian dollar are the main currencies in this respect. For other currencies the objective is to fully hedge the translation risk.
Overnight exposure ING Bank, for primary non-trading currencies
                                         
    Foreign                              
    invest-             Gross             Net  
2006   ments     Tier-1     exposure     Hedges     position  
US dollar
    5,338       (2,883 )     2,455       (1,460 )     995  
Pound sterling
    (1,044 )     (894 )     (1,938 )     1,930       (8 )
Polish zloty
    938               938       (523 )     415  
Australian dollar
    1,048               1,048       (123 )     925  
Canadian dollar
    974               974       (704 )     270  
Other currency
    2,504               2,504       (2,422 )     82  
 
                             
Total
    9,758       (3,777 )     5,981       (3,302 )     2,679  
 
                             
                                         
    Foreign                              
    invest-             Gross             Net  
2006   ments     Tier-1     exposure     Hedges     position  
US dollar
    4,562       (3,214 )     1,348       (701 )     647  
Pound sterling
    (1,247 )             (1,247 )     1,252       5  
Polish zloty
    809               809       (489 )     320  
South Korean won
    1,047               1,047       (955 )     92  
Other currency
    1,300               1,300       (1,192 )     108  
 
                             
Total
    6,471       (3,214 )     3,257       (2,085 )     1,172  
 
                             
The table above shows that compared to 2005 larger net foreign exchange positions are held in the non-trading books. These net positions are held to protect the Tier 1 ratio against currency movements.
The amount of US dollar denominated risk-weighted assets increased substantially in 2006. In order to maintain the protection of the Tier 1 ratio, the net US dollar position increased accordingly.
Pound sterling denominated Tier-1 paper was issued in 2006 in order to better protect the Tier 1 ratio against movements in the GBP/EUR exchange rate.
ING Direct has expanded its activities in Australia and Canada. Consequently, the Australian and Canadian dollar are added to the list of main currencies, as presented in the table for 2006 above.
The same metric applied for the trading books (Value-at-Risk) is used to quantify and monitor the FX risk in the banking book.

F-123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Consolidated non-trading FX Var ING Bank:
                                                                 
            Low             High     Average     Year end  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
FX VaR
    7       2       22       11       17       7       21       11  
EQUITY PRICE RISK IN THE BANKING BOOKS
Equity price risk arises from the possibility that equity security prices will fluctuate, affecting the value of equity securities and other instruments of which the price reacts similarly to a particular security, a defined basket of securities, or a securities index. ING Bank maintains a substantial equity exposure in its banking books. This equity exposure mainly consists of the investments in associates of EUR 1,223 million (2005: EUR 1,188 million) and equity securities held in the Available-for-sale portfolio of EUR 1,898 million (2005: EUR 2,147 million). The value of equity securities held in the Available-for-sale portfolio is directly linked to equity security prices. Investments in associates are measured in accordance with the equity method of accounting and the balance sheet value is therefore not directly linked to equity security prices.
LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Bank or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they come due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner. Within ING Bank, ALCO Bank bears overall responsibility for the liquidity risk strategy. ALCO Bank has delegated day-to-day liquidity management to the Treasury Amsterdam, which is responsible for managing the overall liquidity risk position of ING Bank, while regional and local treasuries are responsible for managing liquidity in their respective regions and locations.
The main objective of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain sufficient liquidity in order to ensure safe and sound operations. The liquidity strategy of ING Bank has four primary components.
The first component is day-to-day funding, which constitutes a policy to sufficiently spread the day-to-day funding requirements. The Treasury function monitors all maturing cash flows along with expected changes in core-business funding requirements. This includes replenishment of existing funds as they mature, expected withdrawals from retail current accounts, savings and additional borrowings. Furthermore, access to the capital markets is actively managed by regularly issuing public debt in all material markets and the maintenance of investor relations.
The second component is to maintain an adequate mix of funding sources. ING Bank aims for a well diversified funding mix in terms of instrument types, fund providers, geographic markets and currencies. Sources of liquidity are widely distributed over the entire ING Bank. ING has a broad base of core retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits. Although these accounts can be withdrawn immediately or at short notice, the accounts are considered to form a stable resource of funding because of the broad customer base. The retail funding is, from a geographical point of view, widely spread, with most of the funding located in the euro zone.
The third component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain a broad portfolio of highly marketable assets that can be easily used to bear disruptions in the cash flow profile. ING has relatively large portfolios of unencumbered marketable assets. These marketable assets can provide liquidity through repurchase agreements or through sale. The majority of ING’s marketable assets are located in the euro zone.
The fourth component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to have adequate and up-to-date contingency funding plans in place throughout the organization. The contingency funding plans are established for addressing temporary and long term liquidity disruptions caused by a general event in the market or an ING specific event. These plans ensure that all roles and responsibilities are clearly defined and all necessary management information is in place. The main objective of ING’s contingency funding plan is to enable senior management to act effectively and efficiently at times of crisis.

F-124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The key focus of the measurement of liquidity within ING is on the periods of one week and one month. The internally used liquidity figures are calculated in line with the regulatory reporting requirements for liquidity risk of the Dutch Central Bank. For this purpose, the positions are split by type of product and counterparty. All positions with a known maturity date are included in the maturity calendar based on their contractual maturity date. Positions with an unknown maturity date and marketable assets are included as items with a direct liquidity value. Standby facilities, undrawn irrevocable credit facilities, guarantees and other contingent liabilities are also included. The positions in the week and the month categories are weighted under a scenario that is a mix between a market event and an ING-specific event. The total available liquidity values are corrected for liquidity surpluses in inconvertible currencies and in locations with restrictions on capital transfer. Most of these inconvertible and non-transferable positions are located outside the Euro zone. Under the regulatory guidelines, banks should at a minimum report positive liquidity figures. In addition to this a framework is implemented within ING Bank that sets limits on the overall weekly and monthly liquidity risk positions to ensure adequate buffers of liquidity.
ING INSURANCE
General
ING is engaged in selling life and non-life insurance products. For Risk management purposes, life products include a broad range of traditional life, unit-linked, annuities, universal life, group life, pension, and (guaranteed) investment contracts. Non-life insurance products include all lines of insurance products that do not fall under the life insurance business — fire, automobile, accident and health, third-party liability and disability contracts, referred to as Property and Casualty (P&C), Health and Morbidity. In the remainder of the consolidated annual accounts, health and disability insurance is included in ‘Life’.
Risks from these products arise with respect to the adequacy of insurance premium rate levels and provisions for insurance liabilities and capital position as well as uncertainty of the future returns on investments of the insurance premiums. Risks are classified as actuarial and underwriting, market risk, credit risk and operational risk.
ING regularly monitors the solvency level for the total insurance business at a prudent level. ING Corporate Insurance Risk Management instructs and supervises all ING entities to make sure that ING Insurance total insurance liabilities (both reserves and capital) are tested for adequacy including the insurance premium rate levels and the uncertainty of future returns on investments. This includes valuing the insurance liabilities on current best estimate actuarial assumptions plus a risk margin. Thus, the reserves are reviewed to ensure they remain adequate based on current assumptions. ING believes its solvency level is adequate.
Where DAC amortization is based on expected gross profits, the sensitivity analyses below include the impact on amortization of DAC as a result of changes in expected gross profits.
Reserve adequacy — Taiwan
The adequacy of the provision for life policy liabilities (net of DAC and VOBA) is evaluated regularly. ING’s policy for reserve adequacy testing is disclosed under ‘Principles of valuation and determination of results’.
As at December 31, 2006 (and December 31, 2005), ING’s life insurance businesses as a whole are sufficiently adequate at a 90% confidence level. All business lines are, on a stand alone basis, adequate at a 90% confidence level, except for the business line Insurance Asia Pacific. The inadequacy in Insurance Asia Pacific is fully attributable to Taiwan.
At December 31, 2006 the inadequacy for Taiwan is EUR 2.4 billion based on a 90% confidence interval, on a Taiwan reserve level (net of DAC and VOBA) of EUR 10 billion. The inadequacy results from a material exposure in Taiwan to a sustained low interest rate environment. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6-8% embedded in the life and health contracts sold by the business until 2001. These long term guarantees and the future premiums (which have a present value of approximately EUR 19 billion (2005: EUR 20 billion) create a liability for the portfolio with an effective duration of approximately 30, compared to an asset duration of approximately 10. ING stopped selling these high guarantees in its Taiwan life insurance products since 2002. The post 2001 business is adequate at a 90% confidence level,

F-125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
which partially compensates inadequacy related to the business sold until 2001. Furthermore, ING has over time strengthened reserves by EUR 682 million (2005: EUR 420 million) for this exposure and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.
The outcome of the reserve adequacy test for Taiwan is inherently uncertain given the use of various assumptions and the long term nature of the liability. The outcome can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which are bound to vary significantly from period to period. The outcome of the test for Taiwan is especially sensitive to (changes in) interest rate assumptions. The reserve adequacy test at December 31, 2006 is based on the current 10-year swap rate in Taiwan at December 31, 2006 of 2.21% (2005: 2.35%), with the assumption that, in the long term, this swap rate will move to 5.75% (2005: 5.75%).
Management’s best estimate, based on a 50% confidence level, is that Taiwan has a marginal adequacy of EUR 298 million (2005: EUR 165 million) which represents a 57% (2005: 53%) confidence level as at December 31, 2006. Under the Group’s accounting policy, any inadequacy below the 50% level would be charged to the profit and loss account immediately.
The sensitivity to interest rates changes is explained below under ING Insurance — Interest rate sensitivity. If the interest rates as at December 31, 2006 would have been 1% lower, Taiwan would have been inadequate at the 50% confidence level and, consequently, an amount of approximately EUR 1.5 billion after tax (2005: EUR 1.7 billion) would have been included as a charge in the profit and loss account, reflecting the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate level. If the interest rates at both December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 would have been 1% higher, Taiwan would be sufficiently adequate at the 50% confidence level, but would still have been inadequate at the 90% confidence level. Consequently, the charge currently included in the profit and loss would likely have been reduced.
The Taiwan regulator currently allows mortality profits to be offset against losses from negative interest rate experience, thus eliminating the need to pay mortality dividends, and this practice is reflected in the reserve adequacy test.
ING INSURANCE ACTUARIAL AND UNDERWRITING RISK
General
Actuarial and underwriting risks are the risks resulting from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. These risks are primarily managed through standard underwriting policies, product design requirements as set by ING’s Insurance Risk Management function, independent product approval processes and risk limitations related to insurance policy terms and conditions with the client. Actuarial risks are managed through pricing procedures and included in the overall adequacy of provisions for insurance contract and investment contract liabilities. Underwriting risks are managed in the process whereby applications submitted for insurance coverage are reviewed. The maximum underwriting exposure is limited through exclusions, cover limits, and reinsurance.
Measurement
Profit and losses stemming from adverse claims in ING’s insurance portfolios are managed by setting insurance risk tolerance levels which are reviewed annually by the Executive Board. ING Group has established actuarial and underwriting risk tolerance levels in specific areas of its insurance operations.
For non-life insurance, risk tolerance levels are set by line of business (in terms of maximum sums insured per individual risk) and for fire business also in terms of probable maximum loss limits. The losses considered to measure this probable maximum loss are those which are attributable to specific events (e.g. natural perils such as storms, earthquakes and floods). For the main non-life units (in The Netherlands, Belgium, Canada, Mexico) the risk tolerance is generally set at 2.5% of the Group’s after tax earnings. For 2006, this translated into a (pre-tax) risk tolerance level of EUR 190 million (2005: EUR 170 million) for Mexico and The Netherlands-Belgium combined. For Canada the pre-tax risk tolerance level is set at EUR 169 million (derived from the above EUR 190 million but allowing for outside interests) (2005: EUR 149 million). The risk tolerance refers to the maximum allowable loss for catastrophic events. The probable maximum loss risk tolerance levels are set at a 1 in 250 return period for Canada, Mexico and The Netherlands-Belgium combined which is in line with industry practice. With respect to the Fire line of business this assessment is based on risk assessment models that are widely accepted in the industry. For the smaller non-life units, the

F-126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(pre-tax) risk tolerance level for catastrophe related events for 2006 was set at EUR 5 million (2005: EUR 5 million) per event per business unit. For motor business the (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for 2006 was set at EUR 7.5 million (2005: EUR 5 million) per unit.
With respect to life business, ING Group’s (pre-tax) risk tolerance level is set at EUR 22 million (2005: EUR 22 million) per insured life for mortality risk. While life insurance risks are considered to be naturally diversifiable by virtue of each life being a separate risk, group contracts may result in significant exposures. For life insurance contracts involving multiple lives, ING has made its own assessment and believes that the potential loss from a significant mortality event occurring in the normal course of business will not exceed an amount higher than the (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for 2006 of EUR 750 million (2005: EUR 750 million). Such an amount could result from a pandemic as observed during the Spanish flu pandemic in 1918, without taking into account medical improvements since that time. ING continues to model the possible impact of pandemics based on studies published by respected international organizations.
Overall exposures and concentrations are actively managed through the purchase of external reinsurance from approved high creditworthy reinsurers within the credit risk policy of ING. In case of the existence of exposures higher than the risk tolerance levels as defined above, appropriate procedures are in place, including third party reinsurance covers. Particularly for the property and casualty portfolio, ING purchases protection through which the exposure due to natural catastrophes is substantially mitigated. ING believes that the credit risks to which it is exposed under reinsurance contracts are minor.
Regarding catastrophic losses arising from events such as terrorism, ING believes that it is not possible to develop a business model that takes into account the possibility of very high losses resulting from these events. For the non-life business, losses that result from these events are generally not covered unless required by law. In various countries industry pools have been established to mitigate the terrorism risk to which the individual insurers are nevertheless still exposed. ING participates in such pools.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the realized after tax earnings of the insurance operations from an increase/decrease of the insurance risk factors over the year 2006. These changes to net profit can relate to realized claims or any other net profit item that would be affected by the change of these factors. In addition, ING has estimated the impact on the December 31, 2006 shareholders’ equity of ING Insurance from the same change in insurance risk factors. The differentiation of sensitivities before and after risk mitigation typically refers to mitigation of the risks by reinsurance. ING assumes that not all these shifts presented below will happen everywhere at the same time.
Insurance risks sensitivity
                                                                         
            Effect on ING Insurance                     Effect on ING Insurance  
                    Net profit     Shareholders’ equity             Net profit     Shareholders’ equity  
            Before risk     After risk     Before risk     After risk     Before risk     After risk     Before risk     After risk  
            mitigation     mitigation     mitigation     mitigation     mitigation     mitigation     mitigation     mitigation  
                                    2006                             2005  
Mortality
    +10 %     (91 )     (70 )     (87 )     (67 )     (82 )     (61 )     (85 )     (63 )
 
    -10 %     80       70       78       67       80       61       83       64  
 
                                                                       
Morbidity
    +10 %     (114 )     (106 )     (111 )     (103 )     (70 )     (66 )     (70 )     (67 )
 
    -10 %     114       105       111       102       70       66       71       67  
 
                                                                       
P&C
    +10 %     (196 )     (185 )     (188 )     (178 )     (125 )     (98 )     (130 )     (101 )
 
    -10 %     196       185       188       178       125       98       130       101  
The sensitivities represent a one-time increase/decrease of the realized claims of P&C and morbidity and an increase/decrease of the mortality rates over 2006.

F-127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING INSURANCE MARKET RISK
General
Market risks arise when the market value of assets and liabilities do not move consistently as financial markets change.

Changes in interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and real estate prices can impact present and future earnings of the insurance operations as well as the shareholders’ equity.
ING implemented Market Value at Risk (MVaR) limits to manage the market and credit risks resulting from the Insurance operations world-wide. ALCO Insurance has set an MVaR limit for ING Group Insurance and each of the business lines that relates to the market value based economic capital of ING Group Insurance. The MVaR is based on a 99.95% confidence level over a one-year horizon.
These limits are further allocated to the ING Insurance business units through MVaR sublimits by the business lines. These limits are managed by an ALCO Insurance structure on the respective organizational levels. Limit breaches by business lines are reported to ALCO ING Group Insurance and resolved in accordance with policy within the next quarter.
Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) consolidates and monitors the MVaR exposures of the business lines including diversification effects on a quarterly basis. In 2006 there were no breaches (2005: none) of the overall ING Insurance MVaR limit.
Measurement
At an ING Group level, CIRM is responsible for implementing and monitoring asset and liability management (ALM) practices and for consistency of the MVaR calculation methods world-wide.
The market risk of ING Insurance is primarily related to interest rate risk and equity risk although it also includes real estate and foreign currency risks. The following text provides an analysis of the exposures of the different types of market risks.
ALM risk — interest rate risk
ING’s insurance operations are exposed to changes in interest rates with respect to guaranteed interest rates on insurance and investment contract liabilities. ING’s insurance operations are also exposed to changes in interest rates with respect to investment income. The current product portfolio also includes products where interest rate risks are entirely or partially passed on to the policyholder, thereby reducing ING’s exposure to interest rate movements.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measured the potential changes in earnings of the insurance operations from an instantaneous increase/decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points. These changes to net profit can relate to assets as well as liabilities such as investment income, interest paid to policyholders, adequacy of provision for liabilities, market value adjustments, amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs (DAC) or any other net profit item that would be affected by interest rate changes. The effect of interest rate changes is different by business line and by product. In addition, ING has estimated the impact on the December 31, 2006 shareholders’ equity of ING Insurance from such an instantaneous change in interest rates.
Interest-rate sensitivity:
                                 
            Effect on             Effect on  
    ING Insurance     ING Insurance  
    Net profit Shareholders’     Net profitShare-holders’  
            equity             equity  
            2006             2005  
Increase interest rates by 1%
    8       (3,185 )     (68 )     (2,814 )
Decrease interest rates by 1%
    (1,600 )     1,880       (1,743 )     1,255  

F-128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease of interest rates as of December 31, 2006. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net profit after tax for the year 2006 if interest rates remain 100 basis points higher (or lower) for at least 12 months. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
The most significant interest rate risk within ING’s insurance businesses exists in Taiwan where ING has material exposure to a sustained low interest rate environment. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6-8% embedded in the life contracts sold by the business until 2001. Since 2002, ING has changed the design of its Taiwan life insurance products, strengthened reserves and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.
The net profit impact related to a 1% change in current interest rates is asymmetric due to the need to increase reserves for ING’s business in Taiwan if interest rates were 1% lower. The IFRS profit impact on Taiwan of 1% lower interest rates at December 31, 2006 is EUR 1.5 billion (2005: EUR 1.7 billion). This is the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate (50%) level in this sensitivity. There is not a corresponding benefit for rising interest rates in 2006 since the additional benefit from a rising interest scenario is not recognized in profit through unlocking of reserves.
Shareholders’ equity impacts also relate directly to use of market values for available for sale securities offset by deferred profit sharing and shadow accounting of reserves and DAC/VOBA where possible.
ALM risk — equity risk
ING’s insurance operations are exposed to changes of prices in equity markets on two levels: (1) business units that have direct equity holdings in their general accounts; and (2) products where the revenues of the insurance operations are linked to the value of underlying equity funds, since this has an impact on the level of charges deducted for unit-linked and variable business.
Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measured the potential changes in earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets of 10%. These changes to net profit can relate to fee income, unrealized or realized gains and losses, amortization of DAC or any other net profit item that would be affected by a substantial change to equity markets. The effect of equity market changes is different by business line and by product. In addition, ING has estimated the impact on the December 31, 2006 shareholders’ equity of ING Insurance from such a change in equity markets.
Equity sensitivity:
                                 
            Effect on             Effect on  
            ING Insurance             ING Insurance  
            Shareholders’             Shareholders’  
            equity             equity  
    Net profit     2006     Net profit     2005  
Increase of equity by 10%
    120       1,325       59       1,072  
Decrease of equity by 10%
    (150 )     (1,347 )     (80 )     (1,094 )
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets as of December 31, 2006. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net profit after tax for the year if equity markets remain 10% higher (or lower) for at least 12 months. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts. The largest exposures to equity movements are in the ING business units in The Netherlands, United States, Canada and Belgium.
ALM risk — foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk in the investments backing ING’s insurance and investment contract liabilities is dealt with in the investment management processes in each business unit. An immaterial portion of the investment portfolio backing insurance liabilities is invested in assets of a different currency from that of the liabilities.

F-129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Another type of foreign exchange risk exists in relation to translation risk. Locally required capital levels are invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to support local insurance business regardless of currency movements. These capital levels may affect the consolidated balance sheet when translated to euros. Depending on hedging costs and the capital exposure, ING may hedge the capital over locally required margins.
Through scenario analysis ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the reported earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease on December 31, 2006 in foreign exchange markets of 10%. In addition, ING has estimated the impact on the December 31, 2006 shareholders’ equity of ING Insurance from such a change in foreign exchange markets.
Foreign currency sensitivity:
                                 
    Effect on ING Insurance     Effect on ING Insurance  
            Shareholders’             Shareholders’  
            equity             equity  
    Net profit     2006     Net profit     2005  
10% Increase of euro versus all other currencies
    (26 )     (1,014 )     (81 )     (950 )
10% Decrease of euro versus all other currencies
    29       1,031       87       1,041  
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in the euro on December 31, 2006. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net profit after tax for the year 2006 if the foreign exchange rate of euro against the other currencies remain 10% higher (or lower) for at least 12 months. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
The main foreign exchange risks of ING Insurance relate to the translation risk from net profit and equity from business units in United States, Canada and certain Latin American countries. For net profit the impact is mitigated through the usage of average yearly exchange rates. During 2006 the euro has increased in value compared to most other currencies of countries where ING has business.
ALM risk — Real estate risk
Real estate risk exists in some of the investment portfolios of ING Insurance, most significantly in the Netherlands. ING Insurance is exposed to the risk of decreasing real estate prices to the extent these cannot be shared with contract holders in participating insurance plans.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in real estate markets of 10%. In addition, ING has estimated the impact on the December 31, 2006 shareholders’ equity of ING Insurance from such a change in real estate markets.
Real estate sensitivity:
                                 
    Effect on ING Insurance     Effect on ING Insurance  
            Shareholders’             Shareholders’  
            equity             equity  
    Net profit     2006     Net profit     2005  
Increase of real estate of 10%
    480       490       509       525  
Decrease of real estate of 10%
    (480 )     (490 )     (513 )     (525 )
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in real estate markets as of 31 December 2006.

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The net profit sensitivity reflects the related immediate effect on net profit after tax for the year 2006 if the real estate markets remain 10% higher (or lower) for at least 12 months.
The most significant real estate risk of ING Insurance exists within the ING Real Estate investment portfolio in The Netherlands.
LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity problems arise if an insurance business does not have enough cash or liquid assets to meet its cash obligations. Demands for funds can usually be met through ongoing normal operations, premiums received and the sale of assets or borrowing. Unexpected demands for liquidity may be triggered by a credit rating downgrade, negative publicity, deterioration of the economy, reports of problems of other companies in the same or similar lines of business, significant unanticipated policy claims, or other unexpected cash demands from policyholders.
Liquidity risk decreases as the time frame allowed for generating cash increases. Longer time frames increase the probability of finding a buyer for some of the company’s non-maturing or less liquid assets or securing external financing. Expected liquidity demands within ING Insurance are managed through a combination of treasury, investment and asset-liability management guidelines, which are monitored on an ongoing basis. Unexpected liquidity demands are managed through a combination of product design, diversification limits on liabilities, investment strategy, systematic monitoring and advance contingency planning. CIRM has issued formal guidelines requiring all insurance businesses to regularly assess, monitor and report on their liquidity risk profile. The guidelines require an analysis of liabilities that increase liquidity risk, a review of the investment portfolio to ensure adequate liquidity, and analysis of the expected asset and liability cash flows in regards to the ability of the business to meet cash demands.
Lapses in the course of normal business conditions, including lapses triggered by fundamental market movements are included in the market risk factor sensitivities. ING Group specific liquidity stress scenarios are not reported.
ING GROUP OPERATIONAL INFORMATION AND SECURITY RISK
General
The aim of the Group and local Operational Information and Security Risk Management departments is to support general management of the business lines (first line of defence) which is responsible for managing operational information and security risk (hereafter referred to as operational risk). This is done by raising operational risk awareness and insight, increasing operational risk and loss transparency, improving early warning information and allocating risk ownership and responsibilities. This contributes to more stable business processes and lower operational risk costs. Furthermore, implementing an operational risk management function has led to more effective risk management and has prepared ING for the Basel II regulations, applicable from December 31, 2007, as well as for the future requirements of Solvency II.

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
     
Risk Management Processes   Examples of Risk management Tools
Risk Identification
  Risk and Control Self Assessments
 
  Risk Awareness Programs
 
  Fraud detection
 
   
Risk Measurement
  Incidents Reporting and Analysis
 
  RAROC
 
  Quality of Control Scorecards
 
   
Risk Monitoring
  Operational Risk Committee
 
  Audit Findings Action Tracking
 
  Key Risk Indicator Reporting
 
  Operational Risk Dashboard
 
   
Risk Mitigation
  New Product Approval Process
 
  (Information) Security plans & implementation
 
  Crisis management & Business Continuity Planning
ING is promoting effective management of operational risk (ORM) by requiring business units to demonstrate that the appropriate steps have been taken to control operational risk. ING applies scorecards for this purpose. The purpose of the semi-annual scorecards is to measure the quality of ORM processes within a business. Scoring is based on the ability to demonstrate that the required risk management processes (risk governance, identification, measurement, monitoring and mitigation) are in place with the business units. The scorecards indicate the level of control with the business units. The scoring results in a decrease or increase of the risk capitals, depending on both the maturity of implemented ORM and the control measures taken.
The scorecard consists of five modules that supplement each other:
     
Risk Management Process   Focus
Risk Governance
  Clear allocation of responsibilities
Risk Identification
  Early identification of key risks and mitigation
Risk Measurement
  Risk cost transparency and risk awareness
Risk Monitoring
  Ongoing steering information
Risk Mitigation
  Management responsiveness
The overall scorecard outcome showed good progress in 2006 in all business lines. During 2006, operational, information and security risk as well as compliance requirements were integrated in the scorecard.
Measurement
Operational risk (OR) is expressed as the amount of operational risk capital required for a business line as calculated using the OR capital model. This risk measurement model uses both external and internal loss data (exceeding EUR 1 million) within an actuarial model. The model is adjusted for the scorecard results, taking into account the specific quality of internal control in a business line. This provides an incentive to business unit management to better manage operational risk. The outcome is periodically challenged and benchmarked. The capital calculation model meets industry standards. ING is member of the Operational Risk data exchange Association (ORX), the world’s leading operational risk loss data consortium for the financial services industry. In order to protect ING against financial consequences of uncertain operational events ING has acquired insurance policies issued by third party insurers, with worldwide cover for (Computer) Crime, Professional Liability, Directors & Officers Liability, Employment Practices Liability and Fiduciary Liability. ING retains a portion of these risks that matches industry practice.
Developments in 2006
ORM has piloted the COSO (a control framework on Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in the United States) ERM model in its Intermediaries Division in the Netherlands. Further, ING has now completed the embedding of its product approval process for new and amended products in all business units. Also during 2006, ING reached full coverage of the risk management systems for action tracking, incident management and scorecard evidencing within all ING entities.

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Basel II
ING Bank is preparing for the Basel II implementation through its Basel II group program (including the Basel II project for operational risk). ING Bank is preparing to qualify for the Advanced Measurement Approach (most advanced method) for calculating operational risk capital on a consolidated level and is well positioned to meet the operational risk requirements of Basel II on time.
CORPORATE COMPLIANCE
Financial institutions in general are coming under closer scrutiny by society to ensure they comply with laws, regulations, standards and expectations. Regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinise payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against ING, which could result, amongst other things, in suspension or revocation of ING’s licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm ING’s results of operations and financial condition.
Like many other large international financial institutions, ING engages and in the past has engaged in a limited amount of business with counterparties, including government or government-related counterparties, in countries such as Cuba, Iran and Syria, countries which have been identified as state sponsors of terrorism by the US State Department and subject to sanctions by various government agencies. ING does not believe that its revenues in such countries are or have been material to its overall business. In light of increased scrutiny of transactions involving such countries on the part of US and non-US regulatory authorities, investors and the media, as well as initiatives on the part of various institutions to adopt or enforce laws or regulations prohibiting transactions with or requiring divestment from entities doing business with such countries, ING is continuing to significantly strengthen its compliance function generally as it has done in 2006.
ING Bank N.V. has been in discussions with its Dutch bank regulator De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) related to transactions involving persons in countries subject to sanctions by the EU, the United States and other authorities. These discussions prompted ING Bank N.V. to engage in a review regarding transactions involving sanctioned parties. In connection with this review, which is ongoing, ING Bank N.V. has been reporting to DNB and it is not possible to predict at this time the outcome thereof. ING Bank N.V. is committed to proactively addressing any issues raised by the review.
On July 28, 2006, The Office of Foreign Asset Controls (‘OFAC’) of the U.S. Department of Treasury added the Netherlands Caribbean Bank (‘NCB’), a bank chartered in the Netherlands Antilles that is jointly owned by ING and by two entities that are Cuban nationals, to its list of Specially Designated Nationals as a Cuban national. Such designation prohibits U.S. persons and non-U.S. subsidiaries of U.S. companies from dealing with NCB.
A priority for ING during 2006 has been to increase compliance awareness group-wide and to implement the ING Group Compliance Policy. The implementation of the ING Group Compliance Policy has been a key performance target for all senior managers. Senior management received updates on compliance related issues and on the progress made in implementing the policy. Further embedding the procedures and processes Group-wide has high priority to be completed in 2007.
Another initiative ING undertook during 2006 to increase compliance awareness was the allocation of 130 extra Full Time Equivalents (FTEs) employees to Compliance, increasing the number of dedicated compliance FTEs to around 700. As well Compliance and Operational Risk Management have an established governance structure in which the Audit Committee is informed regularly about any incidents with a major financial and compliance impact. The incident reporting process provides information on financial and compliance incidents on a timely basis. The Executive Board continued to emphasise the importance of compliance in internal conferences and interviews. Additional 2006 compliance initiatives included a mandatory compliance e-learning course for all Netherlands employees, regional compliance conferences and in the United States a Compliance Awareness Week program.

F-133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In 2006, in the context of changing legislation, regulation and regulatory scrutiny, ING revized, amongst other policies its Financial Economic Crime Policy to comply with the third EU Anti-Money Laundering directive and other applicable laws and regulations. As a result of the revision of the Financial Economic Crime policy a review of all customer files to assist ING to prevent its businesses and systems from being used to launder money or finance terrorist activities, is in progress. An additional benefit of reviewing customer files is that increased knowledge of its customers enables ING to provide services that are better tailored to customer needs.
Within the Retail Banking segment compliance related costs were EUR 85 million. In order to comply with legal requirements the Dutch Retail Banking entities alone spent approximately EUR 50 million of the total amount on the identification of (existing) customers, improving the customer identification process and establishing risk profiles of existing and new customers. As well as operational changes training programs were developed and ongoing implementation programs commenced.
Expenses in the Wholesale Banking segment were adversely impacted in 2006 by compliance related costs of EUR 79 million. These expenses are related to investments in and improvements to compliance and customer identification process and systems, including the ongoing review ING has undertaken following the discussions with DNB concerning transactions involving countries subject to sanctions.
2.3 SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
The following financial information presents the balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the profit and loss accounts and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 of (i) ING Groep N.V. (parent company only), (ii) subsidiaries, (iii) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for ING on a consolidated basis and (iv) the total for ING Group. See note 2.4.2 for the consolidated reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP. A further description of the adjustments in the reconciliation from IFRS-EU to US GAAP can be found in note 2.4.1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The principles of valuation and determination of results stated in connection with the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are also applicable to the ING Groep N.V. parent only column. Investments in group companies and investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for by the equity method of accounting.

F-134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.1. CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
ASSETS
                               
Cash and bank balances with central banks
    103       14,326       (103 )     14,326  
Amounts due from banks
            39,868               39,868  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading assets
            193,977               193,977  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            110,547               110,547  
- non-trading derivatives
    28       6,521       (28 )     6,521  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            6,425               6,425  
Investments
                               
- available-for-sale
            293,921               293,921  
- held-to-maturity
            17,660               17,660  
Loans and advances to customers
            474,437               474,437  
Reinsurance contracts
            6,529               6,529  
Investments in associates
    51,304       4,343       (51,304 )     4,343  
Real estate investments
            6,974               6,974  
Property and equipment
            6,031               6,031  
Intangible assets
            3,522               3,522  
Deferred acquisition costs
            10,163               10,163  
Other assets
    70       30,993               31,063  
 
                       
Total assets
    51,505       1,226,237       (51,435 )     1,226,307  
 
                       
 
                               
EQUITY
                               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    38,266       42,607       (42,607 )     38,266  
Minority interest
            2,949               2,949  
 
                       
Total equity
    38,266       45,556       (42,607 )     41,215  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
    215                       215  
Subordinated loans
    7,146               (1,132 )     6,014  
Debt securities in issue
    5,230       72,903               78,133  
Other borrowed funds
    35       37,180       (7,576 )     29,639  
Insurance and investment contracts
            268,683               268,683  
Amounts due to banks
            120,839               120,839  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            496,680               496,680  
Financial liabilities as at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading liabilities
            127,975               127,975  
- non-trading liabilities
    120       4,934       (120 )     4,934  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            13,702               13,702  
Other liabilities
    493       37,785               38,278  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    13,239       1,180,681       (8,828 )     1,185,092  
 
                       
 
                               
Total equity and liabilities
    51,505       1,226,237       (51,435 )     1,226,307  
 
                       

F-135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
ASSETS
                               
Cash and bank balances with central banks
            13,084               13,084  
Amounts due from banks
            47,466               47,466  
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading assets
            149,187               149,187  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            100,961               100,961  
- non-trading derivatives
            7,766               7,766  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            10,230               10,230  
Investments
                               
- available-for-sale
            305,707               305,707  
- held-to-maturity
            18,937               18,937  
Loans and advances to customers
            439,181               439,181  
Reinsurance contracts
            8,285               8,285  
Investments in associates
    49,582       3,622       (49,582 )     3,622  
Real estate investments
            5,031               5,031  
Property and equipment
            5,757               5,757  
Intangible assets
            3,661               3,661  
Deferred acquisition costs
            9,604               9,604  
Other assets
    37       31,114       (991 )     30,160  
 
                       
Total assets
    49,619       1,159,593       (50.573 )     1,158,639  
 
                       
 
                               
EQUITY
                               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    36,736       41,488       (41,488 )     36,736  
Minority interest
            1,689               1,689  
 
                       
Total equity
    36,736       43,177       (41,488 )     38,425  
 
                       
 
                               
LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
    296                       296  
Subordinated loans
    7,355               (1 ,259 )     6,096  
Debt securities in issue
    3,740       77,522               81,262  
Other borrowed funds
            39,087       (6,835 )     32,252  
Insurance and investment contracts
            263,487               263,487  
Amounts due to banks
            122,234               122,234  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            465,712               465,712  
Financial liabilities as at fair value through profit and loss
                               
- trading liabilities
            92,058               92,058  
- non-trading liabilities
    92       6,156               6,248  
- designated as at fair value through profit and loss
            11,562               11,562  
Other liabilities
    1,400       38,598       (991 )     39,007  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    12,883       1,116,416       (9,085 )     1,120,214  
 
                       
 
                               
Total equity and liabilities
    49,619       1,159,593       (50,573 )     1,158,639  
 
                       

F-136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.2. CONSOLIDATING INCOME STATEMENTS
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            59,170               59,170  
Interest expense banking operations
            (49,978 )             (49,978 )
 
                           
Interest result banking operations
            9,192               9,192  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            46,835               46,835  
Investment income
            10,907               10,907  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            1               1  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            6,867               6,867  
Commission expense
            (2,551 )             (2,551 )
 
                           
Commission income
            4,316               4,316  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            89               89  
Net trading income
            1,172               1,172  
Share of profit from associates
    7,704       638       (7,704 )     638  
Other income
    (17 )     488               471  
 
                       
Total income
    7,687       73,638       (7,704 )     73,621  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            53,065               53,065  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (2,702 )             (2,702 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (2,175 )             (2,175 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            48,188               48,188  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            103               103  
Other impairments
            27               27  
Staff expenses
            7,918               7,918  
Other interest expenses
            1,016               1,016  
Operation expenses
            6,429               6,429  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            63,681               63,681  
 
                           
 
                               
Profit before tax
    7,687       9,957       (7,704 )     9,940  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    (5 )     1,912               1,907  
 
                       
Profit before the period (before minority interests)
    7,692       8,045       (7,704 )     8,033  
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            7,692  
Minority interest
                            341  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            8,033  
 
                             

F-137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            48,176               48,176  
Interest expense banking operations
            (39,109 )             (39,109 )
 
                           
Interest result banking operations
            9,067               9,067  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            45,758               45,758  
Investment income
            10,434               10,434  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            390               390  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            5,845               5,845  
Commission expense
            (2,098 )             (2,098 )
 
                           
Commission income
            3,747               3,747  
 
                               
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            47               47  
Net trading income
            426               426  
Share of profit from associates
    7,194       541       (7,194 )     541  
Other income
    23       687               710  
 
                       
Total income
    7,217       71,097       (7,194 )     71,120  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            54,594               54,594  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (5,074 )             (5,074 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (2,400 )             (2,400 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            47,120               47,120  
Additions to loan loss provision
            88               88  
Other impairments
            76               76  
Staff expenses
            7,646               7,646  
Other interest expenses
            969               969  
Operation expenses
            6,327               6,327  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            62.226               62.226  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                       
Profit before tax
    7,217       8,871       (7,194 )     8,894  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    7       1,372               1,379  
 
                       
Profit before the period (before minority interests)
    7,210       7,499       (7,194 )     7,515  
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            7,210  
Minority interest
                            305  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            7,515  
 
                             

F-138


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            25,448               25,448  
Interest expense banking operations
            (16,707 )             (16,707 )
 
                           
Interest result banking operations
            8,741               8,741  
 
                               
Gross premium income
            43,617               43,617  
Investment income
            10,054               10,054  
Net gains/losses on disposals of group companies
            337               337  
 
                               
Gross commission income
            5,659               5,659  
Commission expense
            (1,880 )             (1,880 )
 
                           
Commission income
            3,779               3,779  
 
                               
Net trading income
            888               888  
Share of profit from associates
    5,765       229       (5,765 )     229  
Other income
    (15 )     541               526  
 
                       
Total income
    5,750       68,186       (5,765 )     68,171  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Gross underwriting expenditure
            48,925               48,925  
Investment income for risk of policyholders
            (2,309 )             (2,309 )
Reinsurance recoveries
            (1,232 )             (1,232 )
 
                           
Underwriting expenditure
            45,384               45,384  
Additions to loan loss provision
            465               465  
Other impairments
            22               22  
Staff expenses
            7,667               7,667  
Other interest expenses
            1,019               1,019  
Operation expenses
            5,874               5,874  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            60,431               60,431  
 
                           
 
                               
Profit before tax
    5,750       7,755       (5,765 )     7,740  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    (5 )     1,714               1,709  
 
                       
Profit before the period (before minority interests)
    5,755       6,041       (5,765 )     6,031  
 
                       
 
                               
Attributable:
                               
Shareholders of the parent
                            5,755  
Minority interest
                            276  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            6,031  
 
                             

F-139


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.3. CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended December 31, 2006
                                 
    ING Groep NV     Consolidating     ING Group  
    parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
Profit before tax
    7,687       9,957       (7,704 )     9,940  
Adjusted for
                               
- depreciation
            1,298               1,298  
- amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,317 )             (1,317 )
- increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            17,689               17,689  
- additions to the provision for loan losses
            103               103  
- other
    (8,148 )     (3,761 )     7,131       (4,778 )
Taxation paid
    48       (1,787 )             (1,739 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
- amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            3,117               3,117  
- trading assets
            (48,168 )             (48,168 )
- non-trading derivatives
            (179 )             (179 )
- other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            3,930               3,930  
- loans and advances to customers
    (1,142 )     (59,292 )     634       (59,800 )
- other assets
    41       1,292       (115 )     1,218  
- amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            1,925               1,925  
- customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            47,521               47,521  
- trading liabilities
            38,821               38,821  
- other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            2,405               2,405  
- other liabilities
    592       (2,801 )     (27 )     (2,236 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (922 )     10,753       (81 )     9,750  
Investments and advances
                               
- group companies
    607       (2,965 )             (2,358 )
- associates
            (449 )             (449 )
- available-for-sale investments
            (295,086 )             (295,086 )
- real estate investments
            (1,588 )             (1,588 )
- property and equipment
            (568 )             (568 )
- assets subject to operating leases
            (1,164 )             (1,164 )
- investments for risk of policyholders
            (44,116 )             (44,116 )
- other investments
            (250 )             (250 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
- group companies
            490               490  
- associates
            459               459  
- available-for-sale investments
            271,983               271,983  
- held-to-maturity investments
            1,343               1,343  
- real estate investments
            1,294               1,294  
- property and equipment
            292               292  
- assets subject to operating leases
            402               402  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            37,945               37,945  
- other investments
            51               51  
 
                         
Net cash flow from investing activities
    607       (31,927 )             (31,320 )

F-140


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    865       7,226       (7,226 )     865  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (600 )     (5,075 )     5,075       (600 )
Borrowed funds and debt securities
    532       17,757       2,211       20,500  
Deposits by reinsurers
            (180 )             (180 )
Issuance of ordinary shares
    5                       5  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (1,399 )     (23 )             (1,422 )
Sales of treasury shares
    241       132               373  
Dividends paid
    769       (3,485 )             (2,716 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    413       16,352       60       16,825  
 
                               
 
                       
Net cash flow
    98       (4,822 )     (21 )     (4,745 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    5       3,811       (481 )     3,335  
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            (322 )     (63 )     (385 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    103       (1,333 )     (565 )     (1,795 )
 
                       

F-141


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    Parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     Consolidated  
Profit before tax
    7,217       8,871       (7,194 )     8,894  
Adjusted for
                               
- depreciation
            1,278               1,278  
- amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,141 )             (1,141 )
- increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            21,250               21,250  
- additions to the provision for loan losses
            88               88  
- other
    (6,303 )     (3,510 )     8,531       (1,282 )
Taxation paid
            (1,398 )             (1,398 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
- amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            (720 )             (720 )
- trading assets
            (29,925 )             (29,925 )
- non-trading derivatives
            2,596               2,596  
- other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            (2,193 )             (2,193 )
- loans and advances to customers
    (1,183 )     (60,388 )     (1,138 )     (62,709 )
- other assets
    (170 )     (7,231 )     (150 )     (7,551 )
- amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            19,405               19,405  
- customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            60,418       1,671       62,089  
- trading liabilities
            13,442               13,442  
- other financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss
            8,398               8,398  
- other liabilities
    234       5,936       (2,695 )     3,475  
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (205 )     35,176       (975 )     33,996  
 
                               
Investments and advances
                               
- group companies
    (77 )     (250 )     77       (250 )
- associates
            (858 )             (858 )
- available-for-sale investments
            (260,769 )             (260,769 )
- held-to-maturity investments
            (1,030 )             (1,030 )
- real estate investments
            (1,156 )             (1,156 )
- property and equipment
            (540 )             (540 )
- assets subject to operating leases
            (991 )             (991 )
- investments for risk of policyholders
            (41,781 )             (41,781 )
- other investments
            (164 )             (164 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
- group companies
            703               703  
- associates
            1,058               1,058  
- available-for-sale investments
            218,847               218,847  
- held-to-maturity investments
            245               245  
- real estate investments
            1,030               1,030  
- property and equipment
            483               483  
- assets subject to operating leases
            391               391  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            34,464               34,464  
- other investments
            13               13  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    (77 )     (50,305 )     77       (50,305 )

F-142


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    Parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     Consolidated  
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,901                       1,901  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (177 )                     (177 )
Borrowed funds and debt securities
    (1 ,038 )     7,730       1,150       7,842  
Deposits by reinsurers
            93               93  
Issuance of ordinary shares
    9       105               114  
Payments to acquire treasury shares
    (303 )                     (303 )
Sales of treasury shares
    55                       55  
Dividends paid
    (165 )     (2,296 )             (2,461 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    282       5,632       1,150       7,064  
 
                               
 
                       
Net cash flow
            (9,497 )     252       (9,245 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    5       12,329       (746 )     11,588  
Implementation IAS 32/39
            692               692  
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            300               300  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    5       3,824       (494 )     3,335  
 
                       

F-143


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consolidating     ING Group  
    Parent company     Subsidiaries     entries     consolidated  
Profit before tax
    5,750       7,755       (5,765 )     7,740  
Adjusted for
                               
- depreciation
            563               563  
- amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (858 )             (858 )
- increase in provision for insurance and investment contracts
            13,244               13,244  
- additions to the provision for loan losses
            465               465  
- other
    (5,937 )     4,382       6,022       4,467  
Taxation paid
            (1,163 )             (1,163 )
 
                               
Changes in
                               
- amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            (1,206 )             (1,206 )
- trading assets
            (4,417 )             (4,417 )
- other financial assets as at fair value through profit and loss
            (14 )             (14 )
- loans and advances to customers
    (2,885 )     (36,556 )     4,704       (34,737 )
- other assets
    (59 )     644       (249 )     336  
- amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            21,986               21,986  
- customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            65,069       (514 )     64,555  
- other liabilities
    (51 )     3,943       249       4,141  
 
                       
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (3,182 )     73,837       4,447       75,102  
 
                               
Investments and advances
                               
- group companies
    (152 )     (2,491 )             (2,643 )
- available-for-sale investments
            (262,293 )             (262,293 )
- real estate investments
            (1,169 )             (1,169 )
- property and equipment
            (380 )             (380 )
- assets subject to operating leases
            (950 )             (950 )
- investments for risk of policyholders
            (34,467 )             (34,467 )
- other investments
            (103 )             (103 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
- group companies
    2,303       1,511       (2,294 )     1,520  
- available-for-sale investments
            197,070               197,070  
- real estate investments
            1,123               1,123  
- property and equipment
            192               192  
- assets subject to operating leases
            388               388  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            29,382               29,382  
- other investments
            65               65  
 
                       
Net cash flow from investing activities
    2,151       (72,122 )     (2,294 )     (72,265 )
 
                               
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,000                       1,000  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (410 )                     (410 )
Borrowed funds and debt securities
    (573 )     3,211       (2,612 )     26  
Deposits by reinsurers
            309               309  
Issuance of ordinary shares
    449       588               1,037  
Dividends paid
    565       (1,448 )             (883 )
 
                       
Net cash flow from financing activities
    1,031       2,660       (2,612 )     1,079  
 
                               
 
                         
Net cash flow
            4,375       (459 )     3,916  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    5       7,985       (275 )     7,715  
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            (43 )             (43 )
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    5       12,317       (734 )     11,588  
 
                       

F-144


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.4. NOTES TO THE SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
ASSETS
INVESTMENT IN WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES
                                 
    Owner-     Balance sheet     Owner-     Balance sheet  
    ship (%)     value 2006     ship (%)     value 2005  
Name of investee:
                               
ING Bank N.V.
    100       20,868       100       20,490  
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    100       21,902       100       20,607  
Other
            (163 )             391  
 
                           
 
            42,607               41,488  
 
                           
Movement in investment in wholly owned subsidiaries:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    41,488       28,062  
Change in accounting principles
            4,510  
Repayments to group companies
    24          
Disposal of group companies
    (587 )        
Revaluations
    (2,994 )     4,205  
Result of the group companies
    7,704       7,194  
Dividend
    (3,450 )     (2,296 )
 
           
 
    42,185       41,675  
 
           
 
               
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    422       (187 )
 
           
Closing balance
    42,607       41,488  
 
           
 
               
Receivables from group companies
    8,697       8,094  
 
           
Total
    51,304       49,582  
 
           
SUBORDINATED LOANS
See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
                                                 
                    Notional amount in     Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   Year of issue     Due date   original currency     2006     2005  
5.140%
    2006     Unlimited   GBP     600       885          
5.775%
    2005     Unlimited   USD     1,000       752       837  
6.125%
    2005     Unlimited   USD     700       515       574  
4.176%
    2005     Unlimited   EUR     500       497       496  
Variable
    2004     Unlimited   EUR     1,000       926       934  
6.200%
    2003     Unlimited   USD     500       368       410  
Variable
    2003     Unlimited   EUR     750       669       691  
7.200%
    2002     Unlimited   USD     1,100       811       904  
7.050%
    2002     Unlimited   USD     800       591       659  
6.500%
    2001     Unlimited   EUR     600               589  
8.439%
    2000     December 30, 2030   USD     1,500       1,132       1,261  
 
                                           
 
                                    7,146       7,355  
 
                                           

F-145


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EUR 5,506 million (2005: EUR 5,563 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
EUR 1,640 million (2005: EUR 1,792 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V., which may be renewable at their due dates at the then prevailing market rates, are included in subordinated loans.
DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
                                 
                    Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   Year of issue     Due date   2006     2005  
Variable
    2006     June 28, 2011     746          
Variable
    2006     April 11, 2016     995          
4.125%
    2006     April 11, 2017     746          
5.000%
    2001     May 3, 2006             999  
6.125%
    2000     January 4, 2011     997       996  
6.000%
    2000     August 1, 2007     750       750  
5.500%
    1999     September 14, 2009     996       995  
 
                           
 
                    5,230       3,740  
 
                           
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2006 was 29,288 with a balance sheet value of EUR 29 million (2005: 2,519 with a balance sheet value of EUR 3 million).
Amounts owed to group companies by remaining term:
                 
    2006     2005  
- up to one year
    33       956  
- one year to five years
    2       35  
 
           
- over 5 years
    35       991  
 
           
2.4. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT ON THE BASIS OF US GAAP
All references to IFRS-EU in this section refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS as adopted by the EU.
The consolidated financial statements of ING Group are presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS-EU differs in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (‘US GAAP’). The following information includes a summary of the significant differences between the two frameworks and additional disclosures required under US GAAP.
2.4.1 VALUATION AND INCOME RECOGNITION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND US GAAP
ING Group adopted IFRS-EU as of 2005. The 2004 comparatives have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not restated the 2004 comparatives for the impact of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4. Accordingly, comparative information with respect to financial instruments and insurance contracts is prepared under ING Group’s previous accounting policies.

F-146


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As a result, in the table provided on page F-152 the 2006 and 2005 columns reconcile IFRS-EU (including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4) to US GAAP. The 2004 columns reconcile IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 to US GAAP. The application of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 results in certain cases in different reconciling items between IFRS-EU and US GAAP as compared to 2004. The notes to differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP discussed below refer to IFRS-EU adopted as of 2005, unless specifically stated that the difference refers to 2004.
An explanation of differences between IFRS-EU (applied 2005) and IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 (applied in 2004) is provided in section ‘Changes in accounting policies’ on page F-25.
Goodwill
Under IFRS-EU, goodwill is capitalized on acquisitions after January 1, 2004; goodwill on acquisitions prior to January 1, 2004 was charged directly to equity. Under US GAAP, goodwill is capitalized on all acquisitions. When a reporting unit or a business is to be disposed of, goodwill associated with that reporting unit or business is included in the carrying amount of the reporting unit or business in determining the gain or loss on disposal. The transition difference as at January 1, 2004 may therefore result in differences in results on disposal in subsequent periods. In addition, the transition difference may result in differences in impairments in future years. The amount of transition difference changes due to foreign currency translation effect.
The timing of the recognition of certain aspects of goodwill may be different under IFRS-EU and US GAAP since IFRS-EU requires that contingent consideration be recorded at the date of acquisition, with subsequent adjustments to contingent consideration reflected in goodwill. Under US GAAP, contingent consideration is only recorded when the contingency is resolved and the consideration is issued or becomes issuable.
This item includes intangible assets and related amortization related to acquisitions before January 1, 2004, which under IFRS-EU were charged directly to equity as part of goodwill.
Real estate
Investment property
Under IFRS-EU, investment property is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account. No depreciation is recorded. Under US GAAP, investment property is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account.
Property in own use
Under IFRS-EU, property in own use is measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in equity. Negative revaluation reserves on a property-by-property basis are charged to the profit and loss account. Subsequent recoveries are recognized as income up to the original cost. Depreciation over the fair value is charged to the profit and loss account. On disposal any revaluation reserve remains in equity and any difference between the carrying amount of the property and the sales price is reported in the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, property in own use is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation over the cost basis is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account. Impairments are an adjustment to the cost basis and are not reversed on subsequent recovery.
Sale and leaseback
Under IFRS-EU the gains and losses arising from a sale and operating leaseback transaction are recognized immediately, provided the transaction has been concluded at fair value. Under US GAAP, gains on a sale and operating leaseback transaction are generally amortized over the future period of the lease.
Debt securities
Held to maturity investments
Under IFRS-EU, assets designated as held-to-maturity at the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2005) were recorded at the amortized cost value as at that date. Under US GAAP, these assets were transferred to held-to-maturity from available-for-sale at the January 1, 2005 fair value. The difference between fair value and amortized cost at January 1, 2005 is amortized over the remaining life. For assets designated as held-to-maturity after January 1, 2005 there is no difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP.

F-147


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Effective interest on prepayment sensitive assets
Under IFRS-EU, in applying the effective yield method to determine amortized cost of prepayment sensitive assets, the original effective yield is maintained and any recognized adjustment, based on changes in future cash flow estimates, is made to the carrying amount of the asset (cumulative catch-up method). Under US GAAP, for investments in highly-leveraged beneficial interests, the prospective method is used to calculate a new yield. The prospective method discounts projected cashflows to the current carrying amount and utilizes the new yield in future periods. For other prepayment sensitive assets the new yield is calculated using the retrospective method. Under the retrospective method, actual plus projected cashflows are discounted to the original purchase price and the new yield is used to calculate a revized current carrying amount of the asset, with any difference recorded in current period earnings.
Foreign currency translation
Under IFRS-EU, foreign currency translation results on translating the amortized cost of available-for-sale debt securities is included in the profit and loss account. The difference between fair value and amortized cost as translated into the functional currency is included in the revaluation reserve in equity. Under US GAAP all foreign currency translation results on available-for-sale debt securities are recognized in shareholders’ equity as part of the fair value adjustment (revaluation reserve).
Impairments
Under IFRS-EU interest related unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities, which are fully related to fluctuations in risk free market interest rates, do not result in an impairment loss. Under US GAAP, interest related impairment losses are recognized based on certain factors including the intent and ability to hold the security to recovery.
Reversals of impairments
Under IFRS-EU, prior impairments on debt securities may be reversed if there is an increase in fair value that can be objectively related to a new event. Under US GAAP, impairments on debt securities are not reversed.
Debt securities (2004)
Valuation of fixed-interest securities
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), investments in fixed-interest securities are carried at redemption value. Differences between redemption value and cost are amortized to the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the investments concerned. Under US GAAP, securities which are available for sale are stated at fair value. Unrealized movements in the fair value are recognized in shareholders’ equity. Realized results on disposal are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
Realized gains/losses on disposal of investments in fixed-interest securities
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), the result on disposal of investments in fixed-interest securities, i.e. the difference between the proceeds from sale and the book value, is treated as a yield difference. These yield differences are taken to the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the investment portfolio. Under US GAAP, the result on disposal is immediately recognized in the profit and loss account.
Valuation of equity securities (2004)
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004) and US GAAP, unrealized losses on equity securities are recorded in the revaluation reserve, unless the securities are considered to be impaired. Impairments are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of impairment involves various assumptions and factors, including the period of time and the extent to which the unrealized loss has existed and general market conditions, but is primarily based on the financial condition of the issuer in the long-term; ING has the intention and ability to hold securities with unrealized losses to full recovery. Under US GAAP, unrealized losses that are considered ‘other than temporary’ are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of ‘other than temporary’ is primarily based on the duration and extent to which the market value has been below cost.
Derivatives and hedge accounting
Under IFRS-EU, hedge accounting is applied where possible. Accordingly, under IFRS-EU gains and losses on derivatives are deferred in equity when hedging relationships are designated as cash flow hedges. Adjustments are made to hedged items when hedging relationships are designated as fair value hedges.

F-148


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Under US GAAP, the Group has opted to not apply hedge accounting subject to items specifically designated as a hedge under US GAAP (including certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations). Accordingly, under US GAAP all derivatives other than those designated as hedges are marked-to-market through the income statement and no adjustments to hedged items are recognized.
Derivatives and hedge accounting (2004)
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swap contracts, used to manage interest rate risk are accounted for as off-balance sheet transactions. The related interest income and expense is accounted for on a basis in conformity with the hedged position, primarily on an accrual basis. Transactions qualify as hedges if these transactions are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the position being hedged. Under US GAAP, derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income unless specified criteria are met to obtain hedge accounting treatment. Under US GAAP, the Group has opted to not applying hedge accounting subject to items specifically designated as a hedge under US GAAP (including certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations). Accordingly, under US GAAP all derivatives other than those designated as hedges are marked-to-market through the income statement and no adjustments to hedged items are recognized.
Fair value option
Under IFRS-EU, certain financial instruments are designated as ‘at fair value through profit and loss’. For US GAAP, these financial instruments are reported as either available-for-sale instruments with movements in fair value recognized in shareholders’ equity or as loans and receivables which are carried at amortized cost.
Deferred acquisition costs
Under IFRS-EU, acquisition costs of certain life insurance business involving the receipt of regular premiums are recognized and amortized to the profit and loss account in proportion to future premiums. Under US GAAP, deferred acquisition costs of traditional insurance contracts are likewise amortized in proportion to future premiums. For universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and for participating individual life insurance contracts, deferred acquisition costs are amortized at a constant rate based on the present value of the estimated gross profit margins expected to be realized over the life of the book of contracts. Changes in estimated gross profits result in a retroactive adjustment recorded in the period the estimate of future gross profits change. Both under IFRS-EU and US GAAP deferred acquisition costs are adjusted, where applicable, (through equity) to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities had been realized. However, the amounts may be different due to differences in underlying accounting principles.
Provision for insurance liabilities
Under IFRS-EU the provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, having regard to the conditions of current insurance contracts. Under IFRS-EU specific methodologies may differ between business units as they may reflect local regulatory requirements and local practices. The differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP relate mainly to reserve adequacy and the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on the investments.
Reserve adequacy
Adequacy testing of the provisions for life policy liabilities, net of unamortized policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired, is performed similarly under both IFRS-EU and US GAAP. A reserve inadequacy (under US GAAP: a ‘premium deficiency’) exists if the life policy liabilities plus the present value of expected future gross premiums are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses and to recover any unamortized policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired. Reserve strengthening is recognized as an additional provision for insurance liabilities under IFRS-EU. Premium deficiencies are recognized under US GAAP as a reduction of the unamortized value of business acquired or deferred acquisition costs, as applicable, and then as an increase in the provision for life policy liabilities. Based on the differences in the life policy liabilities under IFRS-EU and US GAAP and the different confidence levels used in testing reserve adequacy, a premium deficiency may be recognized differently under US GAAP.

F-149


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Furthermore, a shadow premium deficiency may arise under US GAAP when unrealized investment gains related to available-for-sale securities are included in the US GAAP adequacy testing as if the gains had been realized. This approach results in an adjustment to equity for any shadow premium deficiency calculated and an adjustment to the current year’s value of business acquired, deferred acquisition costs, or provision for life policy liabilities as above. This adjustment is recorded under US GAAP but is not recorded for IFRS-EU purposes.
Treatment of initial expenses and assumptions with regard to yield on investments
Several differences exist between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on investments. The most significant are as follows:
-   some business units use a statutory interest rate in calculating the insurance provision under IFRS-EU, whereas under US GAAP a best estimate investment yield less a provision for adverse deviation is used; and
-   some business units defer a lower or higher amount of initial expenses to future periods under IFRS-EU compared to US GAAP; which also produces a partially offsetting reconciling item for DAC.
Deferred profit sharing
Under IFRS-EU, a deferred policyholder profit sharing liability is established for the realized and unrealized investment results allocated to insurance contracts with discretionary participation or with a legal/constructive obligation to share investment results with policyholders. Under US GAAP, such deferred liability is only recognized for legal obligations.
Employee benefits (2006)
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses
Under IFRS-EU, all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to equity at January 1, 2004. Under US GAAP, no reset of actuarial gains and losses was applied at January 1, 2004. However, as from December 31, 2006 all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses have been recognized on the balance sheet as explained below.
Funded status
Under US GAAP, the funded status of defined pension plans is fully recognized in the balance sheet. That amount is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation. Actuarial gains and losses and prior service cost or credits that have not yet been recognized through earnings as net periodic pension cost are recognized in shareholders’ equity until they are amortized. IFRS-EU does not require that all gains or losses are recognized in the balance sheet.
Employee benefits (2004 and 2005)
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses
Under IFRS-EU, all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to equity at January 1, 2004. Under US GAAP, no reset of actuarial gains and losses was applied at January 1, 2004.
Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of the plan assets
Under US GAAP, an additional liability is recognized immediately in a situation where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets and that exceeds the amount of the recorded unfunded accrued pension cost. The accumulated benefit obligation differs from the projected benefit obligation in that it does not take into account future salary increases. Under IFRS-EU, such additional liability is not recognized.
Equity instruments
Under IFRS-EU, instruments with the legal form of equity but with fixed or determinable repayments or dividends are classified as ‘liabilities’. Under US GAAP, these instruments are classified as ‘equity’.
Provision for restructuring
Under IFRS-EU, certain restructuring costs relating to employee terminations are recognized when a restructuring plan has been announced. Under US GAAP, liabilities related to termination benefits are

F-150


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
recognized when incurred. Employee termination costs are generally considered to be incurred when certain criteria have been met and the plan has been communicated to employees (communication date). Liabilities are recognized on the communication date unless further service (beyond a minimum retention period) is required from the employee in which case costs are recognized as benefits are earned.
Associates and other equity investments
Differences arise between US GAAP and IFRS-EU for associates for which equity accounting is applied due to underlying differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the associates’ equity and profit and loss. These mainly relate to underlying differences in the accounting treatment for real estate.
Associates and other equity investments (2004)
Differences arise between US GAAP and IFRS-EU for associates for which equity accounting is applied due to underlying differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the associates’ equity and profit and loss. These mainly relate to underlying differences in the accounting treatment for real estate.
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), equity participations are carried at either the lower of cost or market value or at net asset value. Dividends received and realized gains and losses on the sale of these shareholdings are charged to the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, these shareholdings are accounted for at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in shareholders’ equity, or, in cases where significant influence can be exercized by ING, by the equity method.
The criteria for the recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain equity investments are more stringent under US GAAP. As a result, profit on sale is not always recognized in the same accounting period.
Loan loss provisioning
Under IFRS-EU, loan loss provisions are determined under a revized methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis. Accordingly, the alignment of US GAAP reporting with the change in estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005 has resulted in a release of EUR 623 million (before tax) of the provision through the 2005 US GAAP profit.
Taxation
The impact of changes in tax rates result from fluctuations in certain tax jurisdictions’ tax rates, as well as from changes in organizational structure, which result in changes in tax regimes with different tax rates. Under IFRS-EU, the impact of changes in tax rates which are applied to temporary differences which were initially established through the revaluation reserve are also reflected through the revaluation reserve. Under US GAAP, the effect of changes in tax rates is reported in net income.
A tax difference arises between IFRS-EU and US GAAP from the tax effect of the IFRS-EU and US GAAP reconciling adjustments.
Other
Other includes the effect of certain other differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP, which both individually and in aggregate have no significant effect on shareholders’ equity and net profit for the period.

F-151


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.2 RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT TO US GAAP
Amounts in accordance with IFRS-EU
                                         
    Shareholders’ equity     Net profit  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     20041)  
Group equity / Profit for the period
    41,215       38,425       8,033       7,515       6,031  
Third-party interests
    (2,949 )     (1,689 )     (341 )     (305 )     (276 )
 
                             
Equity/Net profit attributable to equityholders of the Company
    38,266       36,736       7,692       7,210       5,755  
 
                                       
Adjustments in respect of Goodwill
    3,641       3,837       (62 )     (445 )     (189 )
Real estate
    (2,004 )     (1,899 )     (12 )     (76 )     316  
Debt securities
    328       397       208       (405 )     206  
Valuation of equity securities
                                    148  
Derivatives and hedge accounting
    237       590       (1,074 )     794       425  
Fair value option
    107       155       (37 )     29          
Deferred acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    272       (687 )     454       (329 )     (79 )
Provision for insurance liabilities
    81       277       (161 )     151       282  
Deferred profit sharing
    1,427       2,691       (29 )     11          
Employee benefits
    1,711       593       (153 )     (120 )     (64 )
Equity instruments
    215       296       9       14          
Provision for restructuring
    93       119       (19 )     60       60  
Associates and other equity investments
    (1,717 )     (1,115 )     (447 )     (424 )     5  
Loan loss provisioning
                            623          
Other
    (6 )             7       (28 )     1  
 
                             
Subtotal
    4,385       5,254       (1,316 )     (145 )     1,111  
 
                                       
Tax effect of the adjustments
    434       493       (464 )     188       204  
Third-party interests in adjustments (after tax)
    233       122       (13 )     99       26  
 
                             
Total adjustments after tax
    4,184       4,883       (865 )     (234 )     933  
 
                                       
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)
    42,450       41,619       6,827       6,976       6,688  
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles2)
    (1,803 )                             (91 )
 
                             
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP
    40,647       41,619       6,827       6,976       6,597  
 
                             
 
1)   In the table provided above the 2006 and 2005 columns reconcile IFRS-EU (including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4) to US GAAP. The 2004 column reconciles IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 to US GAAP. The application of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 results in certain cases in different reconciling items between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in 2005 and 2006 as compared to 2004. See also note 2.4.1.
 
2)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2006 is EUR 1,803 million (after tax) as explained in note 2.4.8.(e). The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million (after tax) as explained in note 2.4.8.(g).

F-152


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.3 NET PROFIT PER SHARE
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Net profit determined in accordance with IFRS-EU
    7,692       7,210       5,755  
Reconciling adjustments to net profit US GAAP
    (865 )     (234 )     842  
 
                 
Net profit/(loss) determined in accordance with US GAAP
    6,827       6,976       6,597  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    2,155.0       2,169.5       2,125.3  
 
                       
Basic earnings/(loss) per share:
                       
IFRS-EU
    3.57       3.32       2.71  
US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)1)
    3.17       3.21       3.14  
US GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles)1)
    3.17       3.21       3.10  
 
                       
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share:
                       
IFRS-EU
    3.53       3.32       2.71  
US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)1)
    3.14       3.21       3.14  
US GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles)1)
    3.14       3.21       3.10  
 
1)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million (after tax) as explained in note 2.4.8.(g).
2.4.4 PRESENTATION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND US GAAP
In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles, other differences, essentially related to presentation, exist between IFRS-EU and US GAAP. Although these differences do not cause differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP reported net profit and/or shareholders’ equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the financial statements presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. The following is a summary of significant classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.
a.   Certain financial assets and liabilities are designated as assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. Under US GAAP, the assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss designation do not exist and accordingly those assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss under IFRS-EU are classified based on their underlying characteristics.
 
b.   Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares (whether or not in conjunction with common shares) to banks are presented as Amounts due to Banks. Under US GAAP, such funds are presented as minority interest as the legal definition of equity is met.
 
c.   Premium income of the non-life operations is presented on a written basis, with the change in unearned premiums reported as an underwriting expenditure. Under US GAAP, non-life premium income is presented on an as earned basis.
 
d.   Premiums collected on universal-life type contracts and insurance contracts that are not classified as investment contracts under IFRS-EU are reported as premium income and the allocation of these premiums to the provision for life policy benefits as an underwriting expense. Under US GAAP, premiums collected on these types of products are not reported as revenue in the profit and loss accounts; revenues from these products are the amounts assessed against policyholders and are reported in the period that the amounts are assessed unless evidence indicates that the amounts are designed to compensate for services provided over more than one period.
 
e.   Death and surrender benefits paid on universal-life type contracts and the corresponding release of the provision for life policy benefits are reported separately as underwriting expenses in the profit and loss accounts. Under US GAAP, these items are not reported separately; the amount of expense reported for these products is the amounts paid in excess of the related release of the provision for life policy benefits.
 
f.   Special Purpose Entities (SPEs) are consolidated when it is determined that an entity is controlled by ING Group. Determination of whether ING controls an SPE depends on substance and is based on a consideration of such factors as voting interests, risks and rewards and benefits and the sponsor of the SPE. Under US GAAP, the approach to identifying whether an entity should consolidate a special

F-153


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
    purpose entity is different and is focused on which party, if any, holds interests that expose that party to a majority of the potential variability in expected losses or expected residual returns.
 
g.   Investments for the risk of policyholders, interest in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Investments. Under US GAAP, investments for the risk of policyholders that meets the definition of separate accounts and the corresponding liabilities are reported as such. Interests in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Other assets.
 
h.   Short-term and long-term borrowings are included in the following captions: funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and other liabilities. Under US GAAP, short-term borrowings are presented separately from long-term borrowings.
2.4.5 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP
The following is a condensed consolidated balance sheet of ING Group under US GAAP and IFRS-EU, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income recognition differences as discussed in note 2.4.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.4.4.
                                 
    2006     2006     2005     2005  
    US GAAP     IFRS-EU     US GAAP     IFRS-EU  
Assets
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    14,326       14,326       13,084       13,084  
Amounts due from banks
    39,868       39,868       47,466       47,466  
Trading account assets
    193,977       193,977       149,187       149,187  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    44,248       110,547       40,174       100,961  
Separate accounts assets
    66,299               60,787          
Total investments
    311,909       311,581       325,041       324,644  
Loans and advances to customers
    474,472       474,437       439,181       439,181  
Reinsurance contracts
    6,529       6,529       8,285       8,285  
Goodwill
    4,146       504       4,099       262  
Deferred policy acquisition costs
    13,076       12,804       11,903       12,590  
Property and equipment
    11,001       13,005       8,889       10,788  
Participating interests
    2,529       4,343       2,438       3,622  
Other assets/receivables
    46,053       44,386       48,793       48,569  
 
                       
Total assets
    1,228,433       1,226,307       1,159,327       1,158,639  
 
                       
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long term debt
    63,038               56,018          
Long-term borrowings, excluding current maturities
    50,745               63,003          
Deposits
    496,680       496,680       465,712       465,712  
Future policy benefits, claims reserves, other policyholder funds and unearned premiums
    200,876       268,683       199,732       263,487  
Amounts due to Banks
    120,839       120,839       120,627       122,234  
Trading account liabilities
    127,975       127,975       92,058       92,058  
Separate accounts liabilities
    66,299               60,787          
Other liabilities
    57,401       170,915       56,597       176,723  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    1,183,853       1,185,092       1,114,534       1,120,214  
 
                       
 
                               
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    40,647       38,266       41,619       36,736  
Minority interests
    3,933       2,949       3,174       1,689  
 
                       
Group equity
    44,580       41,215       44,793       38,425  
 
                       
 
                               
Total equity and liabilities
    1,228,433       1,226,307       1,159,327       1,158,639  
 
                       

F-154


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.6 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP
The following is a condensed consolidated income statement of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income recognition differences as discussed in note 2.4.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.4.4.
                                                 
    2006     2006     2005     2005     20041)     2004  
    US GAAP     IFRS-EU     US GAAP     IFRS-EU     US GAAP     IFRS-EU  
Income
                                               
Premium income2)
    22,145       46,835       22,670       45,758       24,090       43,617  
Investment income
    10,787       10,907       10,311       10,434       10,724       10,054  
Interest result banking operations
    9,192       9,192       9,067       9,067       8,741       8,741  
Commission income
    4,316       4,316       3,747       3,747       3,779       3,779  
Other income
    1,148       2,371       2,144       2,114       2,411       1,980  
 
                                   
Total income
    47,588       73,621       47,939       71,120       49,745       68,171  
 
                                               
Expenses
                                               
Underwriting expenditure2)
    23,234       48,188       24,199       47,120       25,654       45,384  
Other interest expenses
    1,016       1,016       969       969       1,019       1,019  
Operating expenses
    14,522       14,347       14,036       13,973       13,552       13,541  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    192       130       (14 )     164       676       487  
 
                                   
Total expenditure
    38,964       63,681       39,190       62,226       40,901       60,431  
 
 
                                   
Profit before tax
    8,624       9,940       8,749       8,894       8,844       7,740  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Taxation
    1,443       1,907       1,567       1,379       1,910       1,709  
Third-party interest
    354       341       206       305       246       276  
 
                                   
Net profit (excluding effect of changes in accounting principles)
    6,827       7,692       6,976       7,210       6,688       5,755  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
                                    (91 )        
 
                                   
Net profit (including effect of changes in accounting principles)
    6,827       7,692       6,976       7,210       6,597       5,755  
 
                                   
 
1)   Certain reclassifications to the 2004 US GAAP presentation are made to conform with the 2005 presentation.
 
2)   The main difference between IFRS-EU and the US GAAP in Premium income and Underwriting expenditure relates to universal-life type contracts as explained under 2.4.4.d and 2.4.4.e.
2.4.7 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Recently adopted accounting pronouncements
FAS 158
In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 158, ‘Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132R’ (‘FAS 158’). FAS 158 requires an employer to recognize in the statement of financial position, an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status; measure a plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the fiscal year; and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur, reporting such changes in comprehensive income. Recognition and disclosure requirements are effective for ING Group as of December 31, 2006. Upon adoption of FAS 158, ING Group was required to recognize the

F-155


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
funded status of EUR 1,882 million as a net pension liability and an additional charge of EUR 2,389 million (before tax) to shareholders’ equity on a US GAAP basis. The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the year-end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. ING Group already measures plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the year-end statement of financial position (December 31).
FAS 154
Effective January 1, 2006, ING Group adopted Financial Accounting Standard FAS No. 154, ‘Accounting Changes and Error Corrections’ (‘FAS 154’). This statement is a result of a broader effort by the FASB to converge standards with the International Accounting Standards Board. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principles. The adoption of SFAS 154 did not have a material impact on ING Group’s US GAAP shareholders’ equity and net profit.
EITF 04-05
In June 2005, the Emerging Issues Task Force (‘EITF’) reached a final consensus on EITF 04-05, ‘Investor’s Accounting for an Investment in a Limited Partnership When the Investor Is the Sole General Partner and the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights’. EITF 04-05 provides guidance on determining when a general partner should or should not consolidate a limited partnership in light of certain rights held by the limited partners. EITF 04-05 was effective after June 29, 2005 for all newly formed limited partnership agreements and for any pre-existing limited partnership agreements that were modified after that date. For all other limited partnership agreements existing as of June 29, 2005 that remained unmodified, EITF 04-05 required adoption by January 1, 2006. The adoption of the provisions of EITF 04-05 did not have a material impact on ING Group’s US GAAP shareholders’ equity and net profit.
FSP 115-1
In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (‘FSP’) FAS 115-1, ‘The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments’. The FSP nullifies the accounting guidance relating to the recognition of investment portfolio other-than-temporary impairments of EITF 03-01, ‘The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments’; carries forward the disclosure requirements included in the EITF 03-01 which have been effective and applied by ING Group since December 31, 2003; supersedes EITF Topic No. D-44, ‘Recognition of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment upon the Planned Sale of a Security Whose Cost Exceeds Fair Value’; and references existing guidance on other-than-temporary impairments. As required by FSP 115-1, ING Group adopted this guidance on a prospective basis and recognized interest related impairment losses of EUR 133 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, related to investments that management does not have the intent and ability to retain for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery in fair value.
Recently issued accounting standards
FAS 159
In February 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 159, ‘The fair value option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities’ (‘FAS 159’). FAS 159 allows certain financial assets and liabilities to be designated at fair value through profit and loss, similar to the option already provided in IFRS-EU. The provisions of FAS 159 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning November 15, 2007. ING Group is in the process of determining the impact of adoption of FAS 159.
FAS 157
In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157, ‘Fair Value Measurements’ (‘FAS 157’). FAS 157 provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. FAS 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Under FAS 157, the FASB clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. In support of this principle, FAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop such assumptions. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the

F-156


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
lowest priority to unobservable data. FAS 157 also requires separate disclosure of fair value measurements by level within the hierarchy and expanded disclosure of the effect on earnings for items measured using unobservable data. The provisions of FAS 157 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. ING Group is in the process of determining the impact of adoption of FAS 157.
FAS 156
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘FASB’) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (‘SFAS’) No. 156, ‘Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets’ (‘SFAS 156’), which amends SFAS 140, ‘Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities’, with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. FAS 156 permits the choice of the amortization method or the fair value measurement method, with changes in fair value recorded in income, for the subsequent measurement for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. FAS 156 is effective for years beginning after September 15, 2006. ING Group does not expect that adoption of FAS 156 will have a material impact on ING Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP and the Group’s consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account in accordance with US GAAP.
FAS 155
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, ‘Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments – an Amendment to FASB Statements No. 133 and 140’ (‘SFAS 155’), which permits, but does not require, fair value accounting for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation in accordance with SFAS 133. Among other things, the statement also establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation. The statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, with earlier adoption permitted. ING Group does not expect that adoption of FAS 155 will have a material impact on ING Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP and the Group’s consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account in accordance with US GAAP.
FIN 48
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 ‘Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109’ (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for income taxes where interpretation of the tax law may be uncertain. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of income tax uncertainties with respect to positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. This interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. ING Group does not expect that adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on ING Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP and the Group’s consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account in accordance with US GAAP. ING Group expects to provide additional disclosures on its tax position (including tax contingencies) upon adoption of FIN 48.
SOP 05-01
In September 2005, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts (“SOP 05-1”). SOP 05-1 defines an internal replacement as a modification in product benefits, features, rights, or coverage that occurs by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract. Under SOP 05-1, modifications that result in a substantially unchanged contract will be accounted for as a continuation of the replaced contract. A replacement contract that is substantially changed will be accounted for as an extinguishment of the replaced contract resulting in a release of unamortized deferred acquisition costs, unearned revenue and deferred sales inducements associated with the replaced contract. The guidance in SOP 05-01 is effective for internal replacements occurring after January 1, 2007 and will be applied prospectively. Management has not yet completed its evaluation of the effect that SOP 05-01 will have but does not expect that the pronouncement will have a material effect on ING Group’s US GAAP equity and net profit.

F-157


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.8 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED UNDER US GAAP
The following information represents additional disclosures required under US GAAP. The information has been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU unless it specifically states that it is based on US GAAP.
(a) Investments
The following tables show the (amortized) cost, the gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of ING’s investments in marketable securities aggregated by type of security for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. The debt and equity securities consist of investments with various issuers over several industry and geographical sectors. Debt securities include fixed-interest securities, with the exception of mortgage loans and policy loans.
                                 
    Amortized     Gross unrealized     Gross unrealized        
    cost     gains     losses     Fair value  
December 31, 2006
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    17,660       71       237       17,494  
 
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
- Dutch Government
    7,382       251       40       7,593  
- Foreign Government
    89,272       3,476       563       92,185  
- Corporate debt securities
    78,910       1,015       792       79,133  
- Asset-backed securities
    87,763       397       878       87,282  
- Other
    9,420       173       90       9,503  
 
                       
Sub-total debt securities available-for-sale
    272,747       5,312       2,363       275,696  
 
                               
Equity securities
    12,067       6,257       99       18,225  
 
                       
Total
    302,474       11,640       2,699       311,415  
 
                       
                                 
    Amortized     Gross unrealized     Gross unrealized        
    cost     gains     losses     Fair value  
December 31, 20051)
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    18,937       537       8       19,466  
 
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
- Dutch Government
    6,931       603               7,534  
- Foreign Government
    93,867       6,681       201       100,347  
- Corporate debt securities
    81,475       2,220       489       83,206  
- Asset-backed securities
    88,235       606       1,029       87,812  
- Other
    10,151       281       90       10,342  
 
                       
Sub-total debt securities available-for-sale
    280,659       10,391       1,809       289,241  
 
                               
Equity securities
    11,422       5,134       90       16,466  
 
                       
Total
    311,018       16,062       1,907       325,173  
 
                       
 
1)   As of 2006 the (amortized) cost and gross unrealized gains and losses are presented on a IFRS-EU basis. Prior to 2006, this information was presented on a US GAAP basis. The 2005 comparatives have been revized to conform with the 2006 presentation.
The following table shows the duration of unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

F-158


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                 
    Less than     Between 6 and     More than        
    6 months     12 months     12 months        
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
December 31, 2006
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    17       212       8       237  
 
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
- Dutch Government
    1       41       (2 )     40  
- Foreign Government
    149       246       168       563  
- Corporate debt securities
    136       277       379       792  
- Asset-backed securities
    113       62       703       878  
- Other
    7       9       74       90  
 
                       
Sub-total debt securities available-for-sale
    406       635       1,322       2,363  
 
                               
Equity securities
    44       30       25       99  
 
                       
Total
    467       877       1,355       2,699  
 
                       
                                 
    Less than     Between 6 and     More than        
    6 months     12 months     12 months        
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
December 31, 20051)
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    7       1               8  
 
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
- Foreign Government
    56       26       119       201  
- Corporate debt securities
    210       117       162       489  
- Asset-backed securities
    347       232       450       1,029  
- Other
    28       14       48       90  
 
                       
Sub-total debt securities available-for-sale
    641       389       779       1,809  
 
                               
Equity securities
    47       13       30       90  
 
                       
Total
    695       403       809       1,907  
 
                       
 
1)   As of 2006 the (amortized) cost and gross unrealized gains and losses are presented on a IFRS-EU basis. Prior to 2006, this information was presented on a US GAAP basis. The 2005 comparatives have been revised to conform with the 2006 presentation.
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset is impaired. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding the financial condition of the issuer, taking into account the Group’s intent and ability to hold the securities with unrealized losses as at year-end until anticipated full recovery. Other factors considered in determining whether the assets are impaired include the evaluation of the level and trends of interest rates, trends and level of volatility in stock markets, financial condition of the issuer or counterparty, economic developments and expectations in the business segment in which the issuer or counterparty operates. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired.
In accordance with Group policy, an impairment of EUR 42 million and EUR 91 million, for December 31, 2006 and 2005 respectively, for both IFRS-EU and US GAAP was recognized for unrealized losses related to equity securities classified as available-for-sale that had a significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost.

F-159


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Further for US GAAP an additional impairment of EUR 133 million was recognized relating to available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses for which it was determined that the Group as at December 31, 2006 did not have the intent to hold the securities until anticipated full recovery.
The Group has determined that the remaining unrealized losses on the company’s investments in debt securities and equity securities at December 31, 2006, are temporary in nature.
The Group does not consider the securities with unrealized losses for over 12 months as of December 31, 2006 to be impaired, due to one, or a combination, of the following factors:
  the market values securities are insignificantly lower than the cost price
 
  the unrealized loss arose due to changes interest rates, however this has not effected the expected future cash flows and the Group has the intent and ability to hold these securities to anticipated full recovery, or
 
  the issuers of debt securities are not considered to be in financial difficulty, despite the fact that their credit rating has been lowered, reducing the market value of their securities.
Under IFRS, if, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit or loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP impairments may not be reversed in future periods.
Impairment losses recognized in the profit and loss account on equity instruments are not reversed through the profit and loss account under both IFRS and US GAAP.
Contractual maturities of the investments in debt securities:
                 
    Available-for-sale     Held-to-maturity  
    debt securities     debt securities  
    Fair value     Amortized cost  
December 31, 2006
               
- Within one year
    21,341       779  
- After 1 year through 5 years
    64,823       7,384  
- After 5 years through 10 years
    63,223       8,347  
- After 10 years
    38,852       100  
- Without maturity
    175          
- Asset-backed securities
    87,282       1,050  
 
           
Total
    275,696       17,660  
 
           
                 
    Available-for-sale     Held-to-maturity  
    debt securities     debt securities  
    Fair value     Amortized cost  
December 31, 2005
               
- Within one year
    17,600       1,408  
- After 1 year through 5 years
    67,034       6,241  
- After 5 years through 10 years
    88,445       9,755  
- After 10 years
    26,537       397  
- Without maturity
    1,813          
- Asset-backed securities
    87,812       1,136  
 
           
Total
    289,241       18,937  
 
           
(b) Loans and advances to customers
Refer to Item 18, Selected statistical information on banking operations’ for the summary of ING Group’s

F-160


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
investments in impaired loans prepared in accordance with SFAS 114, ‘Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan’. This disclosure is incorporated by reference into these consolidated financial statements.
(c) Goodwill
Goodwill capitalized net of impairment for US GAAP purposes in 2006 and 2005 amounted to EUR 4,146 million and EUR 4,099 million, respectively.
ING Group performs the goodwill impairment test if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. Evaluating whether or not the indication of impairment is significant enough to require an impairment test to be performed involves significant judgment. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all segments. In the first half-year ING Group evaluated the reporting units within the reporting segments and determined that Taiwan within the Insurance Asia/Pacific Greater China segment, which was previously aggregated will be classified as a separate reporting unit. The change has not affected the outcome of the goodwill impairment review as at December 31, 2006.
The difference as at January 1, 2004 as disclosed in note 2.4.1 on page F-146 may result in differences in impairments under IFRS-EU and US GAAP in future years.
The annual goodwill impairment test is performed in two steps:
In Step 1, ING Group determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares this fair value to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If that carrying amount exceeds the calculated fair value, ING Group is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test.
In Step 2, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with FAS 141, Business Combinations. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill that is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. Goodwill impairment is recorded to the extent that carrying value of goodwill exceeds the calculated implied fair value of goodwill.
There is no indication that goodwill is impaired for the year ended December 31, 2006. The outcome of the goodwill impairment test for the year ended December 31, 2005 is discussed below.
The goodwill for the reporting unit Latin America primarily relates to SulAmérica. The 49% interest in SulAmérica was acquired in 2002 and is accounted for under the equity method under IFRS-EU. In 2005, a valuation was performed on the business to determine the extent of future capital requirements of the Brazilian joint venture. The valuation incorporates continued deterioration of the health business and further worsening of the claims payment experience. Based on this study, the valuation was below the carrying value, supporting an impairment of EUR 311 million in 2005 to write-off all remaining goodwill for SulAmérica. The impairment charge had no impact on net income under IFRS since the goodwill relates to an acquisition prior to January 1, 2004 and was therefore not capitalized under IFRS.
The following tables show the carrying amount of goodwill recognized under US GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:

F-161


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                         
    Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail     ING        
    Europe     Americas     Asia/ Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    381       268       927       892       549       684       3,701  
Additions
    35       28       41       59                       163  
Impairments
                    (43 )                             (43 )
Changes in the composition of the Group
    (17 )             (56 )     9       44               (20 )
Exchange differences
    (7 )     (29 )     (75 )     5       (4 )             (110 )
 
                                                       
 
                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    392       267       794       965       589       684       3,691  
 
                                         
                                                         
    Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail     ING        
    Europe     Americas     Asia/ Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    306       604       845       846       572       700       3,873  
Additions
            12               53                       65  
Impairments
            (311 )                                     (311 )
Changes in the composition of the Group
    71       (71 )             13       3       (16 )        
Exchange differences
    18       49       107       4       10               188  
Disposals
    (14 )     (15 )     (25 )     (24 )     (36 )             (114 )
 
                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    381       268       927       892       549       684       3,701  
 
                                         
Goodwill capitalized net of impairments for US GAAP purposes in 2006 includes intangible assets of EUR 455 million (2005: EUR 398 million) which are amortized over twenty years under US GAAP. Gross amount of intangible assets recognized under US GAAP is EUR 732 million (2005: EUR 613 million), the accumulated amortization is EUR 157 million (2005: EUR 130 million) as of December 31, 2006. The accumulated exchange differences amount to EUR (120) million as of December 31, 2006 (2005: EUR (85) million).
The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 are as follows:
                 
    2006     2005  
Opening balance
    398       318  
Additions
    59       5  
Amortization
    (27 )     (25 )
Changes in the composition of the Group
    61       26  
Exchange differences
    (36 )     74  
 
           
Closing balance
    455       398  
 
           
(d) Other borrowed funds — preference shares of group companies
In December 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust III (the ‘Trust III’), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 1.5 million 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the ‘8.439% trust preference shares’), with a liquidation preference of USD 1,000 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (‘company preference shares’) of ING Capital Funding III LLC (‘LLC III’), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC III has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.
Trust III may redeem the trust preference shares for cash after December 31, 2010 or if certain special events occur. The company preference shares have substantially the same terms as the trust preference shares. ING Group has issued subordinated guarantees for the payment of the redemption price and the liquidation distribution on the trust preference shares and the company preference shares.

F-162


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(e) Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities
Projected and accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of the plan assets
The projected benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was EUR 16,242 million and EUR 17,121 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was EUR 14,081 million and EUR 13,001 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
                 
    2006     2005  
Projected benefit obligations
    14,978       17,121  
Fair value of the plan assets
    12,800       13,312  
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
                 
    2006     2005  
Accumulated benefit obligations
    2,747       12,312  
Fair value of the plan assets
    2,118       11,814  
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation exceeds plan assets for all of ING’s other postretirement plans since they are unfunded.
Incremental effect of applying FAS 158
The reconciling item between IFRS and US GAAP is analysed as follows:
                 
    Before application     After application  
December 31, 2006   of FAS 158     of FAS 158  
DBO(IFRS)/PBO(US GAAP)
    16,243       16,243  
Fair value of plan assets
    14,361       14,361  
 
           
Shortage
    (1,882 )     (1,882 )
Items not yet recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost:
               
Unrecognized past service costs
    163          
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    2,570          
 
             
 
    2,733          
 
             
Surplus
    851          
 
               
Additional Minimum Liability
    (349 )        
Intangible assets
    5          
 
             
 
    (344 )        
 
               
Pension liability / balance sheet US GAAP
    507       (1,882 )
 
               
Pension liability / balance sheet IFRS
    (1,204 )     (1,204 )
 
           
 
               
Reconciling item
    1,711       (678 )
 
           
- of which regular recurring reconciling item
            (1,711 )
 
             
 
            2,389  
Tax
            586  
 
             
- of which presented as cumulative change in accounting principles
            1,803  

F-163


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Incremental effect of applying FAS 158 on individual line items in the condensed consolidated balance sheet in accordance with US GAAP as presented in note 2.4.5:
                         
    Before application             After application  
Line item   of FAS 158     Adjustments     of FAS 158  
Assets
                       
Other assets
    46,189       (136 )     46,053  
Total assets
    1,228,569       (136 )     1,228,433  
Liabilities
                       
Other liabilities
    55,734       1,667       57,401  
Total liabilities
    1,186,119       1,667       1,187,786  
Group equity
                       
Shareholders’ equity (parent)
    42,450       (1,803 )     40,647  
(f) Stock-based compenzation
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board revized FAS No.123, ‘Share-Based Payments’ (‘FAS 123R’). FAS 123R requires all entities to recognize compenzation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments, such as stock options granted to employees. FAS 123R is effective for the first reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. However, ING Group has elected to early adopt FAS 123R to contribute to the alignment of US GAAP and IFRS-EU. ING Group has adopted FAS 123R prospectively as of January 1, 2005 without electing to restate results of prior periods. Under the modified prospective method, ING Group is required to record compenzation expense (as previous awards continue to vest) for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. The accounting for share based payments under IFRS-EU and US GAAP will be substantially aligned with the transition difference running off at the point all awards issued during 2004 have vested. Adoption of FAS 123R did not have a material impact on ING Group’s shareholders’ equity and net profit on a US GAAP basis.
(g) Provision for insurance liabilities
In July 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (‘AcSec’) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (‘AICPA’) issued Statement of Position 03-01, ‘Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts’ (‘SOP 03-01’). SOP 03-01 established several new accounting and disclosure requirements for certain nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate accounts ING Group adopted SOP 03-01 as of January 1, 2004 and determined that it is affected by the SOP’s requirements to account for certain separate account arrangements as general account arrangements, to establish additional liabilities for certain guaranteed benefits and for products with patterns of cost of insurance charges that result in losses in later policy durations from the insurance benefit function, and to defer, amortize, and recognize separately sales inducements to contract holders. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 45 million (net of tax) in the 6 month period ended June 30, 2004.
In June 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (‘FSP’) 97-1, ‘Situations in Which Paragraphs 17(b) and 20 of FASB Statement No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, Permit or Require Accrual of an Unearned Revenue Liability’. FSP 97-1 clarifies the accounting for unearned revenue liabilities of certain universal-life type contracts under SOP 03-1. ING Group’s adoption of FSP 97-1 on July 1, 2004 did not significantly impact ING Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In September 2004, the AICPA SOP 03-1 Implementation Task Force issued a Technical Practice Aid (‘TPA’) to SOP 03-01. The TPA clarified certain key implementation issues with respect to SOP 03-01. ING Group adopted the TPA with an effective date as of January 1, 2004. The TPA had no impact on ING’s annuity business; there was an impact on ING’s interest-sensitive life insurance business. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 46 million (net of tax). This is in addition to the impact of the adoption of SOP 03-01, in the first quarter of 2004 for a total cumulative effect of EUR 91 million.

F-164


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Under IFRS-EU, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in shareholders’ equity and resulted in a reduction to shareholders’ equity of EUR 91 million. Under US GAAP, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in net income and resulted in a reduction to net income of the same amount.
Separate account assets and liabilities generally represent funds maintained to meet specific investment objectives of contract owners and policyholders who bear the investment risk, subject, in limited cases, to certain minimum guarantees. Investment income and investment gains and losses generally accrue directly to such contract owners and policyholders. The assets of each account are legally segregated and are not subject to claims that arise out of any other business of the company. Separate account assets supporting variable options under variable annuity contracts are invested, as designated by the contract owner or participant under a contract, in shares of mutual funds which are managed by the company or its affiliates, or in other selected mutual funds not managed by the company or its affiliates.
Separate account assets are carried at fair value and shown as separate captions in the Balance Sheets. Deposits, investment income, and net realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of the separate accounts, however, are not reflected in the Profit and Loss accounts. The Statements of Cash Flows do no reflect investment activity of the separate accounts.
Assets and liabilities of separate account arrangements that do not meet the criteria in SOP 03-1 for separate presentation in the Balance Sheets, and revenue and expenses related to such arrangements, are consolidated in the financial statements with the general account.

F-165


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Bank N.V.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We serve as principal auditor of ING Bank N.V. In our position, we did not audit total assets constituting 22% in 2006 and 21% in 2005, and total net profit constituting 23% in 2006, 22% in 2005 and 22% in 2004 of the related consolidated totals of ING Bank N.V. These data were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the parts not audited by us, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.
As further described in the notes, the consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. As allowed upon initial adoption of IFRS, ING Bank N.V. has elected to adopt the International Accounting Standard 32 and 39 regarding financial instrument accounting and disclosures, and IFRS 4 regarding accounting for insurance contracts on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2005.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
April 13, 2007
KPMG ACCOUNTANTS N.V.

F-166


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA ON
THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2005
In accordance with the legal requirements, we report to you on the performance of our mandate of statutory auditor. This report contains our opinion on the consolidated financial statements as well as the required additional comments.
Unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of ING Belgium NV/SA and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as ‘the Group’) for each of the two years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium. These consolidated financial statements comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006, as well as the summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes.
Responsibility of the board of directors for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements
The board of directors is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements. This responsibility includes: designing, implementing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Responsibility of the statutory auditor
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the legal requirements and the auditing standards applicable in Belgium, as issued by the Institute of Registered Auditors (Institut des Reviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut van de Bedrijfsrevisoren) and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
In accordance with these standards, we have performed procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we have considered internal control relevant to the Group’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. We have evaluated the appropriateness of accounting policies used, the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Group and the presentation of the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole. Finally, we have obtained from the board of directors and the Group’s officials the explanations and information necessary for executing our audit procedures. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 present fairly, in all material respects, the Group’s financial position as at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium.
Additional comments
The preparation and the assessment of the information that should be included in the directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the board of directors.

F-167


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA ON
THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2005
Our responsibility is to include in our report the following additional comments, which do not modify the scope of our opinion on the consolidated financial statements:
  The directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements deals with the information required by law and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. We are, however, unable to comment on the description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the entities included in the consolidation are facing, and on their financial situation, their foreseeable evolution or the significant influence of certain facts on their future development. We can nevertheless confirm that the matters disclosed do not present any obvious inconsistencies with the information that we became aware of during the performance of our mandate.
Brussels, March 19, 2007
Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entreprises SCCRL
Statutory auditor
represented by
     
Marc Van Steenvoort
  Pierre Anciaux
Partner
  Partner

F-168


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA ON
THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
In accordance with the legal requirements, we report to you on the performance of our mandate of statutory auditor. This report contains our opinion on the consolidated financial statements as well as the required additional comments.
Unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of ING Belgium NV/SA and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as ‘the Group’) for the year ended December 31, 2004, prepared in accordance with the financial reporting framework applicable in Belgium. These consolidated financial statements comprise the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2004 and the consolidated profit and loss account for the year ended December 31, 2004, as well as the summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes.
Responsibility of the board of directors for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements
The board of directors is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements. This responsibility includes: designing, implementing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Responsibility of the statutory auditor
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the legal requirements and the auditing standards applicable in Belgium, as issued by the Institute of Registered Auditors (Institut des Reviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut van de Bedrijfsrevisoren) and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
In accordance with these standards, we have performed procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we have considered internal control relevant to the Group’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. We have evaluated the appropriateness of accounting policies used, the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Group and the presentation of the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole. Finally, we have obtained from the board of directors and the Group’s officials the explanations and information necessary for executing our audit procedures. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 present fairly, in all material respects, the Group’s financial position as at December 31, 2004 and the results of its operations in accordance with the financial reporting framework applicable in Belgium.
Additional comments
The preparation and the assessment of the information that should be included in the directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the board of directors.
Our responsibility is to include in our report the following additional comments, which do not modify the scope of our opinion on the consolidated financial statements:
  The directors’ report on the consolidated financial statements deals with the information required by law

F-169


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM TO
THE GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA ON
THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
    and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. We are, however, unable to comment on the description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the entities included in the consolidation are facing, and on their financial situation, their foreseeable evolution or the significant influence of certain facts on their future development. We can nevertheless confirm that the matters disclosed do not present any obvious inconsistencies with the information that we became aware of during the performance of our mandate.
Brussels, March 19, 2007
Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Entreprises SCCRL
Statutory auditor
represented by
     
Marc Van Steenvoort
  Pierre Anciaux
Partner
  Partner

F-170


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
ACTUARIAL AND UNDERWRITING RISKS
Emerge from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. Actuaries play a key role in determining insurance premium rate levels and in ensuring that insurance companies have set aside enough provisions to pay claims. Actuarial risk is the risk that assumptions that actuaries input into a model to determine premium rate levels and provisions may turn out somewhat inaccurate. Underwriting risk is the risk that an issuer will receive a claim under an insurance policy it issues/underwrites. Maximum underwriting exposures are limited through exclusions, cover limits and reinsurance.
AMORTIZED COST
The amount at which the financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectibility.
ASSET AND LIABILITY COMMITTEE (ALCO)
Manages the balance sheet of ING, especially with regard to strategic non-trading risk. These risks comprise interest rate exposures, equity risk, real estate risk, liquidity, solvency and foreign exchange risk and fluctuations.
ASSET LIABILITY MANAGEMENT (ALM)
The practice of managing a business such that decisions on assets and liabilities are coordinated. It involves the ongoing process of formulating, implementing, monitoring and revising strategies related to assets and liabilities.
ASSET BACKED SECURITIES (ABS)
A type of bond or note that is based on pools of assets, or collateralized by the cash flows from a specified pool of underlying assets.
ASSOCIATE
An entity over which the Group has significant influence, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights, and that is not a subsidiary not a joint venture.
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments, or (c) financial assets at fair value through profit and loss.
BASIS POINT VALUE (BPV)
The change in the Net Present Value of a cash flow or a pool of cash flows due to a one basis point change of the yield curve.
BASIS RISK
Arises from imperfect correlation in the adjustment of the rates earned and paid on different financial instruments. Examples of products in which these risks are inherent are demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages with prepayment options.
BIS
An international organization which fosters international monetary and financial cooperation and serves as a bank for central banks. BIS has set a minimum for the solvency ratio reflecting the relationship between capital and risk weighted assets. The ratio should at least be 8%.
CAPITAL AT RISK (CAR)
The maximum negative impact on ING Group’s economic surplus over a one year forward looking horizon under normal market conditions. CaR is calculated at a 90% confidence interval.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
Short-term negotiable bearer debt instruments issued by banks.
CLAIM
A demand for payment of a policy benefit because of the occurrence of an insured event, such as the death or disability of the insured or the maturity of an endowment, the incurrence of hospital or medical bills, the destruction or damage of property and related deaths or injuries, defects in, liens on, or challenges to the title to real estate, or the occurrence of a surety loss.
CLAIMS RATIO
Claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums.
COMBINED RATIO
The sum of the claims ratio and the cost ratio for a non-life insurance company or a reinsurance company. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
COMPLIANCE RISK
The risk of impairment of ING Group’s integrity, leading to damage to ING’s reputation, legal or regulatory sanctions, or financial loss, as a result of a failure (or perceived failure) to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards.

F-171


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
CONCENTRATIONS
Of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Possible obligations that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or nonoccurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity; or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognized because:
  it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or
 
  the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.
CONTROL
The power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
Debentures with embedded options issued by corporations. The holder has the right to exchange a convertible debenture for equity in the issuing company at certain times in the future according to a certain exchange ratio. Very often, the conversion is callable. This means that it can be repurchased by the issuer at a certain price at certain times in the future. Once the debentures have been called, the holder can always choose to convert prior to repurchase.
CONVEXITY
The non-linear relationship between changes in the interest rates and changes in bond prices and their NPV. It is a very important measure for portfolios containing (embedded) options.
COST RATIO
Underwriting costs expressed as a percentage of premiums written.
COUNTRY RISK
The risk that a foreign government will not fulfil its obligations or obstructs the remittance of funds by debtors, either for financial reasons (transfer risk) or for other reasons (e.g. political risk).
CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
All institutions which are subject to banking supervision by public authorities, including mortgage banks, capital market institutions, multilateral development banks and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).
CREDIT RISK
The risk of loss from the default by borrowers (including bond issuers) or counterparties. Credit risks arise in ING’s lending, pre-settlement and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtors and counterparties.
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
The amounts of income tax payable in future periods in respect of taxable temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base, based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities are settled.
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans other than defined contribution plans.
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans under which an enterprise pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
DELTA HEDGE
Minimises the exposure of the employee option scheme by holding an appropriate number of (depository receipts for) ordinary shares. The exposure is reassessed every quarter and, if necessary, ordinary shares are bought from the market (or employees).
DEPOSITORY RECEIPT
For ordinary and preference shares, issued by the Trust, in exchange for ordinary and preference shares issued by ING Group.
DERIVATIVES
Financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.
DISCOUNTED BILLS
Bills that are sold under deduction of interest giving the owner the right to receive an amount of money on a given date.
EARNINGS AT RISK (EAR)
Measures the impact on IFRS earnings resulting from changes in market rates over a one year horizon.
ECONOMIC CAPITAL
The minimum amount of capital that is required to absorb unexpected losses in times of severe stress. Given ING

F-172


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
Group’s AA target rating, ING calculates economic capital requirements at a 99.95% level of confidence. This confidence level is derived from the historical default frequency of AA-rated companies (probability of default in 2000 years or 0.05%).
EFFECTIVE INTEREST METHOD
A method of calculating amortized cost of a financial asset or liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period.
ELIMINATION
A process by which intercompany transactions are matched with each other and deducted, so that the assets, liabilities, income and expenses are not inflated.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
All forms of consideration given by a company in exchange for service rendered by (former) employees.
FAIR VALUE
The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.
FINANCE LEASE
A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of an asset to the lessee. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.
FINANCIAL ASSET
Any asset that is:
  cash
 
  an equity instrument of another company.
 
  a contractual right to:
 
  receive cash or another financial asset from another company; or
 
  exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially favourable; or
 
  certain contract that will or may be settled in ING’s own equity instruments.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Contracts that give rise to both a financial asset for one company and a financial liability or equity instrument for another company.
FINANCIAL LIABILITY
Any liability that is a contractual obligation:
  to deliver cash or another financial asset to another company; or
 
  to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially unfavourable; or
 
  certain contracts that will or may be settled in ING’s own equity instruments.
FORWARD CONTRACTS
Commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates.
FUTURE CONTRACTS
Commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.
GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Total premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance contracts written or assumed (including deposits for investment contracts with limited or no life contingencies written) during a specific period, without deduction for premiums ceded.
HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that ING Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity other than:
a.   those that ING Group upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profit and loss;
 
b.   those that ING Group designates as available for sale; and
 
c.   those that meet the definition of loans and receivables.
IMPAIRMENT LOSS
The amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount.
INTEREST BEARING INSTRUMENT
A financial asset or a liability for which a time-proportionate compenzation is paid or received, in relation to a notional amount.
INTEREST-RATE REBATES
Profit sharing for group life insurance business. A rebate granted to policyholders based on the discounted value of the difference between the interest rate used for calculating the premiums and the expected yield on investment. The profit sharing is granted by means of a premium discount related to the yield on government bonds.
IN THE MONEY
A call option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value.
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
Comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis, and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to

F-173


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.
IRREVOCABLE FACILITIES
Mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients and commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
IRREVOCABLE LETTERS OF CREDIT
Concerns an obligation on behalf of a client to, within certain conditions, pay an amount of money under submission of a specific document or to accept a bill of exchange. An irrevocable letter of credit cannot be cancelled or adjusted by the bank that has granted it during the duration of the agreement unless all those concerned agree.
JOINT VENTURE
A contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.
LIQUIDITY RISK
The risk that ING Group or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its fnancial liabilities when they fall due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner.
MARKET VALUE AT RISK (MVAR)
A calculation method which measures the decrease in the market value surplus caused by movements in financial markets, at a 99.95% confidence level over a 1 year horizon.
MARKET RISK
The potential loss (value or earnings) due to adverse movements in market rates, including equity prices, interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
MINORITY INTERESTS
That part of the profit or loss and net assets of a subsidiary attributable to an interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent.
MONETARY ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Assets and liabilities whose amounts are fixed in terms of units of currency by contract or otherwise. Examples are cash, short or long-term accounts, notes receivable in cash and notes payable in cash.
MORTGAGE BACKED SECURITIES (MBS)
A security whose cash flows are backed by typically the principal and/ or interest payments of a pool of mortgages.
MONTE CARLO SIMULATION
A technique which uses random numbers and probability statistics to simulate future market rates (e.g. interest rates).
NET ASSET VALUE
Used in the equity method of accounting. The initial net asset value of the investment is determined by the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the investee. After the initial valuation of assets and liabilities of the investee at fair value, the assets and liabilities of the investee are valued in accordance with the accounting policies of the investor. The profit and loss account reflects the investor’s share in the results of operations of the investee.
NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to retrocessionaires during such period.
NET PRESENT VALUE AT RISK (NPV-AT-RISK)
Establishes what the value of future cash flows is in terms of today’s monetary value. NPV-at-Risk establishes the change in value of future cash flows as a result of interest rate changes in terms of today’s monetary value.
NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
Represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets. They do not reflect, however, the credit risks assumed by entering into derivative transactions.
OPERATING LEASE
A lease other than a finance lease.
OPERATIONAL RISK
The risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events.
OPTION CONTRACTS
Give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options are subject to market risk, but not to credit risk since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.
ORDINARY SHARE
An equity instrument that is subordinate to all other classes of equity instruments. Ordinary shares participate in the net profit for the financial year after other types of shares such as preference shares.
OUT OF THE MONEY
A call option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value.

F-174


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
OVER-THE-COUNTER INSTRUMENT
Non-standardized financial instrument not traded on a stock exchange but directly between market participants.
PLAN ASSETS
Comprise assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund and qualifying insurance policies. Assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund are assets (other than non-transferable financial instruments issued by the reporting enterprise) that:
  are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting enterprise and exists solely to pay or fund employee benefits; and
  are available to be used only to pay or fund employee benefits, are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy), and cannot be returned to the reporting enterprise, unless either the remaining assets of the fund are sufficient to meet all the related employee benefit obligations of the plan or the reporting enterprise or the assets are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
A qualifying insurance policy is an insurance policy issued by an insurer that is not a related party of the reporting enterprise, if the proceeds of the policy:
  can be used only to pay or fund employee benefits under a defined benefit plan; and
  are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy) and cannot be paid to the reporting enterprise, unless either the proceeds represent surplus assets that are not needed for the policy to meet all the related employee benefit obligations or the proceeds are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Formal or informal arrangements under which a company provides post-employment benefits for one or more employees. Postemployment benefits are employee benefits other than termination benefits and equity compenzation benefits, which are payable after the completion of employment.
PREFERENCE SHARE
Similar to an ordinary share but carries certain preferential rights. These rights usually concern the guarantee of a fixed (cumulative) return to the shareholder or a guaranteed return on the investment.
PREMIUMS EARNED
That portion of net premiums written in current and past periods which applies to the expired portion of the policy period, calculated by subtracting movements in unearned premium reserves from net premiums.
PRIVATE LOAN
Loans to governments, other public bodies, public utilities, corporations, other institutions or individuals with a loan agreement as the only instrument of title.
PRIVATE PLACEMENT
A placement where newly issued shares or debentures come into possession of a limited group of subscribers who are prepared to buy the new securities.
PROJECTED UNIT CREDIT METHOD
An actuarial valuation method that considers each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.
QUALIFYING ASSET (WITHIN THE MEANING OF BORROWING COSTS)
An asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale.
RECOGNITION
The process of incorporating in the balance sheet or profit and loss account an item that meets the definition of an element and satisfies the following criteria for recognition:
  it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the enterprise; and
 
  the item has a cost or value that can be measured reliably.
RECOVERABLE AMOUNT
The higher of an asset’s net selling price and its value in use.
REDEMPTION VALUE
With respect to investments in fixed-interest securities, the amount payable on the maturity date.
REINSURANCE
The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration for a premium paid to him, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured or ceding company, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.
RISK ADJUSTED RETURN ON CAPITAL (RAROC)
An advanced business performance measurement tool that enables management to view its revenues in the perspective of the risks that

F-175


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
had to be taken to obtain that revenue. RAROC is calculated by dividing the risk-adjusted-return by economic capital.
SETTLEMENT RISK
Arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates or times and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty.
SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE
The power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of an entity, but not control over these policies. Significant influence may be gained by share ownership, statute or agreement.
SUBSIDIARY
An entity that is controlled by another entity.
SURRENDER
The termination of a life or retirement contract at the request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the cash surrender value, if any, on the contract.
SWAP CONTRACTS
Commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.
TIER-1 CAPITAL
Also referred to as the core capital of ING Bank. It comprises paid up share capital, reserves excluding revaluation reserves, fund for general banking risks, retained earnings, minority interests.
TIER-1 RATIO
Reflecting the Tier-1 capital of ING Bank as a percentage of its total risk weighted assets. The minimum set by the Dutch central bank is 4%.
TRADING PORTFOLIO
Comprises those financial instruments which are held to obtain short-term transaction results, to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients or to hedge other positions in the trading portfolio.
TREASURY BILLS
Generally short-term debt certificates issued by a central government. Dutch Treasury Certificates are regarded as Dutch Treasury bills.
TREASURY SHARES
An entity’s own equity instruments, held by the entity or other members of the consolidated group.
VALUE AT RISK (VAR)
Quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of at least 99%, the maximum overnight loss in Net Present Value that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day.
VALUE IN USE
The present value of estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of an asset and from its disposal at the end of its useful life.
WARRANT
A financial instrument that gives the holder the right to purchase ordinary shares.

F-176


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I — SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
Amounts in millions of euros
                         
Column A   Column B     Column C     Column D  
            Amount at which  
                    shown in the  
Type of investment   Cost     Fair value     balance sheet  
DEBT SECURITIES
                       
Debt securities held to maturity
    17,660       17,494       17,660  
Debentures/available-for-sale
                       
- Dutch governments
    7,382       7,593       7,593  
- Foreign governments
    89,272       92,185       92,185  
- Public utilities
    8,815       8,861       8,861  
- Asset-backed securities
    87,763       87,282       87,282  
- Redeemable preference shares/sinking fund
    292       312       312  
- All other corporate bonds
    79,223       79,463       79,463  
 
                       
SHARES AND CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
                       
Ordinary shares
                       
- Public utilities
    177       209       209  
- Banks, trusts and insurance companies
    3,415       4,872       4,872  
- Industrial and all others
    6,726       11,118       11,118  
Preference shares
    1,749       2,026       2,026  
 
                 
Total investments
    302,474       311,415       311,581  
 
                 

F-177


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III — SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
Amounts in millions of euros
                                                                                 
Column   Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column  
          A   B     C     D     E     F     G     H     I     J     K  
                                            Net invest-                            
                                            ment                            
                                            income                            
                                            (inclu-                            
                                            ding other                            
            Future                             income             Amorti-              
            policy                             and other     Benefits,     zation of              
            benefits,             Other             expenses)     claims,     deferred              
    Deferred     losses,             policy and             allocated     losses     policy              
    policy     claims,             claims             to under-     and     acqui-     Other        
    acquisition     and loss     Unearned     benefits     Premium     writing     settlement     sition     operating     Premiums  
Segment   costs     expenses     premiums     payable     revenue     accounts     expenses     costs     expenses     written  
2006
                                                                               
Life
    9,728       249,740               2,956       38,498       9,498       40,086       1,189       3,204       38,498  
Non-life
    435       6,651       2,631       176       5,929       954       3,168       255       1,629       5,994  
 
                                                           
Total
    10,163       256,391       2,631       3,132       44,427       10,452       43,254       1,444       4,833       44,492  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
2005
                                                                               
Life
    9,114       239,789               4,195       37,114       8,406       38,653       1,149       3,051       37,114  
Non-life
    490       8,202       2,835       181       6,133       968       3,519       326       1,944       6,087  
 
                                                           
Total
    9,604       247,991       2,835       4,376       43,247       9,374       42,172       1,475       4,995       43,201  
 
                                                           

F-178


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV — REINSURANCE
Amounts in millions of euros
                                         
Column A   Column B     Column C     Column D     Column E     Column F  
            Ceded     Assumed             Percentage  
            to other     from other             of amount  
    Gross amount     companies     companies     Net amount     assumed to net  
2006 Premiums
                                       
- Life
    38,838       2,004       1,664       38,498       4.3 %
- Non-life
    6,279       339       54       5,994       0.9 %
 
                             
Total Premiums
    45,117       2,343       1,718       44,492       3.9 %
 
                             
 
                                       
Life insurance in force
    1,054,179       282,936       152,659       923,902       16.5 %
 
                                       
2005 Premiums
                                       
- Life
    37,644       2,031       1,501       37,114       4.0 %
- Non-life
    6,556       526       57       6,087       0.9 %
 
                             
Total Premiums
    44,200       2,557       1,558       43,201       3.6 %
 
                             
 
                                       
Life insurance in force
    1,156,186       326,542       147,766       977,410       15.1 %
 
                                       
2004 Premiums
                                       
- Life
    35,532       1,619       1,443       35,356       4.1 %
- Non-life
    6,592       756       50       5,886       0.8 %
 
                             
Total Premiums
    42,124       2,375       1,493       41,242       3.6 %
 
                             

F-179


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI — SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING NON-LIFE INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Amounts in millions of euros
                                                                                         
Column   Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column     Column  
A   B     C     D     E     F     G     H     I     J     K  
                                            Net invest-                            
                                            ment income     Claims                      
            Reserves                             (including     and claims                      
            for     Discount,                     other income     adjustment                      
            unpaid     if any,                     and other     expenses             Paid        
    Deferred     claims &     deducted     Un-             expenses)     incurred             claims &        
Affiliation   policy     claims     in     earned     Earned     allocated to     related to     Amorti-     claims     Pre-  
with the   acquisi-     adjusted     Column     pre-     pre-     non-life     accident years     zation     adjusted     miums  
registrant   tion costs     expenses     C     miums     miums     operations     Current     prior     of DPAC1)     expenses     written  
2006
                                                                                       
Consolidated Non-life entities
    435       6,651       273       2,631       5,929       954       3,261       (471 )     255       3,378       5,994  
 
                                                                                       
2005
                                                                                       
Consolidated Non-life entities
    490       8,202       206       2,835       6,133       968       3,797       (520 )     326       3,568       6,087  
 
1)   DPAC: Deferred policy acquisition costs

F-180